Skip to main content

Full text of "The principles of nature, her divine revelations, and a voice to mankind"

See other formats 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at  http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/| 


Digitized  by 


Google 


flULJos'^.e.^o 


The  gi/t  of 


Obarl«8  Partridg* 


|fc>S<:  HARVARD  COLLEGE  LI  BRARY3S<^ 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


f%ji,  /os*f-e>-ou 


The  gift  of 


Obarlas  Partridge 


fe<Si:  HARVARD  COLLEGE  LI  BRARYJK^ 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


^  . 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


THE 


frs9 


^^RmCIPLES  OF  NATURE, 

HEE  DIVINE  REVELATIONS, 


▲HD 


A  VOICE  TO  MANKIND. 


IT  AVD  TXS0U6B 


ANDREW  JACKSON  ]^AVIS, 


IN  THREE  PARTS. 

PABT    riBST. 

r  ttmmrf,  >n'ft'i*it  HrfteMrky,  Mct,  crMd,  or  hatilrtloa,  ttet  Imh  teT«tit«tk»,  •ptily 


PABT    SBCOIID. 

M  •  iaww  •€  lk»  fpM*  nd  Us  fragnac*  la  Uborty  tad  kaowMft. 

PABT    THIBD. 
IliftBlln  jaatlM f<iy»<M  Um  mcU  wotU,  TirtM  tad  MormUty  wiU  Uoo«  wltli  M  Im 
WMtf  kMi«7 »  vMto  ito  •«•  of  ■l<y»<mwM  will  vlM  la  Um  koitioo  oT  aalT«rMl  ta4aatrr.  aad 
*ai  ■•  fsalal  raft  ff^m  ■0  Ika  laUa  of  p«M«,  ptanty,  tad  bomam  BAPPiaBtt ! 


Twstmi  nnnoH. 


PIBMSHED  BY  S.  8.  LYON,  AND  WILUAM  FISHBOUGH. 

rAATBIKB  UV  BBnTAV,  OKXXEAX.  PVBLUHDra  AOBBTt,  300  BBOADWAT. 


1855./, 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


/ 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1847, 

By  SILAS  S.  LYON,  AND  WILLIAM  FISHBOUGH, 

bi  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States,  m  and  for  the  Soath- 
em  District  of  New  York, 


HoLMAV,  Grat  &  Co.,  Printcn. 
linwYork. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


DAVIS'  REVELATIONS. 

The  following  extraordinary  work  (of  which   the  present  is  the 
ciffhth  edition),  has  been  before  the  public  since  the  4th  of  August 
lasL     Coocidering  its  size  and  price,  it  has  met  with  a  sale  almost 
onparaiieled.     Notwithstanding  the  extensive  discussion  and  inquiry 
thai  hare  been  excited  in  relation  to  it,  no  attempt  has  yet  been  made 
to  overthrow  the  statements  in  respect  to  its  origin,  as  set  forth  in  the 
iatn^duction,   though  these  statements  are  thrown  open  to  an  easy 
rrfutation  if  false.     Nor  have  any  attempts  been  made  to  overthrow 
the  grand  principles  of  its  philosophy,  if  we  except  the  ridicule  and 
misn-presentations  of  those  who  are  indissolubly  wedded  to  old  forms 
of  thought,  and  who  for  the  most  part  acknotdedge  that  they  have  not 
consecutively  read  the  book*     In  relation  to  the  attacks  of  such  we 
have  nothing  to  offer.     But  while  we  are  profoundly  conscious  of  the 
intrinsic  power  of  the  work  to  stand  before  the  world  as  its  own  un- 
aidtnl  ana  successful  advocate,  we  deem  it  not  improper  to  here  intro- 
duce the  following  testimonies  from  different  persons  and  presses,  as 
K«  many  incentives  to  that  candid  ptrmal  and  investigation  which  all 
works  ahottid  have  before  they  are  decried : 

PROF.  GEO.  BUSH,  in  an  article  in  the  New  York  Tribune  of 
September  1st,  mainly  designed  to  prove  the  truth  of  what  is  claimed 
nspecting  the  origin  of  this  book,  employs  the  following  language  in 
regard  to  its  intrinsic  character :  "  Taken  as  a  whole,  the  work  is  a 
profuond  and  elaborate  discussion  of  the  philosophy  of  the  universe  ,\  and 
lor  grandeur  of  conception,  soundness  of  principle,  clearness  of  illus- 
tratiuo,  order  of  arrangement,  and  encyclopeediacal  range  of  subjects, 
I  know  of  no  work  of  any  single  mind  that  will  bear  away  from  it  the 
pain.  To  every  theme  the  inditing  mind  approaches  with  a  certain 
litent  ooDsciousneas  of  mastery  of  aU  its  principles,  details,  and  techni- 
calitiea,  and  jtA  without  the  least  ostentatious  display  of  superior  men- 
fid  prowcn.  In  every  one  the  speaker  appears  to  be  equally  at  home, 
aad  utters  himaelf  with  the  easy  confidence  of  one  who  had  made  each 
sabject  the  exclusive  study  of  a  whole  lifis.  The  manner  in  the  scien- 
tAr  department  is  always  calm,  dignified,  and  conciliatory,  as  if  far 
man  disposed  to  excuse  than  to  censure  the  errors  it  aims  to  cor- 
lact,  while  the  style,  so  fiur  from  '  unmeaning  bombast,'  is  oa^>  flow- 
iac  chaste,  appropriate,  with  a  certain  indescribable  simplicity  that 
ofsfatea  like  a  charm  upon  the  reader.'' 

it  is  b«t  just  to  say,  however,  that  Prof.  B.  dissents  firom  the  theology 
of  tW  work  which  he  thus  commends. 

From  N.  P.  Wn-Lii  ("  Borne  Jowmal,*'  of  August  21). 

"  la  saying  explicitly  that  we  can  not  conceive  of  a  more  absorbing 

•■d  captivating  book— ^to  us  &r  more  so  than  any  novel  we  have  ever 

rmdy    wa  have  no  neea  to  express,  one  way  or  another,  an  opinion  as 

as  the  smyimmtmral  quality  of  these  "  Revelations."    To  an  unbeliever 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


2  TESTIMONIES. 

f  it  will  be  a  most  delicious  and  far-reaching  work  of  imaginatioOr  writ- 
ten with  a  vast  background  of  scientific  and  philosophical  knowledge  ; 
while  to  the  believer  it  will  be,  of  course,  like  converse  with  an  arch- 
angel on  the  con>pari8on  of  other  worlds  with  ours." 

The  New  York  "  Sunday  Dispatch,^^  whose  editors  are  well  acquaint- 
ed with  the  book  and  the  manner  of  its  production,  has  given  a  series 
of  commendatory  articles,  from  which  we  select  the  following  passage, 
from  amonff  many  of  the  same  tone  and  spirit : — 

"  Never  nave  there  be6n  presented  at  one  view  a  cosmogony  so  grand, 
a  theology  so  sublime,  and  a  future  destiny  for  man  so  transcendent. 
In  science,  in  religion,  and  in  morality,  it  is  a  book  which  will  be  wel- 
comed with  rapture  by  the  most  enlightened,  the  loftiest,  and  the  purest 
minds." — (Dispatch  of  September  12.) 

From  the  Rev,  W.  M.  Fernald  {in  the  "  Boston  Courier^*  Sept,  2). 
"  For  ourself  we  must  say  it  is  the  most  truthful  book  we  ever  read. 
It  is  exciting  and  spiritualizing  to  the  last  degree.  It  throws,  in  so 
brief  a  space,  more  light  on  the  Bible  than  any  other  book,  though  there 
are  passages  which  seem  unjust  to  its  great  teachings.  It  is  not  re- 
markable, indeed,  so  much  for  the  revelation  of  principles  or  laws 
which  have  not  heretofore  been  discovered,  for  all  principles  and  laws 
in  the  material  and  spiritual  worlds  are  eternal,  and  in  enlightened  so- 
ciety are  generally  known.  But  in  the  combinations  of  those  laws,  in 
the  numerous  forms  and  modifications  of  truth,  it  is  a  vast  storehouse 
of  spiritual  and  intellectual  treasure  such  as  the  world  has  never  before 
known.     I  say  this,  after  much  reflection, 'coolly  and  deliberately." 

From  a  long  review  of  this  work  in  "  The  Harbinger f^*  edited  by 
Rev.  Mr.  Ripley,  we  quote  the  following : — 

"  The  excellent  spirit  which  pervades  its  pages,  the  modesty  and  sim- 
plicity of  its  tone,  its  freedom  from  enthusiasm,  the  purity,  sweetness, 
and  piety  of  its  sentiments,  and  its  constant  recognition  of  the  suprem- 
acy of  reason  and  the  freedom  of  the  mind,  will  create  a  prepossession 
in  its  favor  even  among  those  whose  sturdy  attachment  to  ordinary  ex- 
perience would  lead  them  to  question  the  claims  of  an  angel  from 
heaven,  and  to  distrust  the  testimony  of  one  risen  from  the  dead.  Judged 
by  the  usual  principles  of  criticism,  as  the  work  of  an  uneducated 
shoemaker,  not  two-and-twenty. years  of  age,  we  may  safely  pronounce 
it  the  most  surprising  prodigy  of  literary  history.  If  the  young  man 
is  to  be  viewed  only  as  a  philosophical  poet,  who  has  given  his  epic  of 
the  universe,  among  other  bards  of  ancient  and  modem  times,  Dante 
and  Milton  may  well  hide  their  diminished  heads." 

From  a  notice  of  the  book  in  the  September  number  of  the  Roches- 
ter **  Truth^s  Telegraph,^  we  extract  the  following :  "We  have  glancea 
at  portions  of  this  astonishing  work,  and  find  ourself  in  a  perfect  maze 
and  confusion  of  ideafi  which  it  is  impossible  at  present  to  express.  To 
view  it  in  whatever  light  we  may,  whether  as  a  production  of  an  un- 
bounded imagination  taking  its  flight  in  the  Univerae  of  Romance,  or 
as  the  clear  impressions  of  a  mind  in  that  condition  which  is  analogous 
to  angelic  life,  it  comes  to  the  mind  as  something  which  transcends  its 
understanding  of  possibilities.  And  yet  the  great  amount  of  demon- 
Btrable  knowledge  exhibited  which  it  is  utterly  impossible  for  Mr.  Davis 
to  have  been  in  possession  of,  and  equally  impossible  for  his  magnet- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ  IC 


TB8TIM0XIES.  3 

iser  to  baTO  oommuoicatod,  renders  it  absolutely  absurd  to  suppose  that 
U  could  hare  been  produced  in  any  other  manner  than  the  last  supposed 
And  xhe  one  in  which  it  claims  to  have  originated." 

From  a  defence  of  the  book  in  the  Troy  "  Budget,**  of  August  23d 
bj  RrT.  T.  L.  Harris,  we  quote  the  following :  "  Neither  Mr.  Lyon,  nor 
Mr.  Fishbough,  nor  any  or  all  of  the  witnesses,  nor  Mr.  Davis  himself, 
while  in  the  normal  state,  was  capable  of  producing  the  work,  or  had  op- 
portanity  to  do  so  without  detection,  if  capable.  On  this  subject  I  speak 
entirely  from  personal  observation.  Dunne  nearly  two  years  in  which 
the  gentlemen  in  question  resided  in  New  York,  ihe  writer  of  this  ar- 
ticle was  in  the  habit  of  visiting  them  at  all  times  and  all  hours.  Their 
occupation  daring  every  day,  and  almost  every  hour,  can  be  accounted 

for All  of  them  were  accessible  at  all  hours.     The  lectures 

wvre  invariably  given  before  witnesses.     Mr.  Davis  has  lectured  in  my 

{presence  for  four  hours  in  succession.  Having  heard  the  lectures  de- 
ivered  orally — ^having  read  them  in  the  original  manuscript — ^in  the 
copy  prepared  for  the  press,  in  the  proof-sheets,  and  in  the  printed  vol- 
ume, I  can  certify  that  there  are  no  omissions,  additions,  or  variations 
of  idea  whatever  ....  It  is  not  possible  that  Mr.  Davis  had  committed 
the  work  to  memory  and  repeated  it,  as  the  work  of  another,  since  all 
oT  his  time  save  that  employed  in  lecturing,  was  spent  in  the  company 
a£  his  friends,  and  even  his  sleeping  hours  were  watched  by  a  person 

riccupying  the  same  room The  evidence  of  hundreds  of  eye- 

vritneeses  attest  the  reality  of  Davis's  spiritual  powers,  and  prove  him  to 
kano  capacities  equal  to  the  production  of  the  work.  I  know,  from  per- 
•ooml  experience,  of  the  reahty  of  these  transcendent  powers.  He  has 
heft]«d  me  of  a  dangerous  disease  which  had  baffled  the  skill  of  physicians. 
Me  has  read  my  most  secret  and  deepest  thoughts.  He  has  made,  in  my 
presence,  most  astounding  prophesies  which  have  met  with  an  exact  ful- 
fthnent.  I  have  seen  him  m  states  of  mental  elevation  which  transcended 
all  histonr  or  knowledge — states  when  earth  had  apparently  no  secret, 
and  the  future  no  marvel  which  he  did  not  see  and  know,"  &c.,  &c. 

From  Hmnti  Merchants'  Magazine  of  October. 
**  This  is  certainly  an  extraordinary  work — the  most  so,  perhaps,  that 
has  appeared  during  the  present  century.     It  purports  to  consist  of  the 
eaosecutive  reasonings  and  revelations  of  a  spirit  freed  by  a  certain 
process,  the  philosophy  of  which  is  explained,  from  the  obstructing 
w€o€Bice  of  tne  material  organizatioo,  and  exalted  to  a  position  wh]<m 
gave  access  to  a  knowledge  of  the  structure  and  laws  of  the  whole  mate- 
rial and  spiritual  Universe.     Aside  from  this  claim,  it  is  a  most  remark- 
able production,  and  would  be  so  considered  if  it  had  been  put  forth  with- 
out such  pretensions,  which  we  do  not  mean  to  say  are  not  well  founded. 
For  boldness  of  conception  and  comprehensiveness  of  plan,  so  far  as  we 
kaow,  it  is  without  a  parallel  in  the  history  of  literature,  philosophy 

aad  refiffion It  seems  to  take  in  Uie  whole  range  of  human 

knowledge,  and,  not  content  with  our  earth,  the  author  visits,  other 
pIsMts  and  other  worlds,  and  discourses  to  us  of  their  inhabitants  and 
peculiarities,"  &c. 

The  London  "  Ptople^e  Journal,'*  conuins  a  letter  from  Parke 
G«owT»,  written  from  New  York,  in  which  the  writer,  afler  presenting 
a  brief  synopsb  of  the  contents  of  the  book,  speaks  as  follows  s  **  Such 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


4:  THE  tJKITEBOCELnM. 

is  a  brief  outline  of  this  extraordinaiy  work— extraordinary  in  every 
light  in  which  we  may  regiffd  it ;  for  whether  it  he  what  it  purports  to 
he  or  noty  it  disi)lays  an  astonishing,  almost  prodi^oua  power  of  gen- 
eralization. But  if  it  be  the  work  of  Dayis,  who  is  known  in  his  nor- 
mal state  to  be  a  yonng  man  of  only  ordinary  acqnidtion  and  power  of 
mind,  then  it  opens  up  one  of  the  most  smgmar  sind  wonderful  chapters 
in  all  literary  history ;  and  that  it  is  the  unsdded  productions  of  Davis 
there  are  hundreds  of  the  most  respectable  and  soundminded  men  in  this 
city  moat  profoundly  convinced,  after  a  deliberate  inquiry  mto  jail  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case." 

Other  testimonies  of  the  same  general  purport  might  be  introduced, 
but  the  foregoing  are  deenoed  sufficient.  The  style  (S  the  work  is  clear 
and  forcible,  and  characterized  by  that  simplicity  which  distinguishes 
a  disposition  to  pi^esent  Truth  as  the  only  object.  Judged  by  a  natu- 
ral and  not  by  an  artificial  and  conventional  standard,  it  is  generally  if 
not  universally  approved.  Reader,  do  not  a  phenomenoQ  so  startUng, 
a  philosophy  so  expansive,  and  general  developments  so  intrinsically 
and  vitally  important,  deserve  your  serious  and  unprejudiced  attention  t 
Read,  reflect,  and  be  enlightened  and  profited. 


Digitized  by  LnOPQ IC 


SCRIBE'S   INTRODUCTION. 


BWWmAraCAL   nUTCB    OP   THK   AUTHOR,  AXD   HItTORT   OP   THE 

PRODUCTION   OP   Tfllfl   VOLUME. 

• 

A  WOKE  of  iBprccedented  duumcter  la  here  presented  to  the  world*  It 
wan  c/  Um  eoBMCOtiTe  reasonings  and  revelations  of  a  spirit  freed,  by  a 
mnaim  physacal  proeeM,  the  philosophy  of  which  is  explained,  from  the  ob« 
nTTfTTif  ininrf*  of  th«  material  organization,  and  exalted  to  a  position  which 
^T«  •eecM  to  a  knowledgt  of  the  structure  and  laws  of  the  whole  material 
mod  iwrifl  UntTctMu  It  treau  upon  subjecu  of  the  profoondest  interest  and 
d  thm  mtmt  SBspeakaUc  importance  to  the  human  race ;  and  as  its  claims  are 
[|y  of  the  most  startling  character,  and  its  professed  disclosures,  with  the 
them,  are  in  some  respects  unparalleled  in  the  history  of 
payckoiufj,  it  is  certainly  no  more  than  just  that  the  world  should  be  furnished 
with  a  plan,  eoadae,  yet  drctuastantial  account  of  the  author  of  the  book,  with 
a  kasaory  of  its  origia  and  )vodoction,  and  with  the  means  of  either  verifying 
m  rdasmg  what  is  said  eooccming  the  $aurc€  from  which  it  sprang,  and  the 
■MBsa  cBpioyed  ia  its  productioo.  A  few  preliminary  remarks,  however,  are 
4mtmmi  prayer  as  introdQcfory  to  the  statements  herein  to  be  submitted. 

It  is  <Jbtwm  10  every  intelligeat  mind  that  the  condition  of  the  human  race, 
•ucaaDy*  Bsuanally,  oientally,  and  ^iritually,  is  continually  changing.  There 
IS  at  ptasiaf  m»  civilised  nation  upon  the  globe  which  does  not  present  a 
•esally  tfifferais  aspect  as  to  manners,  customs,  social  structure,  science,  art, 
salighA.  and  all  the  eonvcntiooalisns  cf  life,  from  any  nation  existing  xxpoa 
ikt  «Bft^  ftm  iWinaand  years  ago.  Every  period  of  htmian  history  shows, 
wfum  (he  whole,  a  distiact  pr0grus  in  the  condition  of  mankind  beyond  that 
«f  pranoas  periods.  Instances  of  apparent  retrogression,  as  in  the  cases  of 
tW  rwnum  catasfjophes  that  have  occurred  at  different  periods  during  the  geo- 
IuCwbI  htttjTf  of  ike  earth,  only  exhibit  the  apparent  disorder  incident  to  a 
cnasitMn  fajoi  a  lower  to  a  higher  sute  of  development.    In  passing  through 

cW  Ml aik  atau-harharism  of  the  early  agea  to  the  refinemenu  and  intellec- 

aal  a^  astisoe  attasamcnu  of  the  nineteenth  century,  the  race  has  of  course 
pMa«d  ihiimii  cvsvy  talerms^tels  stage  of  cultivation ;  and  a  close  observation 
aad  aaaJysts  will  ymre  that  every  decided  stage  of  humaa  progress  has  been 
aif  panirrf  by  new  and  disttact  mental  and  social  tpspls;  and  in  order  thai 
liasa  Mglit  ha  daly  sappUed.  aew  researc^s  have  been  mvariahly  opened,  and 
I  have  been  institaiad. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


IV  INTRODUCTION'. 

It  would  require  but  little  argument,  therefore,  aside  from  the  fact  that 
change  is  perpetual,  to  proye  that  the  mental  and  social  wants  of  the  present 
differ  essentially  from  those  of  any  preyious  generation.  Perhaps  at  no  period 
in  the  world's  history  so  little  characterized  by  revolutionary  violence,  has  the 
general  mental  and  social  condition  of  mankind  undergone  changes  so  marked 
and  conspicuous  as  during  the  last  century.  In  respect  to  all  matters  of  science f 
particularly,  has  there  been  an  immense  unfolding ;  and  the  mechanical  and 
economic  arts  have  been  correspondingly  improved.  The  seven  seals  of  the 
great  geological  book  have  been  broken,  and  its  rocky  leaves  have  disclosed 
the  physical  history  of  the  earth  for  millions  of  years.  Powerful  telescopes 
have  penetrated  the  abysses  of  space,  and  the  grandeur  and  harmony  of  the 
Universe  have  been  unfolded  to  an  extent  far  transcending  all  previous  concep- 
tion :  and  the  researches  in  the  departments  of  chemistry,  physiology,  and  com- 
parative anatomy,  are  constantly  proving  more  and  more  conspicuously  that 
all  things  are  but  parts  inseparably  connected  in  one  grand  System.  AH  these 
sublime  results  of  science  tend  to  expand  the  mind  beyond  the  narrow  circle  of 
which  self  is  the  centre,  and  to  unite  the  soul  with  those  things  which  it  be- 
holds, contemplates,  and  admires.  Man  is  thus  made  deeply  sensible  that  he 
is  a  mere  atom  in  infinite  space,  surroimded  by  beings  and  creations  unspeaka- 
bly more  important  than  himself;  and  as  he  contemplates  the  wide-spread 
fields  of  creation,  teeming  with  tokens  of  impartial  favor,  a  flame  of  philan- 
thropy is  enkindled  in  his  soul  that  consumes  all  narrow  prejudices  and  selfish 
inclinations,  and  he  sympathizes  with  universal  Man  as  the  great  Body  of 
which  he  is  a  mere  organ. 

Such  are  the  moral  and  social  tendencies  of  the  science  of  the  age,  even  con* 
sidering  the  same  in  the  more  abstract  point  of  view.  But  from  the  same 
source  more  important  influences  indirectly  arise.  From  the  materials  of  sci- 
ence the  busy  hand  of  mechanism  is  forming  filaments  to  bind  together  the  ex- 
tremities of  each  nation,  and  is  developing  the  resources,  exchanging  the  com- 
modities, and  harmonizing  the  interests,  of  every  clime.  Iron  steeds,  nerved 
by  the  stimulus  of  the  expanding  vapor,  are  plunging  through  the  ocean,  meas- 
uring the  distance  between  the  two  hemispheres  by  the  lapse  of  a  few  days,  or 
prancing  to  and  fro  in  the  earth,  facilitating  exchanges  and  promoting  friendly 
intercourse  between  all  communities  and  people.  The  imponderable  elements 
have  been  laid  under  contribution,  and,  by  the  subtle  agency  of  the  electric 
fluid,  man  converses  with  his  neighbor  at  the  distance  of  a  thousaild  miles  with 
the  same  facility  with  which  two  would  converse  a  few  rods  apart.  The  veins, 
and  arteries,  and  nerves,  of  the  great  Body  of  humanity,  are  thus  being  devel- 
oped, in  the  form  of  steamships,  and  railroads,  and  magnetic  telegraphs,  and 
its  muscles  and  sinews  are  being  unfolded  in  the  form  of  labor-saving  and  pro- 
ductive machinery.  And  all  science  and  art  tend  powerfully  to  extend  the 
fibres  and  channels  of  communication  thus  being  unfolded,  throughout  the  whole 
earth,  and  thus  to  form  of  the  whole  race  on^  harmonious  Body,  posses- 
sing one  common  spring  of  action,  one  common  social  and  theological  system^ 
and  bound  together  with  one  chain  of  sympathy  running  through  all  its  diver- 
sified parts. 

Such,  we  say,  are  the  conspicuous  and  powerful  tendencies  of  all  the  scien* 
dfic  and  artistic  attainments  of  the  age.  But  to  these  tendencies  there  exist 
the  most  powerful  obstructions,  which  have  thus  &r  defied  all  attempts  of  phi- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ  IC 


IXTRODUOTIOK.  V 

I  ttod  rdbnnen  to  remore.  Hmm  obetnictioiis  cohsIbC  in  the  local 
,  «ad  tlie  BociAl,  nmtiooal,  commercial,  and  theological  antagonisms, 
[  prrrmtl  throaghoot  the  whole  earth.  All  men  and  commimities  are  anx- 
k/m  §u€  iJm  catahltfhmcBt  of  a  more  intimate  imity  in  the  race,  bat  each  desires 
liba:  ihtaimttfihoakl  be  fbimded  on  the  baais  of  his  own  peculiar  8]r8ten^  The 
Ca«/^.itac  woold  haire  the  whole  world  form  one  harmonioos  brotherhood,  pos- 
wrmia^  one  &sth,  one  hope,  and  one  baptism,  but  then  he  would  hare  them  all 
OalriBiflta ;  the  Aiminian  desires  the  same  tmioa,  but  only  on  the  basis  of  his 
owm  iheolcfical  system.  The  Catholic  desires  that  all  should  become  Catho- 
lies,  sad  only  on  thisgmnd  will  he  consent  to  a  tmion  with  others.  The  Jews 
desire  a  mity  of  tha  raee;  bat  they  desire  first  to  be  restored  to  the  land  of  Pales- 
tiae,  and  then  that  all  Gentile  nations  should  unite  as  their  sobordinates  under 
ik0  reign  of  their  expected  Messiah.  The  intelligent  Mohammedan  desires  the 
aacsbltabnent  and  perfection  of  the  universal  brotherhood,  but  he  demands  that 
erwy  mmn  shoold  first  deroutly  exclaim,  "Allah  is  God,  and  Mohammed  is 
his  pcopbcc**  And  the  sanoe  remarks  might  with  equal  propriety  be  extended 
to  aU  ponies,  sects,  denominations,  and  religionists,  throughout  the  whole 
All  are  equally  sincere  in  their  opinions,  and  equally  zealous  in  their 
each  bdicring  that  his  own  system  is  sanctioned  by  the  Deity ; 
\  the  devotees  of  all  social,  national,  and  eqiecially  theological  sys- 
,  dcvira  their  opiaioos  liom  the  fortuitous  circumstances  of  birth  and  early 
it  is  impnssiWe  that  more  than  ons  out  of  the  thousand  can  be  right, 
wmd  the  extieuie  probability  is  that  aU  are  wrong.  And  while  the  followers 
of  each  systen  pray  Arrcntly  and  labor  diligently  for  the  conversion  of  the 
whole  world,  aO  are  mntually  and  pMrpos4ly  obstructing  the  efibrts  of  each 
eshcr ;  aad  the  ohstractiop  creates  impatience,  jealousy,  bigotry,  fanaticism, 
and  evtry  spsciss  of  hostility  and  persecution  that  now  so  imhappily  distract 
the  hMsa  race,  and  army  brother  against  brother,  and  commtmity  against 
the  truly  philanthn^  sold  to  weep  in  hopeless  despon- 


It  is  daar  lo  every  mind  that  so  long  as  these  diversified  antagonisnu  in  so- 
exist  thmghout  the  vrorid,  so  long  that  universal  peace,  brotherly  lovt» 
[  aad  aattKai  onity,  so  devoutly  to  be  desired,  com  nat  possibly  take 
Tha  aD-ahaovbing  deaire  of  the  mlightened  philanthropist,  therefore,  is 
atMM  any  be  removed  by  the  institution  of  some  grand  and 
System  of  thought  aad  action,  based  upon  the  nature  of  things  and 
\  of  men  to  each  other.  This,  therefore,  should  be  considered 
as  Aa  tras  aad  great  leading  iMsi  of  the  human  mind  at  the  present  more  than 
at  aay  pssiiuas  age  of  the  worU ;  and  who  shall  jtidge  d  priori  that  in  the  im- 
laws  of  iha  All-Wise  Being,  provisions  may  not  have  been  made  to 
lAtf  as  wdl  as  all  real  vrants  of  the  human  race  at  all  previous  sges  ? 
t  to  the  ftffsgdng  remarks  is  superadded  the  consideratioo  that  nei« 
r  aay  prwioos  rsrelatioa  amhorizcs  the  belief  that  the  channels 
of  spifttaal  eoBmaakation  with  this  lower  world  have  been  permanently 
aay  we  aot  cxpeet  a  reapeetfbl  attention  to  the  following  statement 
I  slas  saeh  a  candid  perusal  of  the  vohme  herewith  submitted, 
be  rsadtr  pioperlf  to  judge  what  relation  (if  any)  the  same 
r  vary  dsmaads  of  the  age  which  are  of  all  others  the  moet  pre^ 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


VI  INTRODUCTION. 

Andbew  Jaceson  Datis,  the  foathful  author  of  this  book,  is,  while  in  his 
normal  state,  distinguished  by  no  mental  or  physical  peculiarities  that  would 
be  likely  to  excite  the  particular  attenticm  of  any  merely  superficial  obserrer. 
He  is  of  the  ordinary  stature,  with  a  well-proportioned  physical  frame,  posses- 
sing a  bilious-sanguine-nerrous  temperament  His  features  are  ptominoity 
and  his  head  is  of  the  medium  size,  and  rery  smoothly  developed,  especially 
in  the  irontal  and  coronal  regions.  The  base  of  the  brain  is  small,  except  in 
the  region  of  the  perceptives,  which  are  prominent  The  head  is  covered  with 
a  profusicm  of  jet-black  hair.  The  expression  of  his  countenance  is  mild, 
placid,  and  indicative  of  a  peculiar  degree  of  frankness  end  benevolence ;  and 
from  his  eyes  beams  forth  a  peculiar  radiance  which  we  have  never  witnessed 
in  any  other  person.  This  is  especially  the  case  in  his  moments  of  interior 
meditation  and  mental  expansion.  His  inferior  passions  are  only  moderately 
developed,  and  are  completely  under  the  control  of  reason  and  the  moral  sen- 
timents. During  daily  intercourse  with  him  for  eighteen  months,  we  have 
never  known  him  to  manifest  the  least  degree  of  anger  or  impatience,  though 
we  have  known  him  to  be  severely^  tried.  He  is  very  fond  of  congenial  soci- 
ety, though  he  is  peculiarly  sensitive  to  what  are  in  his  book  called  the 
«<  spheres"  of  certain  individuals,  or  the  influence  or  atmosphere  emanating 
from  them.  Thus  he  is  instinctively  either  attracted  to  or  repelled  from  a  man 
on  first  coming  into  his  presence,  and  from  the  same  cause  he  generally  forms 
a  judgment  of  human  character  at  first  sight,  which,  as  to  accuracy,  we  have 
seldom  if  ever  known  to  faiL  This  sensitiveness  to  spheres  forms  a  strikiiig 
trait  in  his  character.  He  has  a  most  ardent  and  devoted  attachment  to  his 
friends.  He  recognises  no  enemies,  though  the  presence  of  some  persons,  es- 
pecially of  those  who  are  conceited,  bigoted,  or  dogmatical,  seems  to  give  him 
pain ;  and  such  he  accordingly  avoids.  To  congenial  spirits  he  is  inclined  to 
be  communicative ;  and  his  address  is  natural  and  easy,  though  devoid  of  all 
artificiality.  His  disposition  is  characterized  by  an  equanimity  and  cheerful- 
ness which  apparently  no  circumstance,  however  depressing,  can  disturb.  His 
mind  acts  with  vivacity,  and  he  is  rather  strongly  inclined  to  mirthfrdness, 
though  he  informs  us  that  this  latter  characteristic  is  often  assumed  in  order  to 
counteract  a  natural  tcfndency  of  the  mind  to  abstraction,  which  forms  an- 
other marked  trait  in  his  character.  His  imaginative  fiiculties  are  well  devel- 
oped, thou^  not  so  as  to  form  a  prominent  trait  in  his  character.  A  supreme 
/ove  of  truth  is  the  central  point  around  which  all  his  moral  iaculties  revolve. 
Heuce  he  holds  himself  entirely  open  to  conviction  from  all  sources  of  informa- 
tion, and  is  ever  ready  to  abandon  preconceived  opinions,  however  ardently 
cherished,  the  moment  he  finds  they  are  erroneous.  It  is  from  this  cause  that 
he  manifests  the  utmost  unconcern  when  his  pretensions  are  attacked.  His 
benevolence  is  very  active  and  steadfast,  and  is  not  confined  to  friends,  associ- 
ates, party,  or  sect,  but  extends  to  all  classes  of  mankind.  He  thus  takes  the 
utmost  pleasure  in  relieving  distress  and  in  bestowing  favors  whenever  oppor- 
tunity afibrds,  though  his  bestowments  are  always  graduated  by  an  acute  dis- 
crimination of  the  capacities  of  the  individuals  to  appreciate  and  profitably 
employ  them.  His  perceptive  and  reflective  faculties  are  well  and  evenly 
developed ;  and  the  most  prominent  point  in  his  intellectual  character  is  an  easy 
and  instinctive  comprehension  of  great  general  principles  and  laws  that  govern 
(Mature  and  Mankind.    His  intellectual  harmoniously  blend  with  his  moral  fiic- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


IDTTRODUCTION.  fU 

fMa  CO  £inn  a  perfectly-balaDced  character ;  and  as  all  his  faculties  are  in  a 
mmrif  equal  state  of  development,  he  is  remarkably  free  from  exaggeration  or 
**Mfakr  fcrms  of  thought,"  and  is  disposed  to  give  to  each  subject  which 
he  coiptchcads,  all  the  importance  which  really  and  naturally  bdongs  to  it, 
ta  no  more.  Hence  his  jtidgment  is  matured  to  a  degree  seldom  witnessed  in 
ihoae  of  a  more  mature  age ;  and  what,  perhaps,  is  still  more  remarkable  than 
aO  ia,  that  all  his  leading  mental  operations  and  outward  acti<His  appear  to  De 
fOTccBied  bf  a  species  oiinterior  prompting.  Upon  the  whole,  therefore,  he 
may  he  considered  as  a  most  amiaUe,  simple-hearted,  truth-loving,  and  un- 
•ophistkated  young  man,  being  disconnected  from  all  sects,  parties,  creeds,  and 
dwwiiMfiiini,  and  governed  scdely  by  his  own  intuitions. 

Such  iM  a  description  of  his  character  while  in  his  normal  state,  as  it  has  ap- 
peared to  us  during  daily  intercourse  with  him  lor  the  last  eighteen  months. 
I  it  ia  owing  to  his  peculiar  physical  and  mental  constitution  that  he  has 
cnahled,  by  the  assistance  of  magnetism,  to  abstract  himself  £rom  the 
tangibilities  of  the  outer  world,  and  enter  that  state  of  exceeding  spiritual 
eiilfafinn  and  mental  expansion  that  has  enabled  him  to  dictate  the  book  now 
mhoaiaed  to  the  world. 

Bat  the  mind  given  mainly  to  sensuous  processes  of  reasoning,  in  order  to 
htk  justified  in  reposing  full  confidence  in  the  authenticity  of  this  book,  will 
raqoare  aome  aceount  (such  as  he  may  either  verify  or  refute)  <^  Mr.  Davis's 
pAflt  history,  of  his  acquirements  by  ordinary  processes  of  education  and  men- 
tel  discipline,  and  of  the  origin  and  production  of  this  book.  This  reasonable 
itmsnii  shall  be  gratified  to  the  extent  of  our  present  ability ;  and  the  main 
htm  sJball  be  suhatantiated  by  the  testimcmy  of  disinterested  persons. 

▲  aingolar  instance,  showing  Mr.  Davis's  indifference  to  things  of  no  practi- 
cal importance,  consists  in  the  fiict  that  he  did  not  imtil  recently  know  where 
ha  vaa  bocn.    At  the  earliest  period  to  which  his  recollection  extend,  he  resi- 
4ai  with  his  pamts  in  the  township  of  Hyde  Park,  Dutchess  county.  New 
York ;  and  during  two  summers  of  his  residence  in  that  township,  he  was  also 
cBBfikif ed  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Woodworth  in  the  capacity  of  a  keeper  of  cattle. 
Bw  his  &ther  recently  informed  us  that  he  was  bom  in  Bloominggrove,  Orange 
eooBty,  New  York,  and  that  on  the  11th  of  August,  184nr,  he  will  be  twenty- 
mm  years  of  age — according  to  which  he  must  have  been  bom  on  the  11th  of 
Am^mtf  1886.    From  Hyde  Park  he  removed,  with  his  father,  to  Potighkeep- 
M,  oo  the  first  of  September,  1838,  aAer  which,  for  some  eighteen  months,  he 
vorkad  with  his  fitther  at  his  trade.    Immediately  af\er  this  he  was  engaged 
ia  the  gioeaty  of  Mr.  Nicholas  Lawrence,  which  store  his  &ther  subsequently 
pmchaaad,  and  in  which  he  contintied  imtil  the  spring  of  1841,  when  he  bound 
hiasilf  as  an  apprentice  to  Mr.  Ira  Armstrong. 

Bis  frther  is  a  simple-hearted  tmsophisticated  man,  who  fi)llows  the  re- 
apwnye  oeqipation  of  a  shoemaker ;  and  so  far  as  this  world's  goods  are  con- 
anaei,  he  has  always  been  very  poor.  His  mother  (long  since  deceased),  we 
•re  iafivmad,  was  one  of  those  gentle  beings  whose  supreme  delight  it  is  to 
'  in  scenes  of  sickness  and  sorrow,  and  to  administer  to  the  relief  of  suf- 
J  hasaanity.  Neither  fiuher  nor  mother  was  particularly  inclined  to  in- 
ttOeelaal  pursuits,  and  hence  they  felt  no  anxiety  to  bestow  an  education  upon 
ikor  son  Tyf*«t^«**c  beyond  the  rimplest  nidimenu  that  may  be  acquired  in  a 
Owing  to  this  fact,  in  connexion  with  the  straitened  financial 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nil  INTR0DT7CTI0N. 

circumstaDccs  of  the  parents,  the  boy's  school  tuition  was  confined  to  about 
five  months,  during  which  time  he  learned  to  read  imperfectly,  to  write  a  &it 
hand,  and  to  do  simple  sums  in  arithmetic.  From  early  youth,  therefore,  until 
he  entered  on  his  clainrojrance  career,  he  was  mostly  kept  at  such  manual  em- 
ployments as  were  adapted  to  his  age,  during  which  time  his  little  earnings 
and  affectionate  attentions  contributed  greatly  to  the  support  of  his  immediate 
family  connexions.  With  these  duties  and  responsibilities  constantly  pressing 
upon  his  mind,  he  had  neither  desire  nor  opportunity  to  study  and  inform  him- 
self even  upon  the  simplest  branches  of  science,  history,  or  general  literature. 
During  the  intervals  between  his  hours  of  employment  he  was  neyer  known  to 
frequent  public  libraries,  and  was  seldom  known  to  take  up  a  book ;  and  his  yery 
limited  reading  was  confined  to  a  few  juTenUe  productions,  tugitive  essays,  and 
light  romances,  not,  perhaps,  comprising  over  four  hundred  or  five  hundred 
pages  at  most ;  and  even  this  little  reading  was  pursued  in  the  most  desultory 
manner.  The  frankness,  openness,  and  sincerity,  which  have  characterized  the 
boy  from  infancy  to  the  present  moment,  and  the  probabilities  arising  from  his 
youth  and  inexperience  in  the  arts  of  the  world,  forbid  entirely  the  suspicion 
that  he  could  have  been  pursuing  in  secret  any  sinister  designs  upon  the  credu- 
lity of  the  world ;  and  the  restrictions  which  poverty  imposed  upon  his  mental 
exertions,  and  the  ten  thousand  incidentals  connected  with  a  daily  and  hourly 
intercourse  of  some  one  or  more  persons  with  him,  absolutely  forbid  the  possi- 
bility of  his  having  in  secret  carried  on  a  design  of  this  kind,  even  had  he  been 
morally  capable  of  a  fraud  so  palpable. 

The  foregoing  ^ts  are  gathered  from  incidental  and  free  conversations  with 
different  persons  who  were  familiarly  acquainted  with  the  young  man  from 
early  youth  up  to  his  forming  a  connexion  with  Dr.  Lycm,  and  removing  to 
New  York,  in  August,  1845.  To  these  statements  we  will  add  the  following 
testimonies  from  respectable  citizens,  the  first  of  Hyde  Park,  the  next  three  of 
Poughkeepsie,  and  the  last  from  Rev.  A.  R.  Bartlett,  now  of  Chicago : — 

Htde  Park,  Jaituary  2,  1847. 
DxAft  Sn :  In  answer  to  yours  of  the  30th  December  last,  asking  some  informa- 
tion respecting  A.  J.  Davis,  I  can  only  say  that  he  was  born  in  this  town*  of  poor 
but  respectable  parents.  His  father,  during  the  period  of  his  (A.  J.'s)  early  youth, 
was  in  my  employ  some  three  or  four  years,  during  which  time  I  saw  the  boy  almost 
every  day.  There  was  nothing  remarkable  in  him,  unless  it  might  have  been  an 
inquiring  disposition,  which,  however,  was  not  remarkable  to  a  very  great  extent. 
He  was  of  good  moral  character.  His  only  facilities  for  obtaining  an  education  were 
such  as  are  nfibrded  by  a  district  school,  which  he  was  not  much  disposed  to  attend. 
As  to  his  natural  talents,  there  was  nothing  that  I  ever  saw  to  induce  the  belief  that 
they  were  either  above  or  below  mediocrity.  In  short,  he  was  what  might  have  been 
called  an  ordinary,  civil,  well-disposed  boy. 

Yours,  respectfuUy,  JOHN  HINCHMAN. 

Poughkeepsie,  January  2,  1847. 
Friend  Wm.  Fishbough  :  Thine  of  the  30th  of  last  month  is  received,  requesting 
of  me  to  give  thee  what  information  I  am  in  possession  of  in  relation  to  the  charac- 
ter, habits,  icCy  of  A.  J.  Davis  while  a  resident  of  our  village. 

The  first  I  knew  of  him  was  when  about  sixteen  years  of  age,  while  he  was  an  ap« 
prentice  to  the  shoemaking  business ;  and  from  that  time  I  saw  him  very  frequently 
vitil  he  left  the  place,  which  was  from  two  to  three  years  aAer,  I  think.  As  to  his 
character  and  habits,  I  always  believed  them  to  be  good ;  and  his  opportunities  of 
Instruction,  if  he  had  any,  were  very  limited.    I  believe  him  to  be  an  uneducated 

young  man,  and  of  very  humble  parentage.  

Very  respectfully  thy  friend,  E.  C.  SOUTHWICK. 

*  That  it  a  mivtidte,  according  to  the  Btatement  of  hii  father,  mentioned  abore. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nVTRODTJCTION.  IX 

PouGHKKEPSix,  January  21,  1847. 
DsAft  Scm :  In  eomplyiDg  with  yoTir  request,  to  write  yon  an  accoant  of  what  I 
Hw,  whether  favorable  or  otherwise,  of  the  character,  habits,  education,  9lc,,  of 
Mr.  A.  J.  DmTis,  penait  me  to  express  my  satisfaction  at  being  enabled  to  render  yon 
tm  accoont  which  is  farorable.  I  hare  enjoyed  a  personal  acquaintance  of  three 
yvan  with  Mr.  Davis,  under  circumstances  favorable  to  obtaining  a  correct  knowledge 
cf  hii  diancter,  Itc. ;  and  so  fnlly  persuaded  am  I  of  his  moral  worth  and  integrity, 
that  I  woohi  not  hesitate  to  place  implicit  confidence  in  him  under  the  most  trying 
tinaasuacet.  From  seeing  and  conversing  with  him  almost  daily  during  the  first 
rear  of  oar  acquaintance,  and  from  the  frequent  subsequent  intercourse  we  have 
had,  1  have  the  assurance  to  think  I  know  him  as  well  as  any  other  person ;  and 
1  is  the  opinion  I  have  formed  of  him.  His  honesty,  his  frankness,  his  veracity, 
■faility~io  short,  his  virtue  to  the  fullest  extent  in  which  thb  word  can  be 
MMi,  are  worthy  of  all  praise.  Of  hb  education  (that  which  he  obtained  at 
•chod  or  from  books,  I  mean),  I  am  constrained  to  say  it  is  of  a  very  limited  charac- 
ter, he  having  never  received  more  than  about  five  months' schooling,  as  he  has  oAen 
staled  to  me ;  which  statement  is  corroborated  by  the  testimony  of  those  who  have 
kaowa  him  from  his  childhood.  His  reading  has  also  been  limited,  and  of  a  character 
cakalated  to  yieU  him  no  great  benefit.  It  has  served  as  a  mere  pastime — a  mere 
frattftcatioii  for  the  moment.  Indeed,  he  seemed  to  have  no  higher  end  m  it  than 
aaaacment  for  the  time  being. 

Yours,  very  respectfully,  S.  S.  LAPHAM. 

The  following  letter  from  Mr.  Armstrong,  to  whom  youug  Davis  was  an 
tppreotice  for  about  two  years,  is  deserving  of  particular  attention : — 

PouGHXKEPSiE,  January  9,  1847. 
I>BA»  8ui  i  Your  letter  was  received  a  few  days  ago,  but  I  have  lacked  time  to 
B— wrr  it  before  now.  The  workl,  you  say,  may  yet  ask.  Who  is  A.  J.  Davis  7  To 
^im  qocstioa,  so  far  as  I  am  able,  it  shall  have  a  frank  and  truthful  answer.  With 
^m  emrtj  life  of  A.  J.  Davis  I  am  altogether  unacquainted,  except  from  his  own 
acemit  of  ic,  sustained  by  the  testimony  of  others.  His  father  was  in  exceedingly 
sed  drcnmslances }  so  much  $0^  that  Jackson  was  in  very  early  life,  and  long 
1 1  knew  him,  compelled  to  toil  and  watchfulness  to  aid  in  supporting  his  father's 
fwly.  I  have  oAea  thought  that  it  was  this  circumstance  more  than  any  other 
which  gave  him  habits  of  steadiness  and  sobriety  far  beyond  his  years.  He  was,  I 
tkuJt,  wemr  fiAeen  when  I  fiist  became  acquainted  with  him.  I  had  occasion  for  the 
sntkf  of  a  hoy  somewhat  acquainted  with  the  shoe-trade,  and  employed  him  for  a 
isrtAifht  to>  assist  me.  During  this  time,  I  was  so  much  pleased  with  his  good  sense 
amd  iadnstry,  that,  upon  his  own  solicitation  and  the  wish  of  his  father,  I  took  him  as 
•a  uffttM^ct*  an  education  barely  amounted  to  a  knowledge  of  reading,  writing,  and 
Ikt  fdimmts  of  arithmetic.  His  reading  was  exceedingly  limited,  and  confined  to  that 
sf  a  light  and  juvenile  description.  During  his  two  years  of  apprenticeship,  he  estab- 
hAed  a  character  for  (aithfulness  snd  integrity  not  to  be  surpassed,  and  which  is  seldom 
anatled.  There  was  no  probability  that  we  should  have  parted  before  the  conclusion 
■r  his  appreaticcship,  for  we  were  mutually  satisfied  with  each  other.  But  Mesmerism 
4  ia  between  us ;  and  Jackson  being  thought  a  prodigy  in  prescribing  for  and 
;  disease,  we  parted,  with  the  understanding  that  our  separation  was  to  be  but 
But  circumstances  have  made  it  perpetual,  so  far  as  apprenticeship  is 

Yours,  IRA  ARMSTRONG. 

ItT.  A.  R,  Bartlett,  now  of  Chieago,  and  author  of  the  following  letter, 
«•■  ignocrly  m  tattled  and  esteemed  pastor  in  Pooghkeepsie : — 

Chicago,  March  31,  1847. 
Ma.  TmuovQB  t  You  ask  me  for  a  frank  statement  of  what  I  know  cf  the  men- 
ial aad  aosal  character,  opportoaities,  aequirements,  Ite..  of  A.  J.  Davis,  during  the 
period  of  By  intercourse  and  acquaintance  with  him.  In  reply,  permit  me  to  say 
Aal  I  §m  hccaoie  acquainted  with  A.  J.  Davis  in  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y.,  eariy  in  the 
yaar  JMt.  At  that  tioie,  and  until  his  services  were  wholly  absorbed  by  the  mes- 
— rk  arly  he  was  earned  in  the  business  of  shoemaking.  He  had  no  mother  living! 
hss  Ihthcr  was  very  industrious,  but  poor.  Hence,  at  a  tender  age,  the  subject  of  this 
I  was  thrown  to  a  great  extent,  if  not  wholly,  upon  his  own  exertions  for  the 
I  of  sapport  aad  progress.    This,  at  least,  was  his  condition  when  I  formed  his 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


X  INTRODUCTION. 

acquaintance.  What  his  earliest  opportunities  may  have  been,  I  can  not  testify  from 
personal  knowledge.  But  at  the  date  of  our  intimacy,  no  one  could  resist  the  con- 
viction Ihat  his  advantages  had  not  been  sufficient  to  give  him  common  proficiency  in 
the  simplest  elements  of  the  English  language.  Decided  disadvantages  were  aU 
around  him,  and  30  continued,  so  far  as  obtaining  an  education  was  concerned;  for 
during  my  acquaintance  with  him,  which  was  most  intimate  from  A.  D.  1842  to  1845 
(and  continued  by  correspondence  till  recently),  he  had  not  an  hour's  schooling,  nor 
could  he  have  afforded  it  consistently  with  his  circumstances.  Yet  he  possessed  an 
inquiring  mind — ^loved  books,  especially  controversial  religion^  works,  which  he 
always  preferred,  whenever  he  could  borrow  them  and  obtain  leisure  for  their  peru- 
sal. Hence,  he  was  indebted  to  his  individual  exertions  for  some  creditable  advances 
which  he  made  in  knowledge.  He  became  a  good  thinker.  Still,  his  nataral  method 
of  communication  at  times  tended  to  obscure  his  thoughts,  through  a  misuse  of 
words.    His  orthography  and  syntax  were  often  faulty. 

The  singular  powers  claimed  for  Mr.  Davis  were  first  brought  into  public  notice 
by  the  experimental  assistance  of  Mr.  William  Levingston,  by  whom  he  continued  to 
be  mesmerized  for  mcmy  months.  This  was  not  far  from  October,  1843.  In  his  nat- 
ural appearance,  deportment,  or  opportunities,  no  change  was  observable  at  this  or 
any  other  period  of  my  acquaintance  with  him.  There  was  nothing  in  his  general 
deportment  or  character  that  would  attract  the  attention  of  those  who  were  not  his 
intimates,  except  it  might  be  the  fact  that  he  had  few  associates  of  his  own  age,  and 
preferred  the  sotiety  of  more  experienced  men :  though  a  few  companions  suited  him 
better  than  many.  He  was  always  fond  of  asking  questions,  but  had  no  power  to 
conceal  his  object  in  proposing  them ;  very  communicative  to  those  whom  he  regarded 
as  friends — moderately  so  to  others.  His  veracity,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  ob- 
serve— and  I  have  criticised  him  closely — could  be  depended  upon.  I  know  that  he 
would  suffer  much  inconvenience  rather  than  descend  to  untruthAilness.  He  was 
always  cheerful  and  pleasant,  and  at  times  rather  inclined  to  levity  through  the 
natural  exuberance  of  his  spirits.  Over  the  latter,  however,  he  held  a  strong  con- 
troL  He  was  rather  devotional  in  his  feelings,  with  very  strong  sympathies  in  behalf 
of  the  straggling  and  suffering ;  an  ardent  temperance  man ;  and  his  moral  charae- 
tet  was  worthy  of  general  approbation.  Indeed,  I  Ailly  believe  that  he  aimed  to  be 
governed  by  high  and  holy  principles.  That  I  am  qualified  to  make  the  above  state- 
ments yon  can  easily  judge,  when  I  tell  you  that,  as  long  as  opportunity  allowed,  we 
were  intimate  almost  without  reserve,  and  the  mutual  confidants  of  each  other. 

A.  R.  BARTLETT. 

Many  more  testimonies  of  like  tenor  with  the  above  might  be  collected,  but 
these  are  deemed  sufficient,  at  least  for  the  present. 

We  will  now  present  a  brief  history  of  Mr.  Davis's  career  in  clairvoyaaace, 
including  an  account  of  the  origin  and  production  of  this  book.  '« 

In  the  autumn  of  1843,  a  Mr.  Grimes  delivered  in  Poughkeepsie  a  numbei 
of  lectures  on  Animal  Magnetism,  performing  during  his  course  a  niunber  of 
illustratiTe  experiments.  Among  the  persons  on  whom  Mr.  Grimes  essayec 
to  operate  was  young  Davis ;  but  in  this  instance  his  most  powerful  efforts 
failed  to  produce  any  apparent  efi'ect.  By  his  lectures  and  the  successful  ex 
periments  accompanying  them,  however,  considerable  excitement  was  created 
in  the  village  concerning  this  important  branch  of  psychological  science  ;  and 
among  others  who  were  induced  to  test  their  own  powers  in  producing  the 
magnetic  phenomenon,  was  Mr.  William  Levingston.  Young  Davis  happen- 
ing into  the  tailor-shop  of  Mr.  Levingston  during  the  general  excitement,  the 
latter  gentleman  proposed  a  trial  to  magnedze  him.  The  experim^t  which 
followed  succeeded ;  and  the  boy  exhibited  powers  of  clairvoyance  which  were 
truly  surprising.  A  great  variety  of  tests  were  submitted,  such  as  requiring 
him  to  visit  and  describe  places  which  he  had  never  seen,  to  read  from  a  closed 
volume  with  his  eyes  bandaged,  &c. ;  and  the  restilt  was  to  establish  his  power 
of  interior  sight  beyond  dispute.  This  experiment  took  place  about  the  first  of 
December,  1843. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


INTRODUCTION.  Zl 

Ftam  tkat  time  forward  the  boy  was  frequently  tJirown  into  the  abnormal 
Kate,  and  Bfr.  Leying8ton*s  house  was  for  months  the  common  resort  of  the 
eunoQs  who  were  indiscriminately  invited  to  come  and  witness  the  experi- 
ments,   fim  aAer  submitting  for  two  or  three  months  to  all  species  of  tests  for 
DO  other  purpose  than  that  of  gratifying  curiosity  and  establishing  the  reality 
i£  the  dainroyant  state,  the  boy,  while  in  the  latter  state,  protested  against 
being  longer  subjected  to  any  tests,  except  such  as  might  involye  matters  of 
practical  utility  —  informing  Mr.  Levingston  that  the  great  object  of  his  powers 
la  the  stage  of  development  to  which  they  had  then  attained,  was  to  enable  him 
lo  examme,  and  prescribe  for,  the  diseased.    Shortly  after  this,  he  left  Mr.  Arm- 
crroag.  to  whom  he  was  an  ^proitice,  and  enterc»d,  with  his  magnetizer  Mr. 
L,  into  the  exclusive  employment  of  treating  the  diseased,  in  which  employ- 
cient*  as  it  Bppmn  from  all  the  testimonies  we  have  received,  he  was  surpri- 
ungly  sQccessfuL    Not  long  after  this,  and  by  progres^ve  stages,  Ms  scientific 
powers  became  immensely  unfolded ;  and  there  was  no  science  the  general 
principles  and  much  of  minutis  of  which  he  did  not  seem  to  comprehend  while 
m  his  abnormal  state.    He  also  from  time  to  time  presented  many  novel  and 
highly-interesting  ideas  concerning  the  nature  and  powers  of  the  human  soul, 
leeming  to  demoastzmte  an  intimate  connexion  between  the  present  and  the 
spirit  world. 

On  the  7tli  of  March,  1844^  he  fell,  without  the  assistance  of  the  magnetic 
pruoess,  into  a  strange  abnormal  state,  during  which  phenomena  occurred  of  the 
nx>st  sorprisiBg  character.  For  the  greater  part  of  the  time  during  two  days, 
he  seemed  to  be  entirely  insensihle  to  all  external  things,  and  to  live  wholly  in 
the  interior  world.  FotMsaiAg,  however,  an  increased  power  over  his  physical 
system,  he  travelled  a  long  distance  during  this  time,  without  any  apparent 
Citigoe.  It  was  during  this  extraordinary  state  of  his  mental  and  physical  sys- 
tem that  he  received  information  of  a  very  general  character,  of  his  future  and 
peculiar  misaian  to  the  world.  The  process  by  which  this  information  was 
received,  with  many  other  things  of  intense  interest,  shall  be  made  public  aAer 
quMitnns  by  which  the  phenomena  may  be  rationalized  shall  have  been  more 
thoroQgfaly  diacusMd  on  independent  grounds.  By  minds  duly  prepared,  it  may 
DOW  be  coQceived  on  reading  the  portion  of  this  volume  which  treats  on  the 
Spiritual  Spheres. 

The  reader  is  now  requested  to  observe  that,  according  to  the  foregoing  state- 
menu  (which  are  open  to  refutation  if  fidse),  the  first  magnetic  experiment 
pcziormed  on  Mr.  Davis  by  Mr.  Levingston  was  manifestly  suggested  by  the 
Trerailing  excitement  growing  out  of  Mr.  Grimes's  lectures  and  experiments  — 
i:  was  apparoitly  the  casual  prompting  of  a  momentary  thought,  and  not  the 
rtsolt  of  a  long-premeditated  and  ingeniously-arranged  plot.  Let  it  also  be  ob- 
■crrcd  that  on  the  performance  of  this  first  ejqieriment,  the  boy  Davis  suddenly 
Ucune  a  general  olyect  of  interest  such  as  he  had  not  been  before,  and  was 
fredj  rifited  and  tested  by  nimierous  persons  while  he  was  (professedly  at 
l4it)  nder  the  influence  of  magnetism.  Now  unless  the  reality  of  some  strange 
abocnaal  condition  is  admitted,  some  more  rational  explanation  should  cer- 
tainly be  given  of  this  uneducated,  tmsophisticated  yotmg  boy  thus  suddenly ^ 
aad  t4^  all  appearance  accidentally^  being  brought  out  from  obscurity,  and  be- 
e4Biag  a  public  wonder  on  account  of  his  strange  and  inexplicable  powers. 
B«i  if  an  ac*nal  abnorma!  and  inexplicable  condition  is  admitted,  the  reader 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


;cii  INTRODUCTION, 

should  reflect  before  deciding  against  the  possibility  of  anything  that  is  claimed 
as  growing  out  of  that  condition  in  a  due  state  of  development. 

If,  from  the  time  the  boy  was  first  magnetized  until  the  time  he  left  Mr. 
Armstrong  (which  was  some  three  months  or  more  subsequently),  the  former 
had  made  any  considerable  effort  by  reading  to  inform  himself  upon  anatomi- 
cal, physiological,  astronomical,  geological,  or  psychological  subjects,  the  latter 
would  certainly  hare  discovered  the  fact  and  mentioned  it  in  his  letter  which 
we  have  inserted  above.  Besides,  the  proficiency  in  these  subjects  which  could 
have  been  made  under  those  circumstances  by  such  a  boy,  could  have  been  bu -. 
little  even  with  the  most  diligent  efibrts. 

Up  to  this  time,  therefore,  his  education,  according  to  Mr.  Armstrong,  **  barely 
amounted  to  a  knowledge  of  reading,  writing,  and  the  rudiments  of  arithmetic" 
— and  **  his  reading  was  exceedingly  limited  and  confined  to  that  of  a  light  and 
juvenile  description."  At  this  period  (which  was  in  March,  1844)  we  find 
him  entering  on  a  career  of  medical  practice,  in  which  he  sustained  himself  to 
the  utmost  satisfaction  of  all  patients  who  gave  him  a  fair  trial,  until  April 
10, 1847,  af^er  which  time  he  ceased  to  be  magnetized  for  an  indefinite  period. 

During  Mr.  Davis's  exclusive  connexion  with  Mr.  Levingston  (which  was 
from  March,  1844,  to  August,  1845),  his  opportunities  for  acquiring  information 
by  external  processes  were  but  litUe  if  any  more  extensive  than  they  had  been 
before.  Mr.  L.  having  for  the  previous  part  of  his  life  been  absorbed  in  the 
respectable  occupation  of  a  tailor,  had  not  been  able  to  store  his  mind  with  that 
scientific  and  philosophic  knowledge  which  could  have  qualified  him  to  impart 
any  important  instruction  to  the  young  man.  Nor  did  he  even  understand 
many  of  the  anatomical  and  medical  technicalities  which  the  clairvoyant  would 
frequently  use  in  his  examinations  and  prescriptions.  Nor  did  Mr.  L.  possess 
a  library  from  which  the  young  man  could  have  derived  any  important  aid  in 
developing  his  mind  to  the  immense  extent  necessary  to  the  composition  of 
this  book.  Thus  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bartlett,  in  his  letter  above  inserted,  whose  in- 
timate acquaintance  with  Mr.  Davis,  according  to  his  own  statement,  extended 
from  early  in  1842  to  1845,  says  of  the  latter,  in  speaking  of  the  first  few  months 
df  his  clairvoyance-career,  **In  his  natural  appearance,  deportment^  or  oppor- 
tunitiest  no  change  was  observable  at  this  or  any  other  period  of  my  acquaint' 
unce  with  Aim." 

Mr.  Davis's  connexion  with  Mr.  Levingston  continued  for  some  eighteen 
months,  during  the  fore  part  of  which  period  their  associate  labors  were  confined 
mostly  to  Poughkeepsie,  but  toward  the  latter  part  they  made  frequent  excur- 
sions to  Danbury  and  Bridgeport,  Connecticut,  in  all  of  which  places  they  had 
more  or  less  patients.  And  wherever  Davis  went  he  was  an  object  of  intense 
curiosity,  and  his  movements  were  as  a  consequence  closely  observed,  not  only 
while  in  his  abnormal  but  while  ifl  his  ordinary  state.  In  each  of  those  places, 
therefore,  he  was  well  known  by  numerons  persons ;  and  no  one  among  them 
Las  ever  observed  any  reliable  indication  on  his  part  of  a  studious  habit :  or  if 
they  have,  they  will  give  forth,  not  their  vague  surmises,  but  the  tangible  facts 
susceptible  of  proof,  and  so  far  our  statement  will  be  considered  as  refuted. 
Indeed,  the  desultory  life  which  he  led  during  this  period  was  very  unfavora- 
ble to  study,  especially  to  that  kind  of  study  which  could  have  afibrded  any 
assistance  in  the  production  of  the  book  now  before  the  reader.  When  not 
tnrelling,  he  was  on  an  average  thrown  into  the  abnormal  state  twice  a  day  for 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


INTRODUCTION.  XUl 

Ikt  puipote  of  mtteodiDg  to  the  diseased ;  and  most  of  the  time  while  in  the 
ofdinary  state,  he  Bpeni  in  some  light  manual  exercise,  in  walking,  or  in  visit- 
mg  his  fnends ;  and  he  spent  little  or  no  time  in  solitude. 

The  writer  of  this  first  became  acquainted  with  Mr.  Davis  in  July,  1844,  bemg 
at  that  time  on  a  professional  visit  to  Foughkeepsie.  He  was  then  nearly  eigh- 
teen years  of  age,  appeared  to  be  of  rather  slender  constitution,  and  exlubited 
aome  of  the  marks  of  delicate  health.  We  then  had  a  long  conversation  with 
kim,  dozing  which  he  appeared  very  communicative,  and  unbosomed  himself 
with  great  simplicity ;  and  from  the  thousand  little  indications  incidentally 
ecBioectcd  with  his  manner,  pronunciation,  use  of  language,  the  form  and  char- 
acter of  his  thoughts,  &e.,  we  were  irresistibly  impressed  that  he  was  a  young 
man  of  very  little  school  education,  having  almost  no  acquaintance  with  books, 
and  totally  uninstmcted  in  the  arts  and  conventionalities  of  the  world.  His  mind, 
however,  indicated  a  delicate  susceptibility  to  impressions,  and  a  capacity  to 
ccmprehend  natural  principles  which  we  had  witnessed  in  but  few  of  his  age. 
Still  his  unique  style  of  expression  irresistibly  proved  that  his  own  heart  within, 
and  the  invariable  indications  of  Nature  without,  were  almost  the  only  books 
which  he  had  perused. 

We  also  at  the  same  time  heard  him  examine  a  number  of  patients  while  in 
the  clairvoyant  state.  While  in  the  latter  state  he  appeared  as  if  metamor- 
phosed into  a  totally  different  being.  The  human  system  seemed  entirely 
transparent  to  him,  and  to  our  utter  astonishment  he  employed  the  technical 
terms  of  anatomy,  physiology,  and  materia  medica,  as  fiimiliarly  as  household 
words  I  Our  surprise  was  equally  excited  by  the  exceeding  clearness  with 
which  he  described  and  reasoned  upon  the  nature,  origin,  and  progress  of  a  dis- 
ease, and  concerning  the  appropriate  means  to  employ  for  its  removal.  From 
iafiilliNe  indications  presented,  we  saw  that  there  could  be  no  collusion  or  d^ 
ecptiao,  and  no  such  thing  as  receiving  his  impressions  sympathetically  from 
the  mind  of  the  magnetizer.  From  that  time  we  neither  saw  nor  heard  any 
more  of  young  Davis  until  the  next  May. 

In  February,  1845,  3ir.  Davis  being  (with  his  magnetizer)  in  Bridgeport, 
Ccsnecticut,  attending  to  such  patients  as  required  his  services,  formed  an  ac- 
qoaintance  with  Dr.  S.  S.  Lro^,  the  magnetizer  connected  with  him  during  the 
detirery  of  this  book,  and  who  was  at  that  time  a  successful  medical  practitioner 
is  Bridgeport.  Dr.  Lyon  had  previously  been  an  tmbeliever  in  clairveyance,  but 
the  evidence  of  its  truth,  as  presented  in  the  case  of  yoimg  Davis,  proved  too 
poweiful  fijr  him  to  resist ;  and  under  a  deep  conviction  of  its  importance,  he 
did  Boc  hesitate  to  render  it  his  open  encouragement,  and  to  avail  himself  of 
the  clairvoyant's  advice  in  the  treatment  of  some  difficult  cases  of  disease  then 
mdcr  his  charge. 

In  the  following  May,  the  writer  of  this  happening  to  be  at  Bridgeport,  ac- 
cidcatally  fell  in  with  Mr.  Davis  and  Mr.  Levingston,  who  were  then  at  that 
place  oo  business  connected  with  their  occupation.  During  a  most  interesting 
eoosultatioQ  which  we  then,  m  company  with  Rev.  S.  B.  Brittan  and  several 
other  gentlemen,  enjoyed  with  the  clairvoyant,  in  respect  to  various  scientific 
and  sptritual  subjects,  we  learned  for  the  first  time  that  he  was  soon  to  com- 
mence a  aeries  of  lectures  and  revelations  upon  subjects  such  as  are  embraced 
in  this  book.  But  not  until  about  thirty  hours  previous  to  the  commencement 
of  ihefe  lectures,  as  will  hereaAer  be  shown,  had  we  the  least  anticipation  of 
Mng  ooonected  with  him  as  his  reporter. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


XIV  INTRODUCTION. 

About  the  first  of  the  following  August,  Mr.  Darky  while  in  the  chiirToyant 
state,  voluntarily  chose  Br*  Lyon  to  be  his  magnetizer  during  the  delirery  of 
this  book,  this  choice  neither  having  been  solicited  nor  in  the  least  degree  an- 
ticipated by  Dr.  L.,  until  it  was  announced.  In  obedience  to  the  direction  of 
the  clainroyant,  Dr.  Lyon  immediately  relinquished  a  remuneratire  and  in 
creasing  practice  in  Bridgeport,  and  removed  to  New  York,  in  which  city  the 
clairvoyant  decided  that  the  revelations  should  be  delivered.  The  object  of  s^ 
early  a  removal  to  that  city  was,  to  establish,  before  the  lectures  commenced, 
a  medical  practice  that  might  io  some  measure  assist  in  sustaining  them  while 
said  lectures  were  in  progress. 

During  the  three  months  which  Mr.  Davis  spent  in  New  York  previously  to 
the  comm^cement  of  this  book,  he  was  thrown  into  the  abnormal  state  at  an 
average  of  twice  a  day,  at  least  four  hours  of  each  day  being  thus  consumed  by 
the  duties  of  his  occupation.  Being,  as  usual,  an  object  of  great  curiosity,  he 
received  the  calls  of  many  persons  who  sought  his  acquaintance,  both  while  in 
the  normal  and  abnormal  state ;  and  the  intervals  between  his  sittings  for  the 
treatment  of  disease  were  known  to  be  occupied  chiefly  in  conversation,  in 
writing  to  his  friends,  in  playing  on  his  accordeon,  or  in  walking ;  and  all  evi- 
dences conspired  against  the  idea  that  he  was  habitually  inclined  to  books. 
He  remained^  therif  up  to  the  eommencement  of  his  lectures,  the  uneducated,  un- 
sophisticated  child  of  Nature,  entirely  free  from  the  creeds,  theories,  and  phi' 
losophies  of  the  world :  and  up  to  this  day,  he  has  never  been  inclined  to  seek 
the  society  of  scientific  men,  hut  has  rather  avoided  them.  If  the  foregoing 
somewhat  circumstantial  history  of  his  life  is  untrue  in  any  particular  essen- 
tially involving  the  object  for  which  it  is  here  presented,  it  will,  considering 
the  immense  interests  that  are  at  stake,  certainly  he  refuted  ;  for  we  have  thus 
unreservedly  laid  open  the  subject  to  the  investigation  of  the  whole  world. 

On  the  27th  of  November,  1845,  residing  at  the  time  in  New  Haven,  Con- 
necticut, we  received  per  mail  a  note  from  Dr.  Lyon,  stating  that  we  had  been 
appointed  by  Mr.  Davis,  while  in  the  clairvoyant  state,  as  the  scribe  to  report 
and  prepare  for  the  press  his  lectures  which  were  to  commence  immediately. 
This  appointment  was  entirely  unsolicited  (we  will  not  say  undesired)  by  our- 
self ;  and  so  far  from  anticipating  such  an  honor,  we  were  then  busily  engaged 
in  making  arrangements  to  remove  to  Massachusetts.  The  next  day,  however, 
we  embarked  for  New  York,  and  in  the  evening  wrote  Mr.  Davis's  first  lec- 
ture at  his  dictation  —  subsequently  agreeing  to  write  and  prepare  the  whole 
for  the  press. 

Before  Mr.  Dayis  commenced  his  lectures,  he  voluntarily,  while  in  the  ab- 
normal state,  chose  the  three  witnesses  mentioned  in  his  address  to  the  world, 
to  be  present  as  their  circimistances  would  allow,  at  the  delivery  of  the  lectures, 
in  order  to  be  able  to  testify  of  the  medium  through  which  they  were  given. 
Rev.  J.  N.  Parker  has  since  removed  to  Boston ;  Theron  R.  Lapham  resides  at 
present  at  Poughkeepsie,  New  York ;  and  T.  Lea  Smith,  M.  D.,  is  in  Bermuda. 
The  twenty-three  incidental  witnesses  mentioned  in  the  note  on  page  2  of  the 
address  to  the  world,  are  all  still  living,  except  James  Victor  Wilson,  and  he 
has  lefl  his  testimony  behind.*    Either  of  the  living  witnesses  is  open  to  con- 

*  A  few  days  before  this  esteemed  and  highly-worthy  young  man  departed  to  the 
other  world,  he  published  an  interesting  pamphlet  entitled  ^^  Magnetism  and  Clair- 
voyance explained,  inculcated,  and  applied/'  in  which  he  says,  <<  The  world  will  be 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


INTRODUCTION.  XV 

■ttadoQ ;  and  each  will  testify  to  portions  of  the  book  being  delivered  in  hit 
preacDce  by  Mr.  Daris  while  under  the  influence  of  magnetism  —  to  the  origi- 
nal manuscripts  of  which  portions  (which  are  carefully  preserred)  they  may 
fcid  their  signatures  attached. 

The  number  of  wimesses  whose  names  are  mentioned  were  deemed  suffi- 
cient :  if  their  testimony  is  not  received,  especially  when  it  is  ascertained  that 
they  (or  at  least  as  many  of  them  as  we  are  familiarly  acquainted  with)  are 
men  of  irreproachable  character,  it  is  not  probable  that  that  of  a  thousand  others 
would  share  a  fate  essentially  different.  During  the  delivery  of  each  lecture 
the  clairvoyant  required  that  the  utmost  tranquillity,  both  mental  and  physical, 
abooid  be  preserved  in  the  room.  While  in  the  sphere  of  the  body  (a  phrase 
bcreafter  to  be  explained),  excitement  of  any  kind  always  disturbed  him,  as  did 
also  the  presence  of  persons  whose  "  spheres"  were  uncongenial.  Hence  an 
adiscriminate  admittance  of  perscms  to  the  lectures  would  have  been  as  im- 
practicable as  it  was  mmecessary.  Yet  such  applicants  as  were  actuated  by  a 
supreme  desire  to  know  the  truth  irrespective  of  their  frerioM^  opinions,  were 
gcneraUy  admitted  to  a  number  ranging  from  one  to  six,  whether  they  were  be- 
lievers or  unbelievers  in  Clairvoyance,  and  such  persons  were  always  instantly 
distinguished  by  the  lecturer  while  in  his  superior  state. 

Shortly  after  the  lectures  commenced,  and  several  times  during  their  prog- 
rms,  accounts  were,  in  various  journals,  published  of  the  same,  and  of  the 
■ature  of  some  of  the  developments,  and  investigation  was  mvited  from  all 
persons  who  might  fed  disposed  to  inquire  into  the  facts  stated.  Our  rooms, 
when  the  clairvoyant  was  not  lecturing,  were  freely  accessible  to  all  persons^ 
from  seven  o'clock  in  the  morning  tmtil  ten  o'clock  in  the  evening,  including 
the  hours  of  medical  examinations.  All  questions  were  promptly  and  candidly 
■BESwered,  and  the  dainrojrant's  manuscripts  were  always  open  to  the  inspec- 
boB  of  the  curious ;  and  i£  any  responsible  person,  among  the  thousands  who 
called  OQ  tis  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  during  the  fifteen  months  while 
the  book  was  in  progress,  discovered  at  any  time  the  extensive  tomes  and  par- 
cpbcmalia  cf  a  profound  student  into  the  mysteries  of  the  whole  material  and 
jrpvn/atf/  Univ€rs4  ;  or  if  Mr.  Davis  was  ever  discovered  in  the  act  of  receiving 
wdeatific  or  philosophical  instruction  from  those  capable  of  one  half  the  range 
cithoa^%  and  of  consistent  and  consecutive  argument  displayed  in  this  book, 

Aanty  apprised  of  a  triumph  of  ClairvoysBce  through  the  celebrated  Mr.  Davis, 
I  win  be  totally  anprepored  for.  Daring  the  past  year,  this  unedaca- 
it  and  arakble  youag  maa,  has  beea  delireriog  verbally,  day  by 
,  welt-plaaaed,  and  extiaordinary  Book  —  relating  to  all  the 
I  of  the  age,  to  the  physical  seieoces,  to  Natore  in  all  her  infinite  rami- 
,  sa  Maa  ia  his  innomerable  modes  of  existence,  to  God  in  the  nnrathomabia 
I  of  his  Love,  Powar,  aad  Wisdom.  No  homaa  aathor,  ia  any  department  of 
t  or  sdcace,  has  ever  electrified  mankind  to  the  degree  thst  the  eloqacat  yet 
,  the  lofty  and  sublime  disdosareSy  will,  that  conttitote  this  great 
I  if  aaivcrsal  philosophy.  Perhaps  orer  four  thoosand  difierent  persons  who 
tew  wrtarwcd  him  ia  his  medical  examinations  or  ia  his  icieatific  disdosares,  live 
a»  tcaci/y  la  the  aitoabhing  exaltation  of  mind  possessed  by  Mr.  Daris  in  his  abnor* 
■■1  state.  The  two  new  plaaets  of  oor  system  recently  conjectured  were  described 
la  Dana's  maaaseripts  Crartecn  months  ago  [March  15  and  16,  1846].  I  have  seea 
:  ia  a  most  aagelic  manner  for  more  than  four  hoars  in  soccessioa.^ 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


XVI  INTRODUCTION. 

he  will  of  course  make  the  same  known  to  the  world  by  proof  on  which  the 
public  may  rely,  always  being  careful  to  distinguish  properly  between  vague 
imaginmgs  and  tangible  fact.  And  if  it  is  even  admitted  that  a  youth  of  twenty 
years,  with  five  months'  school  tuition,  and  having  been  subjected  throughout 
his  life  to  the  most  unfavorable  circumstances,  could,  unknown  to  his  most 
intimate  associates,  have  famaliarized  his  mind,  by  any  external  process,  with 
all  important  writings  extant  in  all  languages,  upon  the  subject  of  cosmogony, 
astronomy,  geology,  ethnology,  archseology,  mythology,  theology,  psychology, 
history,  metaphysics,  &c.,  &c.,  &c.  —  the  wisdom  with  which  gleanings  have 
been  made  from  all  these,  the  ability  displayed  in  their  classification,  the  bold 
and  familiar  criticism  displayed  in  reference  to  them  all,  and  especially  the 
soaring  flights  of  mind  into  regions  not  previously  explored  by  any  earthly 
being,  will  constitute  a  phenomenon  still  demanding  explanation. 

The  fact  is,  however,  it  is  known  to  an  absolute  moral  certainty/  to  Mr.  Da- 
vis's most  intimate  acquaintances,  that  he  was,  while  in  his  normal  state, 
totally  uninformed  on  all  the  great  leading  subjects  treated  in  his  book,  until  he 
perused  the  manuscripts  of  his  own  lectures. 

The  question  whether  Mr.  Davis  may  not  have  received  much  of  the  contents 
of  this  book  by  sympathetic  influx  from  the  minds  of  those  associated  with  him, 
we  wotild  prefer  to  have  discussed  by  others,  if,  indeed,  such  a  question  can 
possibly  occur.  Suffice  it  say,  that,  for  the  best  of  reasons,  we  know  that  such  a 
thing  could  not  be.  Many  facts,  principles,  and  theories,  are  presented  in  this 
volume  which  were  before  totally  unconceived  and  unbelieved  by  either  of  Mr. 
Davis's  associates,  especially  on  cosmological,  theological,  and  spiritiial  sub- 
jects. One  of  Mr.  Davis's  associates,  at  least,  has  been  truly  pronounced  as  in 
a  merely  "  rudimental  state"  (see  page  3  of  the  author's  address  to  the  world) ; 
and  the  other  we  presume  would  have  as  little  difficulty  in  proving  that  his  mind 
has  not  been  overburthened  with  knowledge  upon  the  subjects  herein  discussed. 
Should  it  be  necessary,  the  evidence  touching  this  point  will  be  presented  here- 
after, though  this  may  not  be  the  most  gratifying  to  the  personal  vanity  of  him 
upon  whom  may  devolve  the  task  of  setting  it  forth  to  the  world. 

If  this  law  of  sympathetic  influx,  however,  is  admitted,  it  should  be  duly 
explained  and  defined  before  the  conclusion  is  formed  that  it  may  not,  imder 
favorable  circumstances,  be  a  medium  through  which  spirits  of  the  higher 
world  may  transmit  their  knowledge  to  mankind  on  earth.  Certainly  the 
sympathetic  transmission  of  a  thought  from  one  person  to  another,  while  both 
axe  in  the  body,  is  quite  as  inexplicable  as  would  be  the  transmission  of  the 
thoughts  of  a  disembodied  spirit  to  a  person  rendered  duly  susceptible  to  sym- 
pathetic  influx.  'As  touching  this  subject,  however,  see  the  author's  remarks  on 
Animal  Magnetism,  Clairvoyance,  and  the  source  of  hio  impressions  in  the 
forepart  of  this  volume,  in  which  the  nature  and  ground  of  his  claims  are  duly 
set  forth. 

If  the  foregoing  statements  concerning  Mr.  Davis's  past  life,  opportunities, 
acquirements,  &c.,  are  correct,  then  it  irresistibly  follows  that  this  book  must 
have  been  dictated  by  some  other  and  higher  source  of  information  than  that 
accessible  to  the  phymcal  senses.  That  source  of  information  we  claim  to  be* 
the  Spiritual  "Wokld.  The  evidence  of  this  will  be  apparent  on  a  perusal  of 
the  whole  volume,  and  especially  of  that  portion  of  it  which  is  comprised 
between  pages  33  and  57. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


INTRODUCnOK.  XVU 

We  will  now  proceed  to  descnbe  the  process  of  the  production  of  this  book* 
md  tiie  pKfpomfna  connected  therewith : — 


In  the  first  place,  the  magnetizer  and  magnetizes  are  seated  in  easy  posi- 
tioBS  frdog  each  other.  The  ordinary  maniptdations  are  then  perfcnrmed,  from 
three  to  fire  nunates  beiog  required  £ot  the  completion  of  the  process.  A  su^ 
den  caarulsaon  of  the  muscles,  such  as  is  produced  by  an  electric  shock,  indi- 
caui  thai  th«  sobject  ia  duly  magnetized,  immediately  after  which  his  eyes 
are  bandaged  to  protect  them  firom  the  light.  He  then  remains  speechless  for 
aooie  iuiii  or  fire  minntes,  and  motionless,  with  the  exception  of  an  occasional 
•oddcn  canndsaoQ  of  the  muscles.  One  of  these  convulsions  at  length  brings 
him  to  a  stale  of  external  consciousness,  and  gires  him  perfect  command  over 
the  aoscies  of  the  system  and  the  organs  of  speech.  He  next  assumes  a  posi- 
tiuo  inclined  either  to  the  right  or  to  the  left,  and  becomes  cold,  rigid,  motion- 
len.  and  insensible  to  all  external  things.  The  pulsations  become  feeble,  the 
keaihini^  is  apparently  almost  suspended,  and  all  the  senses  are  closed  entirely 
10  the  external  world.  This  condition,  according  to  his  own  explanation,  cor- 
rofuods  almest  precisely  to  that  o£  physical  death.  The  fiunt  vital  forces  still 
r— nntrg  in  his  system,  are  only  sustained  sympathetically  by  the  presence 
flf  the  mngnetizer,  whose  system  is  by  an  ethereal  medium  blended  and  united 
with  lus  own.  If  while  he  is  in  this  condition  the  magnetizer  should  by  any 
■eans  loee  connexion  with  him,  the  vital  movements  of  the  body  would  cease, 
1^  the  spirit  would  be  incapable  of  re-entering  it,  as  he  himself  has  informed 
■.  In  this  respect  he  is  different  from  any  person  we  have  ever  seen  while 
«der  the  magnetic  infiuence.  His  mind  is  now  entirely  freed  from  the  sphere 
of  the  body,  and,  consequently,  from  all  preconceived  ideas,  from  all  theologi> 
cal  ioas,  and  frt>m  all  influences  of  education  and  local  circumstances,  and  all 
hm  kapreasioos  are  received  fix>m  the  interior  or  spiritual  world.  His  percep- 
(MM,  conceptions,  and  reasoning  powers,  are  now  immeasurably  expanded. 
His  spiritoal  sight,  freed  from  its  material  obstructions,  now  extends  to  worlds 
sad  systems  innametahle,  and  he  feels  that  be  has  almost  ceased  to  be  a  mem- 
ber of  tlie  himian  family  on  earth,  and  is  a  member  only  of  that  great  Family 
flf  iaiellifMt  beings  which  inhabit  imi versa!  space.  He  is  thus  elevated  above 
aU  she  nanow,  iocaU  and  sectarian  prejudices  that  pervade  the  earth.  His  phi- 
ksQfhy  is  only  that  which  is  involved  in  the  laws  and  principles  which  control 
ihs  UuTCfse  and  mankind  imerringly,  and  his  theology  is  <»ily  that  which  is 
wmtcn  a«  the  wide-epread  scroll  of  the  heavens,  in  which  every  star  is  a 
««d,  and  every  constellation  a  sentence.  He  associates  familiarly  with  the 
kybiiBiifs  of  the  qiirit-world,  and  the  diversified  knowledge  cultivated  by 
thsK  it  r«idercd  accessible  to  his  mind.  The  associated  spirits  and  angels  (k 
the  *  Seeood  Sphere,*'  are,  as  one  grand  Man,  in  sympathetic  communication 
whh  him  to  trvksmit  knowledge  to  mankind  on  earth,  which  they  perceive 
the  ktier  are  lor  the  first  time  prepared  to  receive.  Thus  exalted,  he  gives 
£rth  his  iaynesioni  of  truth  as  it  actually  appears  to  him,  without  reference 
10  any  of  the  beliefs^  philosophies,  theories,  or  sectarian  pr^udices,  that  enat 
kche  world. 

Having  thoa  aeoesa  to  all  the  knowledge  of  the  Second  Sphere  combined  with 
Aac  of  th«  first,  soch  truths  as  are  appropriate  to  communicate  flow  spontane* 
saly  into  hia  mind,  these  being  at  the  same  time  arranged  according  to  a  nat* 
r  of  seqoence.  As  soon  as  a  distinct  impression  is  thus  received,  the 
2» 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


JCVlll  INTRODUCTION'. 

fpirit  returns  again  to  its  material  habitation,  and  employs  the  organs  of 
speech  to  communicate  it  to  those  present.  A  few  words  only  are  nttered  at 
.  a  time,  which  the  clairvoyant  requires  to  be.  repeated  by  Dr.  Lyon,  in  order 
that  he  may  know  that  he  is  understood.  A  pause  then  ensues  until  what  he 
has  said  has  been  written,  when  he  again  proceeds ;  and  the  passage  into  and 
out  of  the  spiritual  state  occurs  at  an  average  of  about  once  every  sentence. 

His  diction  is  of  the  most  direct  and  simple  kind,  and  his  ideas  seem  usually 
to  be  clothed  in  those  words  which  first  present  themselves.  His  phraseology 
is  not  a  subject  of  interior  direction  except  when  nice  distinctions  are  to  be 
drawn  and  great  precision  of  expression  is  required.  His  style  is  much  such 
as  he  would  use  in  his  normal  state  if  a  knowledge  were  imparted  to  him  on 
the  subjects  on  which  he  treats  while  in  his  elevated  condition.  His  granunar 
is  therefore  defective ;  and  although,  when  it  is  necessary  in  order  to  properly  ^ 
embody  an  idea,  he  employs  technical  terms,  and  even  foreign  words  and 
phrases,  with  the  greatest  facility,  he  sometimes  mispronounces^  yet  not  in 
such  a  way  as  to  obscure  his  meaning.  Correctness  might  have  been  attained 
in  all  these  particulars,  yet  the  labor  on  his  part  would  in  that  c^se  have  been 
immensely  increased,  by  making  all  those  minutiae  matters  of  interior  investi- 
gation. His  great  object  was  simply  to  present  the  idea,  leaving  the  niceties 
of  the  verbal  clothing  to  be  adjusted  by  myself,  with  the  restriction  that  the 
corrections  should  be  such  as  not  to  destroy  the  peculiarities  of  the  general 
style  and  mode  of  expression. 

His  enunciation  was  characterized  by  a  peculiar  breathing  solemnity  as 
though  every  word  gushed  from  the  depths  of  the  soul ;  and  his  simple,  pure, 
and  unaffected  manner,  was  impressive  in  the  extreme.  If  we  were  to  say  it 
seemed  that  the  very  atmosphere  of  heaven  surrounded  him,  and  that  angels 
were  continually  breathing  their  thoughts  through  his  organs  of  speech,  the 
expression  would  appear  to  be  prompted  by  a  heated  enthusiasm ;  yet  a  phrase 
less  expressive  would  fail  to  convey  ^an  adequate  idea.  This  remark  applies 
also  to  all  his  philosophical  and  spiritual  conversations  while  in  the  abnormal 
state. 

The  time  occupied  in  the  delivery  of  a  lecture  varied  from  forty  minutes  to 
about  four  hours,  and  the  quantity  of  matter  delivered  at  a  sitting  varied  from 
three  to  fifteen  pages  of  foolscap  closely  written.  There  were  one  hundred  and 
fifty-seven  lectures  in  all,  the  first  being  delivered  November  28,  1845,  and  the 
last  (viz.,  the  "address  to  the  world,"  which  comes  first  in  the  book)  was 
delivered  on  the  25th  of  January,  1847. 

On  closing  the  address  to  the  world,  the  author  immediately  proceeded  to 
give  general  directions  as  to  the  corrections  of  the  manuscripts,  and  the  prepa- 
ration of  the  work  for  the  press.  These  directions  (preserved  in  writing  and 
subscnbedby  a  witness)  I  have  scrupulously  followed  to  the  best  of  my  ability. 
With  the  exception  of  striking  out  a  few  sentences  and  supplymg  others,  ac- 
cording to  direction,  I  have  only  found  it  necessary  to  correct  *he  grammar,  to 
prune  out  verbal  redundancies,  and  to  clarify  such  sentences  as  would  to  xhm 
general  reader  appear  obscure.  All  ideas  have  been  most  scrupulously  pr^ 
served,  and  great  care  has  been  taken  to  give  them  to  the  reader  in  the  precise 
aspect  in  which  they  appeared  when  received  from  the  speaker.  "We  have 
also,  conscientiously  abstained  from  adding  any  ideas  of  our  own.  Also  all 
eomparisons,  and  technical  and  foreign  terms  and  phrases,  and  all  peculiarities 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


INTRODUCTION.  XIX 

of  apnanoB,  are  exelasively  the  speaker's.  AVhen  we  have  found  it  neces- 
mtj  to  rccaDstmct  sentences,  we  hare  employed,  as  &r  as  possible,  only  the 
fwhal  materials  fomid  in  the  sentence  as  it  first  stood,  preserving  the  peculiar- 
ides  of  style  and  mode  of  expression.  The  arrangement  of  the  work  is  the 
■BM  as  when  delivered,  except  that  in  three  instances  contiguous  paragraphs 
hare  been  transposed  for  the  sake  of  a  closer  connexion.  With  these  unim- 
portnt  qpalifieations,  the  work  may  be  considered  as  paragraph  for  paragraph, 
seuence  lor  sentence,  and  word  for  word,  as  it  was  delirered  by  the  author. 
The  notes  interspersed  through  the  book,  except  that  on  page  593,  were  com- 
posed by  ovisdf 

FBrthenDore»  the  work  was  originally  proposed  by  the  clairvoyant  him- 
self; the  time  of  its  conmiencement  was  fixed  upon  by  himself;  and  all 
the  instrumentalities  c<mnected  with  its  production  have  constantly  been 
wader  his  authoritative  direction.  He  has  spoken  only  as  directed  by  his 
mierior  promptings,  and  no  portions  of  his  work  have  been  elicited  by  the  m- 
terrofatones  or  suggestions  of  another.  When  he  has  spoken  he  has  spoken 
flpoBtaneovnl^;  and  at  such  times  as  his  interior  perceptions  were  not  duly 
cipaiided,  he  has  refused  to  proceed  with  his  dictations.  All  persons  aroimd 
Inn  connected  in  any  way  with  the  production  of  the  book,  were  therefore 
Boved  by  kim  ;  he  was  not  in  the  least  degree  moved  or  influenced  by  any  of 
tkem  :  and  it  is  owing  solely  to  influences  from  the  interior  world  as  operating 
m  his  mind,  that  the  book  now  makes  its  appearance. 

In  eoonezion  with  the  above,  one  fact  may  now  be  stated  which  must 
af^emr  to  all  reasoning  minds  as  of  powerful  significance :  Immediately  after 
fhrinj^  general  directions  as  to  the  correction  and  publication  of  the  work,  he 
yaiiMiarily,  in  the  presence  of  a  witness,  and  contrary  to  the  expectation  of 
mnxf  aoCf  renounced  all  claim,  direct  and  indirect,  to  any  portion  of  the  copy' 
ngki,  mnd  ike  proceeds  of  the  sales  of  the  xoork,  simply  claiming  a  reasonable 
•oBpcnsntion  for  the  time  he  had  been  employed  in  its  delivery. 

Coaeeming  the  character  of  the  book  we  offer  no  remark  further  than  what 
is  ktUtcJ  in  the  foregoing.  It  speaks  for  itself,  and  is  its  own  interpreter. 
We  also  abstain  (for  the  present  at  least)  from  all  defence  of  its  contents,  from 
a  ptdbwid  conviction  that  these  need  no  defence.  It  will  be  observed,  how- 
Cfcr,  d»t  ns  the  work  advances  from  the  conmiencement  toward  the  close,  the 
«yle  and  diction  gradually  improve^  which  fact  is  to  be  explained  by  the  law 
of  hmkit  applicable  to  the  mind  in  every  condition  in  which  it  is  capable  of 
Wiagplsecd« 

TW  qocstian  will  perhaps  occur  to  many  minds,  '<  Is  this  work,  professing, 
as  it  ioes,  to  be  a  new  revelation,  to  be  considered  as  infallible  f "  The  answer 
issmjfcil  in  the  teaehings  of  the  work  itself:  It  recognises  infallibility,  in  the 
—mituJ  sense  of  that  term,  as  belonging  to  no  bemg  save  the  Deity  himself. 
If  tUs  or  any  other  work  embodied  in  htraian  language  should  claim  for  itself 
faftllMity,  the  mind  nevertheless  would  be  tmable  to  receive  its  teachings 
enJf  as  tW  reasoning  powers  could  digest  and  assimilate  them ;  and  thi^  the 
rasson  wosld  do  with  more  fiicility  if  no  such  claims  were  preferred.  But  the 
■nmenr  way  teschinga,  artificially  expressed,  are  forced  upon  the  mind  under 
ike  plan  of  inlUlibility,  that  moment  Reason  and  Nature  are  thrown  aside,  and 
ike  smdvd  of  belief  becomes  entirely  arbitrary.  Belief  in  this  case  is  nothing 
mam  tkaa  ntperstiti^n  ;  and  those  who  are  suflSciently  frank  and  dignified  to 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


XX  INTRODUCTION. 

avow  a  rejecdoii  of  the  ''  infallible  standard"  from  the  incoherence  of  its  teadi^ 
ings  with  the  dictates  of  enlightened  reascm,  are  subjected  to  the  indignation  of 
**  the  faithiul"  who  demand  unconditional  credence  in  that  which  they  sappose 
to  be  of  more  authority  than  all  reason  and  natural  consistency,  and  which,  if 
the  mind  receives,  it  can  not  either  comprehend  or  practically  apply.  Thus 
have  arisen  all  the  superstition,  bigotry,  and  sectarian  hostility,  that  ever  have 
cursed  the  human  race ;  and  it  is  impossible  that  the  Deity  could  ever  have 
designed  the  establishment  of  an  ^*  infallible  standard"  that  could  tend  to  such 
results. 

Header,  do  not  consider  this  book  as  a  standard  so  infallible  as  to  relieve  you 
from  the  exercise  of  your  own  reason.  Remember  that  although  it  is  the  pro- 
duction of  a  mind  immensely  exalted,  and  having  access  to  the  knowledge  of  a 
higher  world,  it  is  still  the  production  of  a  human  mind  ;  and  if  the  work  will 
not  stand  upon  its  own  intrinsic  merits,  let  it  be  rejected.  If,  however,  itf 
contents  on  due  investigation  commend  themselves  to  the  approbation  of  your 
interior  being,  let  them  be  considered  as  true,  even  infallibly  so,  at  least  until 
they  are  proved  otherwise.  And  in  this  connexion  we  may  remark  that  the 
work,  as  to  all  its  essential  principles,  is  the  product  of  great  care  on  the  part 
of  its  author.  At  each  entrance  into  the  abnohnal  state  for  the  purpose  of  lec» 
turing,  he  was  capable,  by  an  effort  of  a  few  moments'  duration,  of  reviewing 
all  the  manuscripts  of  his  previous  lectures.  Hence  it  is  not  probable  that  any 
serious  error  would  have  long  escaped  detection,  had  such,  through  inadver 
tence,  been  even  liable  to  occur.  And  to  this,  again,  it  may  be  added  that  thi 
clairvoyant  never  lectured  when  from  physiological  causes  or  surrounding  cir 
cumstances  he  was  rendered  incapable  of  that  perfect  disconnexion  from  the 
darkening  influences  of  the  material  world,  which  was  necessary  to  the  full 
development  of  his  mental  susceptibilities.  Inasmuch,  however,  as  the  author 
establishes  the  principle  that  ^^particulars  and  minutia  can  not  be  depended 
upon  as  connected  with  any  great  general  principle,"  it  can  scarcely  be  expect- 
ed that  the  many  particulars  and  minutiae  involved  in  this  work  of  eight  hun- 
dred pages  are  in  every  individual  case  nicely  accurate.  But  whatever  inac- 
curacies of  this  kind,  apparent  or  real,  may  be  discovered  (and  the  real  (Hies 
will  be  few  if  any),  these  can  not  have  any  effect  upon  the  great  general  prin- 
ciples and  truths  which  it  is  the  only  aim  of  this  work  to  establish,  and  on 
which  alone  it  must  stand  or  £sdl. 

This  book  is  not  put  forth  to  the  world  without  a  definite  conception  of  the 
obstacles  it  will  have  to  contend  with,  and  the  influences  that  will  be  £ivora- 
ble  to  the  general  dissemination  of  its  principles.  There  are  three  general 
classes  of  minds  to  which  it  makes  its  appeal.  The  first  of  these  consistB  of 
those  who  are  strongly  attached  to  hereditary  customs  and  modes  of  thought, 
and  who  are  averse  to  the  unfolding  of  any  truths  in  the  departments  of  scienee 
and  theology  which  ccoiflict  with  that  which  they  have  been  taught  to  believe 
and  cherish  as  sacred.  These  will  oppose  this  work,  not  1^  dignified  and 
manly  argumentation,  giving  a  fisdr  and  candid  representation  of  its  contents, 
but  by  the  most  unqualified  denunciation,  and  calling  it  all  kinds  of  q)probrioiia 
names  ;  by  representing  it  as  most  revolting  in  its  teachings  and  dangerous  in 
its  tendencies,  and  cautioning  all  minds  to  abstain  from  reading  it,  lest  they  It 
led  astray ;  by  seeking  to  throw  contempt  and  distrust  upon  the  source  from 
which  it  came ;  and  by  raising  the  cry  throu^^ut  the  land,  **  Great  is  Diana 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


INTRODUCTION.  JOl 

if  dt  I^Aewaiw  T'  But  the  trathfuliiess  of  the  author's  mttto  can  not  hat  he 
ifipnfBt  to  erery  reflecting  mind,  that  "  Any  theory,  hypothesis,  philosophy, 
wet,  creed,  or  institdtioo,  that  feara  investigation,  openly  manifests  its  own 
oToc"  Twenty  years  ago,  the  obatmcting  influoice  oi  this  class  ci  mmds 
wMid  hare  been  efieetoal,  and  hence  this  work  was  not  at  that  time  given. 
Bm  m«  a  different  state  of  things  has  obtained.  New  tmth  is  now  begimung 
to  be  regarded  as  more  sacred  than  old  error ;  and  hereditary  impression,  which 
baa  from  the  infrney  of  the  race  led  almost  all  the  world  astray,  is  beginning 
^>  be  abandoned  as  an  unstable  foondaticHL  Everything  betokens  the  approach 
of  a  mighty  rerolntioa  in  the  affairs  of  the  social  and  religions  world ;  and  the 
infliMDee  of  old  and  venerated  customs  and  forms  of  thought,  in  obstructing  the 
pr'r^grcss  of  any  truthful  principles  that  maybe  embodied  in  this  work,  can  last 
bat  Ibr  a  day. 

The  M€csmd  cla«  of  minds  to  which  this  work  makes  its  appeal  consists  of 
those  who  have  no  decided  affection  either  for  any  established  customs,  ezist- 
■g  ittstitutioDs,  or  prevailing  modes  of  faith,  but  are  willing  to  become  the 
Krranta  or  opposers  of  any  as  their  social  or  financial  interests  may  dictate. 
May  among  these,  being  moved  by  the  popular  current^  will  peruse  this  vol- 
me,  not  €at  the  purpose  of  truly  understanding  its  teachings,  and  adopting 
ibm  so  &r  as  true,  but  for  the  pmrpose  of  criticising,  reviewing,  and  ob- 
«raetin|^  its  influence.  Such  will  distort  passages  from  their  proper  connex- 
icB,  force  upon  them  a  meaning  which  the  author  did  not  intend,  and  thus 
kid  op  the  work  to  the  ridicule  and  execration  of  the  world.  But  as  minds 
(f  this  class  have  no  fixed  principles,  truth  has  nothing  permanently  to  fear 
froK  tiietr  influence,  though  they  may  succeed*  in  ali^tly  obstructing  its  prog- 
temkgm,  seaaoa. 

The  ihiri  class  coosisu  of  those  who  are  governed  by  the  supreme  love  of 
tmh  aad  the  practical  results  to  which  it  leads.  Such  neither  fiivor  nor  oppose 
mf  nstitntion,  creed,  or  philosophy,  either  because  it  is  old  or  new.  They 
eoaaite  everything  according  to  its  own  intrinsic  merit$,  irrespective  of  all 
fnltotffil  circumstancea  attending.  They  are  open  to  conviction  from  all 
•oanca*  bat  will  neither  receive  nor  reject  a  thing  unexamined.  They  are 
■poB  the  broed  ocean  ci  universal  investigatioa,  content  to  be  moved  only  by 
iht  winds  and  tides  of  evidence,  c<xifiding  in  the  efficacy  of  these  to  waft  them 
to  the  haven  of  aome  grand  system  of  truth  and  righteousness  based  upon  the 
aaive  of  thin^  and  universally  applicable.  Thousands  of  such  minds  are  now 
ahiaif  in  the  field  of  actioB,  and  their  number  is  daily  increasing ;  and  there 
art  1MB  of  thoosands  fiaf ara//y  belonging  to  this  class  among  all  parties,  sects, 
and  4>BimiinitMini.  throughout  the  land.  Such  are  the  minds  which  are  aa- 
cendiaf  the  throne  of  the  world,  and  by  these  all  inferior  classes  must  be  di- 
rected nd  titrated.  To  such  this  book  more  particularly  addresses  itself ;  and 
from  nth  the  utmoat  &imesa  may  be  expected  in  the  investigation  of  its  con- 
tcDta.  Froas  aoch,  therefore,  the  work,  if  true,  has  nothing  to  fear,  but  every- 
thing to  hope. 

With  the  fcregoing  statemenu  and  remarks  this  book  is  submitted  to  the 
vorid  with  the  utmost  confidence  that  it  is  all  it  professes  to  be,  and  with 
At  Hioac  entire  reliance  upon  iu  intrinsic  power  to  accomplish  its  proposed 
veik.  For  its  pure  and  elevated  morality,  for  its  high  and  holy  principles, 
Iv  ila  vttpenkably  sublime  and  consoling  truths,  we  are  willing,  if  abeolu 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


«XU  INTRODUCTION. 

necessity  should  require,  to  sacrifice  all  things  earthly  and  even  life  itselfl  In 
this  we  rejoice  to  know  that  we  are  not  alone.  "We  would,  then,  simply  ask 
that  this  volume  may  be  perused  with  a  candor  and  seriousness  which  the 
nature  of  its  contents  demands ;  that  decision  may  be  pronounced  for  or  against 
it,  according  to  the  preponderance  of  evidence,  and  that  corresponding  acticm 
may  be  prompt,  decided,  and  energetic.  We  await  the  result  with  the  meet 
cheering  anticipations. 

WILLIAM  FISHBOUGH. 
Williams  lURGH,  N.  Y.,  JWy.  1847. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


TABLE   OF    CONTENTS.* 


PART  I.— THE  KEY. 


Gon&AL  FFf  *»«^  on  the  condition  of  society  in  past  and  present  times— Causes 
•f  eriU  not  TkOile  on  the  txienuU  of  things,  bnt  are  hidden  in  the  mU  of  existing 
isstitntioM.  The  imierior  of  all  things  is  the  only  ''real  Reality"— the  external  is 
the  mere  iraasiat  txprunom.  Rationale  of  Animal  Magnetism,  Clairvoyance,  and 
the  soiree  of  the  author's  impressions.  Proof  of  a  spiritual  existence.  Generaliza- 
tioas  lad  resMmings  on  rarioos  laws  and  principles  of  the  Unirerse.  Universal  and 
etcraai  MoCioa.  Sternal  progression  of  all  things  through  circular  or  spiral  lines  of 
derriopnent.  Unirersal  correspondence  or  analogy.  The  ''Great  Positive  Mind 
tk«  Cause,  Nature  the  Effect,  and  Spirit  the  Ultimate,"  &c.,  &c. 

PART  n.— THE  REVELATION. 

The  original  condition  of  all  matter  as  liquid  fire.  The  great  Sun  of  the  "  Vni- 
mt^mmP  as  the  Throne  or  "  Vortex"  of  Infinite  Power  and  Intelligence.  Evolution 
^  aa  ifBcons  atmosphere  from  the  Great  Centre,  and  formation  of  successive  nebu- 
M  xoaes,  encirding  almost  the  immensity  of  space.  Formation  of  countless  mil- 
bM  of  vans  from  these,  with  their  respective  planets.  The  immensity  of  creation. 
Lsvs  ot  planetary  motion.  Origin  and  rationale  of  Universal  Gravitation.  Our 
«vi  solar  Bjwitm.  Origin  of  the  sun  and  planets — inhabiiaiUt  of  the  latter.  Geo- 
kcical  history  of  the  earth  minutely  traced.  Development  of  the  mineral,  vegetable, 
ml  aamM)  kingdoms,  and  Man.  Original  settlement  of  the  nations.  Former  inhab 
itaats  of  Central  America,  &c.  Origin  of  languages— of  hieroglyphics— of  mytha 
lapcd  theology—^  creeds  and  institutions  that  have  no  foundation  in  Nature 
Pwnerrerelatxms.  What  is  mxa  physically  f  What  is  man  spiritually  7  Analysi 
if  Ihn  hamaa  faculties — laws  of  their  government.  The  process  of  death.  Th«< 
fcjtuad  Sphere,  or  world  of  human  existence.  The  3d,  4th,  5th,  6th,  and  7th  ot 
freat  BpirUmml  Son  of  the  Universe  and  Throne  of  Divine  Love  and  Wisdom. 

PART  IIL-THE  APPLICATION. 

Aanlysas  of  nocacty.  Diseases  of  the  great  social  Body.  Corruptions  of  institu- 
tisBi  tounities — universal  conflicts  of  interests,  and  consequent  vice.  The  Rjem- 
an.  The  law  of  univeral  association,  affinity,  or  gravt/a/tda,  applicable  to  Man  as 
t»  an  ttWr  things  In  the  Universe.  A  natural  situation  adapted  to  every  person, 
aal  a  fttaom  aiapCed  to  every  natural  situation.  Mankind  organized  to  correspond 
It  (ht  ilMfliary  system,  or  the  Universe ;  <.  e.,  each  one  gravitating  to  his  own  coog^ 
aial  laptijiinai,  climate,  association,  &c,  &c.,  and  laboring  in  the  sphere  which  he 
m  faahied  to  ilL  The  transition-process  of  social  reorganization,  and  the  first  and 
sabagqaiai  steps  to  be  taken  by  farmers,  mechanics,  manufacturers,  lawyers,  phy- 
■ciaas,  aad  dergymea.  Sodety  as  it  will  be  ere  long.  The  hew  hcavxjt  and  the 
aw  EAaTB,ftC. 

*  Omr  lihla  «f  cMleuto  fcr  the  present  ts  designedly  brief  and  very  general.  What  Is 
^"■a  w  tram  w3I  not  in  aay  case  lend  to  diren  the  mind  of  the  reader  to  particolar  pttrU, 
a  aarh  %  waj  aa  to  prerant  that  progrcMhre  tod  conaecative  pcroMl  of  the  tchoh  voloms^ 
•^»h  alaas  can  taaore  a  proper  vndenUnding  of  the  parU, 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


AN    ADDRESS    TO    THE    WORLD. 


i)E£THKEif :  Fear  not,  for  Error  is  mortal  and  can  not  live,  and 
Truth  is  immortal  and  can  not  die !  Daty  demands  serious  analysis 
lad  investigation  of  all  conspicuous  subjects.  Truth  may  be  found 
ia  the  following  Revelation  :  if  so.  Nature  must  be  the  standard  by 
vhich  all  men  may  judge  whether  the  truths  therein  contained  are 
pore,  practical,  and  elevating.  No  arbitrary  or  external  standard 
ihmll  be  recognized  as  smtable  to  test  the  truth  of  what  is  herein  pre- 
KOtedy  or  the  cJiaracter  of  the  truths  which  may  be  herein  contained. 
The  verdict  of  Kgiture^  and  not  of  men^  is  required.  Inasmuch  as 
til  terrestrial  creations  are  the  spontaneous  productions  of  the  Divine 
Bsnd,  no  tenth  is  lessened  by  disbelief— no  error  is  made  true  be- 
cause the  learned  receive  it  as  such.  Nothing  can  be  changed  that 
ti  unchangeable,  by  man  or  his  actions.  Then  press  onward !  Ex- 
erase  your  choicest  gift,  which  is  ReoBcn — and  fear  no  corruption 
from  truth,  Uiough  new ;  and  expect  no  good  from  error,  though  long 
believed. 

I  have  been  impressed  to  speak  the  things  contained  in  the  follow- 
ing pages,  not  because  truth  was  before  undiscovered,  but  in  order 
to  give  it  a  new  and  attractive  form,  and  a  power  to  instruct,  purify, 
and  elevate  the  race. 

l\e  FiasT  Part,  or  Kev,  presents  a  general  view  of  theories 
that  exist,  and  unfolds  the  foundation  of  the  philosophy  that  is  pre- 
sented in  the  Second  Paet,  which  is  the  soul  or  basis  of  the  whole 
sapeiumctme.  The  Thibd  Part,  or  Application,  consists  of  an 
analysis  of  human  society,  and  an  application  of  previously-revealed 
principles  to  it,  in  order  that  a  reformation  like  unto  a  new  heaven 
sad  a  new  earth  may  legitimately  flow  therefrom. 

The  physical  and  mental  organisation  of  man  enforces  the  conclu- 
lion  that  diere  are  no  possible  limits  to  social  progress  and  spiritual 
sStainment  and  elevation :  for  man  is  a  microcosm^  or  a  combined 

1 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


ADDBE8S  TO  THE  WOBLD. 


expression  of  all  the  perfections  contained  in  the  Divine  essence  that 
animates  and  preserves  the  harmony  of  the  Universe.  Upon  the 
constitution  of  man,  who  is  a  type  of  Divine  wisdom,  are  based  those 
important  principles  which,  when  duly  comprehended,  will  construct 
of  the  whole  world  one  Brotherhood. 

Moreover,  I  was  impressed  to  select  three  witnesses,  who 
should  be  present  at  the  lectures,  so  that  the  world  through  them 
might  know  from  what  source  these  revelations  flow.*  The  number 
corresponds  to  a  trinity,  everywhere  manifested  in  Nature  and  her 
productions ;  and  was  fixed  upon  for  the  purpose  of  having  as  many 
specific  degrees  of  perception  and  qualification.  And  also  a  scribe 
was  necessary  to  preserve  these  sayings,  and  to  prepare  and  present 
them  to  the  general  mind.  And  it  was  impossible,  without  a  quali- 
fied MANIPULATOR,  to  cutcr  the  sphere  of  wisdom  which  was  neces- 
sary to  enable  me  to  relate  these  things. 

The  first  witness  chosen  was  Rev.  J.  N.  Parker,  whose  physi- 
cal and  mental  structure  predisposed  him  to  external  observation  and 
investigation.  He  was  inclined  to  perceive  and  understand  the  nature 
and  qualities  of  all  exterior  movements — had  the  ability  to  compre- 
hend the  things  related — but  was  inclined  to  outward  and  general 

*  Besides  the  witnesses  speciallj  chosen,  the  following  persons  hare  witnessed 
respectirelj  a  greater  or  less  number  of  the  lectures : — 


Inrael  Kinsman, 
H.  O,  Cox, 
J.  H.  Bailey, 
C.  C.  Wright, 
B.  S.  Horner, 
Henry  J.  Horn, 
Pendleton  Lapham, 
Dr.  A.  Johnson, 
Albert  Brisbane, 
Bey.  T.  L.  Harris, 
James  Taylor, 


New  York, 


Joseph  Haight,  New  York. 
Key.  S.  B.  Brittan,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
S.  W.  Brittbn,  Troy,  N.  Y. 
Benajah  Mallory,  Bridgeport,  Conn. 
James  Victor  Wilson,  New  Orleans. 
Isaac  S.  Smith,  ]V^.  D.,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Dr.  Thomas  Loweree,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Joseph  H.  Ooldsmith,  Southold,  N.  Y. 
John  Landon,  Factory  Point,  Vt. 
Abner  Howe,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 
Heryey  K.  Haight,  Bridgeport,  Conn. 


WilUam  L.  Burdict,  "       " 

There  were  one  hundred  and  fifty-seyen  lectures  in  alL  To  the  original  pen- 
cUled  manuscripts  of  one  hundred  and  forty  of  these,  I  find  attached  two  hundred 
and  sixty-seyen  signatures  as  witnesses — one  or  more  of  the  names  of  the  abore 
persons,  including  the  witnesses  specially  chosen,  being  subscribed  to  each  lecture. 
The  number  of  lectures  witnessed  by  any  one  indiyidual,  ranges  from  one  to 
seyenty-three.  There  is  here  and  there  a  lecture  (amounting  to  seyenteen  in  aU) 
which  does  not  contain  any  signature  as  a  witness ;  but  the  identity  of  the  source 
of  these  with  that  of  the  others  will  not  be  doubted  by  any  one  on  proper  inyesti- 
gation. 

A  few  persons,  not  named  aboye,  were  present  at  particular  lectures;  but  as 
their  n&mes  do  not  appear  upon  the  documents,  it  is  unnecessary  to  mention  them. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


JLDDBBBB  TO  THE  WOBLDu  8 

obterrmtioD.  Therefore  he  was  qualified,  to  take  cogniaance  of  each 
phjsieal  phenomenon — and  thus  correeponds  to  the  principle  of  lote, 
vUefa  the  sequel  will  define. 

The  tecond  witnees  choeen  was  Theron  R.  Lapham,  who  is  physi- 
caUj  and  mentally  qualified  to  perceire  external  manifestations,  and  to 
enter  deeply  into  the  interior  of  the  subjects  reyealed.  He  is  nata- 
riHy  inelined  to  critical  investigation  of  the  varioas  subjects  tending 
to  unfold  tbe  mind  and  derate  the  race.  He  is  qualified,  by  a  com- 
biaadoo  of  experiences,  to  oomprdiend  the  truth  and  practicability 
of  each  subject  familiarly  treated  upon.  He  can  feel  tiie  applicability 
of  theae  principles  to  society,  being  personally  conscious  of  their 
truth,  and  naturally  though  silently  desirous  of  beholding  their  per- 
fect work.  Therefore  he  was  chosen  because  he  corresponds  to  the 
principle  of  will,  or  execiUwe  power^  which  also  the  sequel  will 
define. 

The  third  witness  chosen  was  Dr.  T.  Lea  Smith,  who  was  in  a 
transition  state  between  the  artificial  doctrines  and  philosophies  of 
the  world,  and  those  high  and  more  important  truths  which  Mind 
only  is  capable  of  perceinng  and  associating  with.  He  is  naturally 
kclined  to  interior  meditation,  and  qualified  to  feel  the  force  of  any 
kiflik  and  interior  truth  when  presented  to  his  mind.  He  is  inclined 
to  tpiritaal  association,  displaying  at  all  times  a  purity  of  intention 
aad  eamestnets  of  dcTotion.  Therefore  he  corresponds  to  the  prin- 
opiet  of  WISDOM,  which  also  the  sequel  will  unfold. 

The  sc&iBC  who  was  chosen  is  William  Fishbough,  who  is 
physically  and  mentally  omstituted  so  as  to  preserve  a  harmony  and 
digatty  of  outer,  and  a  purity  and  goodness  in  his  inner  being.  He 
is  by  nature  inclined  to  associate  with  those  hig^  and  eleyating  truths, 
a  knowledge  of  which  proceeds  from  the  sublime  manifestations  of 
Nature  and  the  Divine  mind.  He  has  an  interior  desire  to  search 
and  comprehend  all  useful  natural  and  spiritual  truths.  He  is  men- 
taDj  disposed  to  seek  the  higher  spheres,  and  to  repose  confidence  in 
their  unfailing  revealments.  He  is  generally  qualified  to  preserve  a 
hammy  in  the  movements  of  natural  life,  and  a  purity  in  respect  to 
the  teachings  of  divine  things ;  and  he  has  a  sense  of  justice  not  to 
be  purchased  by  natural  bterests.  Hence  he  is  chosen  to  act  in  this 
capacity,  because  he  corresponds  to  love,  will,  and  wisdom,  com- 
bined.  Thou^^  these  are  still  in  a  rudimental  state,  yet  they  are 
saSdeotly  developed  to  produce  their  natural  results,  the  nature  of 
which  tbe  sequel  will  describe. 

The  MAjiiruLATOR,  Dm.  Silas  SMrrn  Lvov,  is  physically  oon- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


4  ADDEBB8  TO   THE  WOBLD. 

stituted  80  as  to  be  able  to.  impart  a  congenial  influence  to  the  system 
of  the  speaker,  whereby  *the  transition  of  the  natural  faculties  to  the 
spiritual  sphere  has  been  accomplished.  He  is  mentally  inclined  to 
perceive  and  comprehend  elevating  principles,  and  to  apply  them  to 
his  life  and  general  actions.  He  is  earnestly  engaged  at  all  times  in 
doing  what  those  principles  demand,  desiring  justice  and  a  general 
good  to  all ;  and  he  is  thus  mentally  qualified  to  understand  all  spir- 
itual truths  which  are  the  subjects  of  interior  meditation.  Hence  he 
is  naturally  opposed  to  all  dissimulation,  and  will  present  those 
things  which  form  a  part  of  his  mind,  not  in  speech^  but  in  general 
deportment  and  action.  Therefore  I  was  impressed  to  seek  this 
outer  association  as  the  primary  means  of  assisting  the  mind  to  obtain 
and  reveal  these  things. 

Being  thus  situated,  surrounded  by  witnesses  earnest,  desirous, 
and  qualified  to  receive  the  truth ;  a  scribe  spiritually  absorbed  in 
the  things  related ;  and  a  manipulator  to  govern  the  action  in  deliv- 
ering these  things,  I  have  been  impressed  without  obstruction  to  pre- 
sent these  disclosures. 

Of  the  physical  and  mental  structure  of  the  speaker,  the  world  will 
know  by  a  different  process— one  which  will  be  suggested  to  Ac 
scribe,  by  whom  all  useful  information  concerning  these  things  will 
be  presented  to  the  world. 

Such,  brethren,  were  the  external  means  by  and  through  which 
this  book  has  made  its  appearance.  Your  duty  is  to  search;  and 
after  searching,  ask  Nature  and  your  own  superior  judgments  how 
much  practical  truth  there  is  herem  revealed.  In  doing  this,  you 
will  display  the  dignity  of  your  natures,  perform  your  highest  duty, 
receive  the  most  unbounded  interior  approbation,  and  obtain  mental 

HAPPINESS  ! 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


PART  I. 

THE    KEY, 

OB 

THE  PRINCIUES  OF  NATURE. 


\  1.  RsASOv  18  s  principle  beloDgbg  to  man  alone.  The  office 
«(  die  mind  is  to  investigate)  search,  and  explore,  the  principles  of 
Nature,  rnnd  trace  physical  manifestations  in  their  many  and  varied 
raaificstions.  Thought,  in  its  proper  nature,  is  oncontroUed — ^un- 
fiaited*  It  is  firee  to  inyestigate,  and  to  rise  into  lofty  aspirations. 
And  tihe  only  hope  for  the  amelioration  of  the  world  is  free  thought 
and  imrestricted  inquiry.  Anything  which  opposes  or  tends  to  oh- 
•Ciict  this  sublime  uid  lofty  principle,  is  wrong. 

The  mind  can  not  be  chamed!  It  will  leave  its  resting-place, 
lad  explore  the  fields  of  science;  and,  not  satisfied  with  the  investi- 
ptaoQ  of  terrestrial  things,  it  has  soared  to  the  heavens  and  counted 
the  stars*  It  has  familiarized  itself  with  the  motions  of  the  planets, 
grroi  names  to  laws  that  control  the  universe,  and  has  proved  the 
mi»ttce  and  qualities  of  these  laws  by  mathematical  analysis  and 
denoastration.  The  mind  is  naturally  unrestrained  in  its  actions 
and  dwugbts — ^firee  from  all  shackles  and  bonds  of  the  external 
world*  Tet  man  has  not  been  allowed  to  express  sentiments  irre- 
ttttibly  flowing  into  his  mind.  Ignorance,  superstition,  and  bigotry, 
have  wieldod  a  tyrannical  sceptre,  and  sectarianism  has  usurped  the 
doaunion  over  the  human  soul ! 

Man  has  ri^ts  founded  in  principles  of  Nature.  These  rights 
kave  been  perverted,  crushed,  and  prostrated.    Folly  has  reigned  in 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


6  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUEE. 

the  place  of  reason ;  imbecility  has  reigned  instead  of  thought ;  vice 
has  reigned  instead  of  virtue;  ignorance  has  reigned  instead  of 
knowledge,  and  bigotry  has  reigned  instead  of  benevolence !  Thus 
|)ie  highest,  holiest  and  sublimest  powers  of  man  have  been  repressed 
and  distorted  by  the  degrading  shackles  of  superstition  and  false 
imagination. 

The  office  of  the  mind  is  to  hold  dominion  where  the  above 
evils  have  reigned.  It  is  to  become  unchained  and  free  from 
the  prison  of  sectarian  darkness,  and  ushered  into  the  light  of 
truth  and  the  atmosphere  of  liberty.  The  tall  monuments  of 
ignorance  which  have  existed,  may  be  interrogated  by  generations 
yet  unborn. 

Man  has  not  been  permitted  to  enjoy  the  free  and  uncontrolled 
exercise  of  his  powers  and  intellectual  endowments.  He  has  not  had 
the  liberty  to  express  thoughts  gushing  from  the  depths  of  his  mind, 
but  has  been  compelled  to  restrain  aild  repress  them  for  want  of  an 
atmosphere  of  light  and  liberty.  The  few  who  have  dared  to  ex- 
press themselves  freely,  have  done  it  at  the  immediate  risk  of  their 
physical  destruction.  Truths  that  are  eternal  have  been  conceived 
of,  yet  smothered  by  the  hand  of  a  dominant  and  tyrannies^  Ig- 
norance. 

This  ignorance  still  exists;  this  bigotry  and  superstition  still  exist; 
and  where  is  the  responsibility  for  the  cauae  of  their  existence? 
Sectarian  usurpation  must  bear  the  charge.  It  has,  in  its  long  career, 
crushed  and  prohibited  the  free  exercise  of  moral  and  intellectual 
attainment.  It  has  obstructed  the  progress  of  human  knowledge. 
It  has  obscured  the  main  features  and  manifestations  of  truth,  and 
thrown  a  muitle  of  ignorance  and  fanaticism  over  the  world.  It  has 
covered  and  concealed  from  the  mind  of  man  the  real  and  only  prin- 
ciple which  constitutes  his  peculiar  dignity.  It  has  sapped  the  foun- 
dations of  human  happiness.  It  has  produced  a  schism  in  the  race, 
and  a  wasting  prostituticm  of  human  powers  yet  unoorrected  and  un- 
controlled. The  true  interests  of  mankind  have  thus  been  perverted 
^  those  of  vice  and  misery.  Wisdom  has  not  existed,  but  folly 
has  usurped  her  throne.  Knowledge  has  been  limited,  while  igno- 
rance has  been  universal.  Happiness  has  been  crushed  to  tho 
ground,  while  misery  has  everywhere  raised  her  hideous  head.  Per- 
secution, incited  and  sustained  by  ignorance  and  party  prejudice, 
has  destroyed  thousands  of  human  beings.  The  mind  of  man  has 
ihus  become  ensli^ved,  and  no  principle  n  power  of  truth  and  virtue 
has  been  able  to  break  its  chains ! 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBIHCIPIJBi  OF  V ATURE*  7 

DepIoraUe  have  been  the  results  of  ig&oraUce  and  vice.  With  a 
mtfaleas  hand  they  hare  grasped  and  held  ^e  interests,  affections, 
and  mental  aasociatiims  of  men,  until  the  voice  of  Nature  had  no 
,  powor.to  speak  and  tell  of  the  victim's  fate!  Thus  most  melan- 
choly has  been  the  conditi<m  of  generatioas  past.  The  cause  is 
vividl J  reflected  on  our  minds ;  and  the  reflection  induces  the  con- 
efattioii  Ihftt  such  conditions  shall  not  again  exist  Reflection  on 
things  past  and  present  show  to  the  inquiring  mind  that  the  institiu 
Horns  which  have  existed  have  been  in  direct  opposition  to  the  int^- 
ests,  feelings,  and  affections,  of  human  nature.  Those  institutions  can 
not  exist  to  the  extent  to  which  they  have,  because  the  mind  of  man 
has  become  nearly  unshackled,  and  free  to  act  and  investigate,  and 
boldly  to  express  it^  earnest  and  serious  convicticms.  And  these  in- 
fvftigations  will  remove  the  foundations  of  illiberal  institutions, 
trioch  are  based  upon  impure  motive,  and  not  on  true  principle — 
which  are  sustained  by  motives  of  individual  interest,  and  not  by  the 
iDtereai  and  good  of  mankind. 

The  world  is  existing  on  wrong  foundations.  The  interests  of  one 
person  are  in  direct  opposition  to  tiie  interests  of  another ;  and  what 
ia  one  man's  interest  results  in  another's  misfortune.  The  interests 
oC  iadindaals  are  centred  in  their  isolated  and  distinctive  principles 
aad  pursaits ;  and  the  corrupt  condition  of  society  and  the  world  is 
owing  to  the  great  amount  of  individual  absorption  from  the  common 
rigjhta  <rf  humanity.  It  is  from  this  cause  that  the  world,  instead  of 
hamomiing  ia  all  its  parts  and  ramifications,  is  in  a  disorganized 
state ;  and,  from  the  fact  thiU  each  part  is  obstructed  in  so  many 
ways  from  emnmunicating  and  harmonizing  with  others,  the  whole 
kaa  become  disonited  and  confused. 

As  the  world  is  situated,  those  elements  tiiat  are  united  become 
ahaorbenta  from  those  which  are  not;  and  hence,  instead  of  an  bur- 
moaioosly-organixed  condition  of  the  world,  one  part  is  extraneous 
aai  tterfgQfnt  to  anotiier.  Hence,  instead  of  being  united,  the 
w«rU  is  disunited;  and  instead  of  harmonizing,  it  is  confused. 
Instead  of  universal  peace  and  good-will,  war  and  devastation 
hare  prevailed ;  and  instead  of  the  happiness  and  interests  of 
one  man  oonaisting  in  the  happiness  and  interests  of  tiie  whole,  the 
mtweiU  of  each  one  are  in  direct  opposition  to  the  interests  of 
odicfv.  This  can  not  and  shall  not  much  longer  exist.  Its  causes 
revealed;  and  this  revelati<m  arouses  the  feelings, 
and  cmahed  affections  of  man,  to  one  vast  rebelEon 
the  dominions  of  vice  and  misery.    Truth,  in  her  mighty 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


8  THE  FBIHCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

power,  shall  prevail  over  ignorance ;  and  all  her  enemies  shall  be 
crashed,  to  rise  no  more !  One  principle,  one  foundation,  one  faith, 
one  interest,  one  universal  and  eternal  asylum,  shall  exist  for  the 
whole  world  of  mankind !  This  result  rises  above  the  utmost  o(»i- 
ceptions  of  the  mind ;  and  this  will  usher  in  that  light  which  has 
been  hid  so  long  from  the  world.  This  light  is  happiness  and 
peace ;  and  this,  too,  is  the  light  which,  when  once  it  expands,  can 
not  contract.  And  this  is  the  resurrection  from  moral  and  intellec- 
tual degradation ! 


,  §  2.  The  general  principles  of  Nature  and  of  human  rights  de- 
mand this  amelioration.  Interests  in  the  form  of  sectarian  desires 
have  prostrated  the  energies  of  the  freebom  mind,  and  the  moral 
principles  have  become  enslaved  and  imprisoned .  in  the  darkness  of 
fanaticism  that  has  covered  the  intellects  of  men.  Not  only  have  the 
true  principles  of  the  nature  of  man  become  obscured  and  vague,  but 
their  legitimate  workings  and  manifestations  have  been  misrepre- 
sented. Dispositions,  feelings,  and  affections,  which  man  never  pos- 
sessed, have  been  thought  to  compose  his  nature ;  and  this  mistaken  ' 
idea  has  led  to  the  conclusion  that  man  can  hold  situations  which  are 
in  direct  opposition  to  his  interests. 

But  he  is  immorally  situated,  whose  interest  tells  him  one  thing, 
while  his  conscience  and  duty  tell  him  another.  He  is  immorally 
situated,  whose  interest  it  is  to  withhold  knowledge,  when  his  reason 
tells  him  that  the  same  should  be  extensively  disseminated.  He  is 
immorally  situated,  who  is  obliged  to  withhold  from  the  world  his 
feelings  and  affections,  and  to  suppress  the  general  principles  of  his 
nature,  in  order  to  preserve  his  individual  interests.  It  is  thus  that 
the  true  principles  of  man's  nature,  and  the  true  source  of  human 
happiness,  are  concealed ;  and  when  there  is  a  correct  manifestation 
of  these,  it  passes  away  before  the  eyes  of  the  world  as  a  mere  ap- 
parition, and  appears  fleeting  and  evanescent  as  the  thoughts  of  the 
last  generation. 

Oircumstances  are  thought  irresistibly  to  control  the  world,  both 
toUectively  and  individually ;  and,  under  this  impression,  man  has 
consented  to  be  controlled  by  them.  But  man  holds  the  power  to 
destroy  those  circumstances  which  are  unfavorable  to  his  happiness 
and  peace ;  and  by  exercising  this  power,  he  will  sustain  and  co- 
operate with  the  principles  of  Nature.    These  fleeting  circumstances 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBDTOIPLBB  OF  KATT7BS.  9 

destroyedy  man  will  be  controlled  only  by  the  operations  of 
fmsral  law.  This,  howereri  has  not  yet  been  done,  because  man 
imdividu4xlly  can  not  do  it. 

No  oDe  principle  of  government,  unvarying  in  its  nature,  could  be 
made  to  manifest  its  proper  results,  as  applied*  to  an  isolated  and  de- 
tached oommnnity.  Those  who  have  founded,  and  put  forth  efforts 
to  anstain,  communities,  have  been  persons  who  have  striven  to  famil- 
iarise the  laws,  which  governed  them,  to  their  feeliujgs  and  affections. 
The  coodition  of  society  and  of  the  world  has  become  repulsive 
to  tiwtr  feelings  and  sentiments;  and  their  movements  are  but  the 
ovibrealdng  and  gushing  forth  of  those  desires  that  have  been  so  long 
ooBoealed. 

A  knowledge  of  the  natural  laws  which  govern  society  should  have 
been  before  understood ;  but  the  sources  of  knowledge  which  exist  in 
the  world  have  been  perverted  from  their  legitimate  object  and  use. 
hstitotions  for  the  diffusion  of  knowledge  are  founded  on  an  artificial 
kasia.  It  ia  the  interest  of  every  institution  to  confine  its  knowledge 
t»  itself;  whereas,  it  should  be  both  tiie  principle  and  interest  of  all 
mch  to  cause  thmr  knowledge  to  become  umversal.  Moreover,  peo- 
ple vho  have  not  the  capacity  to  comprehend  the  sciences,  should  not 
be  educated  for,  and  compelled  to  hold  situations,  where  such  knowl- 
edge is  absolutely  required. 

The  situations  of  professumal  men  are  exceedingly  corruptiDg 
nd  vitiating.  Those  who  vnmld  be  honest,  can  not;  for  their 
intcr«sta  oppose.  The  condition  of  these  and  of  other  members  of 
•odety  at  this  time,  is  an  artificial  representation  of  tiie  circum- 
staaees  by  which  the  world  ia  ccmtrolled.  Generations  that  are  past 
have  ne^^ted  the  great  light  of  the  knowledge  of  these  truths. 
Their  time  and  talents  were  engaged  in  the  upbuilding  of  sectarian 
and  denominational  casts;  and  in  protecting  these,  nations  have 
wirred  against  nations.  Destruction  and  devastation  were  the  legiti- 
mate results ;  and,  neglecting  the  general  and  personal  good,  man 
lost  hk  happiness  by  these  inhuman  proceedings.  No  man  could 
utter  a  thought,  or  express  himself  in  any  respect,  contrary  to  the 
prevuUng  sentiment. 

This  vice,  misery,  illiberality,  and  uncharitableness,  with  all  their 
legitnaate  moral  and  intellectual  results,  still  exist ;  and  man  has 
lost  nrach  of  the  U^t  and  knowledge  which  he  would  now  possess,  if 
tke  raal  had  existed  in  place  of  tiie  artificial. 

Free  and  unrestrained  inquiry  is  necessary  to  moral  and  intellectual 
I,  and  therefore  should  be  encouraged.    Truth  is  an  eternal 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


10  THS  PBZNOIPLSS  OF  NATUBE. 

principle ;  and  any  institution,  creed,  denomination,  or  any  influence 
of  a  sectarian  character,  that  opposes  in  any  way  the  free  and  unre- 
strained investigation  of  truth,  must  evidently  be  founded  on  igno- 
rance, supei^tition,  and  bigotry*  And,  moreover,  anything  which 
tends  to  restrain  the  spirit  of  inquiry,  openly  manifests  its  own  error. 
Every  principle  opposed  to  free  and  unrestrained  investigation  shows 
distinctly  the  fear  of  light  and  knowledge.  Light  upon  any  subject 
of  a  moral  nature  should  be  received  free  from  interests  or  local  pre- 
judices ;  and  if  free  investigation  or  the  most  unlimited  exercise  of 
the  human  mind,  is  obstructed,  the  obstruction  proclaims  its  author's 
own  condemnation :  for  this  is  the  condemnation,  tiiat  light  is  come 
into  the  world,  and  men  choose  the  darkness  of  bygone  ages,  and 
foster  it,  rather  than  light,  because  their  institutions  and  actions  a/re 
evil. 

Appeal  is  now  made  to  the  feelings,  desires,  and  the  understand- 
ing :  Is  it  consistent  witii  the  natural  promptings  of  true  moral  prin- 
ciple that  the  interests  of  mankind  should  be  distinct  and  conflicting, 
or  tiiat  man's  interest  should  be  in  direct  opposition  to  his  sense  of 
justice  and  right?  Is  it  right  that  man  should  suppress  thought, 
rather  than  let  it  have  its  free  course  ?  Is  it  right  that  man  should 
mistake  things  that  exist  for  things  which  do  not  exist  1  Is  it  right 
that  man  should  be  so  situated  as  that  his  interest  must  conflict  with 
his  duty?  Is  it  right  that  sectarian  usurpation  should  hold  the  sway 
over  the* mind  of  man,  ratiier  than  that  man  should  be  allowed  to 
reason  understandingly  ?  Is  it  right  that  the  morals  of  man  should 
be  supplwited  by  tiie  prevalence  of  vice  and  misery?  Is  it  right  that 
one  idea  should  constitute  tiie  scope  of  the  minds  of  any  class  or 
community,. rather  than  free,  universal  thought  and  action?  Is  it 
right  that  truth  and  its  results  should  be  crushed  and  subdued  by 
error  ?  Is  it  right  that  happiness  and  peace  should  be  expelled  from 
the  world,  to  give  place  to  wretchedness  and  imp^fection?  Is  it 
right  that  the  free  and  unpolluted  atmosphere  of  light,  truth,  and  lib- 
erty, should  be  contaminated  by  the  impure  elements  of  ignorance 
and  folly  ?  Language  is  inadequate  to  set  forth  the  importance  of 
these  questions  and  their  answers ! 

Association,  when  based  upon  true  and  natural  principles,  is 
proper  and  highly  advantage<Kis ;  but  when  perverted  and  arbitrarily 
formed,  it  is  exceedingly  evil  and  vitiating.  It  is  the  nature  of  man 
to  seek  an  association,  wherein  he  may  breathe  an  atmosphere  of  light 
and  liberty ;  and  it  is  his  nature  to  appreciate  the  associations  which 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PRIHOEPLBB  G9  HATUSE.  11 

bt  fonns  firom  the  spontaneaiis  impulses  of  his  affections  and  inclina- 
tioBs.  Bat  though  it  is  natural  for  man  to  form  attaohments,  these, 
in  order  to  be  genuine/ must  be  governed  altogedier  by  his  internal 
•faiiibilitiei  and  affections.  The  »phere  of  one  man  can  approach 
that  of  another  only  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  a  natural  conge- 
oialtty;  and  impressions  npon  the  man  internal^  though  received 
tihfOQ^  the  senses,  are  governed  and  sanctioned  by  one  universal 
law  of  Nature.  For  man  possesses  a  visible  form,  which  serves  as 
a  aediim  tfaroo^  which  he  associates  with  things  i/nmsible  and 

Thus  man  has  the  power  to  comprehend  and  analyze  the  impor- 
tMt  features  of  Uruth^  which  is  invisible  and  et^nal ;  and  if  he  had 
rightly  used  this  power,  he  would  not  feel  that  he  is  existing  among 
moootrollable  and  foreordained  oircumstanoesy  but  would  display  his 
tne  nftture  and  dignity  by  investigating  and  removing  the  ca/uses  of 
which  these  evraumsiances  are  the  ^eeis  :  and  if  these  causes  were 
moovcd,  the  efeots  diemselves  would  cease.  But  a  protective 
policy  has  prevailed  throughout  the  world,  destroying  ihe  power  and 
disposition  to  change  these  circumstances.  The  caniae  of  these  has 
htea  universal  i^naran^^  ;  and  man  can  change  this  cause  only  by 
becwningyiw  and  intdUgsnL 


\  S.  Inasmuch  as  man  is  governed  by  interest^  this  is  in  reality 
liMpfimcipU;  and  the  general  object  to  be  aimed  at  is  to  chcmge  his 
interests  to  the  interests  of  the  whole.  He  diould  feel  that  what  is 
Mm  good,  is  the  good  of  all ;  and  tfiat  what  governs  and  controls  his 
aetaoos,  should  control  and  govern  ihe  actions  of  the  world;  and  that 
what  eoDStkutes  his  happiness  and  .peace,  should  constitute  the  hap- 
I  and  peaoe  of  all  mankind.  He  should  feel  that  what  it  is  his 
to  explore  and  mvestigate,  should  in  like  manner  be  related 
to  the  bteresta  of  all;  and  he  shoald  feel  that  what  contributes  to  his 
.eoaCott  and  improvement,  should  administer  to  the  comfort  and  im- 
provoMnt  of  the  race.  And  he  should  feel  that  the  highest  and 
only  gsod  of  his  own  nature  comports  witii,  and  is  conducive  to,  the 
Ugbest  and  only  good  of  all  his  species.  Tins  principle  will  be 
reeogniied :  but  not  mitil  the  shackles  of  sectarian  usurpation  are 
stricken  off,  and  the  mind  of  man  becomes  free  to  think,  express, 
and  act  oist,  what  he  and  the  whole  world  receives  with  approbation. 
Hmh  win  man  manifest  his  true  nature  and  dignity,  and  then  will  he 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


12  THB  PBINGIPLBS  OF  NATURE. 

manifest  his  intrinsic  worth.  Then  will  he  be  actuated  by  the  great 
moral  principles  which  were  designed  to  govern  his  being.  Then 
will  be  made  perfect  the  beauty  of  virtue ;  then  will  man  be  gov- 
erned by  the  immutable  laws  of  kindness  and  (Section ;  and  then  he 
will  be  man  in  the  highest  and  holiest  acceptation  of  that  term. 
Then  righteousness,  justice,  and  equity,  will  be  the  inevitable  char- 
acteristics of  his  thoughts  and  actions.  Then  patience,  perseverance, 
and  the  guidance  of  his  mental  nature,  will  be  manifested  in  all  his 
moral  and  intellectual  enterprises.  Man  has  the  promise  that  aU 
these  results  shall  be  attained.  The  sun  of  moral  light  will  dawn 
through  the  clouds  of  his  past  history ;  and,  by  the  aid  of  past  expe- 
rience, light,  warmth,  and  virtue,  shall  be  spread  with  universal 
diffusion ! 

But  it  is  necessary  to  set  forth  to  view  more  distinctly  the  vice  and 
misery  which  have  been  experienced  in  generations  past;  for  experi- 
ence is  the  only  true  monitor,  which,  by  reminding  men  of  former 
errors,  may  lead  them  into  the  paths  of  right.  And  it  is  man's  pro- 
vince to  learn  by  experience  dearly  bought,  and  by  errors  past  de- 
tected by  him,  to  practice  righteousness. 

Institutions  which  have  been  founded  upon  the  artificial  demands 
of  a  dominant  ignorance,  cast  at  this  time  a  mantle  over  the  world 
which  prevents  unrestrained  and  free  inquiry.  To  defend  these  in- 
stitutions, man  has  been  forced,  against  his  nature  and  duty,  and  to 
the  entire  sacrifice  of  justice,  his  feelings,  and  his  conscience,  to  take 
the  sword  against  his  brother.  War,  persecution,  vice,  and  misery, 
have  thus  reigned.  The  moral,  social,  and  intellectual  nature  of 
man,  has  been  thus  crushed  and  prostrated !  Mohammedanism  has 
wielded  her  tyrannical  sceptre,  and  in  her  career  she  has  crushed 
thousands  to  the  earth.  The  sympathetic  tear,  and  the  gushing 
affections  and  feelmgs  of  man,  have  been  repressed  in  the  madness 
of  fanaticism,  thought  to  be  religion.  Man  at  that  time  was  not  man 
in  his  feelings,  desires,  or  actions ;  as  the  distinctive  characteristics 
of  his  nature  were  smothered  by  the  inexorable  hand  of  persecution^ 
and  distress.  Legislation  was  at  that  time  tmrestricted  by  any  prin- 
ciple of  human  rights.  The  social  principles  were  no  longer  cared 
for  by  those  who  founded  institutions.  Thoughtlessly  and  fearlessly 
was  this  high-handed  destruction  of  the  morals  and  peace  of  the 
world  carried  on.  Man  at  that  time  was  oppressed  by  all  temporal 
and  external  power,  and  was  not  at  liberty  to  express  even  a  desire 
to  be  free  from  his  degraded  condition.    His  moral,  intellectual, 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THS  PBIH0IPLS8  OF  NATUBB.  13 

eifil,  and  social  rightSi  were  completely  prostrated.  His  utmost 
caergies  were  inadequate  to  produce  a  revolution  in  the  condition  of 
nunldiML  A  reorganisation,  such  as  would  give  scope  to  his  pow- 
trs  andjacttlties,  was  impossible.  A  restitution  of  his  crushed  rights 
was  even  beyond  his  conceptions ;  for  his  mind  was  not  free  to  ex- 
pand, if  it  would,  or  even  to  hope  for  a  resurrection.  Inquisitorial 
institiilKms,  without  control  or  restriction,  spread  over  the  nations 
Hke  a  great  flood ;  and  at  that  time,  as  is  yet  the  tase,  the  mind  was 
not  free  to  think  and  to  reveal  its  inward  convictions.  No  principle 
of  jastice  or  of  nature  was  any  longer  recognised  as  a  propelling 
povcr  to  prompt  man  in  his  actions.  These  were  all  perverted,  and 
nu  was  forced  to  stand  at  the  stake,  where,  amid  the  burning  flames, 
the  tnstinetive  principles  of  his  nature  would  gush  forth,  and  he  would 
itond  onmoved  and  undianged!  But  the  world  has  not  been  so 
ritiated  as  to  destroy  the  principles  of  some  noble  characters  which 
have  liTod. 

Men  have  become  degraded,  not  only  from  darkness  and  igno- 
fmnoe,  but  they  have  become  still  more  degraded  and  depressed  by 
4e  martyrdom  of  their  physical  and  mental  natures.  Many  have 
passed  the  fiery  trials  which  ignorance,  and  vice,  and  inquisitions, 
eooU  subject  them  to,  and  have  suffered  not  only  the  loss  of  their 
phytical  and  mental  freedom,  but  have  sacrificed  their  Yerj  lives. 
All  this  mental  slavery  is  caused  by  a  perversion  of  man's  natural 
bclinatioas,  and  of  the  principles  of  Nature. 

And  there  are  beings  now  existing  as  perfect  as  any  others  in  size, 
symmetry,  and  physiological  structure ;  governed  by  the  same  feel- 
iogi,  aftetioDS,  and  natural  associations ;  manifesting  the  same  in- 
ftiactnre  and  genuine  afiecdons  and  desires  for  their  physical  freedom 

-beings  who  foon  a  part  of  mankind,  though  they  are  not  quite  the 
ssflM  as  others  in  tfieir  external  complexions — and  over  these  you 
have  sssomed  a  control  which  it  is  not  your  oflElce  to  exercise.  And 
by  sa  abandonment  of  all  sense  of  justice  and  righteousness,  you  have 
enslaved  these,  and  thus  held  a  part  of  your  own  species  in  physical 
and  Icgsl  servitude !  The  mental  slavery  of  generations  past  bears 
a  rtstsiblaoee  to  the  pkysieal  slavery  of  the  present. 

The  oaly  hope  for  the  physical  and  mental  amelioration  of  man- 
kind is  bssed  upon  a  slow  but  steady  mental  progress ;  and  this  must 
be  the  result  of  a  steady,  patient,  but  firm  and  decided  investigation 
of  the  cmuses  of  the  existence  of  present  evils.  And  the  experience 
cf  the  errors  of  ages  psst  will  serve  as  a  monitor  for  future  pro- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ  IC 


14  THB  FEIN0IPLB3  OF  NATXTBB. 

The  condition  of  society  at  this  time  prevents  the  exercise  of  true 
moral  principles,  and  the  jastness  of  human  action.  It  is  the  object 
and  interest  of  institntions  tQ  keep  knowledge  confined  within  their 
own  limits,  and  to  withhold  what  little  they  may  possess  from  the 
general  mind;  for  if  knowledge  were  universal,  these  institutions 
would  be  useless.  Professional  men  also  feel  it  their  interest  to 
withhold  knowledge  relating  to  their  distinct  spheres  of  pursuit. 
The  physician  feefs  it  his  interest  to  have  but  little  knowledge  pre- 
vail concerning  the  physiological  and  anatomical  structure  of  the 
human  system :  for  if  the  knowledg^e  of  this  and  of  the  law  which 
controls  physical  organization  were  generally  diflFused  in  the  world, 
each  person  would  know  the  result  of  organic  violation,  and  would 
avoid  it.  And  men  would  be  morally  as  well  as  widUd/uaUy  in-* 
formed ;  and  hence  they  would  not  only  prevent  disease,  but  would 
individually  abstain  from  violating  the  laws  of  society.  And  in  pro- 
portion as  the  knowledge  of  this  science  exists  in  the  community  or 
the  world,  man's  individual  interests  become  absorbed  in  the  general 
good.  The  physician  therefore  feels  that  his  interest  consists  in  the 
amount  of  ignorance,  vice,  and  consequent  disease.  As  a  physician, 
he  will  tell  you  so ;  as  a  man,  he  will  utterly  disapprove  and  abhor 
this  state  of  things.  Similar  in  this  respect  is  the  situation  of  every 
man  in  society. 

Another  vice  may  be  mentioned :  The  distiUei^s  interest  consists 
in  the  amount  of  inebridcy  that  prevails  in  the  world;  and  the 
degradation  of  man  through  ignorance,  adds  to  his  profits  by  pro- 
moting unrestrained  indulgence  in  beastly  gratifications.  Hence 
mtempercmce  has  prevailed  to  an  alarming  extent.  And  this  state 
of  things,  too,  is  sanctioned  by  the  highest  civil  laws  of  states  and 
nations ;  and  each  legislative  body  has  given  its  approval,  while  its 
best  feelings,  sense  of  justice,  and  consciousness  of  duty,  abhorred 
the  act. 


§  4.  Society  is  thus  existing  on  wrong  foundations — is  based  upon 
a  mistake  and  misconception  of  the  real  principle  which  actuates  man. 
It  seeks  isolated  rather  than  the  general  good ;  and  a  destruction  of 
the  morals  and  peace  of  society  and  the  world  has  followed. 

Is  there,  then,  liberty  for  the  unrestricted  exercise  of  thought  and 
expression  1  Is  man  irrecoverably  lost  to  his  true  nature,  in  the  cir- 
cumstances and  condition  of  things  which  have  placed  him  where  he 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  rBssamMB  or  natubs.  15 

lit  Is  there  asy  one  who  woaM  impose  the  free  investigation  of 
the  principlee  which  govern  his  being  t  And  is  there  a  being  in  the 
world  who  woold  not  readily  apply  all  his  mental  force  and  energy 
to  prodwoe  a  revolution  and  reorganisation  of  society  1  And  instead 
of  aoetety  and  the  world  existing  in  a  disonited  and  disorganized 
state,  depending  wholly  upon  external  cironmstances,  and  being  sub- 
jeelei  to  the  immediate  rule  ot  artificial  laws,  would  it  not  be  better 
to  uidCTBlaad  and  recognise  the  law  that  controls  Nature  and  man 
withaa  wkdeviating  and  unchangeable  government  1  Would  it  not 
be  better  to  have  those  laws  understood  whose  results  can  at  all  times 
be  depended  upon,  so  that,  in  accordance  with  their  demands,  the 
wkoie  actions  and  interests  of  mankind  may  be  made  generally  re- 
eiproeal,  and  eadi  individual  interest  to  harmonize  with  the  interest 
ad  happiness  of  the  race  1  Would  it  not,  we  repeat,  be  best  to 
have  the  world  exist  upon  these  immutable  laws  1  Then  existence 
weald  be  emblematical  of  ihe  brightness  and  beauty  of  Eden !  Then 
that  great  Tree  which  has  been  so  long  concealed  from  the  mental 
new,  but  whose  roots  have  existed  eternally,  founded  only  in  that 
peat  system  of  Nature  of  which  we  aro  the  subjects  and  the  effects, 
wo«ld  grow  and  progress  in  glory,  beauty,  and  perfection.  It  would 
MiMiie  the  true  form  and  display  the  ennobling  qualities  legitimately 
bdooging  to  its  nature.  It  would  branch,  bud,  and  bloom,  in  beauty, 
and  its  fruits  would  be  the  united  interests  of  mankind.  It  would 
£Sue  the  fragrance  of  a  general  benevolence,  brotherly  kindness, 
sad  charity.  Its  branches  would  wave  over  the  world,  and  genera- 
tions yet  unborn  would  repose  in  its  invigorating  shade.  Such  would 
be  the  delieioas  fruits  of  the  great  Tree  of  Knowledge  ! 

Its  oppotiU  has  existed.  It  has  been  permitted  to  grow  upon  the 
Mtaken  and  misdirected  minds  of  men,  and  upon  mpposed  princi- 
ples, such  as  never  did  compose  the  nature  of  mankind.  Upon  all 
these  superficialities  has  been  permitted  to  germinate  the  roots  of  the 
tree  of  mZ.  And  now  understanding  the  foundation  on  which  this 
tree  is  permitted  to  grow,  it  becomes  your  duty,  your  interest,  your 
hi^beit  and  greatest  good,  to  undermine  and  overthrow  it ;  and  then 
to  cstaUiah  mankind,  both  socially  and  mentally,  in  the  various  natu- 
ral sphsrcs  and  organintions  of  existence.  And  then  will  be  seen 
towering  above,  and  completely  transcending  the  highest  conceptions 
of  Bsa,  that  great  tree  whose  foundation  is  in  Nature,  and  whose 
growth  depends  upon  the  fertility  of  your  minds  and  just  actions. 
Aad  its  legitimate  effect  will  be  to  send  through  the  world  one  uni- 
ftfsal  fragrance  of  affection,  ^\M\  will  bind  the  interests,  feelings,  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


16  THE  PRINCIPLES  OP  NATURE. 

associations  of  men,  in  one  united  mass ;  and  the  race  will  be  perfect, 
even  as  was  its  representative,  the  man  Adam !  Then  this  earth 
will  be  one  grand  and  universal  garden,  the  true  Eden  of  existence  ; 
and  then,  too,  will  mankind,  as  one  nation,  be  like  their  representa- 
tive, standing  perfect  in  this  garden,  without  spot  or  blemish.  And 
then  this  great  Tree,  whose  growth  has  been  so  long  depressed  and 
retarded,  will  germinate  and  spread  its  branches  over  the  nations  of 
the  world,  whose  interest  will  be  one  interest ;  whose  morals  will  be 
one  vast  and  universal  stream  of  light  and  righteousness.  All  parts 
will  be  joined  to  compose  one  vast  harmonious  whole ;  and  then  will 
be  the  true  millennium!  Then,  too,  will  the  united  voices  of  each 
succeedbg  generation  repeat  that  grand  and  holy  exclamation  which 
is  now  smothered,  yet  unrepealed — ^^  Peace  ou  earth,  good  will  to 
men !" 

These  prophetic  thoughts  are  not  merely  the  result  of  a  heated 
imagination ;  but  they  are  conclusions  arrived  at  by  direct  appeals  to 
cause  and  effect — inductions  drawn  from  a  comparison  of  past  and 
present  generations.  A  synopsis  of  this  reasonbg  is  as  follows: 
Truth  is  a  podtwe  principle  :  Error  is  a  negaime  principle ;  and  as 
truth  is  positive  and  eternal,  it  must  subdue  error,  which  is  only 
temporal  and  artificial.  And  as  knowledge  is  a  direct  and  ever- 
unchangeable  result  of  Truth,  it  must  overpower  and  subdue  its  oppo- 
site— ignorance,  superstition,  vice,  and  misery.  The  first  is  eternal ; 
the  second  is  temporal.  One  is  founded  on  the  unchangeable  laws 
that  control  the  Universe  and  all  organic  beings,  and  the  other  is 
founded  on  the  misdirected,  crushed,  and  perverted  understanding. 
And  as  that  which  is  eternal  must  and  does  prevail,  that  which  is 
temporal  and  terrestrial  can  not  prevail :  and  Truth  will  gain  the  as- 
cendency. Ignorance,  which  has  been,  and  still  appears  to  be,  inex- 
orable in  its  influences,  must  be  destroyed  by  the  annihilating  hand 
of  Truth  and  Wisdom,  which  are  omnipotent. 

Man,  who  has  now  approached  to  some  degree  of  knowledge, 
feels  sustained  by  surrounding  beings  who  wonder  at  his  indulgence. 
He  becomes  lofty,  dignified,  and  vain.  He  assumes  a  spirit  of  arro- 
gance, and  with  an  air  of  pomposity  takes  the  stand  of  a  foolish  critic. 
He  will  complain  of  the  great  laws  which  compose  and  govern  the 
Universe,  and  dare  to  suggest  alterations  and  improvements  in  their 
operations.  He  will  laugh  at  the  appearances  which  the  world  mani- 
*  fests,  and  assume  the  ground  which  nothing  but  ignorance  can  prompt 
him  to  maintain — daring  to  sneer  at  the  great  laws  which  govern  this 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATURE.  17 

nd  odier  worlds,  when  in  reality  he  has  not  the  capacity  to  compre- 
hoMl  the  eomponent  parts  of  one  atom  that  goes  to  compose  the 
r&iTerae! 

There  are,  howerer,  some  lofty  and  noble  characters  in  the  world. 
They  do  not  hesitate  to  sacrifice  their  individual  interest  for  the  in- 
tCTtat  they  feel  in  Truth.  Possessing  a  high  sense  of  conscientious- 
nen,  aad  a  deep  and  solemn  veneration  the  very  elements  of  moral 
philanthropy  compose  their  nature  and  desires :  and  these,  with  in- 
tenae  and  patient  deliberation,  search  deeply  into  the  causes  of  the 
•oetal  eftcts  which  are  visibly  manifested.  Their  interest  is  involved 
in  exploring,  investigating,  and  revealing  the  cause  that  produces 
the  dismuon  and  disorganiiation  which  spread  persecution  through- 
out the  world,  and  which  genders  vice  and  misery,  and  consequent 
poional  aad  national  wretchedness.  Such  a  one,  with  the  best 
iediiigt,  and  actuated  by  the  best  of  motives,  dares  to  lift  his  voice 
agfunst  the  causes  of  the  prevailing  evUs  in  society*  He  does  this 
vilfa  firmness,  and  yet  with  a  feelmg  of  philanthropy  and  benev- 
olace.  He  addresses  himself  to  the  world  in  the  mildest  language. 
Hi  states  the  truth  with  simplicity,  yet  fearlessly ;  and  his  thoughts 
in  not  contracted  to  one  particular  society  or  state,  but  he  speaks 
Mk  hie  irresutible  convictions  to  the  world.  The  world  opposes 
hai  with  its  varied  interests,  individual,  sectarian,  denominational, 
and  pobtioaL  These  weapons  are  hurled  against  him  with  anger, 
sad  the  fire  of  indignation  and  wrath  is  set  against  his  efforts  ;  and 
k  is  fiuUy  obliged  to  leave  the  field  as  a  reformer,  and  retires  in 
despoodcuey  and  heartfelt  wretchedness !  He  no  longer  feels  life  a 
tiswing,  bot  longs  for  the  dissolving  elements  that  compose  his 
bdag  to  Icnninate  their  work.  Discouraged  with  the  experience  of 
tlkii  life,  he  seeks  for  a  future.  He  arrives,  through  analogy,  at  the 
eoKhsioii  which  he  soeght,  stops  breathless  and  amazed,  and  sinks 
to  be  known  no  more !  And  is  this  free  thought  and  unrestricted 
njnirj  t 

The  Man  who  presumes  upon  knowledge  which  is  merely  super- 
letal,  is  ffraiaed  and  approbated.  He  mamtains  the  sentiments  of  the 
MtttBtioDS  which  cover  the  land.  He  freely  enters  and  breathes 
their  ataMsphare,  when  he  has  an  internal  consciousness  and  irresist- 
ftle  ooBviciaoa  that  it  is  deleterious  to  the  world.  He  not  only  as- 
mmm  aD  this,  bat  be  is  sustained  in  his  assumptions  by  the  strongly- 
IMfied  dsDOninational  institutions  to  which  he  personally  adheres. 
—Aad  there  is  the  meek  and  lowly  reformer,  who  feels  the  moral  con- 
\  of  hia  nature,  and  claims  an  atmosphere  of  light  and  liberty 

2 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


18  THE  PRIN0IPLK8   OF  NATtTRE. 

to  express  them — and  hi^  voice  is  hushed ;  his  influence  is  arrested 
by  private  and  public  denunciation !  And  is  this  free  thought  ?  If 
truth  exists,  why  is  it  closed  to  all  examinations  of  a  free  mind  1  If 
truth  one  possesses,  why  should  he  be  afraid  of  investigation?  If 
one  has  found  truth,  why  should  he  not  be  permitted  to  manifest  it  to 
the  world  ?  If  an  interest  should  be  taken  in  truth,  which  is  more 
powerful  than  any  motive  of  selfishness,  why  not  take  hold  and  assist 
every  new  reformer  1  If  knowledge  is  desirable,  why  not  let  it  be- 
come universal  ?  If  this  generation  is  now  open  to  free  inquiry,  why 
does  it  not  receive  the  truths  which  are  obscurely  yet  daily  mani- 
fested ? 

And  here  a  former  declaration  may  be  repeated :  That  anything 
which  tends  to  oppose  or  in  any  way  to  retard  the  progress  of  the 
highest  and  holiest  principle  of  man,  which  is  Reason^  carries^  hy  such 
opposition^  vnUmoU  conviction  to  every  person  of  capacity  wnd  in- 
telligence that  it  is  erroneous  omd  very  imperfect. 


§  5.  To  further  view  and  contemplate  the  causes  that  have  pre- 
vented the  progress  of  knowledge  and  morality,  it  is  necessary  again 
to  reflect  upon  the  dark  and  deplorable  picture  of  man^s  primitive 
history.  Kingdoms  warred  against  kingdoms;  and  nations  were 
persecuted,  divided,  and  destroyed.  From  the  ruins  of  each,  new 
kingdoms  and  nations  have  been  formed,  each  holding  its  respective 
and  exclusive  rights.  Each  has  founded  barbarous  and  sectarian 
institutions,  and  established  standards,  marking  and  limiting  the  ex- 
tent of  thought.  And  those  who  have  dared  to  go  beyond  the  boun- 
dary marked  out  by  their  spiritual  shepherds,  have  been  tortured  and 
put  to  death  under  the  sanction  of  the  nation  or  the  church.  Horri- 
ble and  dreadful  machines  have  been  invented  to  compel  men  to 
believe  that  which  was  sanctioned  by  public  opinion ;  and  they  were 
thus  forced  to  bow  physicaUy^  but  not  mentally.  They  might  be 
compelled  to  bend  the  lody  in  humble  submission  to  these  inhuman 
tortures,  yet  the  mind  could  not  be  made  to  waver  or  change.  Pris- 
ons were  erected  to  confine  within  their  walls  the  depressed  and 
afflicted  who  claimed  the  right  of  free  thought  and  expression.  Asy- 
lums and  hospitals  were  erected  to  contain  the  emaciated  and  insane^ 
made  so  by  existing  institutions ;  and  there  men  were  compelled  to 
linger  out  a  long  and  wearisome  existence.    There  they  were  chained 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUKE.  19 

md  plunged  into  unmingled  and  unimaginable  gloom  !  No  combi- 
nation  of  figures  would  be  adequate  to  express  the  number  of  prayers 
that  haye  been  ofiered  for  their  physical  dissolution.  Others,  again, 
would  kneel  in  faith  and  submission  to  these  tyrannical  institutions — 
with  their  eyes  closed  and  their  minds  circumscribed  to  the  narrow 
and  contracted  circle  which  was  well  marked  out  and  defined  by 
their  leaders.  Revolutions  and  rebellions  against  kings  and  king. 
doms,  sects  and  institutions,  caused  an  incalculable  amount  of  life 
and  property  to  be  sacrificed :  for  when  man  could  no  longer  endure 
his  unfortunate  condition,  his  mental  and  physical  energies  would  be 
aroused  to  one  vast  rebellion  against  its  causes ;  and  thus,  from  time 
to  time  have  been  conquered  and  subdued  the  inexorable  laws  and 
mstitutions  of  the  kingdoms. 

The  guillotine  was  no  less  an  invention  to  destroy  man  and  prevent 
crime,  than  the  modem  gallows.  It  was  then  thought  to  be  a  medi- 
um of  great  good  in  promoting  the  morals  of  the  world ;  but  it  is  now 
considered  as  a  relic  of  the  ignorance  and  degradation  of  former  gen- 
erations. It  still  stands  as  an  engine  of  destruction — as  do  also 
prisons  and  asylums  as  receptacles  for  deranged  and  insane  beings. 
These  are  supported  by  the  laws  of  the  nations — and  are  all  founded 
upon  the  evils  arising  out  of  misconceptions  of  human  rights  and  of 
the  laws  of  Nature. 

Free  bstitutions  {so  collect^  for  the  general  diffusion  of  science 
and  knowledge,  are  sustained  and  sanctioned  by  the  nation  and  the 
dmrch,  which  claim  the  exclusive  right  and  privilege  to  enforce  their 
own  doctrines  and  opinions,  and  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  any 
new  ones.  It  would  be  well,  however,  for  the  world  to  solve  and 
pre  answers  to  the  following  questions :  Are  there  not  existing  in 
•ome  instances,  innumerable  opinions  relative  to  one  particular  science? 
Are  there  not  a  great  number  of  physicians  whoso  theory  and  prac- 
tice are  in  direct  opposition  ?  Can  there  be  more  than  one  true  re- 
ligkn!  Is  there  not  one  foundation  for  each  science?  Must  there 
not  be  ono  true  and  universal  medical  theory  and  practice  ?  These 
•re  not  all  true ;  but  which  is  ? 

The  progress  of  light  and  knowledge  in  the  world  will  develop 
the  tme  relation  between  nature  and  science  and  science  and  Man. 
Mma's  course  is  onward.  Thought  is  like  a  great  ocean  whose  tide 
is  eootinuany  rising,  but  unlike  the  waters  of  earth,  it  will  not  again 
ebb.  Truth  is  ono  vast  Mountain,  lifting  its  head  with  exalted  dig- 
wktj.  It  stands  unmoved,  and  will  not  bow  to  the  caprices  of  man ; 
Tvi  nan  will  progress  until  he  reaches  its  very  heights.    Ignorance 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


20  THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATUBE. 

and  error  can  not  remove  its  foundation,  nor  prevent  the  progress  of 
mental  and  moral  attainment.  Xerxes^  marching  with  bis  mighty 
army  to  invade  OreecO)  and  being  obstructed  in  his  progress  by  the 
lofty  Mount  Athos — with  the  assumed  pomp  of  ignorance  and  self- 
sufficiency,  and  feeling  that  he  possessed  all  power,  raised  his  hand 
and  commanded  it  in  imperious  tones  to  give  way  and  let  him  pass. 
He  threatened  its  destruction  if  it  did  not  quail  at  his  voice :  but 
finding  it  would  not  move,  he  commenced  the  tiresome  work  of  per- 
forating his  way  through  it.  But  large  and  massive  rocks  obstructed 
his  progress.  And  then  his  mighty  bridge  over  the  Hellespont  became 
broken  in  pieces  and  destroyed.  On  seeing  this,  he  commanded 
that  by  large  stones  and  chains,  the  waves  should  be  bound  and  re- 
pressed. But  the  waters  heeded  him  not ;  but  with  a  steady  and  * 
fearless  progress,  ebbed  and  flowed  as  in  derision  of  his  fe>3ble  and 
prostrate  powers.  And  so  with  the  ocean  of  moral  and  int<»llectual 
progress.  Urged  by  the  great  impetus,  the  love  of  truth,  it  will  flow 
on  until  it  subdues  and  overflows  all  that  is  of  an  opposite  natrure,  and 
the  world  will  be  cleansed  and  renovated,  and  man  will  stand  in  the 
brightness  and  beauty  of  his  nature.  Then  there  will  be  diffused 
from  this  great  source,  a  universal  good,  as  constitutmg  one  Principle, 
one  universal  thought  and  action,  one  grand  and  lofty  aspiration  for 
perfection.  Then  all  will  compose  one  Body — whose  organs  will 
reciprocally  assist  and  promote  the  good  of  each  other.  And  there 
will  be  no  absorbents,  no  excrescences,  no  superfluous  or  imperfect 
parts.  There  will  not  be  any  individual  or  general  wretchedness  or 
distress  ;  but  all  will  act  on  the  principles  of  their  nature,  as  these 
will  be  set  forth  in  the  following  Revelation. 


§  6.  The  object  of  the  foregoing  has  been  to  exhibit  to  the  mind 
the  past  and  present  condition  of  the  world  as  viewed  in  its  intellect- 
ual and  moral  aspects ;  to  show  that  the  privilege  of  unrestrained 
investigation  is  yet  limited,  and  to  notice  specifically  the  causes  of 
mental  restriction.  It  has  been  the  object  to  make  these  causes  plain 
to  the  understanding,  by  viewing  retrospectively  the  condition  of  gen- 
erations past— and  to  prove  all  things,  and  retain  that  only  which  is 
just  and  good.  It  is  thus  perceived  that  ignora/noe  has  been  the 
cause  of  all  the  distress,  vice,  misery,  and  wretchedness  that  have 
prevailed.  And  the  existing  cause  of  this  ignorance  is  individual, 
local,  and  national  ^^*t^ice^-^losing  men's  minds  and  their  insti- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  FBINCIPLiee  OP  NATUKE.  21 

tationA  against  any  new  reyealments  of  truth.  Ecclesiastical  bodies 
kaTe  oontribated  most  to  this  state  of  things.  Any  progression,  or 
the  rerealment  of  any  new  truths,  in  theological  matters,  has  been 
diaooontenanoed  -and  treated  with  intolerance.  They  have  taught, 
and  do  still  teach,  that  such  is  impious  and  sinful.  The  consequence 
has  been  the  establishment  of  the  most  confirmed  and  deeply-rooted 
prejudices.  Hence  men  who  have  progressed  in  knowledge,  and 
hate  offered  their  attainments  to  the  world,  have  been  repelled  by 
ttroDgly.fortified  prejudices,  iind  have  been  classed  either  with  mys- 
tics or  skeptics.  And  many  indeed  have  become  skeptics  from  such 
causes.  But  bemg  free  from  the  conventionalisms  of  the  world,  they 
kafe  freely  examined  all  phenomena  and  manifestations  external, 
and  by  these  means  have  arrived  unbiased  at  truths,  and  have 
embraced  them  for  their  own  sake.  Such  persons  have  a  high  sense 
of  honor,  justice,  and  conscientiousness,  and  do  good  for  the  love 
Aereof. 

Aikd  is  this  the  nineteenth  century  1  And  has  ignorance  so  pre- 
rmiled  that  the  spiritual  and  internal  principle  of  man  has  become 
hidden  and  obscured  ?  And  is  this  an  ^e  in  which  such  a  principle 
•bould  be  doubted  ?  Seven  times  have  I  been  requested  to  explam 
the  nature  and  composition  of  Spirit.  What  an  age  to  ask  such  a 
qucstioQ !  But  this  has  been  propounded  by  men  of  free  and  ex- 
paasiTe  minds,  willing  to  receive  truth  if  evidently  manifested,  but 
who  would  not  and  could  not  believe  unless  a  cause  was  shown  ade- 
quate to  produce  the  effect  to  be  believed.  This  skepticism  is  honest; 
this  hooesty  is  virtue ;  this  virtue  is  the  principle  which  should  gov- 
ern man  in  all  his  mental  and  moral  actions. 

But  I  have  frequently  been  in  connexion  with  persons  whom  I 
have  found  to  be  dishonest  skeptics,  and  who  concealed  the  same  by 
wearing  a  fashionable  cloak  of  hypocrisy.  From  these  I  expect 
criticisms,  reriews,  and  obstruction.  From  these  will  be  noticed  the 
greacevt  manifestations  of  fear  of  deception  and  imposition.  These 
win  decry,  retard,  and  oppose ;  and  to  these  I  have  nothing  to  offer. 
But  to  the  honest  inquirer  after  truth,  this  Revelation  is  submitted, 
that  by  it  he  may  become  convinced  of,  and  familiar  with,  the  im- 
flintahle  laws  which  govern  Nature  and  man.  And  to  him  I  would 
say,  ^  Follow  me  through  this  investigation,  and  then  decide  for  or 
sgainat  the  conclusions  arrived  at,  according  to  the  preponderance  of 
fridcQce  which  you  receive."  And  it  is  the  duty  and  interest  of  the 
world  to  subject  these  developments  to  investigation ;  and  such  is  the 
pentire  and  fearless  demand  of  the  subject.     And  by  revealing  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


22  THE  PKINCrPLES  OF  NATUKE. 

making  plain  to  man,  through  his  organization,  or  senses,  the  teach- 
ings of  Natnre,  and  the  true  principles  of  reasoning  from  cause  to 
effect,  the  race  may  be  elevated,  united,  and  rendered  happy. 


§  7.  Outward  searching  after  truth,  and  inductions  drawn  from  the 
appearances  of  substances  external,  has  been  thought  the  only  process 
by  which  man  can  demonstrate  tangible  realities.  Men  generally 
proceed  in  this  way  to  become  convinced  of  the  reality  of  things — 
are  satisfied  only  in  proportion  as  evidence  appeals  to  their  senses, 
respecting  forms  visible,  and  consider  this  as  the  only  test  of  truth 
and  reality.  Such  men  found  their  belief  or  disbelief  in  the  evi- 
dences of  their  senses^  making  the  outward  passive,  and  the  inward 
active.  Objects  and  manifestations  observed,  they  take  as  the  test 
of  truth :  things  which  are  invisible  and  imperceptible,  they  either 
doubt,  or  arrive  at  the  conclusion  that  their  existence  is  imaginative 
and  visionary.  Hence  men  have  expended  much  talent  in  forming 
theories  founded  on  visible  facts  and  appearances ;  and  probably  the 
following  generation  will  experience  and  witness  phenomena  relative 
to  this  science,*  which  will  be  in  direct  contradiction  of  the  theories 
received. 

Theories  founded  on  facts  visible,  men  have  labored  to  reduce  to 
science.  Believing  that  the  fact  which  existed  was  attributable  to 
some  cause  invisible,  search  has  been  made,  and  the  real  cause  evi- 
dently demonstrated.  From  this  men  have  reasoned  to  the  effect^ 
which  was  visible  and  manifest.  This  reasoning  is  the  true  reason- 
ing— proving  visible  effects  by  imperceptible  and  invisible  causes. 
Sciences  have  been  founded  upon  this  ground,  which  can  not  be  over- 
thrown :  that  is,  their  causes  are  true,  and  their  effects  are  true,  and 
to  be  depended  upon  as  a  general  rule.  But  those  who  might  expect 
their  effects  to  manifest  themselves  to  the  senses  as  uncha/ngeahle^ 
would  inevitably  be  mistaken  as  respects  ihm  jparticvZara  and  minu- 
tiw.  There  are  such  things  as  general  causes  to  produce  general 
effects:  but  there  is  not  such  a  thing  as'a  general  cause  manifesting 
invariably  both  general  and  minute  effects,  particularly  when  these 
effects  are  looked  for  or  expected  informs. 

Upon  Many  for  instance,  many  useful  and  correct  sciences  have 

•  Magnetism. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBINOIPLBB  OV  VATUBJL  33 

bam  esUblished.  Man  has  iritnesaed  corporeal  ph^Bomena  as  pro- 
ceeding from  his  organism,  and  presenting  many  varied  and  myste- 
rkms  manifestations.  Upon  his  form  has  been  established  the  sci- 
ence of  Anatomy.  Theories  and  books  have  been  given  to  the  world 
almost  withont  number,  giving  extensive  and  minute  delineations  of 
his  anatomical  structure*  Many  of  these  have  been  received  as  true 
in  all  their  descriptions  of  the  generals  and  particulars  of  the  structure 
of  man.  It  is  generally  supposed  that  the  extensive  study  vrhich 
has  been  employed  on  the  science  of  Anatomy,  prohibits  even  a  pos- 
sibility of  its  being  in  any  particular  erroneous  or  misunderstood. 
PracUod  has  been  established ;  and  this  science  has  been  a  chart  and 
directory  to  the  practitioner.  But  every  practitioner  will  give  in  his 
experience  as  differing  from  that  of  others,  in  many  particulars.  All 
depend  opon  the  structure  of  the  human  system,  which  they  have 
fiDond  invariably  the  same ;  but  in  the  minutisa  of  practice,  they  differ 
exceedingly  Thus  the  foundation  of  practice  (or  the  theory  of  the 
anAtomy  of  the  human  system)  is  proved  to  be  invariably  true  by  the 
mited  experience  and  observation  of  all  men  ;  but  the  rm/nv^uB  and 
forticulan  have  been  found  irregular  in  tiieir  manifestations.  And 
du8  proves  ^bM% partioular»y  as  looked  for  through  the  medium  of  tiie 
external  senses,  are  not  to  be  depended  up<m. 

The  science  of  Physiok)gy  has  also  been  proved  in  generals,  uut 
aoi  in  particulars.  The  science  of  Phrenolqgy  has  been  proved  de- 
BODstratively  to  every  erudite  man  of  science,  and  is  admitted  to  be 
tme  as  regards  iXsfoundoHon  and  general  phenomena.  It  compre- 
hends the  structure  of  the  organ  of  the  miijd,  including  its  undula- 
tions and  developments  as  indicated  on  the  external  surface  of  the 
cnaiunu  And  practitioners  in  this  science  know  its  truth  by  its 
fliany  manifestations  in  shape,  sise,  and  general  appearances.  These 
held  good  as  general  indications ;  but  when  their  pa/rticxilar  and 
MMu^  effects  are  looked  for,  there  will  be  observed  extreme  vari- 
ances. Thus  this  science  is  true  in  its  generaisj  and  is  to  be  invari- 
ably relied  npon ;  but  its  minutiae  vary  greatiy  in  their  manifesta- 
AU  sciences  relative  to  man  and  his  physical  and  mental 
ion,  are  truthful  and  to  be  relied  on,  as  is  demonstrated  by 
tlw  general  and  united  experience  of  all  mankind.  But  the  ulti- 
■MUea  and  minutiffi  are  changeable — the  anatomical,  physiological, 
wmd  phrenological  constitution  of  man,  being  the  bases  on  which 
thcM  sciences  are  founded.  And  ^e4^  and  ultimate  minutisd  are 
aleo  Jbeefxed  di£Eerently  by  every  person,  even  when  they  a/re  in* 
nrmbla. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


24  THB  PBIN0XPLB8  OF  NATUBE. 

Thus  man,  making  the  external  the  test  of  truth  and  reality, 
becomes  invariably  and  inevitably  deceived.  Reasoning  from  cause 
to  effect,  is  the  only  sure  guide  to  truth;  and  then  analogy  and 
association  may  follow,  as  carrying  direct  evidence  to  the  mind  of 
that  which  is  beyond  the  reach  of  the  senses.  If  external  and  visi- 
ble appearances  are  the  correct  test  of  truth  and  reality,  whence  the 
innumerable  theories  that  are  presented  in  explanation  of  any  one  of 
the  sciences?  All  agree  indisputably  as  to  the  foundation  and 
causey  but  each  widely  differs  from  others  in  accounting  for  the 
various  eff'ecta  and  numifestaUons.  Is  not  this  conclusive  evidence 
against  making  external  appearances  the  test  of  poritive  and  absolute 
truth  and  reality. 

For  illustration :  Suppose  you  cast  your  eyes  upon  a  beautiful 
fruit.  It  is  pleasing  and  enticing  to  the  eye ;  it  is  grateful  to  the 
palate;  it  is  pleasing  in  its  action  upon  the  taste  and  stomach.  You 
8anjo  it :  that  convinced  you  of  its  reality.  But  had  you  any  evidence 
of  its  minuticB  and  effects  t  The  general  was  known :  the  partimUw 
was  not  known ;  for  in  a  few  hours,  in  a  given  instance,  this  same 
fruit  works  out  a  most  deleterious  and  destructive  effect.  What  evi- 
dence then  had  you  of  the  real  reality,  by  knowing  that  the  fruit  did 
exist  by  the  evidence  of  vision? 

But  in  all  psychological  research  and  investigation,  the  external  and 
mamnfest  have  been  made  the  test  of  imoard  reality.  Reasoning  from 
effects,  in  a  retrograde  manner,  men  have  arrived  at  non-entity,  and 
become  confirmed  in  a  disbelief  of  anything  beyond  what  the  senses 
will  recognize  as  existing.  Are  you  not  convinced  by  the  fluctuating 
nature  of  things  external,  temporal,  and  transient,  and  which  are  fleet- 
ing and  evanescent  as  the  leaves  of  the  trees,  that  these  are  mere 
effects^  and  not  realities  f — that  the  real  or  ooMe  is  invisible^  and  the 
effect  is  a  mere  transient  expression  f  For  matter  and  form  can  not 
be  depended  upon  as  producing  the  same  and  unchangeable  appear- 
ances. For  there  is  a  perpetual  exhalation  and  inhalation  going  on 
throughout  all  Nature  imperceptibly — a  steady  flux  and  reflux  of 
matter,  daily,  hourly,  and  secondly,  as  cJumgmg  forms  and  appear- 
ances. Are  you  not  convinced  that  tiie  cwases  of  this  oontinual 
changing  throughout  all  Nature  are  inmsiMey  not  to  be  heard  or  seen^ 
yet  nevertheless  actual  and  real?  From  this  you  will  learn  to  make 
the  test  of  truth  the  amount  of  evidence  you  receive  th/raugh  the  or- 
ganization, and  not  that  originating  m  the  organization.  Make  tiie 
body,  tiie  organs,  the  medmm  through  which  you  test  reality. 
Be  passive  in  the  inward ;  active  on  the  outward.    The  outward  is 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBIKC1PLI8  OF  HATUBB.  25 

ta  instnuDont,  an  agent,  a  mediam  through  irhich  may  be  tested 
tUagt  aztenml* 


\  8.  That  my  meaning  may  be  more  distinctly  comprehended,  let 
it  be  obeerred  that  the  iody  is  hfarm,  is  transient^  is  changeciMe  : 
the  ifdemci  is  no^  changeable*  The  mem  is  the  mtemdl:  the  (ffect 
orform  is  esotemal.  The  mind  is  not  acted  npon  by,  but  acts  on,  the 
body.  That  which  is  internal  is  the  TeaUty  :  that  which  it  acts  on 
is  raible  and  nuMrtal.  And  all  appearances  foreign  are  composed 
of  the  tame  mortal  ingredients — ^mortal  in  tiie  restricted  sense  of  that 
tenn. 

Now  it  being  proved  that  the  visible  is  not  the  real,  but  that  the 
imrisible  is  the  eternal,  it  follows  that  yon  must  make  the  test  Of  truth 
to  consist  in  an  imperceptible,  yet  unchangeable  and  eternal  principle. 
Admitting  this  much,  you  are  able  to  advance  one  step  further  in  the 
eognixaaee  of  probable  poasibilitiet.  Effects  are  witnessed :  they  are 
traced  to  an  immediate  cause,  which  is  demonstrated  by  strict  and 
•evere  analysis.  This  cause  producing  this  effect,  shows  you  that 
die  efltfct  is  not  mtAout  a  cause.  This  effect  produces  another,  and 
diat  also  another;  and  so  by  analogy  you  may  see  that  there  is  an 
endless  and  incalculable  amount  of  causes  and  effects.  And  tracing 
eflects  to  causes,  and  causes  to  effects,  is  the  correct  process  of  rea- 
aooing :  and  this  you  do  in  your  imagmation  until  you  arrive  at  a 
chaos  of  existence, — then  stop  breathless  and  return  to  ask.  What 
was  the  cause  of  Uie  Jlr$t  cause  1  You  would  not  have  gone  upon 
these  trackless  peregrinations,  if  you  had  but  considered  all  forms  and 
externals  as  not  oaueesy  but  efects.  In  process  of  tiiis  Key  to  the 
BereSattOD  whioh  is  to  follow,  you  will  receive  still  further  evidence 
&eedy  in  favor  of  this  form  of  reasonbg. 

I  win  bere  indicate  the  order  of  reasoning  and  investigation  to  be 
First,  we  are  to  commence  at  the  First  Cause,  and  trace 
\  to  their  eflects,  until  we  reach  the  htiman  body,  which  is  an 
nhiflwle  efeot  of  the  Great  Cause.  To  prev^t  this  train  of  remark 
from  bong  considered  as  based  upon  senseless  hypothesis,  we  will 
also  trace  the  ultimate  effect  through  cause  and  effect,  until  we  arrive 
at  the  nrst  Cause.  Approaching  with  deep  reverence  the  First 
Cisue*  we  will  commence  at  the  Great  Head  of  all  existence,  and 
Ukroogh  the  formation  and  operation  of  all  spheres  celestial,  trace  the 
duin  of  existeaoe  to  the  terrestrial,  and  until  we  arrive  at  the  last 
cSacty  or  the  altimate,— considering  it  to  be  an  etornity  which  pro- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ  IC 


26  THE  PBQiCIFLBS  OF  NATUBB. 

duces  and  reproduces  spheres,  existences,  and  forms,  until  there  is  an 
infinite  expansion  of  ultimates.  And  this  process  will  be  understood 
by  the  following  familiar  illustration :  The  germ,  roots,  body,  branches, 
limbs,  buds,  blossoms,  heauty.  Or  this :  Water,  steam,  ether,  imma- 
terial.  Or ;  Fall,  winter,  spring,  and  summer  in  its  brightness  and 
beauty:  The  great  train  of  investigation  which  is  soon  to  follow,  is 
based  upon  the  principles  of  reasoning  which  have  been  laid  down 
and  illustrated. 

And  conceive  of  a  germ  being  hidden  beneath  the  surface  of  this 
hard  earth.  Imagine  that  you  forget  its  existence.  Let  a  few  years 
of  time  elapse,  and  then  cast  your  eyes  to  the  spot  where  it  was  con- 
cealed, and  you  see  a  lofty  and  beautiful  tree,  standing  in  all  the 
majesty  and  dignity  of  its  nature.  And  would  it  not  be  as  absurd 
and  impossible  to  disbelieve  the  exuftencey  as  it  would  be  to  doubt  for 
one  moment  the  germ  which  has  produced  this  existence  1  The  tree 
stands,  and  is  visible  as  an  ultimate ,  man  stands,  and  he  is  also  an 
ultimate.  The  germ  of  the  tree,  you  knew  of  its  existence ;  but  the 
germ  of  the  world,  you  do  not  know  of  its  existence.  But  is  it  not 
evident  that  the  latter  is  at  least  possible,  since  the  first  is  known 
and  demonstrated?  By  even  assenting  to, such  a  possibility,  you 
have  become  prepared  to  take  one  more  careful  step  in  this  in- 
vestigation. 

By  the  next  careful  step  which  is  to  be  taken,  is  meant  the  admis- 
sion of  the  process  here  indicated,  as  being  the  only  correct  mode  of 
reasoning.  But  before  this  step  is  taken,  it  becomes  highly  neces- 
sary to  illustrate  still  further  the  truthfulness  of  this  rule,  tracing  syn- 
thetically visible  efiects  to  their  causes,  and  analytically  causes  to  their 
efiects.  The  transition  from  the  usual  mode  of  reasonbg  to  this, 
would  be  too  sudden  for  the  mind  to  receive,  without  its  being  made 
still  more  plain  by  reasons  deduced  from  general  truths,  as  they  are 
indisputably  and  extensively  known  to  exist.  Illustrations  and  repre- 
sentations which  have  been  made  are  direct,  but  too  comprehensive 
to  be  familiarly  understood,  in  proof  that  things  which  are  visible  and 
external,  are  only  tangible  efiects  and  ultimates  of  causes  invisible. 
The  following  is  to  make  still  more  plain  the  reason  of  this  rea- 
soning : — 

All  things  external,  in  forms,  series,  and  degrees,*  appear  to  difier- 
ent  persons  to  present  different  manifestations.  Suppose  a  man  dis- 
eased :  physicians  examine  his  case,  guided  both  by  the  physiological 

•  What  is  meant  by  *«  forms,  scries,  and  degrees,"  is  the  nnfoldings  of  the  yarioos 
and  saooessire  stages  or  kingdoms  of  creation,  as  the  sequel  will  Ulostrate. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBINCIPLEB  OF  NATURE.  27 

iBAiiifestatioDS  of  the  disease,  and  by  the  feelings  which  the  disease 
prodaee«,  which  are  not  perceptible  to  them  by  any  process  of  exter- 
baI  obserration.  The  patient  communicates  his  own  feelings,  the 
physicians  taking  these  for  granted ;  and  from  these,  together  with 
the  symptoms  numifestj  they  decide  upon  the  name  of  the  disease. 
Each  of  Uiese  physicians,  from  the  evidence  which  he  has  received 
tbroogh  the  senses,  differs  from  the  others  as  to  the  character  of  the 
disease.  Have  you  not  here  proof  that  the  extamal  and  manifest  is 
the  ffed  and  can  not  be  relied  on,  while  the  c(mee  is  hidden  1 — And 
you  do  not  possess  any  means  by  which  you  can  mvesUgate  its 
came. 

Again  :  A  man  has  a  canons  tooth :  he  tells  you  he  experiences  a 
•erere  pain ;  bat  you  doubt  his  word,  and  ask  for  proof.  He  points 
yoa  to  the  tooth,  which  is  the  object  tangible.  Bat  does  the  evidence 
of  which  your  senses  admit,  convince  you  that  he  has  a  pain  ?  The 
tooth  is  the  external,  the  ultimate :  the  pain  is  the  invisible,  but 
reality.  In  both  of  the  above  cases,  are  you  not  internally  convinced 
that  you  moat  adopt  some  other  process  of  reasoning  and  investiga* 
tion  to  find  the  true  cause  of  the  objects  manifested!  Conclusions 
^wn  from  things  visible,  which  are  effects  and  ultimates,  can  not  be 
10  reliable  as  inferences  drawn  from  internal  causes  a6  to  their  legiti- 
mate effiects. 

One  more  illustetion :  You  have  a  foundation  of  belief  which  you 
call  the  evidence  of  your  senses,  and  which  you  implicitly  rely  on 
as  proving  truth  and  reality.  But  notwithstanding  the  evidence  which 
yon  may  receive  through  the  senses,  particularly  that  of  vision,  the 
following  iDostration  will  enable  you  to  conceive  of  the  possibility  of 
internal  truths ;  The  whole  world  of  mankind  can  ^ve  in  their  uni- 
ted testimonies  that  they  positively  and  absolutely  see  the  sun  rising 
in  the  east,  and  settmg  in  the  west.  Is  there  not  internal  evidence 
that  the  external  and  manifest  of  this  is  positively  unreal  1  Tmoard 
•carching  after  truth  has  established  the  ccmee  of  this  phenomenon, 
aad  proved  that  the  sun  does  not  move.  But  it  is  the  viaiUe  and  ex- 
temal  that  you  are  deceived  by,  and  not  the  invisible,  which  is  the 
realitj.  Troe  philosophy  embraces  both  of  these  processes  of  rea- 
soniDg— syntheticaUy  from  effect  to  cause,  and  analytically  from  cause 
to  eieci.  The  philosopher  who  pursues  only  one  of  these  processes, 
is  Dot  a  philosopher ;  but  he  who  adopts  both,  is  a  true  philosopher, 
and  has  troe  philosophy.  Admitting  this  as  the  true  course,  yon  bo- 
sons a  j«asoner  from  internal  realities  to  external,  visible  effects. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  FBIN0IPLE8  OF  KATUHE. 


§  9,  And  now  free  your  minds  from  all  things  present,  and  retro- 
spectively view  the  past:  Have  you  not  times  innumerable  been  per- 
fectly deceived  by  visible  manifestations  ?  Has  not  appearance  often 
been  in  direct  opposition  to  the  reality  1  Has  not  the  appearance  of 
a  person  deceived  you  when  you  least  supposed  it  possible  ?  Have 
not  the  particulars — the  minutiae  of  everything  familiar  to  your 
senses,  irregularly  presented  different  and  opposite  manifestations? 
Have  you  not  been  mistaken  almost  as  often  as  you  have  relied  on 
this  as  a  mode  of  receiving  truth  ?  Desponding  on  the  deceptions 
caused  by  a  reliance  upon  things  external  and  manifest,  has  not  the 
whole  become  repulsive  to  many  minds,  and  have  they  not  doubted 
appearances  and  totally  disbelieved  invisibles  ?  If  so,  how  inexpres- 
sible should  be  man's  delight  to  know  that  that  is  not  real  which  is 
visiUef  A  person  may  have  a  passion  or  an  emotion ;  he  may  have 
sentiments  and  thoughts  which  are  not  known  to  exist  by  any  other 
person ;  for  a  thought  is  invisible.  The  only  process  by  which  the 
world  may  become  convinced  of  its  existence,  is  its  manifestation  on 
the  body — the  external  being  the  effect  or  ultimate ;  the  cause  inter- 
nal and  real. 

So  with  every  form  and  manifestation,  tangible  and  external. 
You  see  light:  you  are  thus  convinced  by  the  evidence  of  vision  that 
that  light  ^ists.  It  may  proceed  from  various  states  of  matter,  from 
fire,  of  »^|ftidle.  But  does  the  sight  of  it  convince  you  as  to  the  na- 
ture of  its  source  ?  If  you  had  not  the  conviction  previously  that  it 
would  bum,  then  by  presenting  any  part  of  the  body  in  connexion 
with  it,  you  would  find  the  reality  oijwe:  but  of  this  you  would  know 
nothing  until  it  was  proved  by  a  different  process  from  that  of  external 
and  tangible  manifestations.  This  presents  evidence  conclusive  that 
the  internal  is  the  comm  and  reality  /  the  external,  the  effect  and  ulti- 
mate. Why  judge  ye  not  yourselves  of  the  right?  External  repre- 
sentations have  been  too  much  relied  on  as  proof  of  reality.  The 
outside  of  the  platter  was  clean  ;  but  the  inside — the  imnsible — was 
full  of  extortion  and  excess.  Arriving  at  these  truths  (which  will  be 
universally  acknowledged),  have  you  not  seen  sufficient  reason  not  to 
pursue  this  course  any  longer? 

It  is  now  clearly  seen  and  proved  that  the  things  which  constitute 
oavsea  are  iiwisible^  and  that  their  effects  are  manifested  in  all  forms 
external.  Hence  the  latter  can  not  be  recMties  ;  for  such  a  suppo^ 
sition  would  involve  a  self-inconsistency. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBZH0IFUB8  OF  NATUB&  29 

Tbe  process  of  reasoning  thus  to  be  adopted,  is  based  on  an  inte- 
gral Tiew  of  the  universe.  And  by  restmg  on  positiye,  and  not  on 
psrtieiilar— depending  on  general  and  not  on  minutiad  in  external 
mnifestations,  your  expectations-  will  be  realized  in  the  general 
maiufiestatkms.  Associating  caose  and  effect  witii  analogy  and  cor- 
respondence, obserring  forms,  series,  d^ees,  associations,  and 
spheres,  is  to  be  the  method  by  which  their  future  condition  will  be 
sbowB  10  be  in  analogy  with  thbgs  which  are  here  visible.  But  this 
»  noi  to  be  commenced  until  the  careful  step  is  taken :  and  that  is 
to  pro90  the  vieMe  by  the  invistUe.  And  the  foundation  of  true 
reMCNUDg  bang  established,  it  brings  with  it  irresistibly  the  convic- 
tian  of  this  state,*  which  yoo  are  to  have  evidenUy  demonstrated  to 
yomelf  intemaL  Proof  of  this  state,  and  of  the  source  from  which 
I  received  these  impressions,  must  be  made  apparent  and  conspicuous 
Were  you  feel  yourself  constrained  to  admit  the  cont^ts  of  tiie  fol- 
lovmg  Rerdfttion.  In  order  that  the  real  foundation  of  my  impres- 
aans  may  be  established,  it  is  necessary  to  first  explain  the  admitted 
monce  known  as  Animal  MoffneUam — upon  which  I  will  proceed 
l»  explain  thic  state,  of  the  real  importance  of  which  you  receive 
€BiermaUy  but  little  evidence. 

To  comprehend  a  subject  so  vast  and  extensive  as  that  of  animal 
or  baman  magnetism,  and  to  famiiiariie  the  mind  with  its  various 
and  mysterious  phenomena,  with  the  main  features  of  its  manifesta* 
tioQ,  and  with  tiie  grounds  upon  which  it  rests,  it  becomes  highly 
BseeMary  to  make  illustrations  relative  to  the  proofs  to  be  intro- 
duced. A  man  mtending  to  journey  to  some  foreign  country,  would, 
if  a  jm<ficioos  traveller,  familiarise  himself  with  the  geography  of  it, 
and  acquaint  himself  with  the  maps  and  charts  of  the  various  ways 
by  Mkwiag  which  he  mig^t  reach  the  place  of  his  destination. 
he  would  know  in  order  that  he  mij^t  not  misunderstand  the 
of,  and  means  of  proceeding  to,  the  place  where  he  intends 
to  terminate.  Of  the  existence  of  the  place  he  does  not  know  by  any 
£i«ct  evidence  tliroQgh  his  organisation,  but  of  this  he  is  convinced 
by  As  yrevioos  reports  ot  men,  and  by  the  uniform  admission  of  all. 
So  wUb  this  science :  its  foundation  and  basis  must  be  admitted  by 
the  evidences  of  previous  research  and  investigation,  instituted  by 
trvdite  men,  both  in  this  and  previous  generations.  But  the  many 
vsjs  which  lead  to  its  peculiar  phenomena,  it  is  proper  to  become 
f—Tiar  with,  in  order  to  arrive  at  its  Iqpltimate  attributes.  The  di- 
to  its  known  results  may  be  given  in  the  following  explana- 
•  Tbs  ■baorwa  ttats  la  wkiek  this  WM  dktaled. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


30  THE  PEmCIPLES  OF  NATUHB. 

tion ;  and  the  guide  to  the  paths  will  be  the  isolated  facts  presented 
in  the  remarks  upon  individual  and  universal  experience. 

The  foundation  of  this  science  can  not  be  doubted :  for  it  is  ad- 
mitted that  there  are  existing  two  fluids,  which  may  here  be  termed 
Magnetism  and  Electricity.  In  making  the  subject  familiar  to  the 
understanding,  it  is  proper  to  give  a  brief  description  of  the  organs 
of  sense. 

The  organ  of  vision  is  supposed  to  be  the  only  medium  by  which 
man  can  communicate  with  the  external  world,  in  such  a  way  as  to 
receive  a  knowledge  of  forms  and  substances  foreign  from  his  reach* 
The  retina  acts  as  a  medium  for  the  intervention  of  things  visible, 
the  reflection  of  which  it  comes  in  contact  with;  and  thence  the 
impression  goes  through  the  optic  nerve  to  the  brain  or  seat  of  per- 
ception. 

The  ear  is  supposed  to  be  the  only  medium  to  receive  the  vibration 
of  external  disturbances ;  and  it  is  thought  that  hearing  can  not  exist 
without  the  perfection  of  this  organ.  The  tympanum,  its  mem- 
brane, bones,  and  stapes,  are  thought  to  be  requisite  to  perform  this 
office.  But  physiologists  are  aware,  by  innumerable  experiments, 
that  the  tympanic  membrane  and  the  small  bones,  with  the  exception 
of  the  stapes,  may  be  totally  destroyed  without  materially  injuring 
that  sense.  Hence  there  must  be  a  different  medium  through  which 
that  sensation  may  be  produced. 

The  organ  of  rnieU  may  also  lose  some  of  its  parts,  and  still  per- 
form its  office.  The  various  convoluted  parts  of  the  nasal  organ  are 
not  developed  until  the  child  is  quite  advanced ;  still  the  sensation 
of  this  organ  is  apparently  manifested  in  the  earlier  stages  of  its  de- 
velopment. 

The  organ  of  speech  also  can  exist  without  eo&ry  part  of  its  pres- 
ent  structure.  The  lingual  nerve  may  be  severed ;  yet  there  will  be 
existing  muscular  action  of  the  tongue,  and  a  continual  performance 
of  its  office. 

The  sense  o{  feding  maybe  partially  destroyed,  from  some,  ex- 
temal  and  incidental  connexion,  such  as  may  partially  paralyze  its 
action;  yet  there  will  be  still  existing  acute  sensitiveness  of  this 
sense. 


§  10.  Each  of  these  senses  may  and  does  perform  its  office  indi- 
rectly upon  the  mind,  without  any  direct  interference  or  connexion 
with  anything  external.     This  is  demonstrated  by  the  experience  of 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATURE.  31 

ertrj  person  during  the  hours  of  slumber.    It  is  generally  supposed 
that  thoughts  will  not  be  excited  upon  tangible  realities,  without  a 
direct  connexion'  between  the  organs  and  such' realities :  and  it  is 
also  supposed  that  the  nerves  of  sensation,  which  are  active  in  con- 
Tcying  all  the  organic  impressions  to  the  mind,  can  only  be  excited 
by  the  action  of  the  external  upon  them,  to  truismit  the  emotion 
necessary  to  generate  thought.    This  is  not  entirely  correct ; — ^and 
the  true  state  of  the  case  will  be  known  by  appeals  to  your  own  ex- 
perience during  your  normal  and  abnormal  existence.    Durmg  the 
boors  of  physical  repose,  while  the  parts  of  the  system  are  recruiting 
and  reproducing  new  strength  and  energy,  and  while  the  organs  of 
sense  are  closed  to  all  external  impressions,  the  mind,  free  from  all 
obtnuiTe  and  disturbing  influences,  makes  imaginative  excursions  to 
diftrent  places  and  contemplates  different  things  in  existence.     It 
supposes  it  sees  or  hears ;  while  sometimes  it  is  arrested  in  its  trav- 
eb  by  the  sound  of  beautiful  music,  or  by  various  pleasing  scenes 
which  it  appears  to  enjoy.     Sometimes  it  supposes  it  walks,  feels, 
tastes,  or  suffers  excruciating  pun.     It  also  appears  to  be  irresistibly 
in  many  places,  where  it  had  no  previous  desire  or  intention  to  be. 
Daring  all  of  these  peregrinations,  the  wave  of  sound,  the  reflection 
of  si^t,  the  susceptibility  of  feeling,  the  pleasure  of  tasting,  are  all 
supposed  to  be  enjoyed.     This  can  not  be  Spirit;  for  if  it  were,  it 
would  be  distinguished  by  the  perfection  of  all  its  qualifications 
daring  its  disconnected  state  from  the  body.     This  is  Mind^  con- 
nected with  the  body ;  and  the  impression  which  it  receives  through 
the  disturbed  condition  of  the  nerves  of  sensation.     This  proves 
that  there  is  an  inUmal  medium  of  sensation  by  which  the  mind 
enjoys  its  capacity  as  if  the  external  were  in  connexion  with  the 
world.     It  proves  also  Uiat  there  is  a  medium,  which  I  have  not  yet 
mowd,  existing  upon  these  nerves  of  sensation,  independent  both  of 
iatental  and  external  exciting  causes. 

Having  thus  established  the  existence  of  an  independent,  con- 
seioos  medium,  I  will  now  proceed  to  explain  its  existence.  And 
of  this  the  foundation  is  universally  known  and  admitted,  and  hence 
it  is  not  necessary  to  speak  particularly  m  reference  to  its  existence. 
This  fbondation  is  the  muscular  and  sympathetic  nerves.  A  synop- 
sis of  die  theory  is  as  follows :  Man  possesses  two  coatings,  which 
are  cbasified  as  the  9erouB  and  muccms  9wrfaoe%.  The  jarow  covers 
each  organ,  nerve,  and  fascia  of  the  muscles,  including  the  whole  of 
their  surfaces.  The  mucous  surfaces  constitute  the  inner  of  every 
organ,  nerve,  and  muscle.    The  serous  surfaces  and  mucous  generate 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


32  THE  PBIKOIFLES  OF  NATUBE. 

and  sustain  a  positive  and  negative  fluid.  This  oontrola  the  circula- 
tion. The  negative  expands  the  ventricles,  and  that  attracts  the 
blood  to  its  reservoir.  The  positive  contracts  the  ventricles,  and 
thus  repulses  the  blood  throughout  the  system.  Hence  there  is  a 
continual  expansion  and  attraction,  and  contraction  and  repulsion — 
^hich  illustrates  familiarly  the  office  of  these  forces.  The  serous 
surfaces  are  susceptible  of  feeling,  while  the  mucous  surfaces  are 
not.  The  musclar  nerves  are  controlled  by  the  mind,  while  the 
sympathetic,  or  nerves  of  sensation,  are  the  medium  of  actuating  the 
mind,  whose  motion  produces  thought. 

The  brain  is  composed  of  a  sensitive  and  complicated  composition 
of  fibres,  to  which  no  other  part  of  the  body  bears  any  analogy. 
Being  sensitive,  it  is  attractwe  or  poait/we  to  all  that  is  existing 
on  the  nervous  medium :  hence  it  receives  impressions  irresistibly. 
It  possesses  within  itself  the  positive  and  negative  poles,  or  greater 
and  lesser  parts:  the  one  controlling,  the  other  subject;  the  one 
receiving  power,  the  other  transmitting  and  exercising  power.  The 
ethereal  substance  which  serves  as  a  medium,  may  be  termed 
Magnetism.  The  muscular  motion  of  the  system  is  performed 
through  the  medium  of  the  substance  which  may  b©  termed  Elec- 
trieity.  When  tiiere  is  a  full  and  uninterrupted  exercise  of  all  the 
powers  and  organs  of  the  body ;  when  there  is  a  harmony  existing 
throughout  the  whole  physical  system,  there  is  perfect  health  and 
enjoyment;  because  its  forces  (which  are  positive  and  negative, 
or  magnetic  and  electric)  are  regularly  performing  their  functions  ; 
and  this  indicates  a  perfect  condition  of  the  magnetic  or  nervous 
medium.  Nevertheless,  when  the  body  becomes  deranged  in  any 
of  its  various  parts,  it  is  a  loss  of  the  positive  or  negative  power 
which  produces  its  healtii  and  harmonious  action.  But  when  all 
parts  are  in  perfect  unison  and  harmony,  then  the  system  is 
thoroughly  magnetized.  In  order  to  demagnetUe  it,  you  must  in 
some  way  overcome  the  equilibrium,  and  extract  the  positive  power 
by  a  power  still  more  positive ;  and  thia  will  produce  the  unconscious 
state  called  the  magnetic. 

The  medium,  heretofore  explained,  exists  between  all  organic  be- 
ings. Magnetbm  composes  the  sphere — ^rather  the  atmosphere — 
by  which  every  person  is  individually  surrounded.  And  besides 
this,  there  is  a  medium  existing  which  extends  through  all  things, 
placing  man  over  the  lower  animal  creation.  For  animals  are  sub- 
jected to  man's  control  by  the  positive  or  subduing  power  which  he 
possesses ;  and  they  receive  this  to  their  minds  by  the  same  medium 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PSIKOIFLES  OF  NATURE.  83 

wbiefa  exists  between  an  organ  and  the  brain.  Man  being  positive, 
tad  all  else  negative,  the  latter  most  yield  to  his  control.  Here 
acua  is  proof  that  the  internal,  invisible,  is  the  real  cause  of  all  ex- 
ternal and  nltimate  manifestations. 


^  11.  The  state  termed  magnetic  can  be  produced  by  the  follow- 
ing pioeess  (which  is  not  in  any  way  confusing  the  laws  of  Nature, 
bat  instead  thereof,  is  only  developing  its  powers  and  attributes, 
vliieb  have  not  been  known  to  exist  as  appertaining  to  animal  or 
pfaysieal  creation) :  One  system  coming  in  contact  with  another  of 
leM  positive  power,  will  be  attractive  (the  attraction  depending  upon 
the  me£iiin  universally  established),  and  will  attract  the  positive 
power  from  the  patient  or  subject,  with  whom  the  former  is  in  con- 
tact ;  and  the  positive  or  magnetic  force  which  is  attracted  from  the 
Mbject's  system,  is  that  which  exists  upon  tiie  nerves  of  sensation, 
vluch  terminate  in  the  serous  surfaces.  This  fluid  being  withdrawn, 
tks  patient  is  not  susceptible  of  external  impressions,  simply  because 
the  medjom  by  which  these  are  transmitted  is  absent.  He  is  then 
demagnetized — leaving  sensation  only  existing  upon  the  internal  or 
surfaces  which  produce  vital  action.  The  negative  power 
the  positive  does  not  remain.  Vital  action  becomes  torpid 
aad  feeble  according  to  the  loss  of  power  which  previously  controlled 
it.  This  is  the  magnetic  state ;  and  in  this  peculiar  condition,  the 
patient  is  in  sympathy  with,  or  is  submissive  to  the  will  or  positive 
magnetic  power  of,  the  operator.     This  is  the  first  state. 

The  subject  in  the  first  state  is  obedient  to  the  will  or  wish  of  the 
operator,  through  an  established  equilibrium  of  the  two  forces  which 
Bast  exist  in  all  things  to  produce  motion.  The  subject  is  negative ; 
tb  opcsator  is  positive.  Henoe  the  negative  phenomena,  witnessed 
ia  the  patient's  system,  stand  in  analogy  to  nrnsctdar  motion  or 
acfative  maaifSestations  in  one  man.  The  subject  and  operator  form 
^^^  system  in  power.  There  is  a  visible  disunion,  yet  there  does 
exist  aa  invisible  union.  One  is  positive,  the  other  negative ;  and 
^  one  perfonns  negatively  what  the  other  performs  positively.  And 
titts  reprcscutation  illustrates  the  condition :  Man,  when  uninterrupted 
ia  WKJ  of  his  functional  capacities,  stands  magnetised ;  one  part  of 
hit  systeoi  haagpo9Mwy  the  other  negative ^  and  the  two  being  united 
bj  aa  eq^nHbrium  which  does  (yet  invisibly)  exist ;  and  all  phenom 
SBa  produoed  by  his  mind  as  the  po^iHvej  upon  his  body  as  the  nega- 

8 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


84  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

thCy  are  parallel  to  what  takes  place  in  the  patient  and  the  operator. 
It  is  not  necessary  to  give  a  minute  description  of  the  varioos  changes 
and  modifications  which  these  potent  fluids  pass  through.  But  the 
fact  is  visible,  manifest — ^produced  by  the  real,  invisible,  yet  the 
primary  cause  all  the  external  appearances. 

To  convince  the  rational  mind  of  the  foregoing  inductions,  I  will 
state  the  position  which  the  true  reasoner  occupies :  There  is  a  con- 
tinual antagonism  between  faith  and  doubt.  The  true  reasoner  stands 
as  a  mediator  between  the  two.  Man  can  not  disbelieve  nor  believe 
— ^there  is  no  such  thing  as  disbelief  or  belief — ^without  evidence  to 
produce  one  decision  or  the  other.  To  be  a  disbeliever^  man  requires 
in  reality  the  same  amount  of  evidence  that  he  does  to  become  a . 
believer.  The  mere  expression  of  belief  or  disbelief  has  no  meaning 
unless  it  is  determined  by  a  sufficient  and  reasonable  amount  of  evi- 
dence. Supposing  you  to  stand  as  a  mediator  betwe^  belief  and 
disbelief,  and  to  require  the  same  amount  of  evid^ce  to  make  you 
take  either  side,  I  now  ask  you  this  question  in  reference  to  the  ex- 
planation of  this  subject :  Have  you  not  received  a  sufficient  amount 
of  internal,  conscious  evidence,  to  make  you  take  the  side  of  the  be- 
liever 1  If  you  have  not,  then  your  evidence  must  be  sufficiently 
strong  and  powerful  to  make  you  disbelieve;  and  this  it  is  your  duty 
to  make  known  as  extensively  as  possible,  in  order  to  settle  the  an- 
tagonism existing  between  faith  and  doubt  upon  this  particular  subject. 

Thus  the  phenomenon,  known  as  magneiiOy  does  not  controvert  or 
subvert  in  any  way  the  laws  of  Nature ;  but  instead  thereof,  such 
should  be  looked  upon  as  a  precession  and  further  development  of 
the  laws  which  govern  organic  beings.  The  placing  of  one  person 
in  the  magnetic  state,  he  composing  the  negative,  and  the  operator 
ihe  positive,  thus  brings  the  law  that  controls  one  system  in  its  vari- 
ous parts,  to  control  two  beings,  as  composing  one  with  all  the  requi- 
site magnetic  forces. 

It  would  not  be  inappropriate  here  to  introduce  a  few  thoughts 
upon  the  iMUy  of  this  influence  in  alleviating  the  sufiSsrings  of  hu- 
manity. There  are  several  classes  of  disease  which  greatly  excite 
the  nerves  and  surfaces  upon  which  the  magnetic  medium  exists ;  and 
excitement  causes  them  to  generate  an  excessive  amount  of  the  mag- 
netic medium^  or  positive  fluid.  This  often  produces  excessive 
f&oers.  When  intense,  it  affects  the  bram,  and  often  produces  awfjol 
paroxysms  and  derangements — ^which  could  all  be  removed  by  the 
contact  of  a  person  who  is  strongly  positme.    By  flris  would  be  ex- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBmCIPLBS  OF.KATUBE.  35 

tneled  the  superaboBdanee  of  heat,  or  magoetic  ether,  which  being 
tioewre,  produces  the  eSbcts  abore  described.  In  all  cases  where 
there  is  too  great  an  amount  of  positiye  power,  it  can  be  relieved  by 
the  application  of  a  dne  and  9yperior  amoont  of  positiye  power.  AU 
excess  fsi  heat,  or  ferer,  such  as  is  caused  by  ionamerable  derange- 
mcAts  of  the  system,  can  be  inyariably  redoced  to  an  equilibrium  by 
emplojing  this  new  deyelopment. 

There  are  properly  jTenir  magnetio  states.  In  the  /rs^,  no  particu- 
lar phenomena  are  witnessed,  only  that,  the  external  organs  being  in 
some  measure  diyested  of  their  ordinary  share  of  magnetism,  a  feel- 
ing of  dulness  peryades  the  system.  Persons  in  this  state  lose  none 
of  Aeir  senses,  but  are  susceptible  to  all  external  impressions.  They 
hafe  also  the  fall  power  of  mnsoukr  action ;  and  iS  situated  nearly 
midway  between  the  first  and  second  states,  they  are  inclined  to  happy 
feelings.  And  all  phenomena  witnessed  in  this  state,  are  only  of  a 
pkyncal  nature :  but  in  the  lugher  states,  the  phenomena  consist  in 
the  deyelopment  of  the  mental  powers. 

The  next  state,  or  the  secotui,  manifests  itself  through  the  mental 
organisation.  The  patient  still  manifests  his  intellectual  faculties,  but 
is  depriyed  of  all  muscular  power.  The  pupil  of  the  eye  expands, 
sad  that  organ  refuses  to  act  on  the  brain.  The  tympanic  membrane 
sad  cayity  of  the  ear  expand  and  refuse  to  perform  their  wonted  ac- 
tioo.  The  extremities  are  somewhat  cold.  In  the  latter  part  of  this 
state  all  sensation  and  feeling  is  destroyed,  so  that  any  surgical  opera- 
tion can  be  performed  without  guying  pain.  The  patient  in  this  con- 
•  ditkm-appears  mentally  associated  with  the  operator.  All  the  external 
ofgans  being  closed,  there  is  no  possible  means  of  receiying  impres- 
saoBS  from  without  \  but  all  phenomena  are  produced  through  the 
awdium  which  exists  between  the  operator  and  the  patient  Hence 
thtre  are  sympathetic,  incoherent,  and  indefinite  accounts  received 
from  the  mbd  of  the  patient,  whidi  are  analogous  to  the  impressions 
of  the  man  previously  spoken  of^  who  seemmgly  recognized  external 
realities  during  his  moments  of  dreaming.  Thus  the  phenomena  are 
of  a  metUal  nature,  and  are  a  natural  production  of  the  mmd  so 
sitaatcd* 


412.  The  ear  is  not  entirely  closed  to  sound  in  the  first  part  of  the 
third  MaU.  The  patient  can  hear  indistinetly,  possesses  the  power 
tf  speediy  and  partly  of  muscular  action.    About  the  middle  of  this 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


86  THB  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

State,  the  ear  is  completely  closed,  and  all  impressions  made  upon 
the  brain  from  external  objects  are  at  an  end.  The  patient  is  then 
placed  in  an  unconscious  condition  so  far  as  the  external  world  is 
concerned.  Dirested  of  his  ordinary  share  of  ms^etism,  he  pos- 
sesses just  enough  to  perform  vital  action. 

In  this  state  there  is  a  strong  sympathy  existing  between  the  ope- 
rator and  his  subject.  The  chain  of  sjrmpathy  which  connects  the 
mmd  of  the  operator  with  that  of  his  subject,  ijs  animal  electricity — 
the  same  fluid  which  is  the  agent  of  all  muscular  motion.  It  is 
through  the  agency  of  this  fluid  that  magnetic  sleep  is  induced.  The 
operator  sits  down  with  the  determination  to  put  his  subject  to  sleep : 
all  the  powers  of  his  mind  are  concentrated  on  this  object.  His  will 
being  exercised  to  this  point,  the  electric  fluid  passes  from  his  own 
brain  and  nerres,  to  the  brain  and  system  of  his  patient,  and  forms 
between  the  two,  a  chain  of  sympathy.  The  one,  then,  is  com- 
pletely subject  to  the  control  of  the  odier ;  and  in  this  manner  you 
may  easily  account  for  all  the  phenomena  witnessed  in  the  sympa- 
thetic s(Hnnambulist. 

In  this  state  the  patient  is  wholly  unsusceptible  to  any  tangible  or 
physical  connexion,  no  feeling  existing  upon  the  surfaces.  The 
magnetic  medium  is  far  less  active  than  in  the  previous  states ;  but 
the  negative  or  muscular  forces  are  still  preserved.  At  this  crisis 
the  mind  is  extremely  susceptible  of  external  mediums  which  connect 
mind  to  matter.  Hence  the  subject  appears  to  see  and  hear,  and 
to  perform  many  wonderful  and  mysterious  things,  during  this  con- 
dition of  the  mental  faculties.  This  is  a  state  of  still  higher  mental 
development,  and  of  consciousness  or  perception  of  mediums.  This 
is  often  supposed  to  be  the  clairvoyant  state ;  but  it  is  not.  It 
stands  in  analogy  to  natural  sonmamhulism ;  only  one  is  a  phe- 
nomenon induced  by  magnetism,  and  the  other  is  a  similar  mental 
state,  but  naturally  produced  by  an  inactivity  of  the  magnetic  me- 
dium or  sensation.  The  magnetic  subject  has  progressed  in  his 
mental  capacity  toward  the  state  known  as  death :  for  the  positive 
power  does  not  remain,  while  the  negative  or  muscular  does  remain. — 
And  the  increased  perception  of  the  mind  is  through  the  medium  of 
its  own  association. 

Passing  from  the  third  to  the  fourth  state,  a  still  greater  and  higher 
mental  manifestation  will  be  observed.  About  midway  between  these 
two  conditions,  the  mind  loses  almost  all  its  sympathy  which  attaches 
it  to  the  system.  At  this  time  the  chain  of  sympathy  existing  be- 
tween the  positive  and  negative,  is  nearly  disconnected.     The  mind 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THK  PBINCIPLEB  OF  KATUBE.  37 

beeomM  free  from  all  inclinations  which  the  body  would  subject  it  to, 
izid  only  sustains  a  connexion  by  a  very  minute  and  rare  medium,  the 
iame  that  connects  one  thought  with  anoth^.  In  this  condition  the 
patient  progresses  mto  ^e  fourth  state.  Then  the  mind  becomes 
free  from  the  organisation,  except  as  connected  by  the  medium  before 
mentioDed;  and  then  it  is  capable  of  receiving  impressions  of  foreign 
or  proximate  objects,  according  to  the  medium  with  which  it  particu- 
larly becomes  associated.  The  body  at  this  time  is  dormant  and  in- 
actm  inall  its  parts,  except  the  negatiTe,or  muscular  and  yital  action, 
which  is  constantly  kept  up  and  controlled  by  the  united  forces  of  the 
operator  upon  the  operatee. 

And  this  stands  in  analogy  to  that  natural  state  of  physical  disunion 
known  as  death*  Death  iff*  produced  by  the  loss  of  both  forces ;  but 
the  dairvoyant  state  is  produced  by  the  blending  of  the  forces  of  the 
two  persons,  and  making  them  physically  equiralent  to  one.  The 
mind,  in  the  first  case,  loses  all  of  the  medium  which  connects  it  with 
the  body :  the  latter  is  the  same  state  mentally  with  the  former,  with  the 
exceptioa  of  the  medium  referred  to.  All  the  phenomena  are  seen, 
and  do  exist,  with  every  being.  Their  healthy  state  is  the  magnetic 
itate,  and  the  various  conditions  and  developments  of  the  mind  dur- 
ing sleep,  ontil  death,  are  analogous  to  the  various  phenomena  induced 
hj  magnetism, — only  one  is  an  ordinary  manifestation,  and  the  other 
is  a  fiirther  development  of  the  same  principles  and  laws  which  con- 
ftitate  and  govern  animal  organization. 

The  Meoce  is  thusi  explained ;  and  the  phenomena  and  appear- 
ance*, which  may  be  invariably  expected,  may  thus  be  generalized. 
B«t  the  particulars  and  minutim  will  vary  exceedingly,  according  to 
the  various  dispositions  and  organizations  upon  which  the  magnetic 
eoaditioQ  is  induced.  To  particularize  would  require  an  indefinite 
length  of  remark,  consisting  of  individual  observations  and  isolated 
indoctions. 

A  great  question  now  presents  itself  for  investigation :  Is  there 
9n^k  a  thing  existing  as  independent  dairvcywnce  t  I  answer, 
Tkn^  it.  You  ask  for  proof.  Such  you  shall  receive  by  the  follow- 
ing iavestigations. 

It  is  well,  however,  to  understand  the  meaning  which  is  applied  to 
Ae  word  independent.  If  you  mean  self-existent,  abstract,  indefinite, 
and  without  any  connexion— ^then  the  expression  means  nothing :  for 
ia  this  sense  there  is  no  such  thing  as  independence.  But  if  the 
word  is  intended  to  metaxfree  from  direct  instigation  then  it  has 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


38  THB  PEINOIPLEB  OP  NATURE. 

meaning ;  and  to  it  this  signification  should  be  attached.  I  am  com- 
pelled at  this  time  to  explain  and  reveal  the  mental  phenomenon  as 
I  experience  it ;  and  the  reasoning  to  familiarize  it  to  the  mind  will 
be  given  hereafter. 

It  was  admitted  that  the  body  is  in  negative  subjection  to  its  oper- 
ator— and  also  that  muscular  and  vital  action  are  still  sustained,  yet 
in  a  less  degree  of  activity  than  during  the  self-possession  of  the 
forces  of  motion.  The  body  so  situated  is  dependent  for  its  activi^ 
upon  one  source,  while  the  mind  or  the  intellectual  quality  is  depen- 
dent upon  another.  While  I  am  examining,*  I  am  directly  de- 
pendent upon  the  close  connexion  of  the  physical,  and  the  steady  and 
intense  cognizance  of  the  mental.  But  when  the  independent  con- 
dition or  crisis  is  produced,  the  body  assumes  an  inclined  position. 
It  becomes  cold,  rigid,  and  unsusceptible ;  and  hearing  and  all  the 
physical  organs  are  torpid  and  inactive.  But  when  the  body  resumes 
its  natural  position,  hearing  returns,  muscular  motion  is  commenced 
and  active,  and  the  organ  of  speech  is  also  in  full  exorcise.  Each 
of  these  powers  must  be  in  operation  in  order  to  communicate  exter- 
nally what  the  natural  organs  are  seemingly  cognizant  of.  This  de- 
pendence is  not  what  ia  termed  sympathetic,  but  it  is  in  reality  a  sit- 
uation which  that  word  will  express.  The  medium  existbg  between 
thought  and  thought,  between  mind  and  mind,  and  between  time  and 
eternity,  is  the  only  active  pervading  medium  which  I  am  dependent 
on  for  the  conception  of  thought,  and  for  the  perception  of  all  things 
of  a  refined,  ethereal,  or  spiritual  constitution.  This  is  while  the 
activity  of  the  body  and  mind  appears  to  be  sympathetic  or  depen- 
dent. I  am  not  impulsed  or  impressed  by  the  thoughts  or  feelings 
of  a  foreign  person,  though  I  am  cognizant  of  them  through  the  me- 
dium above  termed  ethereal.  The  independent  condition  is  when 
the  body  manifests  the  external  appearance  of  rigidity,  &c.,  above 
described ;  and  in  this  situation  only  is  the  term  ^^  independence'' 
applicable. 


§  18.  I  will  now  illustrate  the  connexion  between  the  internal, 
through  the  organization  with  the  external ;  that  is,  what  the  mind 
is  dependent  upon  to  generate  ideas.  Forms  of  all  things  make  an 
impression,  or  rather  cast  a  reflection  upon  the  mind,  which  reflection 

*  That  ifl,  examining  the  diseased,  with  a  yiew  to  the  application  of  remedies. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRIN0IFLK8  OF  KATUBE.  89 

ia  dM  idea.  Sound  of  every  kind  conyeys  to  the  mind  a  peculiar 
vilmUOD — imperceptibly  yet  irresistibly  undulates  the  portion  of  the 
sund  with  which  it  comes  in  contact.  This  vibration  is  the  idea. 
The  vibration  and  idea  are  simultaneous,  yet  perfect.  Words  (or 
KKmds  which  are  called  words)  are  the  agent  of  ideas.  So  also 
when  a  person  meets  or  observes  a  form  or  substance,  he  necessarily 
reoeivea  an  idea  concerning  it.  And  the  idea  once  created  is  irrevo- 
cable ;  and  association  of  the  mind  with  the  form  external,  excites  and 
develofM  the  idea  first  established.  So  also  with  sounds  or  words. 
Hence  in  Uaming,  a  frequent  repetition  of  the  association  of  ideas  ia 
neoeanry;  and  when  the  idea  is  established,  the  same  sound  or 
wocd,  even  though  irregularly  or  indefinitely  repeated,  renews  it,  and 
thus  confirms  the  knowledge  through  the  faculty  or  medium  termed 
aMoeiation  or  imitation. 

All  thooghta  or  ideaa  are  thus  dependent  upon  exciting  causes, 
dM  medium  of  which  is  but  obscurely  known.  Yet  every  thought  is 
an  unrestrained  production  of  a  mind  acted  upon  by  forms,  reflections, 
sounds,  asBodationa,  or  iudtation.  All  thoughts,  in  one  word,  may  be 
termed  irresistible  impressions.  The  cause  of  all  such  is  invisible. 
It  b  not  the  form,  substance,  sound,  or  word,  that  produces  thought; 
W  it  18  the  irresistible  impression  which  such  produce  upon  the 
■hni.  There  is,  first,  the  cause;  secondly,  the  efiect  produced;  and 
thirdly,  the  thought,  idea,  or  ultimate.  Thought  is  dependent ;  imnd 
ia  independent,  not  existing  with  the  body  as  a  component  part  of  its 
oonatitution,  but  is  an  ultimate  of  organization;  and  thcnight  is  an  ul- 
timate of  both. 

Let  it  further  be  considered  that  a  physical  manifestation  is  not 
prodneed  until  thought  as  a  cause  or  prompter  previously  exists. 
Let  it  also  be  conaidered,  that  an  idea  or  thought  could  not  be  pro- 
daoed  without  the  mind  previoualy  exiating.  And  let  it  further  be 
impreaaed,  that  a  mind  could  not  be  indimduaiized  without  the  pre- 
vioua  existence  of  the  physical  organisation ;  and  still  further,  that 
the  offganiaitiofi  could  not  be  constituted  and  established  without  its 
pctTioua  and  eternal  elementary  existence ;  and  that  this  all  could 
not  edat  without  a  self-existent,  unchangeable,  and  eternal  Principle. 
Here,  again,  ia  developed  the  principle  previously  established :  that 
the  viatUe  and  external  are  effects  and  tdtimates  of  invisible  yet  real 
prodoeiDg  canaea* 

In  analysng  mind,  it  becomes  necessary  to  admit  what  you  at  first 
would  doubt*  If  you  say  the  mind  is  a  principle  belongmg  to,  and 
is  produced  and  developed  by,  the  action  of  the  organization,  you  at 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


40  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

the  same  time  admit  the  prodaction,  and  its  existence ;  but  if  you  do 
admit  and  sanction  this  alone,  then  you  virtually  approbate  and  sanc- 
tion a  most  ingenious  theory :  that  ail  forma  which  possess  within 
themselves  a  moving foTce^  are  no  less  than  thmTdngprmcAplea!  So, 
then,  to  be  consistent  in  your  efforts  to  analyze  your  own  mind,  you 
must  admit  a  power  beyond  man's  present  power  of  investigation. 
And  if  such  a  principle  does  exist  (and  you  are  compelled  irresisti- 
bly to  admit  it),  you  may  call  it  spirit,  or  substitute  for  that  word  any 
other  nape  which  may  alleviate  an  inward  skepticism  of  a  continua- 
tion of  this  principle's  identity. 

And  by  the  admission  of  a  Prinoiple  previously  existing,  adequate 
in  power  and  wisdom  to  produce  organizations,  and  to  disseminate 
universally,  life  and  vivacity,  you  positively  deny  the  belief  in  the 
annihilation  of  the  most  minute  substance  in  existence.  And  bj 
prosti*ating  the  grounds  of  such  a  belief  artificially  sustained,  there  is 
established  in  its  stead  the  existence  of  an  invisible  yet  unchangeable 
Principle,  which  is  previously  admitted  to  be  even  more  than  a  prob- 
able possibility.  And  while  you  have  no  possible  means  of  refuta- 
tion, just  quiet  the  mind,  until  I  reveal  the  situation  in  which  my 
mind  is  placed  while  observing,  and  receiving  impressions  which  yoa 
at  this  time  have  no  possible  means  of  arriving  at.* 

When  the  mind  becomes  free  from  the  organization,  and  is  launched 
from  its  nidulated  state,  it  passes  into  a  new  sphere  of  existence.  Im- 
pressions  of  truth,  of  virtue,  of  principles  which  govern,  control,  and 
actuate  tangible  and  physical  substances,  all^  converge  to  one  Focus. 
This  I  call  the  Fountain,  the  Sun,  the  Great  Illuminator,  the  un- 
changeable, eternal  Positive  Mind  !  This  fills  all  negative  sub- 
stances. Worlds,  their  forces,  their  physical  existences,  with  their 
life  and  forces,  are  all  negatwe  to  this  Positive  Mind.  This  is  the 
great  Positive  Power ;  all  subordinate  existence  is  negatme.  Both 
positive  and  negative  exist  as  a  united,  unchangeable  Principle  of  all 
action.  For  an  illustration,  let  the  mind  conceive  of  a  wheel,  sphere, 
or  circle.  Let  it  be  concentrated  at  the  centre  of  this,  and  it  will  be 
perceived  that  there  is  an  expansion  of  circles  frotn  the  centre  to  the 
circumference,  or  that  one  wheel  can  not  exist  without  another.  And 
so  with  the  Great  Positive  and  Negative,  which  compose  one  whole 
Sphere  of  Existence.  If  these  two  forces  produce  all  existence,  do 
they  not  from  the  centre  expand  to  the  circumference,  passing  through 
minute  and  modified  forms,  until  they  pervade  the  Universe  and  con- 

•  Whateycr  obscurity  may  seem  to  be  connected  with  tbe  last  two  patftgraphs, 
will  be  amply  cleared  up  in  the  Rerelation. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  FBOrCIFLES  OF  NATUBB.  41 

stitDte  the  powers  of  all  things  ?  From  this  Focus  then  I  receive 
impressions  of  the  many  and  various  principles  and  mediums  which 
exist  between  the  mind  and  the  objects  to  which  it  aspires.  When 
I  pass  into  this  sphere,  I  become  associated  with  the  spheres  of  the 
persons  or  forms  which  it  is  the  previous  desire  to  associate  with.  I 
do  not  pass  to  the  Focus  of  ciU  existence,  but  to  the  focus  of  this 
enstence — which  is  analogous  to  the  expansion  and  centre  of  every 
wheel  of  existence.  When  I  pass  from  the  body,  it  b  not  the  dis- 
taiiee — the  indefinite  space  through  which  the  mind  proceeds,  that  is 
neoeitary  to  enable  it  to  obtain  its  information  ;  but  it  is  the  transi- 
tioo  or  metamorphosis  of  the  principle  of  mind  to  its  second  sphere 
of  existence. 


§  14.  In  a  wheel,  there  is  but  one  centre :  so  at  this  Focus,  there 
if  bat  one  Principle,  one  united  attribute  of  (joodness  and  Truth.  If 
it  were  possible  for  a  circle  to  have  several  centres,  then  it  would  be 
poeaible  for  varioas  principles  and  truths,  both  good  and  evil,  to  ema- 
nate from  this  Source.  But  as  the  first  is  impossible  in  a  particular 
•SDse,  so  the  other  is  positively  impossible  in  a  general  sense.  As 
die  sun  stands  as  an  emblem  of  this  great  truth,  you  can  not  resist 
the  iapreseion  of  its  positive  analogy.  The  sun  produces  light:  it 
can  not  produce  darkness.  It  is  a  focus  for  the  universal  diffusion 
of  lif^t,  and  this  it  sends  forth  to  the  extreme  sphere  of  its  o^istence. 
So  tki$  Centre  is  a  Focus  for  the  universal  diffusion  of  Knowledge, 
Truth,  and  one  unchangeable  principle,  as  disseminated  to  the  ex- 
trene  sphere  of  its  positive  power  or  existence.  The  focus  of  this 
cxistcnoe  is  but  an  indefinite  expansion  of  the  Great  Focus,  passing 
Groia  general  positive  to  general  negative  existence — and  being  the 
eootroUing  power  of  this  existence,  even  as  the  Great  Focus  governs 
oB  existeaoes.  To  this  centre — to  this  focus — to  thejgreat  posi- 
tive power  of  this  sphere  (which  is  an  effect  or  ultimate) — to  this 
great  actuator  and  propeller,  consisting  of  one  principle,  which  is 
Ooodaess  without  distinction — I  go  to  receive  information !  And  as 
the  mind  generates  thought  by  coming  in  contact  with  external  exci- 
ting causes  in  the  natural  body,  so  this  Mind*  creates  in  my  mind 
parallel  ideas  which  I  term  impremone.     And  by  the  minute  yet 

•  An  tk«  iBbftbiUnta  of  the  Moond  Sphere  or  World  of  humAn  existence  are  oon- 
iUered  m  vaitcd  ud  forming  one.  The  **  MiniT*  referred  to,  therefore.  Is  the 
««Mml  mad  of  the  flMond  fi|ihere. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


4r2  THE  PBINCIPLES  OF  NATUBE. 

existing  medium  between  the  mind  and  the  body,  I  arrive  back  to 
convey  the  impressions  through  the  natural  organization. 

How  little,  therefore,  is  the  evidence  of  reality  to  be  observed  in 
corporeal  manifestations!  for  while  the  phenomenon  termed  clair- 
voyance is  visible  as  an  ultimate,  the  real  cause  is  invisihUj  and  but 
faintly  evident  to  the  senses. 

The  ultimate  perfection  of  all  substances,  the  ethereal  existences 
of  spiritual  spheres,  and  the  means  by  which  I  receive  impressions, 
are  evident  to  me ;  but  so  greatly  different  from  anything  familiar  to 
the  natural  mind,  acting  through  the  organization,  that  it  is  impossi- 
ble at  this  moment  to  make  these  things  evident  to  your  senses.  But 
I  must  reveal  these  things  as  the  impressions  are  received :  the  par- 
allel facts  and  inductive  conclusions  will  be  made  evident  to  your 
minds  hereafter.  And  I  must  proceed  to  give  the  appearances  of 
all  second  spheres  as  they  are  to  me  manifested. 

The  human  organization  appears  as  a  perfection  and  combination 
of  all  substances  below  its  exalted  composition.  It  is  controlled  by 
chemical  and  mechanical  forces,  and  is  a  coating,  a  casement  to  con- 
taiii  its  inward  properties.  There  is  another  distinct  principle, 
which  appears  and  is  evident  to  me  as  Spirit.  Also  there  is  a  me- 
dddtoTy  or  medima  connecting  the  spirit  with  the  body.  This  me- 
diator I  know  as  sensation.  And  when  this  medium  becomes 
disunited,  there  is  a  physical  dissolution,  and  a  spiritual  elevation  to 
a  different  sphere  of  existence ;  when  the  mind  becomes  connected 
with  this  sphere  by  a  medium  similar  to  that  which  connects  it  with 
the  body.  It  is  then  identified  with  a  personal  sphere  peculiar  to 
itself,  even  as  spheres  are  peculiar  to  different  organizations. 

The  mrni  is  the  internal  of  the  body,  occupjring  the  organs  as  in- 
struments for  external  communication ;  and  when  transferred,  he  re- 
tains all  the  senses,  in  a  ^ritual  condition.  And  his  mediums  of 
communication  are  then  spiritual^  and  he  is  susceptible  to  all  prop- 
erties and  elements  that  compose  the  existence  of  all  things.  He 
receives  impressions  by  these  as  exciting  causes^ — which  are  imper- 
ceptible to  the  naiM/roU  senses,  but  extremely  evident  and  manifest  to 
the  spiritual  senses.  And  while  the  natural  organization  perceives 
substances  and  appearances  as  artificial  and  external,  the  spiritual 
organization  perceives  the  real  and  invisible — is  susceptible  to  the 
action  of  all  existing  properties  through  a  sensation  peculiarly  be- 
longmg  to  its  nature. 

When  I  pass  off  into  the  independent  state  of  clairvoyance  to  re- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  KATX7BS.  48 

eare  impressionfl,  I  receive  them  as  the  knowledge  of  the  reality  (or 
enence)  of  the  sabatance  which  I  had  a  previous  desire  to  invest!- 
f^.  And  as  it  is  a  law  of  Nature  which  can  not  be  reversed,  that 
poaidTe  is  attractive  to  subordinate  or  negative  substances^  I  must 
pass  to  the  positive  sphere  of  this  existence.  There  I  do  not  have 
any  ooonseUor  or  informer,  but  I  receive  the  reality  of  what  I  request* 
I  do  not  observe  entities  as  they  would  be  naturdUy  known  to  exist ; 
bat  I  know  the  peculiar  connexion  existing  between  all  ultimate 
•phen*  of  man.  When  passing  from  the  organization,  all  natural 
forms  and  substances  appear  closed  from  my  view  by  a  great  shade 
or  mantle,  when  all  above  appears  one  broad  and  extensive  light, 
paaiing  through  all  (tf  t^  second  spheres  of  existence.  This  light  is 
the  mediom  of  perception  and  association,  which  pervades  the  second 
spheres,  and  unites  them  together,  even  as  the  noitu/ral  spheres  are 
bovnd  together.  And  when  it  was  said  that  all  shall  know  the  truth, 
this  was  spoken  in  reference  to  the  ultimate  of  this  life,  or  to  the 
■eeond  sphere  of  future  enstence,  for  there  the  truth  is  known.  The 
nality,  the  invinble,  the  real  cause  of  all  effects,  are  then  known ; 
ttd  this  knowledge  makes  us  free. 


\  15.  The  laws  tiiat  govern  Nature  go  on  with  a  steady  and  un- 
changeable progression.  They  are  not  at  any  time  retarded  or 
acoekrated.  Nothing  can  prevent  the  natural  results  of  these  laws. 
They  are  established  by  one  great  Positive  Power  and  Mind, — and 
equalled  by  %  negative  or  ultimate  Equilibrium.  Hence  their  con- 
tinued and  united  forces,  by  the  influence  of  which  all  things  are 
•etualed,  governed,  and  developed,  and  pass  on  in  a  steady  process 
of  progression.  Every  particle  of  matter  possesses  the  same  power 
vhidi  governs  the  whde  Universe ;  and  in  each  particle  you  see  a 
rcpmeatation  and  evidence  of  these  divine  laws.  Thus  in  the  stone 
70«  Bay  see  the  properties  of  the  soil ;  in  the  soil,  the  properties  of 
the  plaat ;  in  the  plant,  the  properties  of  an  animal :  in  the  animal 
JOB  see  Man, — and  in  Man  you  can  not  ue^  but  you  can  fed^  the 
uuiMJital  principle. 

The  free,  unshackled  spirit,  then,  should  be  considered  as  the  es- 
prinetple  bekmging  to  the  organisation,  that  with  one  sympa- 
diain,  enoireUng  all  spheres  of  this  existence,  can  receive 
1  instantaneously  of  all  things  desired, — and  with  its  spir- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


44  THE  PBINOIPLEa  OP  NATUEE. 

itual  senses,  communicate  with  spiritaal  substances.  And  as  all 
these  must  be  in  a  sphere  necessarily  attached  to  this  sphere,  it  is 
there  that  I  receive  my  impressions.  I  do  not  receive  these  from 
the  Great  Supreme  Mind,  but  from  this  second  sphere,  focus,  or 
medium,  which  legitimately  belongs  to  this  globe  alone.  When  you 
ask  me  a  question,  I  am  then  existing  in  the  medium  or  sphere  of 
the  body ;  but  in  investigating  and  finding  the  answer,  I  pass  to  the 
sphere  where  I  can  associate  with  the  truth  and  reality. 

It  is  impossible  by  words^  to  convey  a  full  and  adequate  concep- 
tion of  the  manner  in  which  I  arrive  at  truth.  I  can  only  employ 
such  words  as  convey  all  the  idea  that  words  can  convey,  of  this 
process.  My  information  is  not  derived  from  vaj  persons  that  exist 
in  the  sphere  into  which  my  mind  enters,  but  it  is  the  result  of  a  Law 
of  truth,  emanating  from  the  Great  Positive  Mind,  and  pervading  all 
spheres  of  existence.  By  this,  truth  is  attracted  to,  and  is  received 
by,  the  mind. 

It  is  impossible  for  any  one  to  enter  voluntarily  that  state  in  which 
he  can  view  with  clearness  things  belonging  to  a  sphere  of  existence 
higher  than  the  natural  world.  Were  such  a  thing  to  take  place, 
that  moment  death  would  necessarily  and  inevitably  ensue.  For  this 
state  can  not  be  entered  without  a  loss  of  one  of  the  controlling  forces 
of  the  system ;  and  if  this  force  is  not  supplied  by  the  system  of  an- 
other, the  natural  functions  of  the  organization  would  cease,  and  the 
spirit  could  not  re-enter  it  after  it  had  once  departed.  Independent 
clairvoyance,  therefore,  must  be  induced  by  the 'action  of  another 
system,  by  which  the  positive  power  is  extracted  from  the  subject. 
To  sustain  life,  this  is  supplied  sympathetically  by  the  system  of 
the  operator ;  and  so  long  as  this  is  the  case,  there  is  a  rare  and 
subtle  medium  of  sympathy  existing  between  the  mind  and  the  body, 
by  which  the  former  finds  its  way  back  to  the  latter  after  a  tempo- 
rary absence.  If  this  medium  were  destroyed,  the  mind  could  not 
return ;  and  it  is  impossible  to  go  voluntarily  into  the  independent 
state  of  clairvoyance  without  destroying  it. 

To  some,  however,  it  is  possible  to  go  voluntarily  into  a  state  in 
which  the  mind  is  greatly  developed,  and  made  cognizant  of  princi- 
ples and  truths  pertaining  to  this  mundane  sphere.  This  sometimes 
happened  with  a  well-known  Grecian  philosopher.*  During  his 
hours  of  slumber,  he  often  received  impressions  which  led  him  to  ex- 
tensive generalizations ;  and  such  was  the  source  of  those  excellen- 
ces in  his  works  which  have  so  long  been  the  admiration  of  the  world. 

#  Aristotle. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBINGIPL^DF  VATUBE.  45 

He  was  in  the  habit  of  wearing  particular  kinds  of  stones  about  his 
person,  imagining  that  these  had  the  virtue  of  inducing  this  condition 
of  mind. 

A  celebrated  orator*  of  the  same  country  frequently  went  mto  the 
same  state  of  mind.  Some  of  his  best  impressions  were  received 
daring  his  hours  of  slumber.  These  he  would  subsequently  sys- 
tetnatixe  and  carry  out  to  their  le^timate  results ;  and  the  ability  for 
whieii  he  was  distinguished  may  in  a  great  measure  be  referred  to 
tfais  source. 

A  distingmshed  ancient  physicianf  also  received  impressions  in  the 
same  way,  which  led  him  to  analyzations  of  the  properties  of  plants, 
tad  to  the  discovery  of  their  medicinal  applications,  which  before  had 
been  locked  in  secresy,  and  which  must  long  have  remained  unknown, 
independent  of  this  source  of  discovery. 

A  similar  mental  phenomenon  often  happened  in  a  still  more  perfect 
degree  with  a  noted  Swedish  philosopher  and  psychologist,^  who 
loariahed  within  the  last  century.  His  impressions  were  more  ex- 
tnaive  and  distinct  than  those  of  either  of  the  others  to  whom  I  have 
nferred ;  and  by  these  means  he  was  led  to  extensive  generalizations 
en  the  animal  kingdom,  which  are  true.  He  also  had  visions  of  the 
fifene  state ;  but  not  being  in  independent  clairvoyance,  these  were 
lot  *m  all  respects  perfect.  Yet  to  some  extent  they  were  true, — 
sad  were  valuable  as  being  the  best  that  could  be  received  under  the 
cirenutances. 

Besidea  these,  several  Chinese  and  several  Germans,  and  other 
writers  who  have  had  the  most  influence  upon  the  world,  received 
the  leading  ideas  which  characterisse  their  works,  in  the  same  way. 

Such  impressions  were  of  the  same  species  with  those  which  I  re- 
care,  though  theirs  were  received  through  a  different  medium,  and 
wcfe  Measurably  clouded  by  the  organisation. 

To  go  into  the  future  state,  many  people  suppose  that  ike  mind 
■■tt  depart  to  an  indefinite  distance  from  the  body,  and  assume  a  par- 
tieular  location.  This  is  not  so.  Mathematically  speaking,  two  feet 
from  where  I  now  sit  is  as  much  into  the  future  state  as  any  other 
This  consists  simply  in  the  condition  which  the  mind  as- 
sad  not  necessarily  in  any  change  of  its  location. 

lofcnaatioo  concerning  the  things  of  which  I  speak  in  these  dis- 
neusu,  is  received  while  I  am  in  this  state  of  mind.  For  instance, 
I  know  not  now  what  I  shall  say  the  next  nuHuent,  but  must  first 

*  DtmottheiiM.  f  Galea.  t  Swedenborg. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


46 

pass  off  in  search  of  thoughts  and  truths  to  be  presented  next  in 
order. 

Furthermore,  the  manner  in  which  I  obtain  my  information  may 
be  compared  to  a  process  of  chemical  analysis.  In  analyzing  a  body, 
the  chemist  separates  its  constituents  until  he  has  found  its  simple 
elements.  These  are  Truth.  It  is  by  a  process  of  spiritual  analy- 
sis that  I  obtain  truth.  I  pass  from  the  body  with  a  desire  for  a  par- 
ticular kind  of  information.  This  desire  attracts  the  particular  kmd 
of  truth  of  which  I  would  be  informed,  separates  it  from  all  other 
things,  and  causes  it  to  flow  into  the  mind.  And  when  I  thus  obtain 
the  truth  of  which  I  am  in  quest,  I  return  to  communicate  it  through 
the  organization. 


§  16.  Thus,  though  the  transition  of  my  inner  life  to  its  second 
sphere  presents  to  the  senses  but  little  evidence  of  its  reality,  to 
me  it  appears  a  metamorphosis  analogous  to  death.  While  the 
senses  observe  the  cessation  of  life,  and  the  dissolution  of  the  natural 
body,  they  have  no  tangible  evidence  of  the  real  change  which  the 
irmer  passes  through.  But  the  latter  itself  is  conscious  of  the 
change.  The  worm,  while  in  its  pupa  state,  passes  through  success- 
ive changes,  till  it  arrives  at  the  form  of  the  caterpillar.  We  can 
see  a  further  metamorphosis :  the  caterpillar  knows  not  of  it.  The 
butterfly  is  conscious  of  its  former  encasement.  The  appearances 
to  the  senses  constitute  one  species  of  evidence,  while  the  consdotia^ 
nesa  of  changing  in  the  creature,  constitutes  another.  To  the  natu- 
ral senses,  the  effect  or  phenomenon  only  is  present :  the  cause  is 
foreign  and  seemingly  disconnected.  To  me,  both  cause  and  effect 
are  present.  Forms  and  substances  external  are  the  subjects  of 
outer  association ;  but  their  reality,  internal,  rarefaction  or  refinement, 
is  what  I  am  associated  with.  The  natural  senses  are  cognizant  of 
corporeal  and  formal  investiture;  but  when  things  pass  into  their 
various  progressive  conditions,  they  are  lost  sight  of.  Like  the 
water — which,  while  remaining  as  such,  is  perceived  by  the  senses  ; 
but,  when  it  passes  into  steam,  air,  and  the  luminiferous  ether — be- 
comes rare  and  refined — ^the  natural  mind  and  senses  lose  the  per« 
ception  of  its  existence,  and  apply  to  it,  as  to  all  unparticled  mat- 
ter, the  appellation  of  spi/rity  for  the  want  of  a  better  term  to  define 
its  condition.  To  me  this  all  is  known  as  matter  become  rare 
and  unparticled — as  the  uUimate  of  matter,  to  which  is  applied  the 
word  spirit. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  FBIKCIPLBB  OF  NATUBB.  47 

A  natnnl  tendency  of  the  mind  is  to  feel  a  conviction  of  its  own 
eontiniianoe  and  progression.  This  amounts  to  a  beliefs  but  not  to  an 
<A$olmie  knowledge.  For  no  collection  of  particles  or  substances  of 
laj  kind,  possesses  the  power  of  self -anal  jzation.  Hence  all  above 
the  power  of  the  mind  may  be  received  as  a  desirable  conviction, 
yet  not  a  palpable  reality.  To  me  this  reality  is  made  perfect.  My 
percq>taoD8  and  general  impressions  are  from  the  ulMmate  (xt  perfeo- 
tion  of  all  material  substances.  The  scope  of  these  perceptions  and 
imprasions  comj^ehends  the  substance  of  the  second  Sphere  in  a 
particular  sense,  even  as  it  comprehends  all  in  a  general  sense. 
And  as  the  result  of  present  things  is  the  substance  of  the  8ec6nd 
Sphere,  I  in  this  Sphere  have  the  perception  of  the  things  pre-im- 
pressed  upon  the  mind  to  investigate.  Things  appear  real  to  me 
wiudi  are  beyond  the  reach  of  the  natural  organiiation,  which  knows 
of  nothing  except  what  exists  in  matter  and  form. 

To  me  the  grosser  matter  is  impelUng  the  rare  and  refined ;  while 
the  rare  and  refined  is  pervading  the  grosser.  Or,  in  other  words, 
fotms  and  appearances  are  effects  of  matter  in  approximating  to  its 
ftttore  state  of  perfeotioD ;  while  its  perfected  state,  or  ultimate,  is 
in  return  controUtng  and  refining  these  substances  and  forms.  This 
is  i&ustrated  by  the  fact  that  the  atmosphere  becomes  purified  by  the 
interrention  of  an  ether  or  vapor.  Thus  water,  passing  into  vapor, 
pvrifies  the  air  contained  in  a  room,  in  a  particular  way,  as  the  same 
refinement  of  water  purifies  Uie  air  in  a  general  way. 

AH  uVtamates,  to  me,  are  still  matter;  but  to  you  tiiey  are  spirit. 
These  appertain  to  the  second  Sphere,  or  ultimate  condition,  which  I 
beeome  associated  with.  As  the  natural  senses  are  cognizant  of 
fonn$j  the  spiritual  senses  are  cognizant  of  their  vUimates.  Thus 
a  particle  of  matter,  in  its  ultimate  perfection,  can  not  associate  with 
a  grosser  particle ;  but  when  the  grosser  progresses  to  its  ultimate, 
rt  become!  an  associate  with  other  ultimates.  The  rare  acts  on  the 
lover;  but  the  lower  can  not  act  upon  the  rare.  So  with  the  mind — 
with  the  senses :  they  can  progress  in  their  inward  nature  to  their 
uipartieled  or  ultimate  state ;  but  the  ultimate  can  not  associate  with 
the  seooef.  So  psychological  theories  are  only  based  upon  desires 
of  the  mind,  and  convictions  which  it  receives  through  the  external 


Id  the  state  in  whieh  I  am  placed,  all  things  are  in  an  exalted 
eoodilaon ;  and  this  I  am  conscious  of  by  arriving  at  the  same  ulti- 
Bat«  sphere.  And  by  association  with  these,  and  by  inquiry  and 
of  any  given  subject,  I  perceive  the  reality  or  ultimate 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


48  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUEE. 

of  the  things  visible  to  the  natural  senses ;  and  with  this  impres- 
sion I  arrive  to  associate  in  the  organic  sphere,  and  thus  am  en- 
abled to  convey  my  impressions  by  words  instinctively  accompanying 
them. 

And  this  explains  the  distmetion  and  apparent  contradiction  be- 
tween dependent  and  independent,  as  manifested  in  my  own  case. 
For  while  I  am  off,  I  am  independent  of  objects  and  forms  external, 
but  dependent  upon  things  interior,  for  the  information  which  I  re- 
ceive. The  impression  is  made  upon  my  ultimate  or  inner  principle; 
this  impression  creates  thought ;  this  thought,  when  I  return  to  the 
body,  brings  up  an  association  of  words  to  express  it,  on  which  words 
I  am  thus  dependent.  Words  are  to  me  signs  or  sounds  by  which 
impressions  are  conveyed  to  others.  All  words,  corporeal  manifes- 
tations, muscular  actions,  the  organs  of  the  body,  and  such  like,  are 
instruments  or  means  of  external  communication;  but  the  things 
communicated,  I  am  conscious  of  through  a  different  agent  or  me- 
dium. While  receiving  impressions,  I  am  a  representation  and 
signification  of  the  second  or  future  association  belonging  to  man 
and  matter,  or  of  their  ultimate  or  perfected  state.  I  have  no 
means  of  directly  convincmg  the  understanding  of  this  condition ; 
for,  as  was  before  mentioned,  grosser  matter  can  not  associate  with 
more  refined ;  but  refined  and  perfected  matter  can  and  does  associ- 
ate with  grosser.  So  while  you  can  not  associate  your  impressions 
with  mine,  I  can  associate  my  impressions  with  yours,  yet  not  dis- 
tinctly, evidently,  or  consciously  to  yourself — any  more  than  grosser 
matter  is  conscious  of  its  pervading  unparticled  matter  or  moving 
principle.  To  make  the  understanding  analogically  convinced  of 
the  ultimation  of  matter  termed  spirit,  it  is  necessary  to  commence  at 
the  beginning  of  all  things  formal  and  rudimental,  and  trace  them 
evidently  and  naturally  to  their  ultimate  perfection. 

My  impressions  of  spheres,  or  of  matter  in  its  second  or  ultimate 
stage  of  progression,  are  received  in  a  way  analogous  to  the  natural, 
but  by  virtue  of  a  perception  much  more  exalted !  But  ultimates 
are  no  more  than  finite  to  me,  as  they  appear  in  a  particular  sense 
finite  to  you,  but  in  a  general  sense  infinite.  As  the  natural  ideas 
are  associated  with  matter  in  its  gross  and  perfected  state,  it  appears 
limited  ;  while  to  me  the  whole  appears  urdvrmted^  evident,  and  is 
present  with  all  its  features  and  representations  of  cause  and  effect. 
Thus  the  human  body  shows  both  the  grossness  and  perfection  of 
matter.  The  grosser  composes  the  bones ;  its  progression  produces 
nerves  and  all  secondary  formations  of  flesh  and  filaments;  while  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


TH£  PSINCIPLKa  OF  KATUBE.  49 

qltimato  prodaoes  the  skin  and  hair.  So  with  the  blood :  it  passes 
from  its  grosser  state  of  coagulation  to  the  refined  state,  when  it  be- 
eotnes  fitted  for  deposition  and  reproduction ;  and  it  becomes  more 
nd  more  rare  and  refined  until  it  escapes  the  body  in  insensible  per- 
spiratioQ.  So  with  the  mo?ing  power,  or  volition :  while  the  grosser 
is  aetiTe  in  moving  the  muscular  fibre,  its  refinement  and  perfection 
coastitates  the  thinking  pHndjple — which  becomes  so  refined  that  it 
ooostaotly  escapes  in  thoughts  or  ultimates  of  which  the  mind  is  the 
originator.  Thus  the  finer  pervades  the  coarser ;  but  the  coarser 
can  not  pervade,  but  is  approximatmg  to,  the  finer ;  and  when  it 
arrives  at  its  ultimate  state,  it  becomes  an  associate  with  that  which 
has  previously  arrived  at  the  same  general  condition. 

So  with  my  inner  life  or  ultimate  sphere :  it  associates  with  the 
ultimatea  or  realities  of  all  grosser  substances ;  and  by  such  a  con- 
Bcxian,  traces  subjects  analytically  yet  instantaneously  from  cause  to 
dbct ;  and  this  supplies  me  with  the  knowledge  which  to  your  minds 
sad  onderatanding  bears  the  impress  of  being  derived  from  direct 
spexnatural  and  spiritual  intercourse — ^while  to  me  the  word  ^^  su- 
yemataral"  has  no  meaning.  All  natural  things  can  not  produce 
m^ematural/  but  this  term  is  only  applied  to  efects  when  their 
cau$e$  are  not  evident. 

Through  suoh  impressions,  all  things  sought  for  appear  present. 
Hm  knowledge  of  the  modus  operandi  of  the  Universe,  from  gen- 
crdb  to  particulars,  is  present  with  me.  All  this  comes  instinctively 
ihrou^  an  impressive  connexion  with  matter  and  ultimates.  These 
prinoples  instinctively  perceived,  to  me  appear  realities^  and  all 
things  else  as  tuperfieial.^  So  this  instinctive  perception  of  truth 
cnaUes  me  to  communicate  the  knowledge  of  the  second  Sphere 
throagh  the  organization,  to  the  external  world.  You  may  term  this 
la  expansion  of  the  mind ;  a  quickness  of  perception ;  an  exalted 
onoditiop  of  the  imagination.  You  may  doubt  its  real  truth ;  you 
■sy  qnesticm  the  existence  of  the  principle  of  which  I  speak ;  but 
ym  mil  not,  if  you  consider  the  position  which  the  true  reasoner  and 
phikaopher  sustains. 

Bat  those  who  will  doubt,  are  doubters  and  skeptics  by  nature  and 
pcofesnoo.  A  disposition  like  unto  this  is  not  in  a  state  to  receive 
tath,  or  to  progress  in  knowledge ;  and  when  the  transition  or  meta- 

•  A«  word  •*  superficial,*^  wUch  fireqoentlj  occurs  bereafler,  is  applied  by  the 
MSW  to  Ubftt  whick  ii  InoidtiiUl,  eztenul,  oppooed  to  the  inward  or  "  real  real- 
ity *  Hid  wUek  floats,  as  H  were,  upon  the  surface  of  general  causation.    The  term 
'  Ii  also  freqasatty  Maplojrod  in  the  same  sense. 
4 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


60  THE  PBIKOIPLES  OF  KATTIBE. 

inorphosis  occnrs  from  this  sphere  to  a  future  one,  such  a  mind  irill 
not  be  refined  and  progressed  to  its  ultimate  condition.  It  will  be 
like  the  second  refinement  of  matter ;  and  hence  will  take  a  long  time 
to  progress  to  its  legitimate  ultimate — and  then  it  will  associate  in 
the  spheres  of  those  who  have  arrived  at  the  state  of  perfection  pre- 
viously. The  mind  exalted  before  it  assumes  its  second  body  or 
sphere,  is  so  much  progressed  toward  its  ultimate  state ;  and  it  will 
be  associated  with  knowledge  which  subordinate  or  less-refined  minds 
can  not  appreciate  or  enjoy. 


§  17.  Thus  grosser  matter,  or  rudimental  beings,  and  their  pro- 
gression until  they  arrive  at  their  ultimate  perfection,  are  in  corre- 
spondence with  mifid  and  its  progress  to. its  ultimate  sphere*  Their 
many  spheres  and  associations  are  only  such  as  mark  the  natural  re- 
finement or  progression  of  all  things.  Intellectual  progress  com- 
mences in  the  body  or  first  individualization :  thence  the  mind  goes 
onward  through  its  many  stages  of  knowledge,  ccnresponding  to  the 
various  stages  of  its  viHmaie  progression. 

It  is  a  law  of  Matter  to  produce  its  ultimate,  3£tnd.  It  is  the 
law  of  mind  to  produce  its  corresponding  principle,  8pvrU.  It  is  the 
nature  of  Spirit  to  progress  in  knowledge  and  understanding  relative 
to  the  coAJse^  of  which  all  things  else  are  the  efiects.  Knowledge  in 
its  nature  corresponds  to  Truth :  Truth  represents  light  and  peace ; 
and  the  acquisition  of  these  two  produces  the  enjoyment  which  a  lover 
of  truth  appreciates  in  this  sphere,  while  he  anticipates  and  will  re- 
ceive'the  same  enjoyment  in  future. 

All  things  in  forms  and  corporeal  investiture,  which  exist  upon  the 
face  of  the  earth  as  displaying  life,  are  correspondents  of  their  irmer 
life  or  principle — ^which  not  only  actuates  tiiem  to  thriftiness,  but  is 
working,  by  an  undeviating  law,  the  refinement  of  all  subordinate 
substances :  and  these  visible,  corporeal  manifestatioEns  also  stand  in 
analogy  with  the  uUi/matum  of  their  inner  and  living  principle,  which 
by  influx  produces  rudimental  sensation  in  the  organic  system,  and 
becomes  a  part  of  animal  existence.  So,  tracing  the  refinement  of 
matter  from  vegetable  to  animal  existence  (the  Ufe  or  soul  of  plants 
being  perfected  to  become  animal  sensation),  the  refinement  and  per- 
fection of  these  two,  to  become  the  substance  of  mmd — and  the  pro- 
gression of  Ua  nature  to  its  second  sphere  and  investiture — ^you  arrive 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBINCIPLB8  OF  NATURE.  51 

Batonlly  and  reasonably  at  an  idea  of  the  future  properties,  the  posi- 
tirelj  indiyidualised  condition  and  existence  of  the  mind  in  its  first 
■Itimate  stage  of  progression.*  Admitting  this  much,  you  arrive  at 
the  condition  of  existence  in  which  my  mind  is  placed. 

Admit  mind  and  its  future  identity — ^and  you  then  can  conceive 
of  thought  being  irrevocable,  and  existing  in  repetition  and  associa- 
tion with  die  form,  or  cause  of  its  production.  Individual  percepticm 
establishes  this  truth :  That  a  thou^t  once  produced,  never  requires 
reproduction :  but  it  is  only  necessary  to  associate  the  mind  with  the 
eaum  of  its  first  development,  to  renew  or  refresh  its  action*  Mind, 
therefore,  corresponds  to  a  fulcrum,  upon  which  operates  the  lever  of 
producing  thought,  which  revolves,  in  its  action,  the  principles  and 
associations  of  ideas  which  thoughts  seek  to  conceive.  Then  a  repre- 
tition  of  thoughts  once  produced,  creates  as  an  ultimate,  or  e&ct, 
aceompanying  neio  ones. 

Each  of  these  laws  of  matter  and  mind  stands  as  a  representation 
of  what  iB  future  ;  and  an  admission  of  the  foregoing  presses  ux>on  the 
nind,  as  an  irresistible  conclusion,  the  probability  of  its  natural  and 

rrCBfTALf  PROG&XSSION  ! 

Facts  have  thus  been  presented  in  illustration  of  the  condition  and 
sphere  of  my  inner  life,  to  make  it  evident  to  the  senses  as  corre- 
•pockding  to  the  sphere  which  you  are  now  in,  and  to  enable  you  to 
receive  the  truth  by  anak)gy«  Being  compelled  to  admit  the  visible 
facts,  you  are  equally  constrained  to  admit  as  probable  a  correspon- 
dent or  ultimate  Sphere.  Conclusions  arrived  at  by  independent 
processes  are  an  evidence  of  its  reality ;  though  by  no  process  of  in- 
vestigation now  known  have  you  the  means  to  prove  demonstraUvdi/ 
the  sphere  whidi  I  am  at  this  time  associated  in.  Therefore  re- 
ceive impressions  favorable  to  its  truth ;  for  such  impressions  answer 
tt  a  guide  to  your  future  progress  in  knowledge  and  truth. 

I  am  now  compelled  by  a  reasonable  danand  of  the  subject  to  ex- 
plain the  oaose  of  several  particular  phenomena  which  sometimes 
present  themselves  in  the  state  of  the  physical  system  induced  by 
ma^Mtifls,  and  its  ultimate,  known  as  clairvoyance. 

There  are  times  when  I,  apparently  to  the  senses,  do  not  receive 
vision  or  impressions.  This,  being  a  particular  phenomenon  or  effect, 
requires  an  adequate  explanation.  When  progressed  to  the  condi- 
tion or  state  known  as  completely  demagnetised  (which  is  invariably 

•  U  a  MbMqunit  part  of  this  work  this  sabjeet  is  unfolded  iiid  niattrsted  in 
mtk  A  w%y  M  to  intorv  » iHorongh  and  oorreei  nnderttanding. 
t  TIm  fpMktr  hvn  rvnsrked  that  he  lued  the  word  etemai  in  i\B  full  force. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


52  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

induced),  physical  causes  incidental  to  the  external  system,  some- 
times indirectly  interfere  with  the  medium  of  sensibility.  This  me- 
dium being  disqualified  from  particularly  and  internally  attaching  the 
mind  to  the  body,  prevents  occasionally  the  free  expansion  or  transi- 
tion of  the  mind,  and  its  intimate  connexion  and  necessary  attachment 
to  the  organization.  When  this  occura  (and  it  can  not  be  perceived 
by  the  senses),  impressions  can  not  be  received,  because  the  mind 
has  not  become  thoroughly  independent. 

Again :  The  expression  "  I  see,"  which  I  frequently  use  in  famil- 
iar conversation  during  examinations  of  various  descriptions,  would, 
literally  understood,  convey  a  wrong  impression.  If  I  should  use 
any  other  term,  you  would  not  understand  its  signification.  This 
expression  naturajly  conveys  the  idea  of  visionr-^  an  optical  knowl- 
edge of  a  foreign  substance.  In  reality  the  expression  simply  con- 
veys the  idea  of  knowing  by  a  peculiar  process ;  for  the  knowledge 
of  a  foreign  substance  is  obtained  through  the  imperceptible  reflection 
which  the  substance  casts  upon  the  retina.  So  it  is  knowledge,  dght 
being  simply  a  process  to  convey  inward  the  existence  of  the  outer. 
Hence  if  the  expression  " /  know^^  were  ordinarily  used  (which 
would  be  correct),  I  would  use  the  same  to  give  the  impression  of 
what  I  know,  independently  of  optical  or  other  processes  of  rudimen- 
tal  perception.  Therefore,  "  I see^'*  means,  simply,  ^'  IknowJ^^  I 
know  of  things  by  the  process  explained  in  the  foregoing  remarks ; 
and  all  phraseology  which  characterizes  my  conversation,  is  adapted 
to,  and  corresponds  with,  your  present  sphere  of  perception  and  un- 
derstanding. 

These  last  phenomena,  which  are  sometimes  manifested,  and  are 
occasions  of  impressing  wrong  conclusions,  are  explained  as  being 
pa/riicula/ra  which  can  not  be  depended  upon.  Pa/riiculara  and  mi- 
nvUcB  correspond  to  incidentals;  and  you  naturally  repose  no  confi- 
dence in  the  invariable  repetition  of  these  things.  Oenerals  are 
always  manifest,  corresponding  with  truth  and  inward  reality.  Hence 
it  is  again  necessary  to  impress  the  conplusion,  that  generals  can  be 
depended  upon  as  inevitably  manifesting  inward  truth  and  invisible 
corresponding  causes.  But  particulars  and  mvwuUm  can  not  be  relied 
on  as  producing  the  same  unchangeable  effects :  for  they  stand  in  cor- 
respondence with  incidental  intervening  circumstances  which  are 
always  necessarily  of  a  subordmate  character. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PSmCIPLES  OF  NATUSE.  63 


§  18.  In  bringing  my  remarks  on  Animal  Magnetism  and  Clair- 
Toyanoe  to  a  close,  it  would  not  be  inappropriate  to  recapitulate  the 
argom^ts  adduced  to  prove  the  phenomena.  All  that  I  have  said 
upon  this  subject,  has  been  said  without  reference  to  any  particular 
axioms,  or  facts  presumed  to  be  admitted,  or  dependence  upon  any 
manner  or  form  of  belief  that  may  exist. 

First :  The  magnetic  state  was  proyed  to  be  a  further  develop- 
ment and  extension  of  the  motive  powers  of  organic  life ;  and  it  was 
shown  that  the  propelling  forces  that  control  one  system  in  sensation, 
life,  health,  and  enjoyment,  could  be  united  to  another  system,  and 
both  become  as  one — that,  according  to  the  laws  which  govern  ani- 
lual  existences  of  a  positive  nature  with  reference  to  their  negatives, 
the  magnetic  state  could  be  produced  by  a  transformation  of  the  forces 
of  the  two. 

Secondly :  It  was  shown  that  all  states  between  the  first  magnetic 
itate  and  perfect  vision,  are  analogous  to  phenomena  witnessed  in  the 
Tarioos  conditions  of  natural  sleep  and  somnambulism ;  that  the  transi- 
tion of  the  inner  principle  to  the  second  Sphere,  corresponds  to  that 
painful  metamorphosis  termed  death/  and  that  the  connexion  exist- 
ing between  the  inner  life,  or  mind,  and  the  organization,  is  a  medium 
analogous  to  that  existing  between  one  thought  and  another,  famil- 
iarly understood  as  the  power  of  concentration. 

Thirdly :  That  the  source  of  the  impressions  which  I  receive,  ex- 
ists in,  and  corresponds  with,  the  second  Sphere,  or  the  ultimate  of 
t/*U  sphere,  and  which  corresponds  to  this ;  and  that  the  knowledge 
which  I  receive  is  obtained  by  associating  with  the  ca/usea  which  lead 
the  mind  instantaneously  to  their  effects.  Cause  and  effect,  thus  pre- 
senting themselves  almost  at  the  same  moment,  give  me  the  power  , 
of  aoalyxation  from  generals  to  particulars. 

IVrefore  what  has  been  said  regarding  these  things,  and  the  i%a- 
sooa  for  reposing  credence  in  them,  is  not  founded  upon  hypotheses, 
or  facts  admitted,  but  it  is  a  tracing  of  general  truths  to  their  corre- 
spoodimg  dtimates ;  proving  evidently  and  carefully  these  phenom- 
ena as  not  being  a  perversion  of  the  laws  of  Nature.  The  whole  is 
thus  made  too  evident  to  require  the  word  supernatural ;  too  reason- 
able and  manifestly  true  to  be,  by  a  truth-loving  mind,  doubted! 
Still  the  whole  is  submitted  to  the  analyzation  of  minds  which  it  has 
been  analyiing.  And  as  it  was  admitted  that  no  principle  possesses 
the  power  of  self-analyzation  you  will  doubtless  arrive  at  the  point 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


54  THS  PSmOIFLES  OF  NATUBE. 

familiarly  established,  that  Truth  is  Truth  in  every  law,  from  that 
which  governs  the  most  minute  atom  in  existence,  to  that  which  pro- 
pels and  aptuates  the  planetary  system. — And  you  are  not  to  admit 
some  of  the  premises  to  be  evident  and  truthful,  and  consider  the  re^ 
mainder  as  requiring  a  greater  extension  of  credulity  than  you  feel 
responsible  to  exercise. 

But  you  admit  one  truth  which  stands  at  the  basis  of  all  these— 
the  motive  power  of  life  and  volition.  In  this  your  faith  is  estab- 
lished :  the  rest,  then,  you  can  not  disbelieve  for  the  want  of  the 
amount  of  evidence  necessary  to  prove  them  untrue.  But  if  you 
either  dovht  or  sanction  the  truthfulness  of  this  explanation,  without 
previously  and  seriously  weighing  the  arguments  for  and  against,  nei- 
ther your  approbation  nor  disapprobation  can  be  considered  as  legiti- 
mate. 

Magnetism  and  Clairvoyance  and  their  various  phenomena  being 
traced,  by  evident  facts,  to  their  ultimate  effect,  which  is  an  opening 
of  the  second  Sphere,  they  were  left  there ;  and  the  science  of  corre- 
spondences was  adduced  in  their  favor,  The  first  train  of  reasoning 
consisted  in  investigating  facts,  and  analyzmg  realities  to  obtain  their 
conclusions.  The  second  train  consisted  in  presenting  analogous 
truths,  agreeing  with  the  visible  and  terrestrial,  and  ascending  to  the 
invisible  and  celestial.  A  third  train  of  proofs  is  that  which  for  dis- 
tinction may  be  called  representation;  showing  that  facts  represent 
Truth,  and  that  truth  is  a  representative  of  knowledge  and  intellec- 
tual progress :  and  that  these  all  are  representations  of  each  other, 
including  the  subject  to  be  established.* 

First :  Matter  corresponds  to  Life,  or  the  law  of  activity.  Matter 
and  life  correspond  to  production  and  reproduction.  These  corre- 
spond to,  and  represent  the  existence  of  plants.  The  small  plant  or 
herb  stands  as  a  representative  of  the  largest  tree ;  and  all  these  cor- 
respond to  animals.  The  smallest  species  in  animal  existence  stands 
as  a  representative  of  the  most  perfect  animal  organization.  The  least 
atom  that  goes  to  compose  this  existence  is  a  representative  and  sig- 
nification of  the  largest  globe  or  sphere  existing  in  the  Universe. 
Once  more :  The  inhaling  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom,  and  the  life 
which  it  possesses — its  Soul — corresponds  to,  and  is  a  representative 

*  When  tho  author  speaks  of  ono  thing  as  "representing"  or  "  corresponding"  to 
another,  h«,  in  general,  means  that  the  one  thing  indicates,  points  to,  or  shadows 
forth,  the  existence  of  the  other.  The  distinction  which  the  author  makes  between 
truth  B.nd  fact,  in  the  abore  sentence,  and  in  other  places,  is  the  same  as  that  which 
exists  between  cause  and  effect,  or  law  and  its  manifestation. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  FBIK0IPLB8  OF  NATUBB.  65 

of|  the  inflox  and  reflax  of  the  same  principle  in  animal  existence. 
Life  in  the  V^^etable  Kingdom,  represents  life  and  sensation  in  the 
Animal  Kingdom.  In  the  least  of  animal  existences  there  is  seen  a 
law  to  gorem  t^m  in  reproduction,  activity,  and  in  sustaining  their 
own  existence.  And  there  is  another  peculiar  manifestation  of  this 
law,  which  is  termed  irudmct.  This  instinct  represents,  and  corre- 
qKmds  with,  the  mind  of  man.  The  forces  that  act  upon  the  least 
particle  of  matter,  presenting  positiTe  and  negative  manifestations,  are 
representative  of  that  great  eternal  Positive  and  Negative  Principle 
which  governs  all  matter.  The  mind  of  man  represents  the  Oreat 
2£ind.  Thus  facts  which  have  been  presented  in  the  forcing  are 
ooe  step  bejond  Ihe  argument  of  correspondences. 

Is  not  the  first  train  of  reasoning  admitted  ?  Is  not  the  second 
also  true  as  harmonizing  with  facts  first  established  1  Is  not  the  third 
also  admissible  ?  When  considering  their  relative  bearings  from  first 
iaets  to  ultimate  realities,  does  not  the  first  adequately  explain  the 
seoondl  Does  not  the  second  confirm  the  firsti  Does  not  the  third 
eorreapond  with  both,  and  stand  as  a  representative  of  Truth  t  If 
ao,  will  you  let  Truth  stand  as  a  representative  of  your  intellectual 
progress? 


419.  The  science  of  representatives  being  thus  developed  and 
artaUtahed  by  a  consideration  of  general  truths  and  visible  realities, 
the  applieatioQ  of  tins  science  will  be  necessary  to  further  confirm 
ibe  proois  deduced  in  previous  argument,  of  a  transforation  of  spheres, 
or  traantioQ  of  inner  life.  First :  The  healthy  and  powerful  man, 
equal  in  all  the  forces  of  his  body,  represents  the  connexion  of  two 
bodies,  or  the  unity  of  their  positive  and  negative  forces  which  makes 
the  two  correspond  to  one.  Secondly :  The  extreme  sensibility  and 
acatenesa  of  the  perceptive  powers,  or  the  medium  unconsciously 
existing  upon  the  nerves,  and  which,  independently  of  external  dis- 
causes,  excites  upon  the  mind  thought j  corresponds  to  the 
of  dreaming^  or  the  peregrinations  made  by  the  mind 
daring  the  hours  of  repose.  Thirdly:  the  extension,  transforation, 
or  tnasitioo  of  the  mind  from  this  to  another  sphere,  represents  the 
£seoonezioo  of  the  mnd  from  the  body  at  the  period  of  physical 
diasolutioa*  The  moment  of  independence,  which  is  during  the  ap- 
parently  stifiened  condition  of  the  body,  its  inclined  position  and 
sppearance  of  sleep,  represents  death.    The  medium  which  connects 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


66  THE  PEIN0IPLK8  OP  NATUEB. 

the  mind,  or  second  sphere,  with  the  body,  or  this  sphere,  represents 
the  mediam  which  exists  between  thought  and  thought,  between 
cause  and  effect,  between  general  and  particular  truths,  causes  invis- 
ible and  effects  visible.  It  is  the' same  that  exists  between  all  par- 
ticular things  relative  to  matter  and  mind,  being  imperceptible  to  the 
sight,  hearing,  taste,  and  smell,  but  perceptible  to  the  feeling. 

Again :  First,  facts  have  been  presented ;  secondly,  established 
truths  corresponding  with  facts;  and  thirdly,  representation — sustain- 
bg  the  two  former  by  appeals  made  to  visible  and  external  truths,  in- 
dependent of  belief  or  disbelief.  These  becoming  manifest,  not  only 
establish  facts  as  corresponding  with  facts,  but  the  first  two  confirm 
the  last,  and  the  last  represents  and  confirms  all.  All  this  is  posi- 
tively sustaining  the  truth  which  was  first  apparently  presvmed  to 
exist  in  the  phenomenon  termed  Clairvoyance. 

The  amount  of  evidence  is  now  before  you  on  which  may  be 
grounded  your  faith,  or  rather  confidence,  in  that  which  is  to  come. 
But  if  it  is  not  sufficiently  overwhelming  to  your  minds  as  evidence 
to  establish  faith,  you  must  admit  the  following  by  affirming  the  ques- 
tions propounded :  If  what  has  been  said  does  not  correspond  with 
your  preconceived  opinions  and  admitted  theories,  or  is  not  agree- 
able to  your  present  desires  and  feelings,  does  it  not  nevertheless 
correspond  with  Truth?  If  what  has  been  said  relative  to  the 
grounds  of  true  reasoning  does  not  associate  itself  with  your  present 
mode  of  reasoning,  does  it  not  correspond  with  truth  and  invisible 
realities  as  manifested  in  external  effects,  and  thus  explain  theories 
which  you  have  long  fostered  as  true  ?  If  what  has  been  developed 
relative  to  the  science  of  Magnetism  and  its  ultimate,  Clairvoyance, 
does  not  appear  reasonable  for  you  to  believe,  does  it  not  appear 
more  unreasonable  to  disbelieve  it?  If  what  I  have  stated  in  refer- 
ence to  the  second  Sphere,  or  the  source  of  my  impressions,  does  not 
correspond  with  what  you  regard  as  truths  evident  to  your  senses, 
does  not  all  that  I  have  revealed  in  candor,  consecutiveness  of  inves- 
tigation, and  freeness  of  expression,  commend  itself  favorably  to  your 
minds  1  Even  if  the  propositions  presented  appear  at  first  the  oppo- 
site of  truth,  does  not  the  investigation — the  close  development  of 
forms,  series^  associations,  correspondences,  representations — yea, 
the  strict  analysis  of  all  these — ^manifest  truth  and  sincerity  corre- 
sponding to  that  Great  JFbeus  of  Positive  Truth,  to  which  all  things 
else  are  subordinate  ? 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


IHB  PBINOIPLEB  OF  NATUBB.  57 


^  20*  Ih  the  progress  of  this  Key  to  th^  Revelation,  and  in  fa^ 
miliarixing  the  traths  and  principles  to  be  unfolded,  with  the  present 
sphere  of  reasoning,  as  to  make  plain  and  demonstratively  evident 
all  things  invisible  as  associating  with,  and  corresponding  to,  things 
which  are  known  to  exist — it  becomes  highly  important  to  investi- 
gate the  main  attributes  and  various  developments  of  matter.  As  it 
ia  known  in  forms,  from  the  animal  and  vegetable  down  to  the  min- 
eral and  earthy,  and  in  the  many  modifications  which  it  assumes,  it 
is  geotenUj  believed  to  be  totally  disconnected  from  all  principles  of 
inleliect,  or  spiritual  and  inner  life. 

Maay  opinions  have  existed  relative  to  the  motion  of  matter,  and 
ili  **  tr*>  inertia.^^  It  is  evident  that  the  foundation  upon  which  the 
prevailing  theories  and  hypotheses  have  been  based,  is  laid  in  a  mis- 
eooeeption  of  the  true  mode  of  reasoning — taking  some  visible  forms 
sad  manifestations  of  Nature  as  mavingy  and  some  as  not  moving ; 
sod  taking  one  as  an  established  principle  of  truth,  and  the  other 
M  •  probable  reality :  or  assuming  that  inertia  was  a  law  of  matter, 
when  the  contrary  might  have  been  evidently  demonstrated  in  various 
ways* 

KaCnre  and  her  forms  present  more  evidence  in  favor  of  a  cease- 
leM  and  unchangeable  motion  in  matter  than  otherwise.  There  is  no 
nch  thing  existing  as  positive  inertia  in  matter.  It  is  not  particular 
in  what  way  matter  is  developed ;  it  is  not  particular  whether  activity 
in  any  fofm  of  matter  is  directly  manifest  to  the  senses  or  not — ac- 
tivity in  such  nevertheless  does  exist ;  for  trnwersal  motion  may  be 
denxtftrated  as  a  general  and  positive  law  of  Nature.  Then  why 
\iJkB  particulars  and  minuties  in  evidence  of  the  opposite  1 

Matter  poesesses  within  itself  the  positive  and  negative  motion,  and 
the  ipecifie  esaence  of  Life  and  Sensation.  Some  philosophers  have 
ivpposed  that  matter  contains  within  itself  the  principles  of  Motion, 
Life,  SentattOD,  and  Intellect — ^regardless  of  any  distinction  in  the 
organiMms  or  modes  of  these  various  principles.  Their  reasonings 
are  baaed  opon  the  known  existmg  principle  in  matter.  Sensation  ; 
and  they  have  endeavored  to  prove  by  this  development  that  a  fur- 
ther perfectioii  and  refinement  in  matter  would  produce  Mind  or 
Spirit,  independent  of  any  absolute  change  br  distinction  in  the  or- 
gmtiation  of  inherent  Motion.  It  will  be  proved,  however,  that  this 
is  not  the  case.  The  great  distmction  between  Life  and  Sensation 
has  never  been  named  or  properly  understood  in  philosophical  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


58  THE  I'BINaiPLBS  OF  STATUEB. 

psychological  disquisitions.  But  as  this  refinement  of  matter,  termed 
spirit,  is  not  the  proper  subject  to  speak  about  at  this  time,  I  will 
proceed  to  speak  of  the  Motion  and  Laws  which  govern  the  material 
Universe. 

If  there  is  a  principle  of  inertia  existing  in  Matter,  then  man  pos- 
sesses the  power  to  create;  but  if  there  is  not  such  a  thing  esdsting^ 
then  man  has  merely  the  power  of  developing.  One  or  the  other  of 
the  above  must  necessarily  be  true.  Preponderance  of  evidence,  as 
connected  with  individual  and  external  experience,  must  decide 
which  is. 

The  most  apparently  immoveable  substance  known  in  creation  is 
that  of 'stone  ;  and  the  question  has  often  been  asked,  ^^  Does  stone 
form  and  develop  itself  like  unto  other  forms  in  Nature  ?"  In  an- 
swering thir  question,  it  is  necessary  to  understand  the  relation  and 
distmction  existbg  between  the  form  and  composition  of  matter  in 
the  stone,  and  the  nature  and  composition  of  the  form  that  interro- 
gates. For  if  the  stone  were  composed  of  the  same  principles  and 
possessed  the  same  movements  with  the  subject  which  is  investigat- 
ing its  properties,  the  answer  would  be  immediately  evident.  But 
instead  of  this,  though  the  composition  of  the  stone  is  of  itself  active, 
the  action  is  so  slow  and  imperceptible,  in  comparison  to  the  quick 
activity  and  changeableness  of  man,  that  he  arrives  at  the  conclusion 
that  the  stone  is  inactive^  while  his  body  is  active. 

That  a  living  and  moving  principle  exists  even  in  stones,  is  ren- 
dered evident  to  the  senses  by  the  appearance  on  their  surface  of 
decomposition  and  decay.  Where  decomposition  takes  place,  re- 
composition  must  also  occur;  for  matter  is  indestructible.  Therefore 
roqks  and  stones  give  particles  toj  and  take  them  from,  other  bodies. 
Also  when  mines  are  found  not  so  thoroughly  developed  as  the  geol- 
ogists or  miners  expected  to  find  them,  they  often  leave  them  to 
grow,  germinate,  or  ^^  get  ripe,''  as  they  express  it.  Does  not  this 
afford  external  evidence  of  the  activity  of  matter? 

And  could  man  constantly  unite  with  his  body  substances  and 
matter  which  are  not  active,  or  which  do  not  possess  «  living  princi- 
ple? Food  is  constantly  taken ;  it  is  active  upon  the  body ;  it  be- 
comes a  part  of  the  texture  and  substance  of  the  system — ^is  sub- 
jected to  the  physiological  operations,  and  is  governed  by  the  same 
mutual  motive  forces  th^t  pervade  all  thmgs.  If  matter  were  inac- 
tive, could  it  be  associated  with  activity?  Can  motion  and  rest 
exist  together  ? 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


TEDB  FBnrdPLSS  OF  HATUBB.  59 

Chemists  who  haye  instituted  inyestigatioDS  relative  to  matter  and 
motioii,  will  tell  you  that  one  substance  will  unite  with  another  of 
like  affinity ;  but  they  go  no  further.  But  i{ particular  matter  will 
only  associate  wiUi  that  of  like  affinity,  how  is  it  that  four  or  five  ele- 
ments are  often  found  to  exist  in  one  composition?  The  truth  is, 
there  is  a  mutual  affinity  existing  between  all  forms  and  substances 
tfaroQf^bovt  Nature,  including  ^e  mineral,  y^etable,  and  animal 
kingdoms*  There  is  a  constant  fluctuation  of  all  these,  from,  to, 
and  throng  each  other,  acting  fast  or  slow  according  to  the  deTel<^ 
ment  <^  the  matter  sustaining  these  mutual  actions.  There  is  a  con- 
stant and  unchangeable  movement  throughout  all  Nature,  produced 
by  the  ultimate  of  matter,  or  what  is  now  known  to  be  its  inherent 
properties  of  life  and  sensation.  There  is  a  constant,  undeviating 
action,  which  produces  and  reproduces  all  forms  visible  and  external* 
Composition,  decomposition,  recomposition,  visible  and  invisible,  are 
tridently  performing  their  natural  yet  ceaseless  work,  acc(»rding  to 
established  laws.  Earth  and  atmosphere  form  and  compose  vegeta- 
ble existence ;  and  these  three,  in  Uieir  united  and  energetic  forces, 
compose  their  ultimates,  the  higher  degrees  of  matter  known  as  ani- 
nal  existence.  And  this  last  constantly  gives  to,  and  takes  from,  all 
thbgs  below  its  existence.  Henoe  there  is  a  ceaseless  and  endless 
ehain  of  formation  and  reproduction ;  loss  and  gain ;  accumulation 
and  dispersion,  taking  place  yearly,  hourly,  and  secondly,  throughout 
the  Universe.  If  there  is  an  infected  place  upon  the  body,  such  as 
a  sore  or  wound,  yon  may  see,  in  its  action  of  healing,  a  representa- 
tion of  all  Nature.  You  may  there  see  the  perfect  operation  of  the 
two  principles  or  forces  of  the  anatomical  and  material  system.  What 
is  decomposed,  will  be  gradually  repulsed  from  the  wound ;  what 
has  formed  pure  and  healthy,  by  a  fresh  ultimation  and  composition 
of  particles,  is  gradually  and  curefully  deposited  at  the  place  where 
it  is  required.  There  is  not  one  partide  too  much  or  too  little ;  but 
the  whole  sustains  an  harmonious  and  united  action  in  forming  anew 
the  parts,  and  repulsing  the  extraneous  and  decomposed  substances, 
until  the  whole  is  united  as  before !  So  with  all  Nature :  every  par* 
ticle  of  matter  being  governed  by  these  laws  and  forces,  produces 
harmony  and  union  in  all  parts  of  existence.  With  an  undeviating 
tendency,  each  particle  in  Nature  proceeds  to  its  destined  spot,  there 
to  form  what  is  required,  or  to  become  more  refined  to  produce  its 
grand  eiects  and  sublime  ultimates ! 

Thus  all  things  have  mutual  affinities,  yet  these  are  not  always 
p«oeptable;  for  some  subataoees  and  elements  have  progressed  too 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


60  THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  KATUBB* 

far  to  associate  visibly  with  that  which  has  not  arrived  at  a  similar 
condition.  The  analysis  and  knowledge  of  the  real  principles  (which, 
are  invisible),  governing  even  the  atoms  of  existence,  would  teach  a 
lesson  of  truth  in  reference  to  the  laws  and  movements  of  all  things. 
For  the  least  substance  in  existence  contains  within  itself  the  specific 
forces  and  essences  that  exist  in  the  remotest  sphere  in  immensity. 
Matter  in  lis  present^  not  only  represents  matter  in  its  vltimate  state^ 
but  it  is  typical  of  IntdUgence^  or  spiritual  ultimation,  throughout 
eternity. 


§  21.  In  speaking  of  the  origin  and  primitive  Cause  of  all  life,  it  is 
necessary  to  sustain  the  position  to  be  assumed,  by  inductions  drawn 
from  Nature  and  her  laws. 

First :  If  man  is  an  animated  being,  and  the  earth  inaniTnate,  how 
can  these  exist  together?  If  man  is  formed  as  an  extraneous  sub- 
stance, separate  from  the  great  mass,  how  can  he  take  from,  and  give 
to,  the  elements  that  compose  his,  and  other  existences  1  If  motion 
or  life  existed  in  one  part  of  Nature,  and  repose  in  another,  could 
these  two  be  made  to  characterize  a  Universe  ?  Or  can  activity  and 
rest  exist  in  one.substance  1  If,  on  the  contrary,  motion  is  manifest 
in  the  general  departments  of  the  Universe,  is  it  not  more  than  prob- 
able  that  aU  things  are  active,  either  in  a  visible  or  invisible  way  1 
The  motive  power  of  all  life  and  activity  in  Nature,  must  be  a  part 
of  the  same.  It  must  exist  with  it,  for  it  can  not  separately  act  upon 
it.  Motion  is  then  coexistent,  coessential,  and  coetemal  with  Nature. 
It  acts  on  all  matter  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  perfection ;  and 
consequently,  there  is  not  a  particle  or  substance  in  Nature  in  an 
inactive  condition,  but  all  things  are  full  of  life  and  energy. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  explain  the  formation  of  this  sphere  at  this 
time,  but  only  to  investigate  matter  and  motion  as  evidently  mani- 
fested to  the  senses.  Motwe  Power,  existing  with  Matter  indivis- 
ibly,  is  the  catcse  of  Life ;  and  to  distinguish  Motion,  Life,  and  Sen- 
sation, from  Intelligence^  there  must  be  a  correspondence  shown  as 
existing  universally,  representing  these  principles  as  Motion  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree  of  perfection.  What  is  known  as  Motion,  is 
not  properly  Life ;  for  Motion  exists  where  Life  does  not. 

The  harder  substances,  such  as  mineral  and  stone,  are  appa/renUy 
motionless ;  but  still  they  are  contmually  decreasing  or  increasmg, 
according  to  their  peculiar  states  of  perfection.    For  mineral  bodies 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBINOIFUS  OF  KATUBB.  61 

are  formed  by  the  association  and  action  of  such  elements  as  enter 
into  their  composition.  When  they  commence  forming,  they  are  in 
a  erode  and  unrefined  state ;  hat  by  the  activity  and  motion  which 
characterise  them,  they  constantly  attract  from  other  substances  par- 
ticles for  their  own  composition.  And  as  that  which  has  progressed 
to  a  condition  to  enter  into  such  a  formation  associates  with,  and  be- 
comes a  part  of,  the  mineral,  so  all  which  has  not  progressed  to  the 
proper  state  to  associate  with  the  same,  is  repulsed  and  separated  as 
dross  and  extraneous  matter ;  and  this  associates  with  that  of  like 
aflbuty,  even  as  did  the  former. 

Particles  may  accumulate  from  the  combined  elements  in  the  inte- 
rior of  the  eardi,  to  form  what  is  termed  ore.  And  this  can  not 
remab  inactive  when  it  is  formed,  but  progresses  to  metal*  Then  it 
possesses  no  visible  motion  or  activity.  But  time  will  develop  its 
slow,  yet  perfect  action :  for  ruet  will  be  seen  accumulating  on  its 
surface,  and  finally  the  whole  becomes  dissolved  and  disunited,  and 
pttssea  into  other  substances  of  like  and  equal  aflBnities.  In  this, 
therefore,  is  seen  a  perfect  illustration  of  the  steady  motion  existmg 
as  an  invisible  reality. 

The  appearances  of  forms  and  substances  would  almost  give  the 
impression  that  they  exist  as  independent  of  earth  and  atmosphere ; 
for  the  question  could  with  propriety  be  asked,  If  animal  and  vege- 
table existences  belong  to  and  are  a  part  of  earth,  why  are  they  not 
an  like  earth  ?  or,  why  is  not  earth  like  unto  them? 

The  distinction  is  not  properly  made  between  substances  which 
are  constantly  progressing  to  specific  states  of  perfection  and  associa- 
tioD.  A  peculiar  kind  of  earth  is  perfected,  and  has  the  essential 
property  of  associating  with,  and  forming  mineral ;  while,  by  a  long 
and  imperceptible  progression,  earth  and  minerals  associate  with  and 
form  vfgeiabU  existence.  By  a  gradual  progression  and  refinement, 
particles  of  the  mineral  and  vegetable  kingdoms  are  rendered  capable 
of  beeoming  the  substance  ai  anim^U  orgcmization.  And  there  is 
between  earth  and  animal  existence  a  general  and  particular  cor- 
respoadenoe, — and  there  are  intermediate  associations  of  matter, 
groasu  or  more  refined,  which  produce  the  various  substances  and 
forms  existing  between  each  of  these  kingdoms. 

la  earth  and  minerals,  and  all  matter  which  is  commonly  eaid  to  be 
in  repoae,  there  is  existmg  the  primitive  and  original  principle  insep- 
arably belonging  to  and  characterizbg  the  whole  Universe.  There 
is  motion  in  these,  developing  power  in  its  action  such  as  man  is  not 
citable  of  comprehending ;  for  man,  with  all  his  powers  of  intelligence 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


62  THB  PSmOIPLES  OF  KATUBB. 

combined,  is  not  competent  to  inyestigate  and  properly  comprehend 
the  force  and  moving  power  of  his  own  existence.  Yet  in  grosser 
matter,  there  is  contained  ik^prvrrMve  and  essenUaZ  jmncy>le  of 
Motion ;  and  this  is  ihe  first  of  all  powers  existmg  in  Matter  through- 
out the  Universe.  L\fe  does  not  exist  in  such  forms,  yet  this  is  a 
specific  and  essential  quality  bel<mging  to  Motion ;  but  one  which  can 
not  yet  be  developed,  for  the  want  of  a  higher  and  more  perfect  state 
of  material  existence. 


§  22.  For  illustration,  imagine  this  sphere  as  existing,  and  nothing 
of  what  is  now  known  as  vegetable  and  animal  forms.-— Let  matter 
be  destitute  of  any  higher  state  of  perfection  than  the  grosser  substan- 
ces which  compose,  this  sphere  only.  Then,  if  you  are  in  a  condition 
to  be  cognizant  of  all  motion,  which  is  incessantly  going  on  among  the 
various  atoms  and  particles,  you  have  the  principle  of  Motion  jprimu 
twdy  existing.  You  would  not  know  of  a  principle  of  Life  or  Sen- 
sation. Your  mind  could  not  extend  to  vegetable  and  animal  creation, 
for  such  you  would  think  were  utterly  impossible.  But  suppose  you 
still  continue  in  the  condition  to  be  cognizant  of  the  progression  and 
continual  motion  universally  existing :  you  would  next  see  the  forma- 
tion of  mmerdU,  You  would  consider  these  as  forming  from  the  pro- 
gression and  ultimate  refinement  of  grosser  matter.  Yet  no  combi- 
nation of  numbers  would  express  to  the  understanding  the  number 
of  years  intervening  between  the  first  or  rudimental  stages  of  Matter 
and  the  formation  of  minerals. 

Next,  you  would  see  plants  germinating  and  springmg  up,  of  a 
diminutive  size,  over  the  face  of  creation.  Here  again  is  a  substance 
manifested,  which  you  did  not  know  as  existing  previously  to  its  for- 
mation. Yet  by  a  steady  perception  you  could  see  that  it  was  evi- 
dently the  progression  of  matter  that  produced  such  an  accumulation 
of  particles  to  form  a  Vegetable  Kingdom.  There  would  be  also  a 
new  development  of  the  law  of  Motion.  You  would  here  see  Life  in 
every  particle  of  vegetable  existence,  a  principle  which  you  did 
not  know  as  existing  previously  to  the  formation  of  the  substan- 
ces in  which  it  is  developed.  Yet  it  would  be  evident  that  this 
Life  is  an  essential  quality  and  development  of  the  first  principle 
of  Motion. 

Intermediate  formations  would  gradually  be  produced ;  and  a  long 
series  of  years  would  elapse  between  the  formation  of  the  last  Kingdom 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THS  P8IK0IPUE8  OF  NATOBS.  68 

nd  the  prodnetion  and  deTdopment  of  another*  Yoa  iroald  next 
■ee  animals  existing  in  minute  and  delicate  fonns,  corresponding  with 
the  minate  and  delicate  forms  of  plants.  From  these  there  would  be 
gradually  created  higher  degrees  of  animal  organization,  correspond- 
ing with  die  higher  yegetable  existences,  until  you  would  observe 
(the  qualities  and  particles  becombg  so  perfect  from  Ihe  ultimation 
of  the  grosser  matter)  the  formation  and  production  of  the  magnificent 
and  wonderful  mechanism  of  Ihe  human  fomiy  comprismg  within 
itMlf  the  ultimate  properties  of  all  previously  existing  matter,  and 
which  stands  as  an  ultimate  and  combination  of  all  else  existing  ante- 
rior (0  its  creation ! 

Thus  you  have  seen  matter  pass  from  its  grosser  condition,  through 
its  many  stages  and  spheres  (jf  pr(>gression,  until  it  arrives  at  conse- 
qweni  animal  organisation  I 

There  is  another  principle  also  developed,  corresponding  with  the 
perfection  of  matter.  You  first  saw  Matter  and  Motion ;  secondly, 
joa  saw  its  gradual  progression  until  it  formed  substances  capable  of 
developing  a  new  principle  of  motion.  This  was  Life^  corresponding 
in  perfectioD  to  the  forms  which  oontwied  it.  Then,  again,  you  knew 
of  no  other  principle  existing  besides  Motion  and  lAfe  :  but,  in  due 
tine,  new  forms  were  produced  by  the  same  unchangeable  laws  of 
pffogresskm  and  association,  corresponding  to,  and  capable  of  devel- 
opiDg,  a  new  principle  of  Motion  and  Life,  which  was  Senmtion. 
Then  yon  saw  that  Sensation  was  a  further  development  of  the  essen- 
tial propertiee  of  Motion — ^that  the  former  contained  the  latter,  but 
could  not  manifest  it  without  corresponding  forms  of  progressed  mat- 
ter capable  of  producing  such  a  development. 

Yon  are  now  convinced  that  the  physical  organisation  of  Man  is  an 
uUimaU  of  matter,  and  an  efect  produced  by  an  internal,  invisible,  yet 
eternal  Cause :  and  you  are  fnrUier  convinced  that  Sensation,  Life, 
a&d  Motion,  are  consequent  qualifications  of  the  organic  consti- 


Yott  have  observed  the  gradual  progress  of  all  things  until  Man 
was  Cocmed.  You  may  now  be  removed  from  the  position  which 
fou  have  occupied  as  being  raised  above  this  sphere,  for  the  purpose 
of  observation, — to  direct  your  attention  to  the  beings  which  you 
have  patiently  seen  formed.  And  now,  existing  and  moving  among 
other  forms  and  beings  like  unto  yourself,  are  you  capable  of  com- 
prehending and  explaining  what  you  evidently  saw  as  manifest  to 
jmx  senses  while  thus  situated?  You  are  not:  for  you  are  now 
dwsOing  in  a  sphere  lower  than  that  which  you  previously  occupied. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


64  THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATUBE. 

and  therefore  can  not  associate  with  the  same.  Nor  can  you  associate 
with  this  sphere  fully ;  for  you  are  not  only  one  among  millions  of 
forms,  but  you  are  apparently  self-existing,  and  isolated  from  the 
great  mass  of  universal  production. 

You  now  see  that  man  possesses  something  besides  Life  and  Sen- 
sation. And  it  is  for  the  want  of  a  capacity  to  make  a  proper  dis- 
tinction, that  you  confuse  Motion,  Life,  Sensation,  and  Intelligence, 
in  one  form,  and  sanction  the  theory  that  Intelligence  is  a  result  of 
organization.  The  cause,  then,  of  your  belief  is  evidently  demon- 
strated.— It  is  for  the  want  of  a  higher  sphere  to  enable  you  to  asso- 
ciate with  that  which  belongs  to  your  present  sphere.  But  becoming 
confused  in  investigating  your  own  composition,  you  arrive  at  the 
conclusion  that  the  principle  of  mind  is  eternal,  yet  not  individ- 
ualized, or  associating  identically  with  spheres  of  ultimate  progression, 
as  corresponding  with  the  spheres  which  you  have  demonstrated  to 
your  senses  in  the  earthy,  mineral,  vegetable,  and  animal  kingdoms, 
with  their  minutiae  and  intermediates, — and  in  primitive  Motion,  Life, 
Sensation,  and  Intelligence. 

And  in  this  place  it  is  necessary  to  impress  again  the  proposition, 
That  no  substance  or  power  of  any  character,  whether  physical  or 
intellectual,  possesses  within  itself  the  power  of  self-investigation  or 
comprehension.  Therefore  you  can  comprehend  and  trace,  analogi- 
cally and  correctly,  grosser  substances  to  the  formation  of  yourselves ; 
but  you  arrive  at  Mind,  Intelligence,  Spirit^ — and  though  this  is  the 
principle  which  has  enabled  you  to  explore  and  comprehend  all  be- 
low it,  you  find  that  this  itself  is  necessarily  vague  and  indefinite  to 
you.  And  hence  there  is  either  too  much  belief  as  respects  this 
principle  and  its  composition,  or  too  much  disbelief;  and  each  is  a 
natural  consequence  of  a  principle  attempting  to  investigate  itself. 

Having  no  means  to  arrive  distinctly  and  evidently  at  a  knowledge 
of  the  essence  and  principle  of  Intelligence,  you  are  compelled  to  let 
me  occupy  the  situation  which  you  have  been  supposed  to  sustain, 
and  thereby  reveal  what  you  would  willingly  and  joyously  receive, 
as  correspondbg  to  your  natural  yearnings,  and  answering  your  de- 
sires for  a  higher,  nobler,  and  more  dignified  understanding  of  your 
nature  and  its  legitimate  offices  and  ultimate  destination. 


§  22*  The  classification  of  Series,  Degrees,  and  Representations, 
must  be  properly  understood,  in  order  that  Nature  and  her  coexistent 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRINCIPLK8  OF  NATURE.  65 

tad  eisentiAl  laws  may  be  duly  comprehended.  A  focus  formed  of 
Detmlous  matter,  or  in  other  words,  a  Centre  produced  by  a  conglom- 
eratioQ  of  particles,  must  of  necessity  be  a  body,  crude,  heterogeneous, 
yet  a  cauw.  Its  inherent  forces  are  sponttfnwmsly  producing  effects^ 
and  these  effects  are  necessarily  producing  uUimates,  It  exhibits 
also  the  inherent  principle  in  matter  known  as  Motion^  which  is 
admitted  to  be  coexistent  with  matter  itself, — producing  effects, 
which  effects  are  producing  ends  or  ultimates.  Such  an  incipient 
formation  is  the  only  basis  on  which  can  rest  a  proper  understanding 
of  the  potency  of  matter  and  the  excellency  of  ultimates. 

The  oorrespondential  reasoning  to  be  instituted  is  based  upon  gen- 
ermls  and  universals— or  upon  the  Cause  which  is  perpetually  pro- 
dncmg  effects  and  ends.  Intermediate  and  isolated  divisions  are  not 
essential  to  a  proper  mvestigation  of  terrestrial  laws. 

There  is  an  invisible  Cause  producing  spontaneously  external 
IXects ;  and  these  may  be  divided  into  aeries^  degrees^  and  reprc* 
tmtations.  At  first,  Matter  and  Motion  existed :  and  these  formed 
oae  Si  ties.  Vegetable  production  and  its  essential  developments 
ul  accompanying  life,  are  a  second  form  and  degree.  Animal  organ- 
ization is  a  tAird  development,  or  an  ultimate  of  the  inward  or  first 
Cause:  and  its  kingdom  is  a  third  form  and  degree, — the  whole 
forming  t^ree  series.  First,  Matter,  spontaneously  producing  and 
reproducing  Ends  or  Ultimates.  Secondly,  Motion,  graduated  and 
developed  according  to  the  perfection  and  utilization  of  matter  into 
forms,  suitable  as  agents,  and  perfect  as  ultimates,  to  develop  its 
inward  principle  to  the  external  sphere*  Again  (for  a  more  partic- 
t!mr  distinction),  first,  Matter ;  secondly,  perfect  degree  of  vegetable 
existence ;  and  thirdly,  matter  in  animal  organization  as  its  highest 
itate.  These  are  three  series  or  decrees.  Secondly,  Motion  as  a 
eoexisting  principle  with  Matter,  Life  as  an  effect,  and  Sensation  as 
an  oltimmte  or  end :  constituting  three  series  or  degrees  of  the  pro- 
gresficm  of  matter  and  its  inherent  motion,— or  of  the  development 
cf  the  great  Cause  internal,  which  progresses  to,  and  produces  ex- 
ternal and  visible  forms.  These  classifications  must  be  understood, 
in  order  to  arrive  at  the  corresponding  principles  which  are  still  invis- 
Me,  yet  creatbg  infinite  ends  and  ultimates,  from  eternal,  invisible, 
s&d  potent  Uws  of  causation. 

For  an  understanding  of  the  reasonings  which  may  properly  be 
ksed  upon  these  classifications,  accordbg  to  the  science  of  corre- 
•pondeoces,  {mmiliar  and  physiological  illustrations  may  be  presented. 
These  win  answer  as  a  chart  for  universal  investigation ;  for  effects  are 

6 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


66  THE  PRIN0IPLE8  OF  NATURE. 

charts  by  which  internal  causes  may  be  arrived  at.  For  forms  and 
effects  are  representatives  in  a  higher  degree  of  what  is  existing  in  a 
lower  or  first  degree;  and  the  substance  of  ultimates  is  a  develop- 
ment and  progression  of  all  beneath  its  sphere  of  existence,  and  is  a 
compound  of  all  substances,  refined  and  rarified  to  a  sphere  of  ulti- 
mate perfection.  Consequently  it  involves  all  of  the  lower  orders  of 
spheres  and  existences.  Hence  it  acts  on,  and  subsists  upon,  sub- 
stances and  particles  which  compose  the  original  elements  of  its  na- 
ture. All  beneath  an  ultimate,  or  an  effect,  thus  mppUea  the  effect 
and  ultimate ;  and  hence  ultimates  or  effects  correspond  to,  and  rep- 
resent all  things  in  an  inferior  degree  and  sphere  of  perfection. 
Thus,  the  kummi  hody  is  a  composition  of  all  else : — ^but  to  famil- 
iarize it  with  the  understanding  as  corresponding  with  universals  in 
Nature,  an  examination  of  its  laws  and  functions  generally,  and  a 
classification  of  them  in  series  and  degrees,  will  be  necessary :  and 
this  will  manifest  the  doctrines  which  it  is  necessary  to  enforce. 

First,  Reform  is  a  representative  of  Matter  originally  existing :  for 
the  system  is  formed  by  laws  not  distinctly  comprehended,  even  as 
is  the  great  system  of  the  Universe.  There  is  an  invisible,  an  inter- 
nal cause,  existing  in  the  human  form ;  and  there  is  an  external,  an 
ultimate,  an  end  also.  These  two  are  generals ;  but  there  are  other 
specific  qualities  and  essences,  producing  distinct  results; — and  a 
classification  of  these  is  necessary  in  order  to  make  them  familiar  to 
the  mind,  as  corresponding  with  distinct  departments  in  Nature. 

First,  the  head,  secondly,  the  chest,  and  thirdly,  the  abdomen. 
These  are  the  three  orders  of  degrees  in  the  same  form,  arising  out 
of  the  general^  as  the  original  basis.  The  head  is  the  cause,  the 
chest,  the  ieffect,  the  abdomen,  the  end,  or  ultimate.  Or,  the  head, 
as  a  cause,  involves,  acts  on,  and  produces  all  which  the  organism 
usually  manifests. 

Still  more  plainly  is  this  principle  illustrated  and  represented  in 
the  functional  operations  of  the  viscera,  in  forming  that  essence  of 
organic  life,  the  Wood.  First,  the  mouth,  tongue,  and  its  mucous 
surfaces;  secondly,  the  stomach;  and  thirdly,  the  termination  of 
the  same  in  the  small  and  large  intestines.  Or,  the  saliva,  the 
gastric  juice,  the  pancreatic  and  hepatic,  or  bile.  The  saliva  is  the 
cause,  and  performs  the  essential  office  of  preparing  the  food  for  the 
stomach.  Saliva  produces  an  effect  or  immediate  result,  called  gas- 
tric juice,  which  is  the  same  juice  developed  and  potentialized  to 
perform  its  grand  end  or  ultimate.  Its  termination  is  the  active  and 
finely-secreted  fluids  of  the  small  and  large  intestines,  terminating  at 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE.  67 

the  reetmn.  Hence  the  element  known  as  blood  commences  in  the 
numth,  and  by  the  tongue  dissolving  and  preparing  the  substances 
vhich  are  to  form  such :  and  for  the  further  deyelopment  of  the  same 
particles  and  substances,  it  passes  to  the  stomach,  and  there  is  acted 
on  hj  the  gastric  principle,  is  coagulated, — and  the  ultimate  of  this 
operation  forms  blood; — which  is  drawn  by  the  forces  heretofore  ex- 
plained, into  the  absorbing  vessels,  and  terminates  in  the  venous  and 
arterial  circulation.  The  gross  and  impure  particles,  which  are  not 
capable  of  associating  with  the  refined  and  progressed  part,  pass  into 
the  substance  known  9Af(Bce9  or  excremefity — while  according  to  the 
law  of  universal  life,  activity  and  progression,  the  Uood  becomes  still 
more  refined.  It  forms  a  serum  or  lymph,  which  is  the  next  stage 
of  its  progression ;  and  the  ultimate  of  this  is  the  insensible  per- 
spiration. 

Or,  for  further  illustration :  There  is  a  chyle  of  the  mouth  and 
tongue,  an  original  substance — a  cause  of  producing  a  second  chyle, 
that  of  the  stomacb  and  pancreas,  and  which  is  a  still  more  refined 
ieyelopment  of  the  same  principle.  And  then  a  chyle  is  produced, 
of  the  small  and  large  intestines,  as  an  efiect  or  grand  ultimate  of  the 
whole  functional  movements  of  the  formation  of  blood. 


§  23.  Now  to  bring  what  has  been  last  said  into  a  comprehensive 
condition,  we  will  recapitulate :  First,  the  head,  chest,  and  abdomen. 
Secondly,  ihe  power  which  these  have  upon  the  system,  as  an  inter- 
nal force  to  produce  external  manifestations.  Thirdly,  the  mouth, 
stomach,  and  intestines.  Fourthly,  the  saliva,  gastric  and  hepatic 
tad  pancreatic  juices.  Fifthly,  chyle  of  the  mouth,  chyle  of  the 
itomacb,  coagulation,  blood,  serum,  insensible  perspiration.  Each  is 
a  cause  to  produce  its  ultimate.  These  are  all  series — correspond- 
in;;  to  the  series  in  material  existence.  And  as  the  formation  and 
dcrelopment  of  blood  takes  place  through  a  functional  operation  of 
the  sjf  lem,  so  Life  and  Sensation  are  produced  by  the  developments 
of  the  material  system.  The  Universe  originally  contained  within 
itself  all  the  essential  properties  and  substances  which  are  now  known 
to  be  developed  :  so  the  food  which  is  taken  into  the  mouth,  posses- 
Ms  within  itself  all  the  properties  and  essences  of  blood,  but  needs 
fivm  and  condition  of  series  and  degrees  to  produce  such  a  devel- 
opment. And  each  force,  organ,  or  function  which  is  necessarily 
calUd  into  action  to  produce  blood,  must  possess  within  itself  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


68  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUEE. 

power  to  cause  all  which  is  ultimately  developed.  Each  has  a  jseries 
consisting  of  three ; — corresponding  with  the  series  and  degrees  in 
universal  creation.  And  man,  therefore,  stands  as  a  representative  of 
the  Universe, — containing  within  himself  the  ultimate  properties  of 
all  subordinate  substances  ; — and  consequently  he  is  involved  in  all 
things,  which  act  for  and  on  him  as  an  ultimate. 

It  is  proper,  therefore,  to  deeply  and  seriously  investigate  the 
original  structure  and  motive  power  of  man,  together  with  the  many 
complicated  parts  which  are  uniformly  made  evident  external :  and 
by  understanding  the  forms  and  forces,  and  the  consequent  perfection 
which  is  manifested  in  the  human  organism,  you  will  perceive  a  cor- 
respondence to  all  else,  whether  superior  or  subordinate,  existing  in 
universal  Nature  and  her  laws.  Know  one  and  you  consequently 
know  the  other;  and  by  investigating  and  exploring  all  below  the 
power  of  mind,  constituting  your  own  nature,  you  arrive  analogically 
at  the  relative  powers  of  the  original  laws  of  motion,  which  have 
governed  from  the  beginning,  and  do  still  manifest  an  undeviating 
tendency  to  universal  and  eternal  progression. 

As  motion  is  perpetually  changing  and  exchanging  particles^  so 
there  are  continual  sequestrations  and  prominent  developments  of  the 
same  in  forms  going  on  throughout  all  existence ;  and  forms,  forcea, 
and  motions  are  refined  through  successive  stages,  from  the  most 
minute  atom  in  existence,  to  the  most  perfect  form  and  symmetry 
^hich  are  displayed  in  the  physical  organization  of  Man.  The  law 
or  power  of  procreation  and  reproduction  (in  the  sense  in  which 
these  words  are  applicable),  is  universal  and  eternal.  There  is  not 
such  a  thing  as  absolute  creation  ;  but  what  is  termed  such,  is  merely 
a  development  of  inherent  principles,  which  are  eternally  established 
and  sustained.  New  forms  and  properties,  new  developments,  and 
refined  and  exalted  conditions  of  matter,  are  merely  the  visible  ulti- 
mates  of  the  grosser,  yet  essential  principles  of  Matter  and  Motion. 
They  are  therefore  produced,  or  rather  made  manifest  by  the  law  of 
perpetual  progression.  The  highest  and  most  perfect  form  known  to 
exist,  and  manifest  to  the  senses,  is  one  link  in  the  great  chain  of  cor- 
respondences, which  all  particles  immediately  or  remotely  unite  with ; 
and  it  is  a  representative  of  each  successive  link.  Admit  this  propo- 
sition, and  you  are  compelled  through  that  admission  to  repose  belief 
in  one  Great  Power  which  is  governing  and  controlling  all  things, 
and  has  established  a  Law  equal  to  its  own  comprehension, — whereby 
not  one  thing  is  existing  but  what  is  uniformly  developed  in  forms, 
series,  degrees,  and  associations,  according  to  the  force  and  power 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PSXNCIFLBS  OF  NATURE.  69 

which  b  indlTisibly  and  eternally  coexistent  therewith !  Contempla- 
tion is  necessary ;  deliberate  rererence  and  a  sabmissive  disposition 
ire  positively  required/ in  order  to  comprehend  and  enjoy  the  privi- 
!e^  of  associating  with  the  conceptions  and  argument  herein  set 
forth! 

For  a  farther  and  familiar  illustration  of  tbe  motive  forces  of  inter- 
nal existence,  we  will  speak  of  the  different  motions  which  are  devel- 
oped in  Nature,  which  act  on  geometrical  and /mechanical  principles. 
These  arc  particulars  and  minutise,  and  vary  exceedingly,  according 
to  the  forms  and  circumstances  of  their  outward  manifestation ;  yet 
they  are  all  comprehended  and  contained  in  the  First  and  only  Great 
Law  of  Motion,  known  as  positive  and  negative  Forces. 

There  is  existing  a  motion  termed  rectUuiear.  This  contains  im- 
ieveloped,  and  progresses  to,  the  spiral  motion,  which  is  an  ^ultimate 
uf  the  same  principle.  The  first  motion  could  not  exist  until  there 
were /onns  capable  of  manifestbg  it :  and  when  such  motion  became 
establisbed,  the  curvilinear  motion  was  next  developed.  And  other 
motions  legitimately  followed,  sucb  as  the  vibratory,  undulatory,  ec- 
»ntric,  and  spiral  or  ultimate  motions.  The  many  modifications  in 
which  tJicse  motions  or  powers  are  developed  in  momentum  processes, 
were  only  displayed  when  there  were  developments  in  Nature,  of  par- 
uclet,  forms,  and  substances,  capable  of  manifesting  these  essential 
ririnciplcs.  First,  the  Great  Law  of  Motion  existed  ;  and  lastly,  as 
an  ultimate  development,  spiral  motion  was  unfolded ;  and  between 
these  intermediate  motions  were  developed  and  became  visible :  and 
tlien,  and  only  then,  could  these  motions  be  admitted  or  believed  to 
ht  existing. 

Did  not  the  first  motion  contain  the  specific  properties  and  forces 
'-f  all  the  others  ?  or  were  they  individually  and  independently  pro- 
loced  or  created?  Is  it  not  probable  that  they  were  produced  by, 
sad  according  to,  the  law  of  universal  energy  and  development,  and 
that  they  bear  a  likeness  to  all  other  progressions,  in  forms,  degrees, 
aaul  consequent  forces,  such  as  Matter,  Mineral,  Vegetable,  Animal, 
M«u  and  their  respective  properties  and  essences,  of  Motion,  Life, 
i&l  Sfusation,  display?  Does  not  the  whole  form  a  succession  of 
waited  and  corresponding  links  in  the  great  chain  of  material  devel- 
<1«aent? 

The  first  Power  of  Motion  contained  all  forces  that  are  now  known 
!-'  fxiit.  So  also  did  Matter  contain  the  specific  essences  and  prop- 
•rt.e*  to  produce  Man.  Therefore  the  original  forces  and  laws  of 
^nwi  Matter  and  Motion,  comprehended  all  that  may  now  be  termed 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


70  THE  PKIN0IPLE8  OF  NATUEE. 

purified  and  ratified  effects  and  ultimates ;  and  the  whole  corre- 
sponded, in  a  general  sense,  to  the  law  of  positive  and  negative,  or 
grosser  and  ultimate,  cause  and  effect,  internal  and  external :  and  all 
intermediates,  and  superabounding  effects  or  manifestations,  legiti- 
mately and  indivisibly  belong  to,  and  are  a  part  of,  the  Great  Cause^ 
Effect^  and  End. 

Facts  have  thus  been  accumulated,  and  these  stand  instead  of  as- 
sertions. They  are  demonstratively  evident  as  sustaining  the  propo- 
sition first  established,  as  to  the  existence  of  a  universal  and  eternal 
inherent  Law  of  Motion  in  Matter,  and  its  powerful  and  energetic 
productions  which  visibly  exist  as  its  effects  and  grand  ultimates. 
And  these  all  have  been  demonstrated  in  known  and  visible  realities, 
in  order  that  the  correspondences  and  laws  of  associations  may  be 
known  and  properly  understood,  so  that  the  great  question  at  issue 
may  be  decided. 


§  24.  Thus  it  may  be  considered  established,  that  Matter  contains 
within  itself  an  eternal  Law  of  progressive  activity. — And  what  has 
been  said  of  Motion,  and  the  various  ways  in  which  it  is  developed, 
proves  also  a  corresponding  law  of  life  and  action  as  existing  indi- 
visibly and  coessentially  with  Matter ;  the  whole  containing  forces 
and  materials  to  produce  in  future  developments,  all  forms  and  sub- 
stances in  existence.  It  is  thus  also  shown,  that  the  Whole  is  com- 
posed of  parts,  and  that  the  parts  are  necessary  to  compose  the  Whole ; 
and  that  the  Whole  is  a  vast  Machine,  operating  unceasingly  by  an 
inherent  principle  of  perpetual  action.  It  throws  out  Effects,  which 
are  the  results  caused  by  this  action.  The  whole  is  a  mechcmical 
operation^  developing  each  principle  and  force,  each  object  and  form 
which  is  known  to  the  senses  to  exist.  The  whole  is  governed  by 
the  principle  known  as  the  Law  of  Nature.  Scientific  investigations 
lead  to  these  conclusions,  yet  can  not  rest  at  this  point,  but  look  back 
still  further  in  search  of  the  First  Cause.  The  inductive  mind  will 
distinctly  observe  the  indications  which  all  Nature  presents,  as  point- 
ing to  the  Great  First  Cause ^  or  Posiime  Mind.  And  upon  such, 
as  a  basis,  the  mind  will  rest  satisfied,  feeling  that  search  to  find  out 
a  cause  still  ulterior  is  absurd,  and  even  beyond  its  powers  of  con- 
ception. 

But  resting  on  the  foundation  of  such  a  conclusion  irresistibly 
established,  the  mind  can  not  but  look  at  the  whole  of  Nature  as  pro- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUBE.  71 

dneiog  grand  effects  in  an  infinite  process  of  progression ;  and  observe 
adaptation  of  means  to  ends,  as  displaying  external  proof  of  design. 
It  can  not  fail  to  perceive  that  each  part  is  necessary  to  the  composi- 
tion and  stmctare  of  the  Whole;  and  that  the  Whole,  of  necessity, 
most  be  composed  of  parts ;  and  that  each  part  performs  its  specific 
office  in  prodacmg  and  developing  new  effects  and  ultimates. 

This  all  proves  that  Matter  and  Motion  are  coeternal  principles 
existing  in  Nature ;  that  it  is  impossible  for  the  general  and  tstab- 
liahed  laws  of  these  principles  to  be  changed  or  subverted ;  and  that 
these  laws  are  eternally  jTre^^^iw,  and  consequently  are  eternally 
producing  successive  states  of  perfection, — and  that  they  consequently 
form  d^rees,  series,  and  associations,  as  successive  stages  of  devel- 
opment, from  the  germ  of  existence  to  the  highest  point  of  material 
perfection. 

And  anything  appearing  or  manifesting  operations  contrary  to  the 
laws  of  Nature,  must,  in  such  manifestations,  be  positively  incorrect. 
Such  things  do  not  manifest  the  inward  redHty.  And  all  scientific 
investigations  prove  that  external  manifestations  are  not  to  be  de- 
pended upon  as  a  true  means  of  understanding  the  real  producing 
Cfuse  ;  but  that  the  Jiealtty — the  Cause  of  all  things — ^lies  deeply 
behind  all  external  appearances. 

And  so  with  Nature.  The  Internal,  the  Infinite  Reality,  the  Great 
Positive  Mind,  is  producing,  as  a  Negative,  infinite  Effects  and  Ulti- 
mates, oonunencbg  from  the  inward,  expanding  and  developing  to 
the  outward.  The  Internal  is  infinite  /  and  so  likewise  is  the  Exter- 
nal. The  W^hole  may  be  comprehended  by  understanding  the  prin- 
ciples and  laws  of  cause  and  effect ;  for  tho  Cause  is  the  hegirming  ; 
the  ^tct  is  the  Ultimate.  The  Whole,  considered  as  universal  and 
eternal,  composes  an  intelligent,  thinking,  Positive  Mind.  Such  is  a 
generalixation  of  all  things,  setting  forth  the  corresponding  movements 
and  forces  that  govern  this  material  existence,  and  proving  demon- 
stratively that  Motion  and  Matter  exist  essentially  together,  and 
possets  the  properties  and  essence  of  all  things,  organic  and  in- 
orgnic,  and  also  the  forces  of  Life  and  Sensation  by  which  such 
BK  governed. 

And  by  the  establidiment  of  this  principle,  you  have  a  safe  and 
nrs  basis  upon  which  your  hopes  and  anticipations  respecting  the 
fiitare  may  be  rested,  not  depending  upon  any  theories  of  a  future 
existence  heretofore  prevailing.  It  eyxHtitiilj proves  a  future  life  be- 
jood  a  doubt,  and  makes  it  as  sure  and  as  eternal  as  the  laws  thf t 
forem  the  Universe.  The  existence  must  be  identical  and  progressive 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


72  THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATUKE. 

for  such  it  is  known  at  presont  to  be.  And  the  whole  is  carried 
on  by  principles  unchanging  ;vnd  eternal  in  their  nature^  and  which 
can  not  be  in  any  way  confusod  or  disorganized ;  and  thus  all  things, 
from  the  first,  progress  with  an  energetic  step  to  their  ultimate 
perfection. 

It  is  not  the  object  at  this  iime  to  prove  1ww  (or  in  wha;t state)  the 
existence  will  be,  but  it  is  the  object  to  prove  that  it  shall  be.  And 
by  admitting  the  basis  upon  which  the  argument  is  founded  (Motion, 
Life,  and  Sensation),  all  else  is  plainly  manifested :  so  that  even  a 
disposition  to  disbelieve  future  identity  does  not  in  the  least  afiect  the 
argument  from  past  and  present  progression,  and  individualization. 
Also  a  generalization  of  these  truths  makes  the  existence  plain  as  be- 
longing to  a  universal  movement.  But  if  th^  detaiis  BXid  particulars 
were  noticed,  many  visible  facts  would  seemingly  rather  controvert; 
the  proposition :  for  in  particularizing,  the  connexion  with  generals 
and  imiversals  is  apparently  broken.  Therefore,  as  the  only  true 
method,  you  are  compelled  to  generalize^  in  order  to  have  one  correct 
glimpse  of  a  future  and  boundless  eternity. 

It  being  established  as  indisputable  (yet  as  an  idea  too  vast  for  or- 
dinary comprehension)  that  Matter  possesses  Motion  inherently,  an^ 
that  the  whole  contains  the  substance  and  properties  to  produce  all 
things,  you,  by  admitting  this,  adopt  the  belief  in  the  jpossUdlitj/  of 
future  progression ;  and  by  admitting  such  a  possibility,  you  are  com- 
pelled (in  consistency)  to  remain  quiet  until  I  trace  generally  and 
particularly,  from  the  Great  Positive  Mind,  the  Cause,  Effect,  and 
Ultimate  of  all  things :  and  this  will  exhibit  the  infinite  progression 
of  all  particles  in  existence,  and  show  that  this  progression  develops 
the  principle  so  long  involved  in  obscurity,  viz.,  Spirit. 


§  25.  The  two  great  points,  then,  which  it  is  the  object  to  establish, 
are,  the  original  Cause  of  all  things,  and  the  ultimate  of  man,  which 
is  SpiHt.  The  premise  is,  the  coexistence  and  universal  action  of 
Matter  and  Motion. — This  establishes  the  existence  of  an  original 
Causey  which  latter  it  is  the  object  to  contemplate,  so  that  from  this, 
tracing  secondary  causes  and  effects  through  Nature,  may  be  proved 
the  existence  and  identical  perpetuity  of  the  principle  of  Spirit. 
Nature  is  the  fulcrum  upon  which  the^^  is  established  of  necessity; 
and  the  second  as  a  consequence  not  only  proved  by  the  law  of  pro- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ  IC 


THK  PBIKOIPLSS  OF  NATUEE.  73 

gresAion  ami  association,  but  by  the  science  of  correspondences,  in  the 
light  of  which  all  the  combined  sciences  should  be  understood :  for 
it  is  by  correspondential  investigation  that  we  are  led  to  universally- 
ooftneeted  and  kindred  truths.  Therefore,  if  Nature  displays  uni- 
versal motionj  such  as  is  manifested  in  all  substances  and  forms 
which  are  known  to  exist,  does  not  this  prove  progression  f  And 
progreision  develops  the  various  spheres,  which  each  substance  and 
partide  passes  through.  If  universal  association  exists  (as  is  proved 
to  be  the  ease),  does  there  not  exist  a  corresponding  future  invisible 
pnndple  ?  This  must  of  necessity  exist,  as  the  result  of  motion  and 
progresaioa.  And  the  whole  combined  forms  one  chain  of  proofs 
winch  is  eternal,  establishing  the  truths  which  are  seen  and  which 
are  not  seen. 

Nature  therefore  represents  things  which  exist  in  an  original  oon- 
ditko,  and  that  which  is  to  be  in  an  ultimate  Sphere ;  and  all  are 
established  by  her  eternal  laws.  The  beginnmg  and  ending  form 
one  infinite  circle  of  movement,  development,  and  progression. 
Representations  of  this  great  principle  are  seen  in  the  movements 
of  Nature,  the  whole  of  which  is  formed  of  concentric  circles,  from 
die  smallest  particles  in  existence  to  the  united  and  perfect  form  of 
all  things. 

It  is  the  office  of  palsstiological*  sciences  to  set  forth  general  truths 
ta  the  departments  of  astronomy,  geology,  anatomy,  physiology,  &:c., 
all  as  in  perfect  harmony  with  each  other,  and  as  forming  a  general 
and  undeniable  proof  of  the  united  chain  of  existences,  and  binding 
the  whole  together  as  one  grand  book,  treating  upon  all  proper  sub- 
jects of  investigation,  contemplation,  and  aspiration — the  only  au- 
thentic and  eternal  Book  of  truths,  which  is  inspired  by  the  Original 
Designer,  the  First  Cause !  From  this  Book  properly  interpreted, 
should  be  derived  the  text  of  every  sermon.  In  this,  true  theology 
has  its  foundation ;  and  the  preachings  of  this  should  constitute  the 
oftly  study  of  the  theologian. 

By  collecting  palsetiological  facts,  then,  these  thbgs  are  gradually 
developed ;  and  thus  is  unfolded  the  actual  demonstration  of  original 
JeMgn,  oniformity  of  motion  and  progression,  and  the  consequent 
adaptstioo  of  means  (which  are  effects  of  ulterior  causes),  to  produce 
ultima tes. — And  thus  is  displayed  the  principle  of  Cause,  Effect, 
aad  End,  ooauneDcmg  at  the  foundation  of,  and  operating  through, 

•  Fro«  caXai«£.  #W  or  former,  oiVia*  s  eau$e,  and  X^yo^,  s  dUeoune.   Palntiolo- 
gkU  fcicoec*.  therefore,  are  thoee  •dencf  ffmurly  esUblished,  which  conspire  in 
B  eC  a  £««#€  or  fbwMlstSoB  from  whioh  other  coaclnaions  may  be  developed 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


74  THE  PBINCIPLK8   OF  NATURE. 

Nature.  And  in  the  process  of  natural  development,  each  particle, 
substance,  and  form,  enters  into  the  composition  of  vegetable,  animal, 
and  all  else  existing,  by  T^hich  process  the  substance  or  essential  prin- 
ciple becomes  individtiaUzedy  but  not  until  Ma/n  is  made  the  instru- 
ment. And  by  such  individualization,  it  becomes  the  future  and 
corresponding  principle.  Spirit — representing,  in  a  second  condition, 
the  instrument  of  its  individualization.  And  as  Matter  contains  the 
essence  and  properties  to  produce  Mom  as  a  progressive  ultimate,  so 
Motion  contains  the  properties  to  produce  Life  and  Sensation.  These 
together  and  perfectly  organized,  develop  the  principle  of  Spirit, 
This  is  not  a  production  consequent  of  organization,  but  it  is  the  re- 
sult of  a  combination  of  all  the  elements  and  properties  of  which  the 
organization  is  composed ;  and  the  organization  serves  merely  as  an 
instrument  to  develop  the  principle  of  Spirit.  But  such  principle 
must  have  existed  eternally — as  emanating  from  the  Great  Source 
and  Fountain  of  Intelligence ;  but  it  could  not  be  individualized  and 
made  mcmifest  without  a  vessel  like  unto  man. 

The  subject  of  which  we  are  now  speaking  comprehends  too  much 
to  be  readily  and  distinctly  apprehended,  and  from  its  obscurity  you 
may  be  unfavorably  impressed ;  but  not  if  you  are  reminded  of  the 
proposition  heretofore  established,  That  no  substance  or  principle 
contains  within  itself  the  power  of  self- comprehension  and  investiga- 
tion. But  to  analyze  the  principle  of  spirit,  would  require  self-com- 
prehension on  your  part.  Such  a  thing  can  not  exist  while  all  inves- 
tigation and  research  is  depending  on  the  material  organization. 
Therefore,  when  in  a  sphere  exalted  beyond  this  one,  you  will  be 
able  to  comprehend  the  compound  existence  in  this  sphere.  While 
occupying  the  second  sphere,  you  will  comprehend  all  helow^  but  can 
not  in  the  same  sense  comprehend  anything  above  you.  The  human 
embryo,  if  it  possessed  intelligence,  would  require  as  much  argument 
to  prove  its  future  existence  as  it  requires  to  prove  the  future  exist- 
ence and  identity  of  the  SpiHt,  The  embryo  would  not  progress  to 
a  perfect  being,  if  it  were  not  for  the  instruments  and  vessels  fitted  for 
its  development.  So  likewise  Spirit  could  not  be,  if  it  had  not  a  cor- 
responding instrument  adapted  to  its  development.  But  when  the 
foetus  is  perfectly  formed,  there  is  a  symmetry  and  beauty  of  design 
manifested  in  all  the  various  parts  of  its  formation.  Each  organ 
must  exist  in  order  to  produce  a  perfect  form ;  and  the  whole  must 
act  on  each  part,  and  each  part  must  necessarily  exchange  particles 
with  the  whole.  And  so  each  part  has  its  specific  office  to  perform, 
in  order  that  the  whole  may  form  one  united  series  of  concentric  cir- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBIK0IPLE8  OF  NATUBE.  7c 

des  of  cause  and  effect.     Such  is  i\s  first  sphere  of  existence^  corre- 
sponding to  the  first  of  spiritual  existence. 

The  body  progresses  in  size  and  symmetry  until  it  attains  the  ulti- 
ntate  of  its  progression,  according  to  the  inherent  properties  which 
the  germ  contained ;  and  from  childhood  to  youth,  from  youth  to  man> 
hood,  and  from  manhood  to  old  age,  are  therefore  spheres  which  the 
organisation  passes  through.  Accompanying  these  various  spheres 
of  the  organization  are  corresponding  spheres  of  knowledge  and  ex- 
perience. Hence  there  is  an  accumulation  of  intellectual  essences 
and  properties  legitimately  belonging  to  the  individual.  This  corre- 
sponds to  spiritual  progression.  Only  as  the  same  is  developed  in 
the  risible  and  material  form,  is  developed  invisibly  and  in  future,  the 
principle  of  spiritual  life.  The  whole  forms  one  chain  of  progressive 
correspondences:  for  as  the  human  embryo  contains  an  essential 
principle  and  quality  to  produce  the  perfect  organization  of  man,  so 
does  the  germ  of  all  existence  possess  the  essence  and  quality  to  pro- 
dace  its  corresponding  result  and  ultimate,  which  is  Spirit.  This 
forma  one  infinite  and  eternal  Circle.  Finite  circles  are  correspon- 
dences to  those  which  are  eternal ;  and  there  is  a  commenceTnent  and 
an  emi  to  every  particle,  visible  and  invisible ;  and  each  one  possesses 
the  same  essential  power  and  motion  which  the  whole  contains. 

I 

§  26.  Therefore  the  Whole  is  composed  of  parts,  and  the  parts 
compose  the  Whole ;  and  all  these  combinations  in  Nature  are  pro- 
ducing designedly  that  principle  which  is  so  vague  and  indefinite  to 
the  mind — which  is  the  subject  of  much  contemplation,  but  not  a  sub- 
stance which  can  be  proved  to  exist  by  external  investigation ;  though 
it  is  known  to  exist  as  an  eternal  ultimate,  of  which  proof — mathe- 
matical demonstration — exists  in  Nature.  And  it  is  only  necessary 
to  comprehend  general  and  universal  laws,  as  these  point  to  that  spir- 
itaal  and  intellectual  principle,  which  can  not  be  known  to  exist  by 
any  other  process  of  investigation,  external  or  internal.  But  it  is  de- 
monstrated by  these  known  laws,  which  are  constantly  producing  and 
developing  corresponding  principles,  ascending  in  their  degrees  of 
pcrfeetioD.  For  these  laws  exhibit  an  infinite  chain  of  progression : 
and  as  the  whole  forms  one  great  circle,  it  comprehends  and  combmes 
all  other  circles  or  corresponding  motions  and  developments  that  ex- 
ist in  subordinate  spheres.  And  so  the  original  Cause  uses  Nature 
m  an  instrument — a  means — a  vessel  fitted  in  all  its  various  parts 
and  complications,  to  produce  its  ultimate,  which  is  Spirit. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


76  THB  PEINCIPLES  OP  KATUKK. 

Jt  is  the  object,  then,  that  spirit  should  be  indmidualized.  The 
object  of  such  individualization  is  to  establish  a  communion  and  sym- 
pathy between  the  Creator  and  the  thing  created.  For  the  Spirit 
progresses  to  the  Source  whence  it  came,  and  then  only  becomes 
fitted  for  new  spheres  of  its  eternal  existence. 

The  proofs  of  such  design  are  found  in  physiological  indications — 
also  in  the  astronomical  and  geological  appearances,  and  the  evident 
truths  which  each  of  these  separately  unfolds.  And  the  whole  com- 
bined forms  proof  of  original  adaptation  of  parts  to  produce  results 
corresponding.  But  such  design  can  only  be  known  or  comprehend- 
ed by  induction.  And  finding  that  each  of  these  successive  depart- 
ments of  Nature  forms  one  circle,  which  is  eternal^  the  conclusion 
irresistibly  follows,  that  their  combined  result  (individual  man)  is 
equally  so.  Thus  the  Basis,  or  original  Cause,  is  using  Nature  as 
an  bstrument,  which  may  be  termed  an  Eflfeet,  to  produce  Spirit  as 
an  End  or  Ultimate.  The  Foundation,  the  Effect,  and  the  Ultimate 
are  all  eternal. 

For  natural  and  external  evidences  to  demonstrate  the  great  points 
at  issue,  more  particular  recourse  must  be  had  to  the  received  palse- 
tiological  sciences,  as  these  exhibit  a  general  connexion  between  all 
sciences,  and  between  cause,  means,  and  ends. 

External  and  visible  facts  in  Nature  relative  to  the  whole  circle 
of  forms,  and  the  laws  which  they  observe,  are  necessary  and  nat- 
ural productions  of  the  original  Principles  established.  And  an 
exhibition  of  the  circles,  or  of  the  united  and  progressive  motions  of 
all  things,  will  serve  as  an  index  to  direct  the  mind  to  the  original 
Cause,  and  to  conclusions  concerning  the  grand  result  and  ultimatum. 
For  there  are  seen  undeniable  facts,  which  prove  the  circular  motion 
and  perpetual  progression  of  each  particle  and  substance.  Also  each 
science  furnishes  facts  proving  the  inseparable  connexion  which  all 
particles,  forms,  and  substances  observe. 

It  is  a  familiar  truth,  universally  known,  yet  but  little  compre- 
hended, that  the  germ  of  the  plant  contains  within  itself,  though  not 
as  perceptible,  all  the  essential  qualities  of  its  future  being.  For 
soon  after  being  deposited  in  the  earth,  there  is,  according  to  laws 
which  Nature  has  estal^lished,  a  commencement  of  its  germination. 
Not  long,  and  it  makes  its  appearance,  assuming  a  body,  a  form,  a 
peculiar  sphere.  It  becomes  visible :  it  progresses  Ax>  its  physiologi- 
cal stature,  and  is  fully  developed  in  size  and  symmetry.  Leaves 
gradually  are  unfolded.  And  thus  from  the  germ  to  the  ultimate, 
exist  and  are  developed  the  powers  originally  embodied.     Hence 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


4 

THE  PBINOIFLES  OF  NATUBE. 


t^  gemn  was  the  Cause ;  the/i^rm,  the  effect;  the  aeed^  the  ultimate 
indiTiduAlixed.  This  not  only  establishes  the  law  of  progression, 
bat  it  proves  that  there  is  a  drde  in  the  progression ;  for  the  plant 
ends  precbely  where  it  commenced.  It  only  makes ^er/*€c^  what  the 
ori^sal  essence  contained  imperfect*  This  is  a  representation  of  all 
germbation  throughout  Nature.  It  proves,  by  analogy,  parallel 
derelopments  in  all  other  things.  And  as  each  vegetable  reproduces 
its  like,  it  continually  re-forms,  and  produces  new  identities.  One 
law  governs  all ;  yet  each  is  minutely  manifested,  and  generally  de- 
veloped in  its  own  peculiar  way. 

The  material  Universe  is  a  Vortex^  from  which  all  forms,  material 
and  immaterial,  are  unfolded  and  developed  to  the  external  or  sur- 
fiace.  The  forms  assume  the  force  and  form  of  the  Vortex ;  while 
the  Vortex  possesses  the  form  and  force  of  the  Whole ;  and  from  it 
■ew  particles  and  developments  are  constantly  and  successively  ema- 
nating. And  each  is  in  immediate  juxtapositicm  with  every  corre- 
sponding part  or  particle.  Consequently,  Nature  also  forms  an 
arch^ — and  as  such,  to  sustain  itself  requires  parts  to  form  the 
Whole.  And  if  any  part  should  become  disunited,  the  whole  would 
become  prostrate  and  disorganised.  But  instead  of  this,  each  part 
performs  its  specific  office,  as  an  end,  in  the  great  Arch  composed 
of  tbem  all.  It  even  requires  an  ultimate  to  join  the  great  chain  or 
cirek  of  united  motion,  as  the  keystone  is  required  to  unite  and  per- 
fect the  whole  arch  of  existence. 

Therefore  each  part  must  of  necessity  constitute  an  essential  sub- 
stance, and  aooomplish  a  particular  object ;  and  thus  the  arch  is  ren- 
dered perfect.  Bat  if  any  part  did  not  perfectly  unite  with  the  other 
parts,  and  with  the  general  formation,  the  whole  would  be  internally 
and  externally  confused  and  disorganized.  It  Consequently  forms, 
as  a  whole,  a  perfect  Structore ;  and  ia  particulars  it  is  constituted 
of  the  various  particles  and  substances,  as  means,  effects,  and  instru- 
neati^  to  develop  and  unite  the  whole,  so  that  a  perfect  system 
may  be  formed,  to  accomplish  the  ultimate  design  of  the  original 
Contcmplator ! 


%  27.  Physiologists,  in  dissecting  and  analyzing  the  various  parts 
cf  the  human  system,  will  discover  principles  corresponding  to  those 
m  Nature.    The  anatomy  is  a  framework  which  contains  no  useless 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


78  THE   PRINCIPLES   OF  NATURE. 

parts.  It  is  complicated,  but  has  not  too  many  parts  to  produce  the 
manifestations  which  are  required,  and  to  fill  oflSces  which  it  was 
the  design  to  sustain.  Each  part  is  necessary  to  the  perfection 
of  the  whole;  the  whole  is  necessary  to  the  parts.  The  whole 
system  is  composed  of  organs,  each  of  which  gives  to  and  takes 
from,  every  part  that  composes  the  system.  There  is  a  constant 
inspiration  and  exhalation — a  constant  interchanging  of  particles 
going  on  throughout  the  whole  organization;  and  thus  the  whole 
constantly  produces  and  reproduces  new  particles,  fitted  to  its  pro- 
gressive formation. 

Again,  the  whole  is  composed  of  mmute  and  particular  parts ;  and 
the  whole  depends  upon  these  for  the  harmonious  results  which  are 
constantly  occurring.  It  not  only  constitutes  a  system  analogous  to 
Nature,  but  it  contains  the  specific  forces  and  laws  of  procreation. 
Therefore,  Man  is  a  representative  of  the  whole  material  Universe ; 
and  the  laws  which  he  constantly  develops,  correspond  with  the 
motions  of  matter  and  its  reproducing  effects,  according  to  the  law 
of  Nature.  Man  first  germinates^  until  finally  the  original  Cause 
develops,  in  his  maturer  condition,  the  principle  of  spiHi/ual  life ; 
while  he,  again,  as  a  material  substance,  reproduces  his  like.  Con- 
sequently, he  forms  one  grand  circle  of  united  action.  Naturalists, 
anatomists,  and  physiologists  are  aware  that  these  general  principles 
are  established  as  irresistible  truths  ;  and  as  such  they  are  liUde  to 
subserve  the  purpose  for  which  they  are  here  used. 

Again :  The  geologist  forms  his  speculations  concerning  the  inner 
structure  of  the  earth,  from  the  general  appearance  of  the  external 
surface.  Observing  the  upper  strata,  he  is  led  to  the  conclusion  that 
there  are  corresponding  ones.  And  by  research  and  investigation 
relative  to  the  primitive  formation,  he  penetrates  deeply  into  causes, 
and  the  primitive  condition  of  all  matter ;  and  then  reversing  the 
order  of  his  thoughts,  he  traces  primitive  formation  to  the  surface, 
which  is  the  ultimate  development  and  progression  of  the  inner  prin- 
ciple which  the  former  contains.  Therefore,  by  observing  the  va- 
rious strata  and  layers  of  earthy  formation,  and  with  them  the 
remains  of  the  moUusca,  radiata,  articulata,  and  vertebrata  (forms 
and  animals  existing,  which  were  successively  and  gradually  devel 
oped,  accompanying  the  formations  of  rock  in  which  they  are  respec- 
tively found),  he  perceives  that  each  forms  a  successive  link,  devel- 
oping, from  the  centre  to  the  outside,  various  appearances  and  forms 
which  the  earth  has  produced.  And  at  each  geological  epoch,  there 
are  also  seen  corresponding  productions  of  the  vegetable  and  animal 


Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


THE  PRIXGIFLE8  OF  NATDBE.  79 

kiiigdoms.     Greological  investigations  thus  correspond  with  physio- 
logical inTCStigations. 

Then  again,  the  (xtmoBphere  which  sorroonds  this  globe  has  cor- 
responding  strata  of  formations,  each  one  holdmg  a  position  in  rela- , 
tion  to  the  earth  according  to  its  specific  rarity.    The  earth  possesses  \ 
an  attractiTe  power  over  the  same,  the  influence  of  which  counteracts  ) 
the  expansire  force,  and  preyents  the  formation  of  an  atmospheric 
connexion  with  the  other  earths  in  existence.     Consequently  the  at- 
mosphere terminates  but  a  few  miles  from  the  earth's  surface.   Hence 
it  forms  strata  or  layers ;  and  each  exerts  a  pressure  on  that  which  is 
beneath  it :  and  the  whole  produces  a  weight  which  is  confining  to 
every  particle  or  substance  existing  upon  the  face  of  the  earth. 
Hence  the  geology  of  the  atmosphere  corresponds  with  the  geology  of 
the  earth;  for  each  contains  strata  equal  to  its  primitive  force  of 
successive  development.    The  whole  consequently  forms  concentric 
circles  of  atmospheric  and  material  formation. 

The  progression  from  the  lower  stages  of  the  radiated  to  the  ver- 
tebrated  animak,  forms  also  a  corresponding  circle  of  development. 
And  from  the  lowest  stages  of  the  vertebrated  (or  those  which  possess 
ifaill  and  lateral  appendages),  to  the  perfect  organization  of  Man, 
fbnns  another  circle  of  physical  progression.  The  Motion  of  original  j 
matter  toward  the  Life  existing  in  the  lower  spheres  of  vegetable  and 
animal  existence,  and  to  Sensation  in  Man,  produce  another  circle. or 
chain  of  development  from  internal  to  external.  Motion,  Life,  and 
Sensation,  combined  and  perfected  in  Man,  and  the  purification  of 
matter  as  united  with  these,  forms  a  compound  fitted  to  produce  epirit 
iikdividualUed.  This  is  the  beautification  of  all  beneath  and  inferior 
to  its  sphere  of  existence ;  and  consequently  it  completes  one  united 
chain  or  circle  of  progression,  from  the  germ  of  the  vegetable  exist- 
ence, to  its  own  development.  Therefore  it  is  an  expansion — an 
opening  of  the  invisible  principles  and  properties  in  existence,  to  an 
ultimata  or  perfect  state. 

Then  Nature  also  must,  of  necessity,  contam  and  form  that  which 
ii  analogous  to  what  minimum  particles  contain  and  form.  And  if 
Nature  manifests  one  principle  of  Motion,  Life,  and  Sensation;  one 
Uw  of  progressive  and  reproductive  development, — it  must,  of  neces- 
sity, according  to  an  eternal  law,  operate  as  an  efiect  or  secondary 
cause,  to  produce  higher  and  more  perfect  spheres  of  material  ex- 
isteooe. 

It  was  the  object,  then,  for  the  earth  to  gradually  progress  in  its 
naterial  perfection  to  produce  plants,  animals,  and  Man.     It  is  al^^ 


k 


Digitized  by  VLjOOQIC 


80  THE   PBTNCTPLES   OF  WATUEE. 

the  object  for  Motion,  Life,  and  Sensation,  to  combine  with  the  per- 
fection of  the  former,  to  develop  the  principle  of  irmer  life.  Each 
form  and  substance  in  existence,  therefore,  is  constantly  operating  as 
canse,  effect,  and  end ;  and  the  object  of  each  is  to  produce  higher 
and  corresponding  results.  So  the  Fhrst  or  Great  Positive  Mind 
operates  as  a  Cause,  through  Nature  as  an  Effect,  to  produce  Spirit 
as  an  Ultimate. 

Every  palaetiological  science,  therefore,  adds  proof  of  the  great 
subject  under  contemplation.  If  Nature  in  % paMculajr  sense  mani- 
fests unchangeable  productions,  having  so  many  and  various  forms, 
complications,  and  correspondences,  does  not  this  amount  to  an  abso- 
lute demonstration  of  her  inherent  and  eternal  operations  in  a  general 
process  of  development?  And  as  the  germ  of  the  herb  produces 
hody  as  an  effect,  and  seed  as  an  ultimate ;  so  the  Great  Essence  and 
Spiritual  Fountain  of  all  existence,  produces  Nature  as  an  Effect,  and 
Spirit  as  an  Ultimate.  Is  there  not  internal  and  external  evidence 
of  this,  which  transcends  the  mere  force  of  words  to  express  thought? 
Arc  there  not  inward  convictions  dwelling  in  the  mind,  corresponding 
to  its  desires  for  a  future  and  eternal  state  1  Does  not  the  mtemal 
constitute  the  svbstcmce  of  the  external  ?  Does  not  Nature,  as  an 
external  Effect,  point  deeply  and  directly  to  tlie  Internal^  or  Fount- 
ain of  its  original  production  ?  Is  it  not  a  chart  whose  various 
lines  lead  diirectly,  and  with  almost  mathematical  certainty,  to  a 
future  and  higher  state?  Do  not  the  inseparable  truths  which  each 
science  unfolds,  constitute  paths  which  terminate  at  one  common 
Focus? 

And  man  contains  all  this  evidence  combined  within  his  own  phys- 
ical constitution.  Yet  it  would  be  impossible  for  him,  in  his  present 
sphere  of  existence,  to  have  the  subject  of  a  future  life  demonstrated 
to  his  senses.  Therefore,  he  contemplates  Nature  and  her  laws,  as 
invisibly  and  eternally  producing  results  according  to  their  inherent 
qualities  and  forces.  And  yet  the  highest  and  most  important  sub- 
ject, and  the  one  most  desirable  to  comprehend,  is  the  principle,  the 
substance,  the  inward  reality  which  constitutes  the  ultimate  existence 
of  the  contemplator ! 


§  28.  The  facts  and  phenomena  of  all  the  physical  sciences ;  the 
geological  history  of  the  earth  up  to  the  physiological  formation  of 
man ;  and  the  motion,  activity,  and  progression  displayed,  in  all  thingS) 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBIK0IPLE8  OF  NATUBE.  '  81 

afiml  abundant  proof  of  the  propositions  established*  The  particu- 
Itrs  and  minutise  of  these  various  sciences,  and  the  discrepancies  in 
the  opinions  and  hypotheses  of  philosophers  to  which  they  have  given 
rise,  do  not  in  any  case  destroy  the  force  of  general  principles* 
Conclosbns  arrived  at  from  the  apparent  indications  of  minutise  and 
isolated  phenomena  in  Nature,  can  not  alter  the  force  of-— can  not 
be  irreconcilable  with — universal  and  establ'ished  laws. 

Even  if  research  into  the  j[>articular8  of  geology  has  given  rise  to 
various  opinions ;  if  each  species  of  rock  or  earthy  formation  contains 
various  species  of  animals,  whereupon  doubts  have  arisen  relative  to 
Ae  original  uniformity  of  organic  development,  from  the  lowest  to 
the  highest  spheres ;  and  if  marks  of  organized  beings  are  found 
only  in  some  parts  of  the  face  of  Nature— does  this  alter  the 
great  fact  that  they  all  may  in  general  terms  be  demonstrated  to 
have  existed  in  different  periods  of  time,  corresponding  to  our  pre- 
rioos  propoeitiona'?  Such  is  the  uniformitarian  theory,  as  it  may 
he  termed;  and  internal  and  external  evidence  demonstrates  its 
trnthfolness. 

In  various  parts  of  the  earth,  strata  must  have  been  deposited  which 
tre  wanting  in  other  parts ;  for  does  not  Nature,  in  2^ particular  sense, 
manifest  evidence  of  catastrophic  events  and  occurrences  1  Does  it 
not  likewise,  in  a  general  sense,  manifest  steady  and  universal  forma- 
tioQ  of  the  various  systems  of  strata  ?  If,  therefore,  formations  are 
to  be  found  deeper  at  some  places  than  at  others,  does  not  this  prove 
tbe  action  of  some  particular  and  modifying  circumstance  or  occur- 
rence? 

These  (mc^j  particularly  considered,  seem  to  refute  several  opin- 
ma  of  geologists ;  but  generaiizatWTi  establishes  the  principle  of 
mifonn  and  progressive  geological  development.  Hence  the 
science  of  geology  must  be  received  as  true ;  but  its  particular 
■anifcatations  must  be  regarded  as  having  been  produced  by  local 
causes. 

As  particular  conditions  of  the  earth  vary  from  the  general  ap- 
pearance, so  do  zoological  formations  present  corresponding  variances* 
B«i  aoology  generalized^  establishes  the  principle  of  uniformity  in 
development*  Geological  formations  present  a  correspondence  with 
BologicaL  Each  adds  evidence  to  the  great  doctrines  of  universal 
sad  eternal  motioD,  order,  forms,  species,  associations,  correspond- 
fneei,  and  still  further  confirms  the  inherent  law  of  progression. 
Also  each  establishes  one  grand  circle  of  inherent  truth  and  external 
cridflDce. 

6 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


83  THE  PBUJCIPLES  OF  NATUBB. 

A  knowledge  of  the  physiology  of  existiDg  plants  and  vegetables 
assists  the  mind  greatly  in  properly  comprehendmg  their  relations  to 
former  forms  in  existence,  and  to  conceiye  of  the  spheres  which  it  is 
their  nature  ultimately  to  occupy.  In  observing  the  vegetable  king- 
dom, you  will  no&ce  pcarticidar  parts  which  seemingly  refute  the  gen- 
eral idea  of  progression.  All  plants  have  not  the  same  mode  of  pro- 
gression and  reproduction :  and  even  if  the  smdUest  vegetable  form 
should  bear  a  correspondence  in  ^pa/riMuLar  way  to  the  stupendous 
and  massive  oak,  you  would  lose  the  representation  in  a  ger^efrail  and 
unwersal  point  of  view.  Hence  in  investigating  the  anatomy  and 
physiology  of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  the  basis  upon  which  the  mind 
must  rest  to  arrive  correctly  at  truth,  is  that  of  known  and  universal 
principles — ^but  not  pcirtumlar  and  seeming  contradictions  which  the 
intricacies  of  this  kingdom  may  s(»netimes  present  to  the  mind  of  the 
contemplator.  Therefore,  if,  as  a  whoUy  this  kingdom  presents  regu- 
lar and  corresponding  appearances,  the  connexion  must  not  be  broken 
by  isolated  and  seemingly-conflicting  facts.  But  if  your  contempla- 
tions are  sufficiently  deep,  searching,  and  universal,  when  your  con- 
clusions are  legitimately  induced  from  the  mass  of  physical  facts, 
former  deductions  from  scientifics  will  only  serve  to  confirm  them* 
But  if  the  manifestations  are  correctly  and  philosophically  traced, 
they  will  produce  an  harmonious  and  united  mass  of  evidences,  lead- 
ing to  truths  as  pertaining  to  the  future,  and  of  which  the  whole  is  an 
external  representation. 

No  morphological*  theory  can  arise  out  of  a  gerieral  and  united 
survey  of  the  whole  arcana  of  Nature.  Morphological  theories  have 
arisen  from  apparent  discrepancies  existmg  between  detailed  facts, 
and  from  observing  these  without  reference  to  the  whole.  The  small- 
est plant,  and  the  largest  tree,  present  to  the  generalismg  mind  one 
reflection  and  one  impression ;  while  to  the  mind  which  is  not  capa- 
ble of  receiving  universals,  or  perceivbg  the  relations  of  cause  and 
effect,  rniaU  and  la/rge  present  the  appearance  of  disunity,  not  even 
manifesting  a  correspondence.  Consequently  ^^form^  mind  would 
comprehend  Nature  in  her  united  action ;  the  latter  would  hold  to 
morphological  opinions,  and  consequently  would  observe  in  Nature 
apparency  illegitimate  productions.  Therefore  he  would  see  no 
steadfast  law,  but  only  repose  and  impulse,  rest  and  activity^  and 
catastrophic  and  irregular  productions.  Hence  the  power  of  indi- 
vidualization and  generalization  m  the  former  can  perceive  no  har- 

♦  The  word  *«  morphological"  (whether  entirely  a  new  coinage  or  not,  I  am  not  ^ 
aUe  to  wj)  relates  here  to  a  heterogeneoos  and  irregular  saooession  of  farms. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PSINCIFLE8  OF  HATUBE.  S3 

f 

moD7  and  unity  of  action,  bat  merely  a  chaos  of  uniyersal  confasion 
and  development. 

\%  it  Btrange,  therefore,  that  theories  based  upon  the  idea  of  chance 
ahoold  have  arisen  1  Is  it  maryellous  that  men  whose  intellects  were 
not  in  a  condition  or  sphere  of  general  and  united  comprehension, 
should  not  receive  impressions  of  general  and  eternal  truths?  Is  it 
a  condemnation  to  such  minds  that  they  have  formed  such  theories 
in  reference  to  Nature  and  her  origin  ?  For  the  cavse  of  such  a  theory 
being  formed  is  eyidently  seen :  it  is  the  want  of  a  perfect  organiza- 
tion, an^bun^to  the  inferior  state  or  sphere  in  which  its  framer 
exists.  4vnot  to  be  expected  that  a  person  whose  organization  is 
perfect  in  all  its  parts;  whose  intellect  is  expansive  and  searching ; 
wfaoae  aspirations  are  exalted  and  refined-fwill  produce  theories 
nearer  truth  than  those  in  an  inferior  state  of  spherical  association  % 


§29.  Again:  The  Ofkifamy  of  Jfon,  as  connected  with  that  of  the 
whole  ammal  kingdom,  adds  strength  to  the  chain  of  our  drcled  in- 
ductions. The  anatomist,  like  the  geologist,  observes  various  forms 
tad  adaptations.  The  form  of  each  joint  shows  original  design,  and 
&e  internal  and  external  formation  of  the  bones  demonstrates  the  in- 
tention of  producing  strength,  fightness,  and  beauty,  combined.  He 
sees,  in  the  boDowness  and  cylindrical  form  of  several  of  the  bones, 
a  design  to  combine  the  greatest  amount  of  power  with  the  smallest 
amount  of  material. 

As  he  passes  to  the  sacral  bones,  he  there  observes  a  basis  and 
support  for  the  lateral  appendages,  and  observes  that  its  form  could 
not  be  dispensed  with,  and  the  same  amount  of  strength  and  action 
be  combined  within  so  small  a  compass.  And  procee^g  from  die 
OS  coccyx  up  tiie  spine,  he  observes  twenty-four  different  parts  united 
in  one  column,  combining  strength  with  beauty.  Reflection  discov- 
cn  the  purpow  of  such  a  formation.  Between  eadi  part  or  bone  are 
spaces  or  intervertebral  substances,  the  object  of  which  is  to  give 
elatticity  to  flie  whole  column,  and  to  adapt  it  to  sustain  with  ease 
and  comfort  tfie  cranium,  with  other  connected  parts.  Again,  if  the 
spine  were  straij^t  and  immoveable,  the  body  could  not  perform  the 
iiffensary  movements.  Nor  could  it  sustain  the  same  amount  of 
vei^t;  for  the  slij^itest  incidental  inclination  would  disunite  the 


The  adaptation  is  otherwise  manifestly  perfect:  for  the  whole 
twenty-four  distbct  springs.    Consequently  all  fhe 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


84  THE  PEINOIPLES   OF  NATUKE, 

parts  unite  in  performing  one  motion,  and  are  necessary  to  the  great 
whole,  characterizing  it  with  strength,  elasticity,  beauty,  and  use- 
fulness. 

Finally,  the  anatomy  of  the  human  body,  and  also  that  of  the  infe- 
rior species  of  the  animal  kingdom,  teach  this  grand  and  important 
truth — original  and  etemul  design  I  These  things  are  inimitable  by 
artificial  skill !  No  means  have  yet  been  conceived  of  by  the  human 
mind,  to  combine  within  so  small  a  space  the  same  amount  of  power, 
and  the  same  variety  of  motion,  which  the  anatomical  structure  of 
man  and  of  the  inferior  species  clearly  manifest.  Hence  the  great  sat- 
isfaction which  the  true  and  comprehensive  anatomist  derives  from 
his  studies.  In  this  science  he  contemplates  all  things  previously 
existing — still  furtherjithe  original  Cause  and  ^tritct  Dedgner  of  all 
material  and  physical  existences !  An  internal  conviction  is  pro- 
duced in  his  mind  that  there  is  an  inherent  and  necessarily  intelli- 
gent Principle  existing;  because,  from  the  lowest  point  of  unpro- 
gressed  Nature  to  the  anatomical  structure  of  the  animal  kingdom 
and  man,  he  perceives  a  united  chain  of  harmonious  development, 
displaying  the  principles  of  order  and  progression,  and  exhibiting  an 
adaptation  of  all  parts  to  produce  a  perfect  system.  And  his  field 
of  reflection  is  too  broad,  too  comprehensive,  not  to  lead  him  to 
the  conclusion  that  tliere  will  be  a  corresponding  and  ultimate 
perfection  of  the  same  principles  which  he,  in  the  sphere  of  anat- 
omy, contemplates  as  an  original  production  of  the  Great  Positive 
Mind! 

The  true  anatomist,  therefore,  will  not  detaU  tjii  particularize  the 
parts  of  the  whole,  if  the  desire  is  to  arrive  at  general  principles} 
but  he  will  investigate  the  parts  as  composing  the  whole,  and  the 
whole  as  composed  of  the  various  parts, — and  will  observe  the  true 
and  leading  principles  exemplified,  as  corresponding  vrith  those  gov- 
erning the  great  framework  of  Nature. 

The  physiologist,*  if  he  correctly  investigates  the  laws  of  the  hu- 
man system,  and  of  the  animal  kingdom,  will  observe  the  same  inter- 
changbg  and  transmutation  of  all  living  particles  throughout  the  whole 
animal  economy — a  constant  and  universal  absorption  and  exhalation, 
a  universal  order  and  harmony  as  pervading  the  organs  of  the  body. 

•  The  speaker  here  remarked  parentheticallj  as  follows:  **-I  am  compelled  to 
use  cironmlooation  in  examiniiig  the  Tarious  sciences ;  to  indnoe  variouM  conclusions 
to  form  one  conclusion,  and  to  plainly  bring  the  subject  to  one  mind  by  one  process 
of  reasoning,  and  the  same  to  other  minds  by  a  different  procesSj—sothat  the  truths 
may  be  confirmed  to  the  different  mental  organisations  which  may  peruse  the  con- 
tents of  this  work." 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBINCIPLK8  OF  NATURE.  85 

Tho  minute  changbg  in  Nature  is  not  the  rule  by  which  general 
truths  may  be  harmonized.  The  consideration  that  all  Motion,  Life, 
and  Sensation  subsist  as  dependent  upon  every  part,  leads  to  uni- 
versal prmciples, — thus  to  the  idea  of  existing  harmony.  The  tnie 
physiologist  observes  that  the  lowest  form  of  life  passes  from  its 
sphere,  in  odier  forms,  through  each  stage  of  animal  existence,  until 
it  becomes  fitted  for  the  nourishment  of  the  huma/n,  form.  He  ob- 
serves and  contemplates  this  as  a  progressive  fluctuation  of  animal 
life  toward  higher  spheres  of  perfection.  Also,  this  forms  one  united 
circle  of  assimilation  of  lower  with  higher  substances,  and  conse- 
quently adds  to  the  whole  united  mass  of  living  species  and  beings 
universally  existing,  depending  upon  the  interchange  of  these  particles 
to  sustain  their  original  forms,  and  also  to  constantly  reproduce  new 
systems  at  different  periods  of  time,  as  determined  by  the  perfection, 
influx,  and  reflux  of  animal  matter. 

Hence  the  Whole,  in  a  broad  and  comprehensive  sense,  is  neces- 
sary to  the  mutual  and  perpetual  action  of  all  particles,  which  leads 
to  the  perfection  of  matter  and  fits  it  to  sustain  the  physiological 
structure,  symmetry, *and  beauty  of  the  whole  animal  kingdom.  This 
represents  Nature  in  all  spheres  of  anterior  production  and  procrea- 
tion. It  bears  a  correspondence  to  the  teachings  of  every  other 
science, — and  distinctly  points  to  the  original  Focus  and  Fountain 
of  Spiritual  Intelligence  which  is  thus  universally  manifested. 

Each  palsetiolo^cal  science,  therefore,  in  its  general  application, 
confirms  the  internal  and  external  harmony  and  unity  of  Nature's 
motions,  as  leading  to  perfection  in  all  its  parts ;  and  from  the  smallest 
and  mtemal  circle,  and  the  remotest  period  of  primitive  existence,  is 
constantly  observed  a  perpetual  progression  and  development.  From 
minimum  points  Nature  expands  in  comprehension  of  beings  and  sub- 
sttnces,  until  there  is  an  infinite  expansion  of  all  particles,  and  of 
united  circles  of  life  and  activity.  For  as  the  whole  is  a  Vortex  of 
reproducing  causes,  the  ultimate  must  bear  a  correspondence  to  the 
eternal  Fountain  or  internal  Vortex  of  external  development ! 


§  30.  Among  the  many  inquirers  into  the  principles  of  Nature, 
there  is  none  who  holds  a  more  conspicuous  place,  and  whose  expe- 
rience is  more  useful,  than  the  true  mechanic.  To  him  are  due  the 
many  inventions  which  have  from  time  to  time  been  produced,  and 
tbe  development  of  the  wonderful  powers  which  have  been  found  as 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


86  THB  PBIN0IFLE8  OF  NATUBE. 

contained  in  substances  thought  to  be  almost  immaterial.  Electric 
and  magnetic  forces  have  been  constantly  producing  and  reproducing 
the  smallest  particles  which  are  distinctly  seen  undergoing  changes 
constantly.  They  not  only  produce  life  and  motion  in  all  forms,  but 
the  powerful  action  of  the  muscular  fibre  of  the  animal  creation  is 
produced  thereby.  By  this  means  certain  animals  are  enabled  to  lift 
an  immense  weight,  and  to  draw  many  tons  ;  while  without  it  they 
could  not  exhibit  any  muscular  manifestations.  The  motion  exist- 
ing among  all  forms,  spheres,  and  planets,  can  be  legitimately 
traced  to  the  omnipotent  power  which  is  contained  within  these 
principles. 

And  water ^  also,  has  been  observed  to  pass  into  an  unparticled  and 
rarified  form.  In  the  dew-drop,  and  in  the  broadest  ocean,  constant 
evaporation  and  refinement  of  this  element  is  taking  place.  But  not 
until  lately  was  discovered  the  energetic  power  that  existed  in  the 
expansion  of  watery  vapor.  But  now  such  power  is  employed  for 
practical  purposes,  though  it  is  not  yet  fully  developed.  The  prog- 
ress of  knowledge  in  these  principles  has  been  corresponding  to 
their  outward,  physical  manifestations.  The  power  of  steam  was  at 
one  time  unknown  and  disbelieved ;  and  those  minds,  who  by  un- 
wearied research  became  internally  convinced  of  the  existence  of  such 
a  power,  and  openly  expressed  their  convictions,  did  not  escape  the 
chdkTge  of  J^cmatioism,  Visible  and  ocular  demonstrations  have  at 
length  convinced  the  skeptic  and  the  world,  that  there  is  an  inherent 
power  contained  in  water  unparticled ;  but  how  much,  and  to  what 
extent  it  may  be  applied,  is  not  yet  known. 

Did  it  not  origmally  require  the  same  amount  of  argument  to  con- 
vince the  understanding  that  such  a  principle  and  power  existed,  as 
it  requires  to  convince  the  mind  of  a  similar  principle  as  existing  in 
other  rarified  and  unparticled  matter  1  The  first  allows  evident  proof; 
the  latter  does  not  admit  of  the  same.  For  the  latter  is  the  highest 
and  most  perfect  condition  of  all  things  existing ;  while  the  former  is 
a  mere  subordinate  and  mechanical  development, — notwithstanding 
it  corresponds  with  the  inherent  principles  that  constitutes  the  reality 
of  all  things. 

Inventions,  then,  are  mere  imitations  of  Nature,  and  applications 
of  principles  therein  contained.  Nature,  in  a  mechanical  respect,  is 
acting  in  a  perfect  way ;  while  man's  inventions  are  but  an  imperfect 
representation  of  the  same.  Consequently,  there  is  no  invention — 
no  creation  of  principles — ^no  forming  originally  what  has  not  prim- 
itively existed.  ^ 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


IBS  PBIKCZPLD  or  JtkTCRR.  87 

The  mo«t  perfect  teleaoope,  now  about  being  constmcted^  and 
thio  instmmentality  of  which  other  planets  and  spheres  will 
•till  more  Tisible,  and  their  physical  condition  more  distinctly 
sfvpttrcnt,  ia,  with  all  its  perfection  of  formationi  and  the  millions  of 
putkles  whidi  compose  it,  only  an  imitation  of  the  principles 
iBwJfed  in  the  hmnan  eye!  Yet  the  latter  in  its  consteuctiony  and 
ia  ihm  prineipks  cm  which  it  acts,  is  of  itself  an  emblem  of  original 
ftod  etenal  Bengn*  The  whole  forms  an  instrument  combining 
bemofty  aad  naefalneas.  It  is  not  yet  properly  imitated  by  this  great 
ftod  wooderfnl  tekseope,  which  is  now  about  to  be  developed  on 
oufiospondrng  pnnctples* 

The  true  mechanic  receires  his  lessons  from  Nature,  in  each  of 
vhich  he  discofers  his  inability  more  than  partially  to  imitate  the 
priacqJes  therein  manifested:  and  when  forces  are  combined  and 
developed  in  the  various  machines  which  he  constructs,  he  only  finds 
then  to  be  an  imitatJon  of  some  great  principle  which  Nature  origi- 
nally  and  etarnaDy  contained.  And  if  his  mquiries  are  first  to  know 
tke  laws  and  pnndples  existing  in  Nature,  his  action  next  will  be  to 
apply  the  aaae  medisnical  principles,  only  in  an  inferior  degree  of 
magniOiA^ ;  and  thus  he  avails  himself  of  the  usefulness  of  such 
eermmg  inventions.  And  when  observing  Nature  as  a  Whole, 
operaiing  ia  her  various  parts  on  mechanical  principles,  all  his  rea- 
eoaiags  and  inventioos  will  be  of  a  corresponding  character.  And  if 
he  did  not  soar  too  soon  from  the  surrounding  and  visible  manifesta- 
tioaa  of  these  potent  principles,  to  the  origin  of  motion  in  the  centre 
of  the  plaaetary  system,  he  would  receive  more  truth  and  li^t  upon 
ihcM  subjects,  by  properly  understanding  that  which  is  around  1dm. 
Bat  ihaiiing  to  be  free  from  external  intrusicms  and  interruptions, 
which  his  connexion  with  the  world  subjects  him  to,  he  vamly 
■ISsMipfs  to  shut  all  the  senses  which  connect  him  with  sudi,  and  in 
ikis  state  of  abstraction,  while  the  internal  principle  takes  unto  itself, 
as  it  were,  similar  senses,  he  endeavors  to  associate  with  a  hi^er 
of  material  existenoe.  Not  satisfied  with  the  general  and 
»  upressntstions  of  Nature  that  are  around  him,  he,  with  the 
prinetple,  views  higgler  spheres,  for  the  purpose  of  investi- 
tlis  laws  whidi  govern  their  perpetual  motion  and  activity, 
heories  and  hypotheses  innumerable  have  been  produced, 
'  because  abstract  reasoning  can  not  be  perfect,  while  the  intd- 
ia  stQl  ooaneoted  with  its  original  tenement,  and  because  men 
not  reasoned  correspondentially  from  principles  which  are 
abundantly  existing  around,  above,  and  within  them. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


88  THE  PEIKOIPLEB  OF  KATUBE. 

The  phenomena  known  as  grcmtation  is  universally  observed. 
Why  not,  then,  investigate  the  cause  of  gravitation  ?  And  by  cor- 
rectly understanding  this,  you  would  establish  the  true  theory  of  all 
other  and  corresponding  manifestations  throughout  the  planetary 
system.  Many  disquisitions  have  been  given  to  the  world,  relative 
to  ihtfact  of  gravitation,  but  none  particularly  explaining  the  comae 
of  the  phenomenon.  It  is  well,  therefore,  not  to  pass  above  or 
beyond  immediately  surrounding  manifestations,  until  you  have 
become  thoroughly  convinced  of  the  inherent  properties  and  princi- 
ples which  cause  such. 


§  31.  Mechanical  principles,  therefore,  constitute  the  united  action 
and  forces  of  Nature :  and  by  and  through  these,  the  true  mechanic 
receives  his  unchangeable  instructions.  And  by  following  these  as 
he  has  done,  he  gradually  develops  the  principles  contained  in  them 
as  invisible  and  universal.  Also,  each  motion,  from  the  curvilinear 
to  the  spiral  (the  only  motions  which  he  knows  as  existing,  but  which 
have  eternally  existed  in  Nature),  have  been  isolatedly  manifested  in 
the  various  machines  which  he  has  seemingly  invented.  And  having 
the  various  forces  and  motions  concentrated  in  a  small  space,  he  for 
the  time  being  loses  the  thought  that  his  invention  is  a  mere  imitation 
of  Nature's  original  laws,  and  feels  a  self-elevation  in  contemplating 
the  great  and  inimitable  production,  of  the  creation  of  which  he  feels 
he  was  the  cause.  But  by  reflection,  he  observes  that  Nature  and 
her  inherent  principles  are  only  developed  and  made  manifest  in  his 
contrivance.  And  by  having  his  contemplations  extended  through- 
out the  various  parts  of  creation,  in  reference  to  the  Whole  as  a 
reflection  of  each  part,  he  quiets  the  ambitious  principle  within  him 
by  the  consolatory  feeling  that  what  he  has  seemingly  created,  was 
established  by  the  eternal  design  of  the  First  Cause  or  Positive 
Mind !  As  these  principles  are  all  impressed  indelibly  in  Nature,  he 
feels  that  a  correct  knowledge  of  them  leads  to  corresponding  truths : 
and  the  first  idea  of  original  design  impresses  the  mind  with  a  Final 
Cause.  And  if  they  exist  in  one  particle  in  Nature,  or  if  they  are 
(as  they  are  acknowledged  to  be)  spread  throughout  Nature,  and  are 
manifest  in  all  her  movements,  they  must  be  of  necessity  eternal 
principles;  and  when  developed,  they  correspond  to  intellectual 
•progression ;  and  that  progression  with  the  conviction  of  the  mind's 
eternal  existence;  and  which  conviction,  when  properly  developed 
m  the  mind,  leads  to  all  corresponding  truths. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBINCIPLES  OP  NATURE.  89 

A  law  can  not  be  different  in  different  parts  of  the  Universe ;  and 
Then  yon  properly  understand  the  cause  of  gravitation  in  a  small 
sab«tanc6  or  particle  visible,  you  may  know  that  the  same  cause 
produces  corresponding  effects  in  every  other  state  of  materia) 
eziitence.* 

The  principles  of  Nature  (as  now  manifest),  and  the  laws  and 
forces  of  mechanics,  are  a  progression  of  the  inherent  properties  and 
essences  primitively  contained  in  all  things.  The  true  mechanic 
looks  throQgh  Nature,  and  obtains  a  conviction  of  its  primitive  and 
origioal  condition :  and  also  from  Nature  forward  and  upward, 
tlmmgh  the  Spheres  of  future  and  eternal  progression,  and  spiritual 
development.  If  he  has  not  a  comprehensiofiy  he  has  still  an  irre- 
sistible canmctwn,  of  these  things.  He  observes  cause,  effect, 
and  end,  in  all  things.  He  can  contemplate  the  state  which  the 
oatoral  progress  of  all  things  tends  to  develop.  Original  design 
is  not  manifested,  without  menans  to  produce  an  end.  He  arrives 
at  the  conclusion  that  there  can  not  be  too  much  activity  nor 
too  much  rest ;  that  there  can  not  be  illegitimate  or  catastrophic  pro- 
ductions, as  arising  from  the  general  law  and  motions  of  Nature.f  He 
will  not  take  the  details  and  minutiae  for  general  and  universal  truths. 

The  contemplation,  the  reflection,  the  experience,  therefore,  which 
the  rational  mechanic  derives  from  Nature,  adds  one  other  link  to 
our  chain  of  palsetiological  science,  and  to  the  great  circle  of  uni- 
versal truth. 

Thus  mathematical  and  mechanical  instruments  have  been  pro- 
duced; and  they  have  afforded  means  by  which  new  truths  could 
be  developed.     The  principles  of  Nature  give  lessons  to  the  searcher 

•  By  wmj  of  noU  it  wm  here  obsenred  by  the  speaker,  that  although  perpetual 
mttUm  k  mn  inherent  prindple  of  Nature,  yet  ofnece$$Uy  man  could  not  imitate  it 
>j  9Mf  — ehiiilnel  oeuetmction  or  process.  It  had  been  already  remarked,  that 
"*  m  priaesple  contained  within  itself  the  power  of  self-inTe8tigation"—that  spirit, 
fjT  iattanc«,  can  not  comprehend  spirit.  Now  man  is  of  himself  a  perpetual  motion  ; 
U  u  tkiM  that  inve$tignte$  ;  and  the  production  of  perpetual  motion  by  him  would 
kvelve  tko  prUuipie  of  tl/'imoeMtigaiian  or  comprdiension. 

t  It  WM  b«re  r—arked  iacidentaUy  by  the  speaker,  tbat  eatoitrophes,  or  irregu- 
lar iapalses  of  Nature,  were  by  some  thooght  to  account  for  the  production  of  man 
sa4  odier  liring  beings ;  but  that  this  can  not  be  true,  according  to  principles  pre- 
r;:«ily  Uld  down.  The  harmony  existing  between  the  rarious  parts  of  the  organic 
kiagdo^,  and  tlieir  developnitnt  according  to  the  precise  order  of  a  graduated  pro- 
ti^iiiii,  preeloda  the  idea  of  any  irregular  or  paroxynnal  efforts  of  Nature  being 
i^mii  iA  their  production.  The  general*  of  this  subject  will  be  understood  by 
ptnaiag  the  author's  theory  of  the  creation,  as  it  is  progressirely  unfolded  in  the 
se^ueL 


I 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


90  THE  PSmOIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

into  their  essential  constituents,  which  are  of  inuxense  value.  Yet 
there  are  instruments  by  which  principles  have  been  found  to  be 
existing,  which  were  before  unknown.  These  haye  been  useful  in 
the  investigation  of  the  inherent  properties  of  Matter  and  Motion, 
besides  in  the  developing  of  mechanical  laws.  And  thus  Nature 
and  her  general  principles  are  made  to  yield  to  man  the  internal  evi- 
dence of  external  truth.  He  can  see  an  absolute  display  of  Nature's 
laws  in  every  form  and  particle  of  material  existence.  He  can 
observe  the  close  connexion  and  inherent  sympathy  existing  between 
all  particles  that  compose  the  fabric  of  the  universe^  No  being  is  in 
a  condition  or  sphere  of  association  with  more  inherent  truth  than 
the  true  mechanic.  He  can  see  the  inherent  properties  of  every 
production  of  his  hand,  contained  in  Ni&ture :  and  when  reflecting 
that  his  invention  is  but  a  mere  fac^mMe  of  Nature,  he  rejoices  in 
the  inward  conviction  that  the  Fountain  of  Nature  is  overflowing 
with  truths  which  are  gradually  assuming  new  forms,  according  to 
their>  specific  character,  in  order  to  present  themselves  in  a  more 
perfect  state  of  progressive  existence.  He  feels  the  inward  convic- 
tion, from  the  evidence  of  external  truths,  that  Nature  is  inexhaust- 
ible ;  and  that  what  is  required  is  for  him  to  continue  his  precise  and 
indefatigable  researches,  not  with  a  previous  bias  of  mind,  but  with 
a  freedom  to  receive  any  conclusions  which  a  reasonable  amount  of 
evidence  may  establish.  He  sets  no  limits  to  the  expanse  of  thought. 
He  establishes  no  belief  until  he  is  forced  by  the  preponderance  of 
evidence  impressed  upon  the  internal  understanding.  He  observes 
all  laws  as  tending  to  a  state  of  ultimate  perfection ;  and  through  the 
same  laws  he  casts  reflection  hdch^  and  contemplates  the  original, 
intelligent.  Organizer  of  the  Universe ! 

Such  mechanical  investigations  are  of  too  deep  and  rational  a  na- 
ture to  permit  superficial  or  external  appearances  to  divert  the  mind 
from  internal  and  ultimate  conclusions.  The  inductions  carry  the 
mind  back  from  each  effect  to  its  original  cause ;  and  each  cause, 
being  an  effiect  of  a  cause  still  anterior,  the  intimations  of  uninter- 
rupted causation  which  are  seen  in  all  the  corresponding  sciences, 
carry  the  reasoner  back  to  the  First,  Original,  Positive  Principle, 
which  he  can  not  but  believe  is  the  very  essence  of  perfect  ifvteUi* 
gence.  And  th&n  he  can  see  a  design  in  all  forms  presented  to  the 
senses.  But  can  he  confine  his  belief  to  these  points  1  And  is  he  not 
forced  to  believe  that  which  is  to  be?  For  the  Mrst  and  Zast  are 
constantly  demonstrated  in  Nature.  Organizations  and  forms  are 
constantly  being  reproduced :  disorganization  and  decay  are  seemingly 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


TBB  PBDraPLSB  OF  HATUBl.  91 

the  ooQnterptft  of  life, — ^bnt  in  retlity  Mre  only  the  proeesfi  of  meta- 
■■rphoeii  firoa  the  first  sphere  to  some  other  state  of  progression. 
HsDoe  tiM  disorganised  being  appears  in  a  new  form — ^is  organised 
m  new  sphere* — boi  still  is  a  eontinoation  of  its  preYions  inherent 
properties*  It  is  also  fitted  for  a  new  work,  in  whidi  there  is  a  man- 
itm%  desigtt  to  form  some  part  corresponding  to  other  parts  of  the 
whole  Fabric  of  Nature.  Life  and  death  in  any  particles,  are  not 
opposite  to  each  other ;  but  the  first  mnst  exist  to  produce  the  last: 
the  last  mast  oocmr  lo  reprodoee  and  continne  the  progression  of  the 
fbnaer. 


^  82.  Each  fonn,  therefore,  is  constantly  passbg  throngh  an  oid- 
leas  soeceasion  of  spheres,  in  order  to  associate  and  correspond  with 
the  particlee  and  essences  that  compose  its  original  nature.  And 
when  the  mfdianic  obserres  all  these  appearances,  which  are  con- 
stantly devdo^ng  themselTes  with  accompanybg  principles  of  life 
mod  actiTity,  he  has  the  consolation  of  knowing  that  these  all  operate 
eternal  mechanical  law.  And  as  de?elopments  in  Nature  be- 
Yisible,  he  obserres  that  all  principles  which  are  gradually 
CTohed  from  the  mtemal,  are  manifest  in  proportion  to  the  perfection 
of  the  svbstaoce,  form,  and  instrument  through  which  each  motion 
and  law  is  nuuie  Tisible.  His  experience  corresponds  with  truths 
abCshed  in  other  sciences. — ^And  the  whole  confirms  the  proposi- 
that  have  been  established :  That  there  is  a  oonstant  and  uni- 
masl  moiioii  existing  in  matter,  as  an  essential  property  of  its  nature ; 
that  it  is  coatinnally  (and  mnst  of  necessity  be)  proyresaive  ;  and  that 
it  also  reproduces  forms  by  virtue  of  the  inherent  properties  of  its 
e,  and  that  each  assumes  a  degree  and  species  and  consequent 
sociatioo  :  that  these  are  the  production  of  Matter ^  and 
Life  sad  Sensation  the  production  of  *Motion  ;  that  the  continuation 
■ad  pwfetftioo  of  the  two  principles  conjoined,  compose  Man  as  an 
Ultiaaie ;  and  that  man  is  composed  of  particles  and  essences  of  all 
thng^  else  existing. 

Crwiiti— itly  all  below  man  must,  of  necessity,  enter  into  the  com- 
ymtiott  «f  his  being.  The  perfection  of  his  material  organisation 
{\wt\w\mg  all  the  essences  which  hare  originally  become  refined  to 
with  the  same  parts  of  matter)  produces,  as  a  specific  ulti- 
» the  principle  of  InUUigence.  The  ultimate  of  this,  correspond- 
;  with  aU  other  progreesion,  composes  Spirit  tndividuaU»ed»   And 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


92  THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATUEE. 

according  to  the  eternal  impetus  which  this  first  received,  it  ascends 
through  new  spheres  of  existence,  corresponding  to  that  which  it  pre- 
viously occupied ;  and  also  represents  the  universal  perfection  and 
refinement  of  all  parts  as  becoming  unparticled, — and  which  then^ 
like  spirit,  form  a  counterpart  to  material  progression. 

Hence  the  whole  develops  the  science  of  correspondences.  It 
proves  the  concentric  movements  of  all  Nature ;  it  establishes  the  fact 
that  the  reality  of  all  external  things  is  existing  in  an  invmile  condi- 
tion, and  that  forms  are  but  the  constant  manifestations  of  their  inward 
reality.  And  the  mechanic  feels  these  laws  to  be  associated  with  his 
mind  as  Truth  is  associated  with  Nature.  Consequently  he  can 
also  appreciate  and  realize  the  internal  truth  which  Nature  openly 
manifests. 

This  all  recalls  to  mind  the  sublime  and  established  truth.  That 
the  Cause  is  using  Nature  as  an  Efiect,  to  produce  Spirit  as  an 
Ultimate ! 

The  Original  Cause  of  all  things  must  produce  Ultimates  to  corre- 
spend  with  its  own  nature.  If  the  First  is  perfect,  the  End  must  be 
also.  If  the  first  Essence  is  jprogressive  in  its  nature,  its  UlttmcUe 
must  be  the  same.  If  the  original  Fountain  was  Supreme  Intelli- 
gence by  nature,  it  must  produce  intelligence  as  a  legitimate  result. 
If  the  JFirst  were  divinely  pure,  the  Ultimate  must  be  the  same  in  all 
its  specific  qualities.  If  the  First  was  eternal^  the  UUimute  must  be 
equally  so.  If  the  Original,  Positive  Mind — the  Germ — the  intel* 
ligent  Organizer  of  material  and  universal  Nature— contains  within 
itself  all  the  perfection  of  beauty  and  intelligence,  infinitely  beyond 
the  comprehension  of  finite  beings,  must  not  the  UlUntate^  the  spirit 
of  man,  of  necessity,  be  in  harmony  therewith  in  all  its  specific 
essences  and  qualities?  Must  it  not,  as  a  legitimate  ofispring  of 
the  Great  Omnipotent  Productor,  be  correspondingly  pure  and 
divine? 

If  Nature,  in  any  of  her  chains  of  visible  production,  contradicts 
any  general  principle  of  this  conclusion,  then  the  mind  is  not  called 
upon  to  respond  to  the  teachings  of  her  immutable  laws  as  producing 
from  the  internal^  external  efiects.  If  the  germ  of  a  plant,  of  an 
animal,  of  any  reproducing  form  or  sphere  in  Nature,  produces  an  ul- 
timate unlike  itself,  then  you  may  reasonably  conclude  that  the  seed 
or  ultimate  is  contaminated  in  the  process  of  passing  from  inward  to 
outwa/rd  spheres.  But  it  is  evident  that  the  seed  (or  ultimate  of  the 
ori^al  germ)  has  assumed  a  more  perfect  sphere  of  existence.     It 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  FBIN0IPLB8  OF  KATUBB.  93 

ku  not  become  more  pure  or  refined  in  its  qualities  and  essences ; 
bvt  it  haa  ascended  to  an  ultimate  sphere  of  a  nature  corresponding 
ta  its  first,  and  exists  in  the  beauty  and  freshness  of  its  newly-assumed 
condition.  Hence,  though  not  intrinsically  more  perfect,  it  is  more 
beautiful  and  reproductive.  Consequently  spirit,  individualized  from 
the  Genu  of  an  eternal  existence,  through  the  instrumentality  of  Na- 
ture and  Man,  has  become  like  the  Primitive  Essence,  only  progressed 
by  its  internal  freshness  of  beauty  and  refinement.  Hence  it  bears  the 
impress  and  contains  all  the  essential  properties  of  the  Original  Source. 
It  is  divine,  pure,  intelligent :  it  of  necessity  mtist  be  so,  because  it 
b  a  legitimate  Termination,  an  Ultimate,  an  entity  composed  of  the 
substance,  the  particles,  the  inherent  qualities,  which  were  contained 
m  the  Great  Spiritual  Fountain.  Therefore  its  nature  is  inexhaust- 
ible, perfect,  and  refined, — generating  intelligence  of  a  progressive, 
idsnlical  nature,  equal  to  its  combmed  essences  as  originally  con- 
tained in  the  Vortex  in  which  existed  the  Great,  Omnipotent,  Posi- 
tive Mind  I 

Spirit  may  be  conudered  as  a  negoHve  result,  but  it  is  no  less  pure, 
ao  less  perfect  on  that  account.  It  is  what  tiie  First  was ;  it  wUl 
be  what  the  First  is.  And  here  again  the  mind  is  internally  im- 
pretsed  with  the  truthfulness  of  that  eternal  chain  of  cause  and 

CBCCt! 


^  88.  The  meditations  and  experience  of  the  true  aetist  are 
too  valuable,  and  of  too  convincbg  a  nature,  to  be  here  disregarded. 
And  by  noticing  them,  there  will  be  no  less  good  done  than  appeal- 
nig  to  his  reflections,  and  conveying  to  him  an  internal  confirmation 
of  the  principles  heretofore  discussed.  As  his  associations  are  with 
Katare  and  her  developments,  deep  and  truthful  impressions  must  of 
■ecesailj  be  made  upon  his  mind  thereby.  Even  the  lawe  of  m*t  are 
ia  accordance  with  Nature,  and  coincide  with  all  general  principles 
vbidi  are  correct  and  infallibly  true ;  and  these  laws  pomt  him  to  the 
iMfnitude  and  beanty  of  Nature's  general  and  detailed  manifestations. 
Hk  associations  are  worth  more  than  they  are  supposed  to  be  by  the 
■asi  of  other  researchers  in  the  various  departments  of  science  to 
vluch  we  have  alluded.  The  manifestations  of  Nature  are  by  him 
constantly  intended  to  be  impressed  upon  the  understanding,  so  that 
these  may  answer  as  symbols  and  types,  shadowing  forth  to  the  mind 
the  internal  and  invisible  causes.    And  as  all  scientific  investigations 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


94r  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

are  based  upon  the  appearances  of  things,  so  likewise  is  the  deep 
meditation  of  the  true  and  profound  artist  based  upon  such  appea]> 
ances.  And  the  innumerable  processes  by  which  he  has  explored 
the  many  parts  and  avenues  of  Nature,  bring  convictions  to  his  mind 
corresponding  to  the  conclusions  drawn  from  all  palsetiological  sci- 
ences ;  and  as  these  convictions  emanate  from  the  Source  of  all  true 
and  correct  impressions,  they  should  be,  and  are  received. 

It  is  not  because  his  pursuit  tends  'to  soften  and  refine  the  feelings 
of  his  nature ;  it  is  not  that  it  has  such  an  overwhelming  and  subdu- 
ing influence  upon  all  his  actions  and  internal  desires — that  I  here 
call  up  his  meditations  and  experience ;  but  it  is  because  it  pertains 
to  the  source,  the  fountain,  the  manifestation  of  all  things  in  the  ma- 
terial landscape  of  existence,  and  because  his  communion  with  these 
things  conveys  truths  at  once  subduing  and  convincing — and  which 
truths  are  beyond  the  conception  of  any  class  of  mankind  who  do  not 
associate  with  the  same  things  which  he  is  compelled  to  associate 
with.  His  main  desire  and  effort  is  to  copy  or  imitate  tiie  general 
appearance  of  that  which  is  before  him.  He  feels  that  in  doing  this, 
he  accomplishes  a  great  work,  merely  because  it  is  based  upon  that 
which  is  inexhaustible.  He  feels  that  Nature  contains  all  the  varie- 
gated scenes  aild  manifestations  which  he  would  fain  grasp  and  famil- 
iarly develop.  He  also  is  impressed  with  the  thought  that  all  his 
efforts  are  to  develop  that  which  is  internally  and  externally  manifest 
to  his  senses.  He  feels  also,  in  recalling  the  experience  of  the  effect 
of  that  which  he  has  previously  accomplished,  that  it  is  to  him  like 
the  machine  to  the  mechanic — an  imitation^  an  otUward  development 
of  that  which  is  mtemaUy  existing. 

In  analyzing  the  laws  of  colors,  he  arrives  legitimately  at  the  con- 
clusion that  ike  five  or  seven*  original  colors  can  be,  and  are,  evolved 
from  one  /  that  that  contains  within  itself  the  properties  and  qualities 
from  which  all  other  distinct  reflections  may  be  unfolded.  He  also 
is  aware  that  these  colors  may  be  produced  and  reproduced  accord- 
ing as  there  are  instruments,  agents,  or  substances,  through  which 
they  may  be  manifested.  It  is  owing  to  the  developments  which 
Nature  is  c(mstantly  producing  and  reproducing!  that  these  various 
colors  are  unfolded.  Light,  as  originally  and  universally  existing, 
contained  the  specific  essences  and  attributes  which  are  contained  in 
the  various  colors  as  they  are  at  present  distinguished  and  classified. 
And  each  of  these  colors  was  revealed  according  as  suitable  outward 

*  The  lecturer  wished  it  stated  that  it  was  not  his  intention  here  to  discnss  or 
intimate  the  actual  number  of  primitive  colon. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PKLHCUFLtt  OF  HATUBS.  95 

imsirumenit  wore  dereloped.  All  of  this  teaches  him  the  andeniable 
and  important  trath^  that  the  Original  contained  nndeyeloped  that 
vludi  exists  in  present  forms,  and  that  all  which  does  thus  exist  is 
ovine  to  the  proffremve  principle  which  is  inherent  and  eternal. 
Then  bj  these  deep,  solemn,  and  irresistible  oonvicti(ms,'  he  per- 
«cms  the  eomexion  which  he  sustains  with  all  other  existences. 
He  also  feels  the  eonelnsion  pressing  with  redoabled  force,  that  Na- 
ture and  her  isanifestations  are  leading  to  a  higher  and  correspond- 
ing Sphere,  to  whidi  it  is  his  constant  desire  and  aspiration  to  attam. 
These  eonespondenees  are  to  him  a  mediator — a  folcnun — npon 
vhidi  his  aeeunlated  knowledge  and  experience  performs  its  yari- 
e«s  operatiotis :  for  they  are  not  only  established,  by  diat  which  is 
denoMtrated  to  the  senses,  bnt  they  ailbrd  as  d^  and  convincing 
proof  of  the  inrisible  and  rtcU  Reality. 

Beck  of  Nature,  be  silently  contemplates  the  Ocmse  which  pro- 
dseed  this  theatre  of  hnman  existence ;  and  with  the  highest  rever- 
Cttoe  (or  truths  pertaining  thereunto,  he  can  almost  associate  with  the 
first  Prineiple  of  life  and  actirity !  His  aspirations  are  purely  of  an 
inteDectsal  and  moral  character,  intending  his  highest  and  b^t  pro- 
doetioQS  as  a  fiuniEar  derelopment  of  that  which  Nature  so  yiyidly 
manifests.  And  when  contemplating  that  which  he  has  produced, 
there  is  an  exalted  and  elated  thought  which  forces  itself  upon  his  mind 
(and  which  is  altogether  imaginary),  that  he  has  created  something 
which  Natsre  does  not  contain.  But  in  obserying  the  many  forms 
snd  substances  wfaidi  are  constantly  dereloping  and  reflectmg  new 
tiwdis  to  his  mind,  he  recognises  something  infinitely  surpassing  that 
which  he  Tatnly  supposed  to  be  created  by  his  skill. 

Then,  again,  tfie  dran^  of  Nature  suggests  to  his  mind  that  she 
rr!****  inkerent  truths ;  for  in  viewing  his  production,  the  impression 
is  caUed  up  that  Nature  nowhere  presents  a  parallel.  Thus,  at  sec- 
end-thoog^t,  has  picture  loses  its  intrinsic  beauty ;  and  the  exalted 
^■**^— *^^  which  created  it  prores  to  be  as  eranescent  as  the  colors 
of  the  essttm  sky  when  tinged  by  the  innumerable  reflections  of  the 
homos*  For  as  his  imsg^tion  is  excited  upon  subjects  distinct 
fkroB  his  production,  a  change,  oorrespondmg  to  the  change  of 
Ifcn^ts,  takes  plaoe  in  tiie  appearance  of  the  latter.  For  Nature, 
with  a  iwwwed  reflection,  impreeses  his  nund  witii  more  intrinsio 
irmti  Asn  is  represented  in  his  imitation,  which  is  of  so  shadowy  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


96  THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATTJEE. 


§  34.  All  the  imitations  or  types  of  the  appearances  and  substances 
existing  around  him  then,  are  merely  a  developing  of  original  truths 
in  a  familiar  manner,  so  that  he  may  associate  more  closely  with  that 
which  it  was  his  constant  desire  and  intention  to  produce.  Being 
convinced  of  this  truth,  he  does  not  strain  his  mental  and  physical 
powers  to  outdo  or  misrepresent  that  which  is  before  him,  but  he  is 
contented  if  his  production  is  a  fac-mnile  of  that  which  does  con- 
stantly develop  itself  to  the  senses.  His  occupation  also  tends  to  im- 
press his  mind  with  the  truth  that  generals  and  unwersals  are  the  only 
reliable  evidence  of  truth  in  contemplating  the  boundless  landscat)e  of 
Nature.  He  finds  that  in  detailing  and  pa/rpiculaHzing^  he  spoils 
the  grand  and  sublime  effect  that  it  is  his  intention  to  reproduce. 
For  the  genial  view  presents  beauty  and  perfection  5  Hxq  pa/rticula/r 
disconnects  and  disorganizes  the  grand  features  of  the  whole.  His 
experience  teaches  him  that  detaiUng  disorganizes  and  disunites  the 
truth  which  it  is  his  object  to  impress  5  but  that  generalizing  presents 
one  unbroken  chain  of  connected  beauty,  magnificence,  and  perfection. 
And  above  all  other  aspirations  to  which  he  is  led,  is  that  to  have  the 
effect  of  his  production  such  as  will  precisely  accord  with  original  and 
eternal  Truth.  He  finds  that  the  paHs — the  lights  and  shades,  the 
distance  and  perspective — compose  the  whole,  and  that  the  whole  is 
necessary  to  the  parts.  The  whole  combined  presents  the  internal 
co^viction  that  the  Effect  must,  in  quality  and  principle,  be  like  that 
which  originally  produced  it. 

Thus  his  meditations  are  impressive  ;  and,  like  all  the  others  re- 
ferred to,  are  irresistibly  convincmg.  For  each  representation  of  ne- 
cessity connects  the  mind  with  its  antitype ;  and  by  this  means  truth 
must  necessarily  be  unfolded  to  the  understanding.  Likewise,  from 
the  invisible  to  the  visible,  and  from  that  to  the  ultimate,  he  observes 
a  circle,  or  a  series  of  concentric  circles,  of  corresponding  and  never- 
ending  truths.  And  while  his  thoughts  and  feelings  are  thus  exalted 
by  a  contemplation  of  the  beauties  which  Nature  manifests,  he  also 
is  internally  impressed  with  the  proposition  before  mentioned,  that 
the  Original,  the  First  Organizer  of  all  the  concentric  and  progreis- 
sive  circles  of  material  existence,  must  of  necessity  and  absolutely, 
from  its  inherent  nature,  produce  like  Ultimates. 

As  the  First  is  podUvey  the  Ultimate  is  negative.  As  the  First  is 
i^vwardy  the  End  is  outwa/rd;  and  as  the  First  is  eternal^  the  Ulti- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  FBINCIPLBB  OF  NATUBE.  97 

BAte  must  be  the  same.  And  as  the  First,  or  the  Omnipotent  Posi- 
tire  Mind,  contained  all  the  essential  attributes  of  parity,  refinement, 
•nd  perfection — ^the  grand,  sablime,  and  Intimate  Result  of  this 
First  Principle  can  not  be  of  a  less  pure  and  perfect  nature. 

Thus  the  experience  and  conyiction  of  ererj  true  artist ;  the  im- 
pressiye  lessons  which  he  receives  from  the  various  symbols  and 
types  of  eternal  beauty  and  perfection ;  the  subduing  e&ct  and  con- 
trolling and  tranquillizing  action  which  these  have  upon  his  disposi- 
tion ;  the  general  appearances  of  things,  and  the  indestructible  union 
which  he  perceives  existing  between  all  particles  composing  the  mass 
of  the  material  existence ;  the  confidence  which  he  is  enabled  to  re- 
pose in  Nature,  and  the  internal  design  manifested  on  the  external — 
aO  go  to  establish  the  main  truths  and  conclusions  which  it  is  neces- 
sary to  improM. 

Consequently,  his  thoughts  and  affections  are  associated  with  truth. 
His  desires  and  interests  are  no  less  pure  and  perfect  than  the  les- 
sons which  cause  them  to  exist.  His  reason  leads  him  by  connected 
steps  to  the  truths  and  inductive  conclusions  above  established,  re- 
specting the  JPirH  and  Ultimate  of  existence. 

When  he  becomes  disconnected  from  the  manifestations  of  Nature, 
and  associates  with  the  innumerable  thoughts  and  feelings  which  are 
ooDStantly  agitating  the  external  world ;  when  unprincipled  and  im- 
pure interests  obtrude  upon  his  feelings  and  at^act  his  mind  from  the 
tram  of  thought  and  contemplation  in  which  he  is  naturally  engaged 
while  copying  Nature  and  her  inimitable  beauties ;  and  when  his  mind 
becomes  mvolved  in  the  pursuit  of  an  individual  subsistence  and 
preservation  of  life — he  then  forcibly  realizes  the  great  extreme  of 
commotion,  immorality,  and  imperfection,  that  pervade  the  external 
world  of  mankind.  He  then  can  see  that  truths  can  not  be  received 
from  man  alone,  but  from  Nature ;  and  Uiat  the  truUis  thus  received 
sre  irresistible  and  eternal. 

The  extremes  also  impress  him  with  the  conclusion,  that  the  innu- 
oerable  capacities,  powers  of  perception,  and  spheres  of  association, 
iato  which  mankind  are  divided,  have  no  foundation  in  Nature  or  her 
laws.  He  is  in  a  condition  to  perceive  the  great  disconnexion  be- 
tween Nature's  established  laws,  and  man's  present  ignorance,  imper- 
feetioo,  and  grossness.  In  the  former  he  is  impressed  with  the 
tnutable  and  imperishable  harmony  and  truth  which  are  constantly 
md  openly  manifested ;  and  in  the  latter,  he  sees  general,  super- 
idal,  and  erroneous  conceptions  of  the  principle  of  organic  life, — 
od  stiU  a  greater  perversion  of  the  affections,  the  understanding, 

7 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


98  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

and  the  inward  principles  which  constitute  the  spiritual  nature  of 
man. 
^  The  beauty,  the  magnificence,  the  degrees  of  perfection  manifested 
in  all  external  appearances,  upon  the  broad  plain  of  material  exist- 
ence, enforce  the  conviction  of  an  irmer  life  of  corresponding  beauty 
and  perfection. 

Between  the  lowest  and  highest  conceptions ;  between  the  meaner 
opinions  and  desires  of  illiterate  persons,  and  the  most  brilliant  and 
refined  imaginations  of  the  intellectual  man ;  between  the  lowest  germ 
and  the  highest  sphere  of  vegetable  existence,  and  between  the 
diminutive  and  instinctive  animal  and  the  highest  and  most  erudite 
man  of  science, — can  be  observed  a  med/kmhy  a  ceTttre^  9k  focus ^  which 
is  an  ultimatum  of  the  two  extremes.  Truth  may  in  this  way  be 
manifested  and  correctly  arrived  at ;  for  the  extremes  of  two  points 
must,  of  necessity,  be  poised  upon  an  mtermediate  point :  and  this 
may  represent  the  truth  which  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  impress, 
— that  there  must  exist  invisible  truths  corresponding  to  all  that  is 
seen,  known,  felt,  or  desired.  For  each  object  of  sense  must  have  a 
ca/use  back  of  its  production.  So  also  the  intellectual  and  aspiring 
disposition  of  mankind  is,  in  reality,  a  symbol — a  type  of  truths  such 
as  correspond  to  the  workings  of  the  mind.  Therefore,  between  the 
Great  Positive  Mind  and  the  human  Spirit,  there  must  be  a  medium, 
a  type,  a  symbol,  through  which  may  be  seen  the  original  Design, 
and  the  future,  ultimate  Perfection. 

To  the  searcher  and  observer  of  external  manifestations^  the  Uni- 
verse is  a  symbol,  a  type  of  tiiat  which  was  and  is,  and  of  that  which 
must  and  will  be.  Hence,  taking  Nature  as  truth,  it  carries  these 
convictions, — ^which  have  been  heretofore  impressed.  Like  all  other 
mediums,  it  must  be  truth,  or  it  could  not  be  a  medium.  It  answers 
as  a  guide  to  internal  meditation,  and  as  a  subject  of  external  con- 
templation. Therefore,  the  JPtrst  and  Ultimate  of  all  things  are 
rational  and  irresistible  inductions  that  can  be  drawn  from  the  prolific, 
fertile,  and  truthful  experience  and  meditation  of  the  true  artist^  and 
who  associates  with  Nature's  inimitable  beauties. 


§  85.  The  subject  of  Spirit^  or  the  future  mdividualization  of  the 
intellectual  powers  of  man,  has  never  yet  been  properly  demonstrated . 
to  the  various  nunds  which  this  work  will  be  submitted  to.     Opin- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBINCIPLES  OF  NATUSB.  99 

ktts  theories,  and  hypotheses  have  heen  formed  upon  this  subject, 
and  also  upon  the  subject  of  the  Supreme  Organizer  of  the  material 
UniTerse ;  and  as  these  two  subjects  are  of  like  nature,  though  man- 
ifestly extremely  remote  in  their  connexion  (especially  as  they  ap- 
pear to  the  intellect  of  man),  yarious  thoughts  have  been  in  order 
comnumicated  to  the  world  in  reference  to  the  origin  of  Matter  and 
Motion,  and  respecting  the  formation  and  organization  of  the  vegeta- 
ble and  animal  kingdoms,  together  with  the  three  powers  combined 
as  vitality :  and  many  well-written  theories  upon  the  subject  of  intel- 
lectual and  spiritual  composition  have  been  produced.  Each  person 
who  has  presented  these  subjects  according  to  his  individual  percep- 
tions and  convictions,  has  set  forth  some  very  important  truths^  and 
has  fallen  into  as  many  errors  of  like  magnitude. 

The  persons  who  have  thus  presented  their  impressions  to  the 
world,  have  done  it  under  circumstances  and  conditions  exceedingly 
unfavorable  to  the  communication  of  truth  without  disconnexion. 
Nature  and  their  impressions  have  afforded  some  deep  convictions, 
which  they  could  not  express  with  sufficient  clearness  to  be  familiarly 
understood.  The  sphere  that  they  associated  with,  was  likewise  un- 
favorable for  acute  and  correct  perception.  Being  surrounded  by  all 
the  interruptions  and  intrusions  of  life  and  activi^  in  the  external 
world,  and  their  senses  being  too  familiarly  associated  with  the  same, 
and  the  utter  impossibility  of  their  rising  above  the  first  sphere  of  in- 
tellectual existence,  have  prevented  the  full  communication  of  eternal 
and  imperishable  truth.  It  is  not  strange,  therefore,  that  men  thus 
situated  should  communicate  their  thoughts  to  the  beclouded  and 
nnitable  minds  of  the  world,  tinctured  with  various  sophistries  and 
untruths,  which,  if  they  might  justly  be  penned  as  coiwicHanSy  were 
nevertheless  muconcepUona  of  those  internal  and  ultimate  principles 
which  govern  the  spheres  upon  which  their  theories  have  been  founded. 
It  is  not  strange  that  men,  thus  reasoning  from  Nature  alone^  and  the 
temporal  and  celestial  appearances  that  she  irregularly  develops, 
ihould  arrive  at  erroneous  conclusions, — ^for  which  they  are  not  con- 
deomable,  yet  not  justifiable. 

For  let  it  be  again  impressed,  that  Nature  must  be  the  result  of  an 
anterior  Cause ;  and  that  the  First  Cause,  or  Organizer,  instituted, 
or,  m  other  words,  from  its  eternal  nature,  organized  the  many  spheres 
cf  material  existence  that  are  disseminated  universally  throuj^out  the 
broad  expanse  of  unimaginable  space.  These  laws,  thus  divinely  in- 
stituted, acting  through  that  mass  of  nebulous  matter  which  existed 
fnm  the  beginning,  have  gradually  produced  and  reproduced  new 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


100  THB  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUBE. 

forms,  and  finally  have  developed  just  such  worlds  of  material  forma- 
tion as  are  now  manifested.  Then  why  take  Nature,  or  rather  the 
$maU  pa/rticles  of  the  Universe,  of  which  this  world  is  one,  as  being 
the  primary  Cause  of  animal  organization,  and  this  as  having  progressed 
to  Man,  through  chance  and  change  of  the  elementary  particles  and 
compositions  of  matter,  until  the  necessary  particles  have  philosophi- 
cally and  mutually  agreed  to  perform  the  specific  ofiSce  which  the 
human  organization  manifests  ?  That,  too,  while  each  function  of  the 
system  is  so  perfect,  so  genuine  in  all  its  reproductions,  that  one  effort 
— one  energetic  impulse — started,  and  has  ever  since  continued,  the 
whole  in  motion !  For  at  the  very  moment  the  heart  contracts  and 
sends  forth  the  f>lood  throughout  the  indescribable  parts  and  avenues 
of  the  human  form,  the  lungs,  the  brain,  the  whole  system  becomes 
active ;  and  that  activity  produces  intdUgenoe  ! 

And  the  conception  which  has  been  formed  of  the  original  produc- 
tion of  man,  is  no  less  groundless  as  applied  to  the  intellectual  prin- 
ciple of  his  nature.  Taking  Nature  as  almost  containing  the  laws  of 
her  own  existence,  independently  of  any  coexisting  Power,  vain  at 
tempts  have  been  made  to  account  for  the  production  of  the  principle 
oi  Mind;  and  in  these  attempts,  there  have  been  thoughts  and  im- 
pressions received  into  the  minds  of  nnany,  that  the  First  must  have 
been  Matter,  and  that  Man  is  a  production  of  some  energetic  and 
violent  effort  of  Nature  and  her  constituent  particles — that  Man  thus 
exists  by  an  indefinite  Chance ! 
*•  As  the  First  is  the  Omnipotent,  Original,  Positive  Mind,  and  the 
Third,  Spirit  individualized  and  unparticled,  constituting  a  corre- 
spondvng  intelligence,  and  approximating  to  higher  spheres  of  intel- 
lectual perfection,  these  theories  arise  from  mistaking  the  Effect  (or 
Nature)  for  the  Cause.  They  consequently  darken  the  perception 
of  future  and  corresponding  spheres  of  intellectual  existence ;  and 
their  adherents  take  Nature  as  the  Cause,  Man  as  the  Effect,  and 
Mind  as  a  natural  result  of  physical  organization.  The  first  is  vis- 
ible :  the  last  is  thought  to  be  also ;  for,  taking  external  appearances 
for  realities,  and  depending  upon  them  as  the  only  source  of  undis- 
putable  truth — as  ocular  demonstration — man  loses  sight  of  all  con- 
nexion between- internal  reality  and  temporal  substances,  and  between 
body  and  spirit. 

The  connexion  thus  broken  can  not  be  united  in  a  mind  thus  ob- 
serving Nature.  The  result  has  been  to  throw  upon  the  world  theo- 
ries misconceived  and  misconstructed.  But  by  observing  (through 
the  power  of  analysis)  the  invisible,  the  reality  of  all  things,  and  taking 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THS  PRINCIPLIS  OF  KATUBB.  101 

this  as  a  basis  of  reasonmg, — by  yirtue  of  a  concentration  and  ana* 
logical  application  of  the  mind  to  the  sabject  under  consideration,  and 
bj  tracing  distinctively,  collectively,  generically,  progressively,  and 
aniversally,  all  things, — the  conclusion  becomes  irresistible,  that 
Spirit  must  exist  as  an  absolutely  necessary  result  of  the  nature,  es- 
sence, and  composition  of  the  Supreme  and  Onmipotent  Productor ! 

I  have  not  brought  up  theories  previously  presented  to  the  world, 
in  order  to  refute,  or  even  to  criticise  them.  I  have  not  presented 
the  subject  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cast  disparaging  reflections  on 
those  who  have  conscientiously  penned  these  theories;  but  I  have 
briefly  spoken  of  these  in  order  to  establish  and  make  plain  three  in- 
ductive conclusions :  First,  that  a  man,  subjected  to  the  interference 
(^  the  commotions  of  the  outer  world,  can  not,  by  any  possible  means, 
f^Uy  perceive  and  comprehend  general  truths  Secondly,  that,  in- 
stead of  legitimate  inductions  and  conclusions,  the  above  theories  are 
unjustifiable  assumptions,  and  illegitimate  conclusions  drawn  there- 
from. Thirdly,  that  the  Original  Organizer  of  the  Universe  has  been 
even  forgotten  or  misconceived  of,  by  iU-directed  veneration  for  truth ; 
that  Spirit  has  consequently  been  annihilated  from  the  sanctions  of 
the  reasoning  powers,  and  has  had  no  part  in  the  admissible  conclu- 
lioos  of  such  minds, — and  that,  in  consequence  of  receiving  the 
above  as  the  basis  of  reasoning,  the  First  and  Ultimate  were  thus 
obscured  in  the  minds  of  men,  and  shrouded  in  inextricable  and  im- 
penetrable mystery ! 


§  36.  These  three  are  the  conclusions  I  intended  should  be 
drawn  from  the  general  survey  of  misdirected  reasoning.  I  do  not 
wish  that  the  above  should  be  considered  as  a  refutation  or  discus- 
sbo  of  any  principles  referred  to,  or  that  it  was  for  this  purpose  that 
these  theories  were  called  up  for  present  meditation.  The  intention 
has  not  been  to  show  the  errors  of  human  judgment,  nor  even  to 
offwt  these  conclusions  by  opposite  reasonings ;  but  it  has  rather 
been  to  excuse  such  mvestigators,  and  to  encourage  them  to  look 
deeper  and  further  for  real  producing  causes ;  to  justify  their  impres- 
Mu  so  far  as  they  contain  tndh^  and  to  point  out  the  great  distinc- 
tion between  interior  truth,  and  the  error  conveyed  by  visible  and 
external  appearances,  though  such  are  still  considered  as  ocular 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


102  THE  PBIN0IPLE8  OF  NATURE. 

demonstrations  of  unchanging  t|:ath.  I  would  show  the  impossibilitj 
of  such  theories  and  hypotheses  being  true,  not  in  a  spirit  of  exul- 
tation or  self-approbation,  but  to  direct  the  minds  of  their  believers 
to  a  deeper  and  indestructible  basis,  from  which  are  constantly  ema- 
nating through  the  veins  and  avenues  of  Nature,  never-ending  Truth. 
Not  that  the  mind  should  leave  its  rational  resting-place,  and  cleave 
to  that  which  is  miraculous,  superstitious,  or  without  demonstration, 
but  the  reasoner  upon  these  subjects  should  be  like  the  chemist,  and 
not  base  his  conclusions  upon  the  visible  cyypearance  of  the  substance, 
or  form ;  but  a/naJ/yze  the  composition  to  find  its  dements^  and  invisible 
reality.  Then  the  arguments  based  upon  these  internal  principles 
will  lead  synthetically  to  irresistible  conclusions,  irrespective  of  the 
form  or  appearance  of  the  substance  external.  And  then  the  truth 
will  become  manifest ;  and  to  it,  as  such,  you  should  respond  with 
the  deepest,  internal,  true  affection  and  veneration.  Then  may  be 
understood  the  force  and  propriety  of  the  expression  (which  is  as  true 
as  the  laws  of  Nature),  that  ^^  the  things  which  are  seen  are  temporal ; 
but  the  things  which  are  not  seen  are  eternal." 

Under  whatever  circumstances,  or  by  whatever  individual,  Truth 
may  be  conceived  of,  or  whenever  it  may  be  found  or  written,  it 
should  be  duly  appreciated.  No  direct  course  of  reasoning  can  be 
entirely  barren  of  truthful  conclusions,  notwithstanding  these  may  be 
mingled  with  errors.  All  investigations  of  a  scientific  and  theologi- 
cal character  have  conduced  to  some  important  conclusions ;  never- 
theless in  these  some  deductions  have  been  made  which  are  incorrect. 
The  mind  should  observe  a  train  of  connected  induction  to  arrive  at 
truth :  a  mind  not  thus  concentrated,  would  come  far  short  of  correct 
impressions. 

The  subjects  of  the  First  and  Last,  as  seen  through  Nature,  have 
been  much  thought  upon,  and  discussed  with  pure  dispositions  and 
intentions;  and  in  the  numerous  productions  of  men  upon  these 
subjects,  many  valuable  truths  have  been  set  forth.  The  whole  truth 
could  not  be  conceived  of,  for  the  want  of  a  higher  sphere  of  associ- 
ation. No  metaphysical  researches,  therefore,  have  yet  established 
or  adequately  demonstrated  to  the  comprehension,  the  principle  of 
Spirity  or  inner  life.  And  if  the  decisions  of  minds  partially 
clouded  and  obstructed  by  surrounding  circumstances,  have  occasion- 
ally, and  to  some  extent,  been  correct,  a  confirmation  will  be  found 
in  the  Revelation.  Those  which  are  not  true,  and  have  been  the 
result  of  unjustifiable  modes  of  reasoning,  the  Revelation  will  also 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUBE.  103 

place  in  their  proper  light.  And  v>hatever  troths  have  entered  the 
minds  of  investigators,  they  will  see  the  same  reflected ;  which  will 
be  a  soorce  of  inward  gratification.  There  will  also  be  a  consola- 
tion derired  from  the  things  contained  in  the  Revelation,  consisting 
in  the  reflection  that  the  dross  and  imparities  of  systems  and  theories 
have  become  purged  off,  or  rather  repulsed  by  the  troth  which  is 
positive  and  eternal. 

The  claims  which  I  would  prefer,  are  that  the  conclusions  offered 
are  correctly  and  instinctively  arrived  at;  inasmuch  as  I  become 
anodated  with  the  various  spheres  of  intellectual  development  and 
progression,  and  by  this  means  am  enabled  to  communicate  that 
which  ezista  in  the  sphere  or  state  of  existence  iehw  that  in  which  I 
am  situated.  Of  this  I  have  spoken  before :  and  the  inquiring  mind 
is  solicited  to  venerate  Uie  troth  as  it  is  herein  presented,  and  as  it 
may  be  convincing  to  his  understanding.  Such  troth  should  be  ven- 
erated only  the  same  as  it  should  be  if  it  had  been  conceived  of  and 
aoeumulated  by  any  other  process. 

In  speaking  incidentally  of  theories  which  have  been  founded  on 
Natnre  and  her  laws  alone^  and  in  explaining  the  cause  of  such  being 
produced,  the  impossibility  of  their  ^n^eV^  ancorrectness  has  been 
shown,  with  the  intention  of  calling  up  these  latter  contemplations. 
It  has  not  been  the  intention  to  demonstrate  the  jn*odnction  and  sub- 
stance  of  Spirit,  but  the  intention  has  been  to  prove  its  existence; 
and  by  dobg  this,  to  establish  the  idea  of  a  corresponding,  yet 
Eternal,  Omnipotent  Productor.  And  these  two  have  been  estab- 
lished by  indirect  and  direct  appeals  to  the  general  and  universal 
manifestations  of  Nature  and  her  inherent  laws.  And  the  unchange- 
able and  undeviatbg  connexion  and  progress  of  all  parts  that  com- 
pose the  Universe  being  establbhed,  the  mind  is  thus  led  back  to  the 
potential  laws  of  causation,  and  forward  to  the  natural  and  positive 
result  of  material  perfection. 

A  definite  understanding  can  not  be  had  of  these  two  important 
subjects  until  they  are  explamed,  or  rather  developed  in  the  progress 
of  die  ReveUtion.  But  the  First,  or  the  Ghreat  Positive  Mind,  and 
the  Ultimate — the  NegaUve-^-or  the  Spirit  of  Man,  have  been  con- 
ciusioiis  irresistibly  received  from  the  various  appeals  made  to  Nature, 
and  the  experience  of  men  who  are  associated  with  her  laws.  Her 
prominent  principles,  as  developed  through  the  received  palsetiologi- 
cal  sciences,  have  been  oonnectively  investigated  and  set  forth  in  this 
key,  in  order  to  convince  the  mind  of  the  possibility  of  spiritual 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


104  THE  PBINOIPLES  OF  NATUEE* 

existence.  And  to  make  the  train  of  argument  still  more  impressive 
and  certain,  it  was  shown  that  it  must  of  necessity  exist,  according 
to  the  Nature  and  essence  of  its  Productor,  and  the  principles  and 
laws  which  govern  all  things  that  are  of  a  like  eternal  nature. 
Thus  Spirit  must  of  necessity  exist,  to  correspond  with  all  other 
existences  that  by  these  continued  operations  are  constantly  being 
developed. 

Matter  and  spirit  have  heretofore  been  supposed  to  constitute  two 
distinct  and  independent  substances,  the  latter  not  having  any  mate- 
rial origin.  And  minds  not  being  able  to  comprehend  this  classifi- 
cation, have  been  driven  to  extreme  and  illegitimate  conclusions. 
And  this  would  naturally  tend,  more  than  any  other  classification, 
to  produce  a  disbelief  in  the  united  action  of  Nature.  Instead  of 
making  material  and  spiritual  existence  totally  disconnected,  the 
object  and  intention  of  the  foregoing  has  been  to  prove  by  acknowl- 
edged laws  and  principles  of  matter,  the  production  of  TntelUgencey 
^Q perfection  of  which  is  Spirit;  and  to  unite  the  whole  operations 
and  mutations  of  Nature's  inherent  properties  of  Motion,  Life,  and 
Sensation,  from  the  Great  Positive  Mind  through  all  intermediate 
things,  to  Man ;  to  show  that  in  Man  this  eternal  principle  of  Spirit- 
ual Nature  becomes  indimdicalisedy'^H.ni  that  the  First  operated 
through  Nature  as  a  Second,  to  produce  Spirit  as  a  Third  and  grand 
Result. 

The  former  conclusion,  then,  may  be  again  repeated,  in  order  to 
impress  the  mind  still  more  strongly  with  the  perfect  harmony  exist- 
ing in  all  things, — That  the  Organizer  and  Great  Positive  Mind 
uses  Nature  and  all  things  therein,  as  an  Effect,  to  produce  Spirit  as 
an  End  and  designed  Ultimate. 


§  37.  For  a  proper  comprehension  of  the  qualities  and  attri- 
BXTTEs  contained  the  Great  Fountain  of  Causation,  and  unfolded  in 
the  various  stages  of  material  progression,  it  can  not  be  inappropriate  to 
appeal  to  visible  and  invisible  truths  and  facts  in  Nature  and  expe- 
rience. And  by  receiving  almost  the  whole  truth  in  reference  to  the 
First  Cause,  and  the  various  attributes  of  its  nature,  the  mind  would 
be  prepared  to  enter  the  higher  stages  or  spheres  of  the  Revelation : 
and  this  would  also  prepare  the  mind,  if  well  constituted  and  directed. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  FRINOIPLES  OF  NATUBE.  105 

to  perceiTe  the  close  and  connected  order  of  de7eIopment  existing 
between  the  Bq;inning  and  the  End  of  all  things. 

ThoQ^ts,  fbelingS)  desires,  and  passions,  which  are  existing  in  the 
minds  of  men,  are  not  appealed  to,  to  respond  to  what  is  herein  con- 
tained. It  can  only  be  properly  conceived  of,  and  comprehended, 
by  the  Reason  and  the  internal  li^^ht  of  the  love  of  Truth.  And 
Reaaon  yfiU  respond  to  this,  if  properly  developed,  and  disconnected 
from  all  improper  interests,  or  intermptiye  external  influences,  dur- 
ing the  investigation. 

The  rational  and  well-organized  mind  has  an  unquenchable  thirst  to 
search  and  inquire  after  the  First  Cause.  And  this  is  conceived  of 
by  obaerving  the  causes  and  effects  which  are  constantly  developing 
dwmselves  and  acting  in  all  particles  composing  the  Universe.  Every 
cAet  presented  to  the  mind,  presupposes  an  adequate  cause  for  its 
appearance  and  development;  and  the  chain  of  causes  and  effects 
which  are  performing  their  operations  in  all  parts  of  Nature,  is  to  the 
generali&ng  mind,  unbroken.  All  inductive  philosophy,  together 
with  all  condnsions  based  upon  palsetiolo^cal  researches,  converge 
to  one  point — that  of  the  JFtrst  Cause  of  all  things.  All  Nature,  in 
her  powerful  and  energetic  movements,  operating  upon  principles 
which  can  not  be  misinterpreted,  proclaims  to  the  mind  the  truth  of 
the  Great,  Positive,  Omnipotent  Mind. 

The  mind  must  of  necessity  have  some  foundation  whereupon  it 
may  rest,  aa  it  must  investigate  from  a  point  established.  The  indi- 
cations of  Nature  are  of  such  a  character  as  of  themselves  to  convey 
a  conception  of  the  First  Cause  of  all  subordinate  existences.  Rea- 
soning from  the  established  axiom  that  there  must  be  a  Beginning,  or 
a  Firat  Cause,  to  produce  corresponding  ones,  it  follows  that  either 
Matter  has  existed  from  all  eternity,  or  else  the  essence  of  an  inteUi' 
fcfU  First  Cause.  One  or  the  other  of  these  conclusions  must  of 
necessity  be  drawn  firom  the  indications  which  all  external  substances 
lad  forms  present.  The  idea  is  indisputable  that  something  must « 
have  oriyinally  existed  to  produce  that  which  does  ru/w  exist ;  that 
Matter  and  motion  must  have  existed  independently,  or  that  the 
Great  Cause  must  have  been  the  Productor  of  that  which  does 
exist.  The  mind,  therefore,  is  led  back  from  effect  to  cause,  until  it 
conceives  of  the  Fird  Cause,  or  rather  is  compelled  to  admit  the 
tiistcpce  of  snch. 

The  eonclosion  drawn  from  this  reasoning  must  be  irresistible. 
Nature  presents  indications  which  constantly  carry  the  mind 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


106  THE  PBINCIFLK8  OF  NATCBK. 

through  its  connected  chains  of  progression  to  a  true  conception  of 
a  First  Existence,  and  of  that  which  is  to  be  produced.  There  mnst 
be*a  Begmning^  and  also  an  UUimate  :  and  of  this  all  things  afford 
demonstration  to  the  mind. 

The  mechanical  forces  which  are  constantly  being  developed,  and 
the  chemical  properties  and  affinides  existing  in  all  things,  are  mani- 
festly of  a  corresponding  nature.  The  motive  powers  and  vital  ener- 
gies of  the  vegetable  and  animal  kingdoms ;  the  perfect  exchanging 
and  reproduction  of  all  parts ;  the  decided  development  of  perception 
and  volition;  the  inherent  properties  contained  in  tiie  subtle  fluid 
which  is  producing  these  phenomena ;  and  finally  the  beauty  and  per- 
fection of  the  human  organization ;  its  power,  and  tiie  consciousness 
that  the  mind  is  capable  of  conceiving  ideas  and  thoughts  even  tran- 
scending the  power  of  expression — all  these  wonderful  manifestations 
and  developments  move  the  mind  witii  a  deep  and  solemn  veneration 
for  that  which  ^^  existed. 

Again,  the  bone,  the  flesh,  solids,  nerves,  skin,  nails,  and  hair,  are 
composed  of  elements  which  no  chemical  process  yet  known  can 
fully  unfold  and  demonstrate.  All  things  so  refined,  so  rarified,  as 
to  be  beyond  the  reach  of  any  known  process  of  chemical  analysis, 
and  as  to  exclude  the  possibility  of  a  full  demonstration  to  the  mind 
of  their  internal  essences  and  qualities,  require  some  other  means  be- 
sides sciences  yet  learned,  to  unfold  the  interior  trutiis  which  they 
contain.  Therefore  from  original  Matter  and  the  mechanical  powers 
which  it  displayed,  to  the  inherent  particles  and  properties  composing 
the  human  organization,  there  is  presented  to  the  mind  one  broad 
and  extended  field  of  united  action  and  motion,  operating  upon  the 
principle  of  cause  and  effect,  until  efiects  have  become  so  apparently 
disconnected  from  the  Original  Cause,  that  the  mind  has  no  basis,  no 
cadence,  no  bounds  to  its  conceptions ;  and  hence  it  receives  or  re- 
pulses in  a  hasty  and  unqualified  manner,  that  which  should  not  be 
quickly  either  grasped  or  rejected.  Hence,  too,  it  is  that  belief  or 
•  disbelief  is  so  imperatmelAj  enforced  in  the  intellectual  world  upon 
all  subjects  relating  to  an  inherent,  invisible  Cause  of  all  else 
existing. 

It  is  by  such  thoughts  as  the  foregoing  that  a  conception  of  the 
First  Cause  is  forced  upon  the  mmd  of  the  investigator.  And  in 
reference  to  this  great  subject  he  argues  as  follows :  Some  principle, 
some  substance,  must  have  previously  existed,  or  things  whidi  do 
exist  could  not  have  existed.  He  can  not  conceive  that  from  noihr 
ing^  something  could  have  been  produced  and  organized  into  forms 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBINCIPLE8  OF  KATUBS.  107 

fudi  as  are  eyident  to  his  senses ;  for  Effect  could  not  exist  without 
Cause.  Bat  he  finds  all  beyond  this  axiom  to  be  clothed  in  impene- 
trable darkness  and  mystery ;  and  therefore  he  searches  no  further. 
He  is  convinced  of  the  uselessness  of  askmg  Nature  or  his  own 
mind.  What  was  the  beginning  1  What  form  must  the  First  Cause 
originally  and  eternally  have  assumed?  Or  what  motive,  desire, 
and  ultimate  design  must  have  determined  the  action  of  the  Eternal 
Mind? 

All  things  are  effects,  ends,  and  uses ;  or,  in  other  words,  they  are 
instruments  and  agents  to  develop  externally  that  which  they  inhe- 
rently contain.  The  internal  contemplation  of  the  First  Cause  is  of 
itself  a  chaos  of  contemplation.  Therefore  we  will  now  take  for 
granted  the  established  and  universally-admitted  axiom  of  the  First 
Cause,  and  speak  of  the  attributes  which  are  constantly  flowing 
from  this  Eternal  Source,  through  the  bodies  of  the  stellar  and  solar 
systems,  the  earth,  vegetable  and  animal  existence,  Mankind,  and 
Intelligence. 

These  attributes  are  distinctly  displayed  throughout  every  depart- 
ment of  Nature,  and  in  all  tiungs  therein  contained ;  and  uniting  (as 
all  other  principles  invariably  and  unchangeably  do),  tbey  form  each 
successive  link  in  the  great  chain  of  universal  progression  and  devel- 
opment. And  so,  in  contemplating  the  First  Cause,  a  correct  idea 
is  obtained  of  its  Nature  as  an  Eternal  Mind! 


§  18.  No  possible  combination  of  figures  would  be  adequate  to 
present  to  the  human  mind  the  number  of  spheres  contained  in  the 
broad  ocean  of  the  stellar  system.  If  each  particle  of  matter  com- 
posing this  sphere  could  be  numbered,  the  whole  would  not  even 
convey  an  idea  of  Uie  number  of  worlds  contained  in  infinite 
space !  A  constant  formation  is  takmg  place  in  every  part  of  the 
Universe.  Each  of  these  parts  is  changing  and  exchangmg;  and 
particles  are  thrown  from  existing  spheres  and  added  to  others,  or 
unite  in  forming  new  ones.  There  is  a  universal  condensation  and 
consolidation  of  matter  constantly  going  on,  caused  by  the  dissipation 
or  repulsion  of  that  heat  and  ether  which  it  contamed  in  its  fluid  state ; 
and  consequently  there  is  a  constant  reception  and  rejection  of  par- 
tielcs  taking  place  between  all  bodies  in  the  Universe.  This  constant 
farmation,  creation,  or  rather  reproduction,  is  caused  by  the  law 
•ripnally  instituted,  and  which  is  perpetually  dischargmg  its  legitimate 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


108  THE  PRINCIPLEB   OF  NATURE. 

office.  Besides  this,  there  is  no  disqualification  of  the  united  Whole 
to  produce  essential  and  particular  results.  Also  the  universal  mo- 
tion and  recreative  activity  of  the  Whole  is  caused  by  the  same  pro- 
gressive law  that  produces  the  modifications  and  refinements  which 
are  constantly  observed  in  the  parts :  and  hence  the  Whole  becomes 
fitted  for  different  spheres  of  association. 

Orbs,  planets,  spheres  are  thus  organized ;  and  the  whole  plane 
of  the  solar  system  is  presented  in  corresponding  formations  to 
the  mind.  Thus  are  represented  the  constant,  unchangeable  action 
of  all  things,  and  the  ascending  forms  which  each  assumes ;  and  thus 
is  represented  the  mighty  power  which  eternally  acts  through  the 
Whole! 

There  are  therefore  centres  around  which  innumerable  planets  re- 
volve ;  and  planets  revolve  around  these  again  :  and  thus  one  circle 
after  another  is  developed.  Like  the  sun  and  its  planets,  there  is 
formed  one  sphere  of  action,  around  which  subordinate  spheres  move 
with  undeviating  and  mathematical  precision,  until  from  the  centre 
outward  there  are  concentric  circles  constantly  developed  from  the 
one  circle,  until  the  farthest  point  of  its  powerful  and  controlling  in- 
fluence is  attained. 

Conceive  of  the  sun,  its  planets,  and  their  satellites — their  com- 
position, and  the  offices  which  they  perform — and  you  will  be  able^ 
by  the  laws  of  analogy,  to  indefinitely  comprehend  the  movements  of 
infinite  space,  and  to  conceive  of  the  innumerable  suns  and  centres 
of  like  motion  and  activity.  For  each  sphere  or  orb  in  boundless 
space  may  be  conceived  of  and  comprehended  by  the  light  of  anal- 
ogy. Contemplate  a  Power  so  great,  so  omnipotent,  so  eternal,  as  to 
institute  a  Law  in  matter  which  thus  produces  what  is  known  to  be 
existing !  Meditate  upon  the  unimaginable  number  of  spheres  that 
are  contained  below,  around,  and  above  your  more  transient  theatre  of 
existence ;  and  let  the  thoughts  which  are  contemplating  the  things  and 
powers  that  are  contained  in  the  celestial  spheres  of  existence  be  no 
less  active !  And  think  of  the  omnipotent  force  and  power  which  they 
manifest  in  all  their  united  and  harmonious  motions !  You  thus  have 
a  pefect  system  of  material  formation,  supported  by  an  invisible 
Power  and  Law,  perfect  in  all  its  forces  and  motions  which  are  openly 
observed  and  known  to  exist ! 

There  can  be  no  thought  profound  and  expansive  enough  to  com- 
prehend the  overwhelming  idea  of  Infinite  Power !  For  this  power 
is  no  less  perfect  in  the  solar  system  than  it  is  in  all  the  systems  and 
kingdoms  existing  upon  this  earthly  sphere  which  you  are  associated 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THB  PBINGIPLI8  OF  KATUBB.  109 

with.  It  is  manifest  in  the  yarions  divisions  of  formation ;  in  the 
gSDeral  kingdoms  which  have  been  progressively  developed ;  and  in 
the  perfect  and  efficaoions  process  by  which  they  are  constantly  and 
vncfaang^bly  being  produced.  In  eveiy  kingdom  of  the  physical 
and  organic  formations  of  the  eiurth  there  is  evinced  an  inexhausti- 
ble, incomprehensible,  and  omnipotent  force,  which  actuates  them  and 
all  their  developments  and  reproductions !  So  perfect  is  this  force, 
so  harmonious  and  beautiful  is  its  action,  that  nothing  is  destroyed  or 
annihilated ;  but  all  things  answer  the  end  for  which  they  were  orig- 
inally designed.  And  both  in  a  minute  and  general  field  of  observa- 
tiOQ  the  same  power  may  be  seen  as  unchangeably  active  in  the  pro- 
duction and  purification  of  particles,  as  also  in  causing  their  association 
with  those  of  like  affinity,  until  the  very  substance  of  Sensation  is 
developed  into  Intelligence;  and  then  intelligence,  as  a  refinement  of 
all  else  existing,  can  associate  with  all  corresponding  intelligence. 
And  thus  the  reason  is  made  manifest  why  the  mind  is  pleased  to  as- 
date  with  that  of  an  intellectual  nature.  It  is  thus  able  to  conceive 
of  Intelligence  in  Omnipotence. 

The  earth  and  all  things  herein  contained,  and  the  system  which 
is  above,  below,  and  occupying  all  space,  unite  in  all  their  unspeaka- 
ble manifestations  in  impressing  the  mind  with  that  deep  and  solemn 
truth  which  is  the  great  pillar  of  all  truth,  that  the  Great  First  Cause 
poaaesses  as  one  attribute,  the  essence,  the  quality  of  unimaginable, 
iaeomprehenaible,  and  eternal  Poweb!  The  impressions  received 
firom  aU  these  manifestations  are  irresistibly  subduing,  convincing, 
and  wonderful !  The  expressions  which  are  used  by  Nature  to  con- 
rej  such  a  conclusion,  are  of  such  a  character  that  the  internal  man 
only  can  receive  and  associate  with  them.  The  evidences  of  such  can 
not  be  adequately  expressed  by  man ;  but  they  are  demonstratively 
OQQvincing  and  penetratmg,  as  the  inward  voice  of  all  Nature. 


^  89.  Thus  the  foreg(»ng  train  of  remark  establishes  the  eternal 
attribate  of  Omnipotenee. — And  whUe  observing  the  powerful  move- 
ments of  all  things  contained  in  the  terrestrial  and  celestial  spheres, 
can  not  but  be  a  conception  of  Divine  Wisdom  legitimately 
spanying  the  former  conclusion.  The  innumerable  centres  of 
tfe  stellar  system ;  the  many  suns,  widi  their  accompanying  orbs, 
planets,  and  satellites ;  the  perfect  precision  of  the  general  movements 
of  all  these  bodies ;.  their  regular  and  connected  adjustment  and  unity ; 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


110  THE  PRIN0IPLK8  OF  NATURE. 

the  distributive  harmony  and  equilibriam  of  forces  and  motions  which 
they  constantly  display — are  all  manifestations  of  grandeur,  beauty, 
and  order  unspeakable.  The  regular  inclinations  of  orbits  and  axes, 
and  the  definite  distances  of  globes  from  each  other ;  their  constant 
sameness  of  motion,  and  the  uniform  direction  which  all  take ;  the  ap- 
parent sympathy  and  reciprocation  of  the  spheres  and  atmospheres  of 
the  innumerable  and  apparently-independent  bodies ;  the  united  and 
constant  action  which  each  of  these  manifests — all  conspire  to  force 
upon  the  mind  the  irresistible  impression  that  the  great  and  united 
Movements  of  the  Universe  are  all  being  performed  according  to  a 
most  inconceivably-perfect  adjustment  of  mathematical  and  mechani- 
cal laws,  and  that  all  things  are  guided  in  the  very  motions  of  their 
inherent  life  and  activity  by  the  essence  of  Omnipotent  Wisdom  ! 
Their  formation  and  procreation ;  their  particles  and  constituent  parts 
manifest  in  their  order  and  arrangement  the  perfection  of  pure  Wis- 
dom and  Intelligence — while  their  numerical  extent  and  diverse 
modes  of  development  infinitely  transcend  the  highest  powers  of  hu- 
man calculation  and  demonstration.  No  process  of  analogical  rea- 
soning or  of  mathematical  calculation  has  yet  reached  that  point  of 
perfection  by  which  may  be  demonstrated  and  calculated  the  exact 
distances  at  which  these  spheres  revolve,  the  immensity  of  space 
which  they  occupy,  and' the  harmony  of  the  Whole! 

Again :  Geological  investigators  have  decided  upon  the  relative 
eras  at  which  the  various  formations  were  gradually  produced.  Also 
that  the  various  strata,  from  the  first  to  the  last,  were  successively 
developed  according  to  the  induction  received  from  the  internal  ap- 
pearances which  they  now  present. 

Accompanjring  each  of  these  developments  were  corresponding 
productions  of  vegetable  and  animal  life.  And  whether  the  chain  is 
unbroken  from  the  first  development  of  living  species  to  those  which 
now  exist,  is  a  question  which  has  no  essential  bearing  upon  the  in- 
ductions legitimately  received ;  for  the  generalization  of  the  geolo^cal 
and  physiological  sciences  leads  to  corresponding  universal  truths. 
Therefore  the  orderly  development  of  the  earth,  and  of  accompanying 
and  corresponding  organic  beings,  manifests  unspeakable  Wisdom 
and  Design  ! 

So  also  throughout  the  labyrinths  of  the  many  inferior  develop- 
ments up  to  Man  is  the  same  constantly  observed.  The  operation 
of  Nature  upon  the  principle  of  cause  and  effect ;  the  succession  of 
the  four  seasons ;  of  day  and  night ;  the  continued  production  and 
reproduction  of  all  things,  as  determined  by  the  constant  and  faarmo- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBIKCIPLIB  OF  VATUBS.  Ill 

opeimtioDS  of  these  last  principles  in  Nature,  and  which  cause 
tke  fcrtilitj  of  the  earth ;  the  constant  perfecting  and  purification  of 
an  particles  composing  the  material  and  organic  universe ;  the  com- 
parattTe  repoae  of  the  functions  of  y^table  life,  during  the  hours 
of  darkness,  so  as  to  produce  mature  perfection, — all  these  speak 
deeisiTelj  sad  impressiyelj  of  unbounded  Wudoml 

And  there  is  a  time  also  for  human  physical  repose,  in  order  that 
the  man  J  organs  and  functions  of  the  body  may  regain  what  has  been 
expended  during  the  hours  of  actiiity,  so  that  therd  may  be  a  con- 
stant and  uniform  supply  of  materials  and  forces  generated  hourly 
and  aecoodly,  by  the  energetic  movements  of  the  organization. 
CoiitemplatioQ  oo  the  structure  and  mutual  adaptation  of  all  the  parts 
of  the  latter,  and  the  uses  therein  manifested;  on  the  essential 
chemical  properties  and  qualities  composing  the  fluids  and  solids ; 
the  regular  reaction  and  transmutation  of  each  particle  of  the  solid 
and  fluid  sabstanees  of  the  body ;  the  harmomous  and  undeviating 
law  upon  whidi  the  whole  is  sustained,  developing  cause,  efiect,  and 
endf  in  erery  motion  and  particle  of  its  organisation, — all  these,  con- 
neeted  with  the  previous  contemplations,  carry  to  the  mind  the  inter- 
nal and  deep  oooviction,  that  from  the  planetary  system  to  geological 
formalioiis  and  developments,  vegetable  and  animal  creations,  and 
Ifaa,  all  things  ate  ordered  and  arranged  by  Divine  Wisdom. 

The  Uw  of  gravitation ;  of  repulsion ;  of  progression ; — also  the 
evaporatioo  and  refinement  of  particles  existing  upon  the  face  of 
Xature;  the  immense  and  inconceivable  good  which  is  thus  con- 
stantly being  produced;  finally,  the  beauty  and  harmony  of  all 
i;  the  Cause,  EflS^  and  End;  the  Design;  the  uses;  the 
and  eternal  simplicity  of  movements  externally  mani- 
feB<fd»  still  which  are  too  immense  and  powerful  to  be  compre- 
hfdiirii — speak  only  the  voice  of  eternal  Power  and  Wisdom! 
And  the  mind  thus  contemplating  Nature  and  all  her  various  forces 
and  moliopsi  receives  distbct  and  impressive  truths  fWmi  the  univer- 
anls  of  existenee,  that  kindle  within  it  an  intellectual  flame  of  rever- 
cnee  and  adoration !  And  by  steady  and  pnrfbund  meditation,  this 
win  b«n  and  bri^ten,  and  purify  the  internal  principle  of  organic 
fife.  And  the  field  of  such  meditations  is  unbounded,  inasmuch  as 
tkemhis  themselves  ate  inadequate  to  conceive  of  the  high  and 
deep  Wisdom  emanating  firom  the  Great  Cause  of  causation ! 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


112  THE  PEINCIPLK8  OF  NATUBK. 


§  40.  And  while  admiring  the  wisdom  as  seen  and  felt  in  all  things 
around  and  above,  the  mind  is  impressed  still  more  deeply,  and  with 
a  clearer  perception,  with  an  attribute  still  more  perfect,  viz.,  that  of 
GOODNESS !  The  incalculable  number  of  worlds  which  the  mind  has 
previously  contemplated,  with  their  power  of  action  and  wise  adjust- 
ment of  motion,  display  goodness  and  design  in  all  thdr  various 
spheres  and  states  of  activity.  Goodness  is  manifested  in  the  fact 
that  each  law  of  b,  positive  nature  produces  effects  of  a  negative  na- 
ture ;  and  the  equilibrium  existing  between  all  motions  and  forces, 
causes  the  principle  of  goodness  to  be  displayed  from  the  very  centre 
to  the  circumference  of  their  united  actions.  And  also  all  the  palse- 
tiological  sciences,  when  traced  to  the  present  time,  or  retraced  to 
causes  anterior,  show  the  constant  adaptation  and  succession  of  parts 
serving  as  agents  and  instruments  to  produce  future  effects,  and  whidi 
produce  others  still,  until  the  whole,  up  to  the  formation  of  Man, 
presents  a  united  chain  of  progression, — a  system  of  concentric 
circles  of  development, — and  the  Whole  displays  beauty,  purpose, 
and  design.  Each  successive  circle  evinces  an  infinite  amount  of 
power,  wisdom,  and  goodness,  until  all  combined  produce  Man  as 
an  Ultimate — and  that  these  all  were  essential  principles  and  (der- 
ations carried  through  Nature,  for  the  ven/jnerpose  of  producing  this 
sublime  Result ! 

And  as  Man  contains  the  perfected  and  refined  substances  of  all 
else  existing,  he  stands  as  an  emblem  of  this  great  Attribute.  For 
man,  through  this  principle  of  goodness,  possesses  an  intellectual 
composition  whereby  he  exercises  power,  wisdom,  and  goodness  over 
all  below  his  exalted  state,  in  the  vegetable  and  animal  kingdoms. 
And  that  the  earth  might  be  made  useful,  and  that  plants  and  animals 
might  add  to  the  usefulness  thereof,  it  "wt^b  positively  necessary  and 
good  that  they  should  have  a  lord  and  governor.  If  all  things  below 
the  composition  of  man  were  existing  without  him,  there  could  be 
no  good  results  seen,  known,  or  appreciated.  For  then  the  life  of 
plants,  and  the  sensation  and  instinct  of  animals,  would  have  been 
the  highest  developments,  and  there  would  have  been  no  further  per- 
fection of  the  same  principle.  Consequently,  according  to  the  laws 
of  wisdom  and  goodness,  Man,  with  all  his  physical  powers  and  his 
capacities  of  mind  to  exercise  judgment  and  justice  toward  all  things, 
conceives,  by  the  action  of  his  inner  principle,  the  perfect  adaptation 
of  all  things  to  him,  and  also  of  the  perfecting  of  all  things  approx- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PEINCIFLES  OF  KATUBE.  113 

iiDAting  to  hiiDy  so  that  he  may  subsist  upon  the  constant  production 
and  refinement  of  the  elements  and  substances  contained  in  the  va- 
rious inferior  kingdoms.  And  thus  he  is  a  controller,  inventor,  and 
designer  in  respect  to  aH  tilings  thus  presented  for  lus  meditation 
and  use. 

This  perfect  adaptation  and  harmony  of  all  things  thus  sends 
forth  throu^out  the  Universe  the  unchangeable  message  of  the 
divine  attributes  of  infinite  Power,  Wisdom,  and  Goodness ;  and  in 
so  impressive  a  manner  diat  expression  does  not  answer  as  a  proper 
means  to  convey  the  thoughts  caused  thereby ! 


§  41.  Agun:  Throughout  all  this  vast  ocean  of  organic  life,  all 
known  laws,  forces,  and  motions,  whether  in  the  celestial  spheres  or 
on  this  present  globe,  are  acknowledged  to  perform  their  office 
(vnleM  ineidentdUy  obstfucted)  with  the  most  perfect  Justice  and 
Ejfitty.  And  again,  as  the  material  constituents  of  all  things  are 
combiDcd  in  the  constitution  of  Man,  Jie  can  exemplify  this  principle, 
aod  thus  a  true  conception  of  correaponding  Justice  may  be  obtained. 
The  laws  that  govern  the  organic  and  mental  constitution  are  oper- 
ating, according  to  their  nature,  with  a  steady  and  undisturbed  action. 
But  if  any  of  tiiese  laws  are  interfered  with  by  any  incidental  or  in- 
tentional impediment  or  violation,  tiiey  bring  with  them  corresponding 
natural  reeidts.  If  all  the  demands  of  the  physiological  law  are  not 
properly  uA  justiy  obeyed ;  if  this  law  is  in  any  way  interfered  with, 
or  violated  in  any  particular  or  general  sense,  there  must,  and  of 
aeccanty  vnU  be,  a  corresponding  result  following  the  violation. 

Likewise  the  mejUal  law,  if  violated  or  disregarded  as  to  its 
dmands  upon  the  being  subject  to  it,  will  in  all  instances  produce  a 
eorretpoDding  result.  And  therefore  if  the  physiological  and  intel- 
lectual bws  are  at  any  time  interrupted  in  their  movements  by  any 
cause  foreign  or  immediate,  they  will  illustrate  and  demonstrate  to 
the  Bind  the  perfect  harmony  that  exists  in  all  the  motions  and  laws 
of  Nature — that  they  are  equal  and  just,  and  that  good  or  evil 
molts  must  of  necessity  be  produced  accordmg  as  they  are  obeyed 
or  disobeyed. 

For  all  movements  must  produce  natural  results.  Hence  if  any 
kv  is  impeded,  it  produces  as  a  consequence,  impure  results ;  but  if 
M  interfered  with,  but  obeyed  in  all  its  requirements  and  demands, 

8 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


114  THE  PEINCIPLES  OF  NATUBE. 

it  will  produce  pure  and  happy  results.  Therefore  there  is  con- 
stantly in  operation  the  law  and  principle  of  Goodness,  to  produce 
pure  effects  :  and  (as  an  opposite  or  negative  manifestation)  an  inter- 
ruption of  its  forces  produces  impure  results.  And  between  the 
pure  and  impure ;  between  goodness  and  its  legitimate  effects ;  be- 
tween harmony  and  disunion,  may  be  seen  still  more  distinctly  the 
infinite  attribute  of  never-ending  Justice  ! 

Thus  Power,  Wisdom,  and  Goodness  are  combined  in  the  gen- 
eral and  specific  compositions  of  all  things,  from  the  lowest  up  to 
and  in  Man.  They  point  to  the  united  and  infinite  Source  from 
which  they  emanated, — and  develop  the  principle  of  eternal  Justice, 
which  is  universally  displayed  among  every  class  and  species  exist- 
ing in  the  terrestrial  spheres.  And  the  whole  is  indicative  of  higher 
and  more  perfect  attributes,  which  will  be  gradually  manifested, 
directly  and  indirectly,  in  the  various  portions  of  the  Revelation. 

The  bodies  and  spheres  contained  in  the  immensity  of  inconceiv- 
able space  thus  follow  in  order  the  powerful  Law  by  which  they  are 
produced  iand  governed,  and  that  with  inconceivable  precision,  uni- 
formity of  motion,  and  reciprocal  actions  upon  each  other.  The 
perpetual  and  mutual  intervolutions  and  revolutions ;  the  strict  exact- 
ness of  the  specific  forces  and  motions  uniformly  existing  in  each 
part  and  particle  composing  the  celestial  spheres ;  the  beauty  and 
harmony  displayed  in  these  motions  with  respect  to  each  other,  and 
around  their  respective  centres,  and  the  perfect  precision  manifested 
in  every  line  and  path  in  which  they  travel, — throwing  off  particles 
and  attracting  the  refined  ones  of  others  ;  the  constat,  reciprocal, 
and  universal  sympathy  which  they  display, — ^manifest  in  their  gen- 
eral indications  the  divme  attribute  of  Meekness^  Corrvpaasion^  and 
Mercy.  Each  motion,  action,  and  force,  observed  in  the  planetary 
system,  is  a  true  and  correct  signal  of  distributive  Justice  and 
infinite  Mercy ! 

Individual  and  isolated  observations,  apparently  disconnected  with 
the  universal  law  of  motion,  will  impress  still  more  deeply  upon  the 
mind  this  irresistible  conclusion.  Still  in  descending  from  the  gen- 
eral  observation  to  the  pa/rticula/r  and  indwtdical  manifestations  of 
this  attribute,  the  mind  should  not  lose  sight  of  its  revealment  in  the 
great  and  universal  Law  of  Nature. 

The  known  evidences  contained  and  revealed  in  the  traditional 
histories  of  the  world,  including  the  many  investigations  into  the  ma- 
terial and  physical  sciences,  and  the  well-established  axioms  that 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PEIKCIPLES  OF  KATUBB.  115 

hkxe  been  set  forth  in  the  many  contemplations  of  Nature  and 
Art,  carry  with  them  conviction  of  the  indestmctible  attribute  under 
ooDtideration. 

The  natural  derelopments  of  the  earth,  from  the  grosser  stages  up 
to  the  animal  creation,  unfold  one  united  and  harmonious  chain  of 
progreatioo.  And  Life,  Sensation,  and  Intelligence  have  also  fol- 
lowed in  their  reapectiTe  orders,  as  the  le^timate  results  of  inherent 
axwl  eternal  lawa.  Throughout  the  whole  vegetable  kingdom  there  is 
observed  between  different  forms  a  constant  giving  to  and  taking  from 
each  other  ot  particles,  in  order  that  one  may  sustain  another,  and  that 
thus  the  kingdom  as  a  whole  may  be  sustained :  and  thus  also  is  de- 
veloped the  truth  of  universal  Reciprocation,  Kindness,  and  Mercy. 

This  harmony,  this  universal  sympathy,  kindness,  benevolence, 
and  charity,  eorrcsponds  to  the  great  and  infinite  attribute  of  divine 
and  unspeakable  Compassion,  and  must  of  necessity  accompany  other 
eternal  attribatea  that  are  contained  in  the  Great  Fountain  of  all 
existence. 

The  animals  display  more  lenity,  more  unqualified  compassion,  and 
more  instinctive  justice,  than  are  often  known  to  be  displayed  by  the 
perrerted  and  misdirected  principles  of  mankind.  They  also  display 
an^jualified  mercy  and  instinctive  attachment.  From  the  lower  to  the 
higher  states  of  animal  existence,  there  is  one  chayi  of  universal  sym- 
pathy, justice,  and  benevolence,  corresponding  to  the  harmonious 
redproeations  observed  in  the  vegetable  kingdom — also  to  the  exalted 
acrfl  vBpcrverted  morality  of  universal  humanity.  The  vegetable  and 
animal  forms  of  material  production  therefore  manifest  sympathy  and 
mercy,  eorresponding  to  what  is  observed  in  the  planetary  worlds. 
And  JTan,  the  refined  and  exalted  perfection  of  all  else — the  unlim- 
ited governor  and  controller  of  his  own  bebg — ^possesses  the  com- 
\  sMd  refinements  of  Justice,  Mercy,  and  Benevolenpe,  known  as  the 
anff{«akAbIe  blessing — the  faculty  of  unclouded  Reason.  By  this 
be  Bkay  understand  Truth,  and  subdue  all  artificial  feelings  and  de- 
airrs  illegitimately  evolved  from  his  nature ;  and  he  thus  stands  as  a 
perfect  standard  and  emblem  of  distributive  Justice,  universal  Com- 
pajiion  and  Mercy.  It  is  his  highest  attainment — it  is  his  most 
Lapr>y  and  blessed  condition  of  existence — to  exercise  judgment  and 
jastice  withont  distinction.  And  thus,  from  man  to  animals,  with 
ti-^tr  constant  mental  developments ;  and  from  these  to  vegetables, 
with  their  sympathy  and  equality  of  action ;  and  from  these  to  the 
material  sphere  which  contains  these  all ;  and  thence  throughout  the 
iasntfnsity  of  universal  space, — there  is  an  indestructible  impression 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


116  THE  PEENTOIPLES  OP  NATUKE. 

conveyed  of  reciprocation,  harmony,  beaurf;y,  and  magnificence ;  jus- 
tice, mercy,  sympathy,  and  eternal  benevolence ! 


§  42.  The  profound  meditations  on  the  infinitude  of  Space  in- 
duce upon  the  mind  the  parallel  conception  of  infinite  Time.  For 
time  and  space  are  parallel  and  synonymous  in  signification ;  but  as 
a  distinction  is  made  between  thebi,  and  is  universally  acknowledged, 
it  will  not  be  disregarded, — but  we  will  continue  the  association  of 
thoughts  as  thus  conceived. 

The  surface  of  the  earth  may  be  compared  to  infinite  space  and 
time,  as  conceived  of  by  the  human  mind.  The  various  and  innu- 
merable forms,  planets,  and  bodies,  existing  in  space,  may  be  com- 
pared with  the  forms,  bodies,  and  organizations  here  existing.  For 
each  celestial  sphere  can  be  no  more  than  a  form  that  matter  has 
assumed  in  obedience  to  its  omnipotent  law  of  progresmon.  The 
forms  and  entities  here  existing  are  no  more  than  modifications  and 
correspondent  productions  of  the  material  elements  composing  the 
Universe.  All  bodies  upon  the  earth  are  sustained  upon  its  surface 
by  laws  acting  in  connexion  and  correspondence  with  the  universal 
law  of  Cause,  Effect,  and  End.  The  atmosphere  of  this  sphere 
holds  to  the  same  the  many  living  beings  and  entities  that  are  exist- 
ing upon  its  surface.  And  each  other  sphere  has,  again,  its  atmo- 
sphere, as  corresponding  to  the  earth's  atmosphere, — ^governed  by 
the  laws  of  attraction  and  repulsion,  or  inspiration  and  exhalation,  in- 
flux and  reflux,  giving  to  and  taking  from.  And  this  whole  chain 
performs  its  specific  duties  on  laws  corresponding  to  those  of  the  most 
refined  and  exalted  sphere  in  the  regions  of  infinity. 

Therefore  a  correspondence  and  positive  analogy  may  be  observed 
as  existing  between  and  connecting  all  things  emanating  from  the 
Oreat  Sphere  or  Focus  of  the  Great  Positive  Mind.  There  is  a 
perfect  and  successive  gradation  and  established  juxtaposition  mani- 
fested in  all  forms  and  entities,  both  visible  and  invisible,  terrestrial 
and  celestial ;  and  the  whole  are  governed  by  the  perpetual,  uniform 
action  of  the  former  combined  attributes,  whose  law  is  thus  powerful, 
wise,  and  good. 

Justice  and  Mercy  are  thus  legitimate  attendants  of  the  former 
principles  combined ;  and  from  the  first  attribute  to  the  last,  and  from 
the  combination  of  the  whole  as  forming  the  conception  of  infinite 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PBIKCIPLES  OF  KATUBE.  117 

Perfection,  there  is  developed  and  expressed  in  all  things,  visible 
and  mvisible,  the  nnspeakable  attribute  of  Eternal  Truth  ! 

Thus  Power  f/rst  existed.  Further  development  showed  infinite 
Witdiwi;  still  further,  unbounded  Ooodnesa!  And  again,  Motion 
beooaiiig  refined  and  perfected  into  Sensation  and  Life  (correspond- 
bg  to  the  celestial  life  of  the  planetary  spheres),  shows  the  great  law 
and  attribute  of  universal  Justice.  And  by  the  constant  sympathy, 
kindness,  and  benevolence,  manifested  in  the  imperceptible  recipro- 
cation of  all  their  parts  and  particles,  there  is  developed  another 
attribute — that  of  eternal  and  impartial  Mercy ! 

The  contemplation  of  unlimited  space  and  time,  and  the  recogni- 
tion of  the  perfect  analogy  between  space  and  the  surface  of  this 
earth — between  forms  and  entities  therein  contained,  and  forms  and 
entities  existing  on  the  earth, — give  a  correct  idea  (so  far  as  it  is 
possible  to  conceive  of  one)  of  the  universal  creation  and  procreation 
of  all  forms  and  spheres  contained  in  boundless  space,  as  correspond- 
ing to  those  existing  on  this  globe. 

Compare  world  with  world;  space  with  time;  form  with  form; 
psrticles  with  the  whole  fabric  of  existence ;  cause  with  effect ;  effect 
with  ultimate,  and  that  with  design.  Then  investigate  the  hidden 
laws  of  material  and  organic  motion.  Keep  in  view,,  in  this  whole 
train  of  contemplation,  the  great  original  Mind^  the  Cause  of  all 
things  known  as  effects,  and  of  that  which  is  not  visually  known,  but 
whidi  does  exist — the  ultimate  of  material  perfection.  Conceive 
once  more  of  the  great  archwork  of  Nature,  and  how  it  was  produced. 
Contemplate  still  more  deeply  the  causes  which  the  effects  prove  to 
exist ;  and  the  conception — the  subduing  and  tranquillizing  knowledge 
— will  be  produced  in  the  mind,  ^t  the  very  perfection,  the  highest 
possible  refinement,  of  the  former  attributes,  the  very  nature  and 
essential  quality  of  the  Great  Positive  Mind,  is  unchangeable  and 
eternal  Truth! 

There  is  not  one  feature  in  Nature  that  presents  itself  to  the  gen- 
eral observer  which  is  not  stamped  with  die  impress  of  its  divine 
origin.  The  same  may  be  observed  in  every  planet ;  in  every  form 
and  sphere  of  the  mineral  and  vegetable  world ;  in  every  modifica- 
tion of  anatomy  and  form  in  the  planet.  So  also  does  the  animal 
creatiaii  bear  this  indestructible  impress,  by  its  undeviating  and  unre- 
strietad  harmony,  and  its  production  and  reorganization  that  are  con- 
stantly going  on,  and  are  manifested  throughout  all  its  various  spheres 
up  to  Mankind.  And  the  physical  and  mental  composition  of  man, 
bis  faealties  and  capacities,  are  still  onward  in  their  progressive  ten- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


118  THE  PEIN0IPLE8  OF  NATURE. 

dency  to  their  sublime  results.  And  all  these  things  are  expressions 
of  unchangeable  Truths  of  divine  Perfection,  and  of  an  eternal  prin- 
ciple of  divine  Intelligence, 

Thus  Power,  Wisdom,  Groodness — Justice,  Mercy,  and  Truth- 
are  the  gradual  and  successive  developments  of  an  eternal  and  inter- 
nal Principle,  constituting  the  divine,  original  Essence  I 

Thus,  then,  are  established  the  law  of  progression ;  of  develop- 
ment 5  the  science  of  correspondencies ;  the  doctrine  of  concentric 
circles ;  the  idea  of  an  endless  chain  of  eternal  action,  motion,  and 
development,  throughout  all  Nature ;  the  immortality  of  all  things  in 
a  purified  and  perfected  state  of  existence ;  the  unity  and  harmony 
of  all  things,  and  the  impossibility  of  a  positive  opposite  to  exist  in 
Nature  or  any  of  her  apartments  or  spheres  of  united  and  progressive 
movement. 


§  43.  The  all-pervading  Essence  contained  in  Nature  is  of  itself 
an  eternal  and  immortal  Principle.  Every  particle  of  matter  at  some 
time  during  the  course  of  ages  passes  through,  and  becomes  a  part 
of,  animal  life  !  The  hardest  substance  that  is  existing  in  the  earth ; 
the  earth  itself,  and  all  things  contained  in,  below,  and  above  it,  will 
ultimately,  and  at  different  periods,  compose  some  parts  or  particles 
of  animal  existence.  According  to  the  progression  of  each  part, 
there  is  an  equal  association  of  the  same  with  that  of  like  affinity. 
For  the  substance  of  the  earth  progresses  to  that  of  mineral  and  crys- 
tallized bodies ;  then  becomes  such  :  and  these  progress  to  the  sub- 
stance of  the  vegetable,  and  then  become  vegetable  matter ;  this  to 
animal)  and  then  enters  into  the  composition  of  animal  existence ; 
and  then,  purified  from  all  lower  spheres  and  states  which  it  has  pre- 
viously occupied,  the  whole  becomes  perfected  to  associate  with  and 
compose  the  organization  of  Mankind.  Thence  it  goes  onward  to 
other  states  of  refined  and  unparticled  matter. 

This  demonstrates  conclusively  to  the  profound  investigator  and 
searcher  into  Nature's  inherent  qualities  and  specific  laws,  that  all 
matter  composing  orbs  and  planets,  all  entities,  from  the  highest  in 
the  planetary  system  to  this — that  every  particle  in  all  these  must 
of  necessity  become  at  some  time  the  associate,  the  quality,  the  com- 
position of  animal  life ! 

This  movement  and  constant  refinement  and  perfection  is  imper- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATUKE.  119 

eeptible  to  the  senses,  because  it  is  gradual  and  eterrudy  while  the 
senses  are  finite  and  evanescent — existing  but  a  moment  in  compari- 
son to  the  other  existences,  and  are  consequently  not  capable  of  pal- 
pable and  cognizant  conviction.  For  finite  and  infinite  are  extremes 
to  the  mind  seemingly  disconnected ;  therefore  man  can  not  be  cog- 
ninnt  of  the  internal  movements  of  the  Universe. 

Forms  and  entities  are  mere  modifications  of  original  matter,  which 
assumes  states  of  material  association  and  composition  accor(Ung  to 
its  degree  of  progression.  Forms  are  therefore  but  finite  and  exter- 
nal — are  fleeting  and  evanescent  in  comparison  to  the  imperceptible 
iBOtiiHi  of  gross  matter.  For  all  things  are  assuming  forms,  not  only 
as  necessary  results,  but  as  uses  to  develop  new  truths  and  prin- 
ciples, and  for  the  purification  and  organization  of  higher  and  more 
perfect  forms  of  life. 

Man  is  pre-eminently  beautiful,  as  he  contains  all  things  else  in  a 
state  of  purity  ;  and  he,  like  other  results  of  Nature,  is  a  designed 
ingtrumcnl — is  a  use — to  develop  a  more  sublime  Ultimate! 

All  forms,  therefore,  are  external  effects,  and  are  mortal.  They 
can  not  be  depended  upon  as  affording  proofs  of  immortality,  or  as 
demonstrating  even  the  probaiiliiy  of  a  future  life.  But  there  is  an 
internal,  invisible  Quality  and  Essence  that  may  be  found  by  search 
aikd  analysis  to  be  the  Truth  of  all  truths,  and  the  Real  of  all  reali- 
ties— the  internal  Principle  of  the  Eternal  Positive  Mind ! 

The  First  and  Last,  or  the  Cause  and  Ultimate,  which  it  has  been 
the  object  to  prove  and  demonstrate  to  the  rational  mind,  is  the  ex- 
istence, the  redity,  the  true  conception,  of  an  intelligent  Mrst  Cause 
(and  this  has  been  proved  from  all  the  palsetiological  sciences,  and 
all  the  philoeophical  inductions  of  Na^re)^  and  the  positive  individu- 
alization of  the  inner  life,  or  sp{ritiud^mn€tj>le» — And  the  last  has 
been  shown  from  the  irresistible  conclusions  drawn  from  the  physical 
sciences,  together  with  philosophy,  reason,  and  the  approbations  of  a 
comprehensive  intelligence,  to  be  more  than  tk  probable  posstbUtiy — 
and  actually  demonstrated  to  be  a  real  reality — to  be  the  natural 
result,  but  still  a  perfect  and  eternal  one,  of  the  material  organization. 

Therefore,  as  the  First  and  Last  have  been  positively  proved,  the 
Kiey  has  now  done  its  specific  duty,  by  having  prepared  the  mind  to 
eoDtempUte  that  which  is  still  higher,  yet  connected  with  all  things 
^rU^ffg  in  an  inferior  degree.  And  as  Nature  has  been  proved  to  be 
a  eombined  Efsct  of  the  First  Cause,  and  Spirit  an  Ultimate,  Nature 
therefore  stands  as  a  mediator  between  disbelief  and  present  oonvic- 
i ;  and  upon  her  and  her  laws,  as  a  foundation  (speaking  corre- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


120  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  NATURE. 

spondentially  of  all  spheres  in  universal  space),  shall  be  based  tiie 
R&odadon — which  -^'^jprogreasvoely  reveal  every  visible  and  invis* 
ible  existence,  until  it  arrives  at  the  highest  Sphere  of  perfection  ; 
and  then  will  retrace  the  links  of  development  back  to  the  original 
Cause  and  Foundation  of  all  things. 

During  the  delivery  of  this  Key,  I  have  occupied  a  Sphere  secofid 
to  this  in  mental  refinement  and  perfection.  And  to  reveal  ihe  Sec- 
ond Sphere,  I  progress  or  ascend  to  the  Third;  dience  to  the 
Fourth ;  thence  onward  and  upward  to  the  Fifth,  Sixth,  and  finally, 
as  an  ultimate,  to  the  Seventh — ^in  which  sphere  I  shall  be  able  to 
comprehend  all  others.  Then  from  this,  again,  I  shall  descend  to 
that  which  I  now  occupy.  And  the  whole  is  to  be  in  accordanee 
with  the  laws  of  Universal  Truth,  as  the  Perfection  and  Ultimate 
of  all  the  other  attributes  belonging  to  the  Great  PosmvE  Mind  ! 


END   OF  THE   FIRST  PART,    OR  KEY. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


PART  II. 

XITURE'S   DIVINE   REVELATIOJ^S. 


§  1.  Ih  the  beginning,  the  UniTercoelam  was  one  boundless, 
imdefinable,  and  unimaginable  ocean  of  liquid  fire!  The  most 
▼igorons  and  ambidoos  imagination  is  not  capable  of  forming  an  ade- 
quate c(Hioeption  of  the  height,  and  depth,  and  length,  and  breadth 
Ifaereof.  There  was  one  vast  expanse  of  liquid  substance.  It  was 
widKmt  bounds — bconceivable — and  with  qualities  and  essences 
incomprehensible.  This  was  the  original  condition  of  Matter.  It 
was  witfaoQt  forms ;  for  it  was  but  one  Form.  It  had  not  motions ; 
hot  it  was  an  eternity  of  Motion.  It  was  without  x>arts ;  for  it  was  a 
Whole.  Particles  did  not  exist;  but  the  Whole  was  as  one  Particle. 
There  were  not  Suns,  but  it  was  one  Eternal  Sun.  It  had  no  begin- 
ning, and  it  was  without  end.  It  had  not  length ;  for  it  was  a  Vor- 
tex of  one  Etemitj.  It  had  not  circles;  for  it  was  one  infinite 
Circle.  It  had  not  disconnected  power;  but  it  was  the  very  essence 
of  all  Power.  Its  inconoeiTable  magnitude  and  constitution  were 
fueh  as  not  to  develop  forces,  but  Omnipotent  Power ! 

Matter  and  Power  were  existing  as  a  Whole,  inseparable*  The 
Matter  contained  the  substance  to  produce  all  suns,  all  worlds,  and 
sjftems  of  worlds,  #iroug^out  the  immensity  of  space.  It  contained 
dM  qiualities  to  produce  all  things  that  are  existing  upon  eadi  of 
Cheae  worlds.  The  Power  contained  Wisdom  and  Goodness, — 
Jostioe,  Mercy,  and  Truth.  It  contained  the  original  and  essential 
Principle  that  is  displayed  throughout  immensity  of  space,  con- 
trolling worlds  and  systems  of  worlds,  and  producing  Motion,  IMty 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


• 


122  natuee's  DivnnE  revelations. 

Sensation,  and  Intelligence,  to  be  impartially  disseminated  upon  their 
surfaces  as  Ultimates ! 

This  Great  Centre  of  worlds — this  Great  Power  of  Intelligence — 
this  Great  Germ  of  all  existences — ^was  One  World! — corre- 
sponding to  a  globe  visible :  for  it  was  hut  One — containing  the  ma- 
terials and  Power  to  produce  all  others.  It  had  Wisdom  equal  to 
Matter,  to  plan  them  and  direct  their  infinite  movements.  It  had 
Goodness  equal  to  the  extent  of  its  substance,  to  give  perfect  harmony 
and  distributive  usefulness  to  all  parts  of  this  Infinitude.  It  had  Jus- 
tice; but  only  to  be  manifested  in  proportion  to  developments  of  suit- 
able mediums  upon  these  subordinate  spheres,  or  forms  of  the  Great 
Sphere.  It  had  Mercy,  Lenity y  and  Forhea/ra/ncej  to  be  developed 
as  corresponding  with  like  developments  in  sensitive  and  intelligent 
beings.  It  contained  Tndh  eternalized^  like  its  own  nature.  So 
the  whole  of  these  principles  were  joined  into  one  vast  Vortex  of 
Pure  Intelligence  ! 

Thus,  Matter  and  Motion  are  co-eternal  principles  established  by 
virtue  of  their  own  nature ;  and  they  were  the  Germ,  containing  all 
properties,  all  essences,  all  principles,  to  produce  all  other  forms  and 
spheres  that  are  now  known  to  be  existing.  The  great  original  Mass 
was  a  substance  containing  within  itself  the  embryo  of  its  own  per- 
fection. It  became  pregnated  by  virtue  of  its  own  laws,  and  was 
controlled,  guided,  and  perfected  by  virtue  of  its  own  omnipotent 
Power ! 

Crystallization  and  organic  life  being  the  two  general  developments 
belonging  to  the  Mundus  of  spheres,  there  was  nothing  existmg  as 
things  are  now  known  to  exist :  for  it  was  one  Sphere,  one  Substance, 
one  Germ,  one  Cause,  containing  the  power  to  produce  all  the  sys- 
tems that  are  now  swimming  in  the  vacuum  of  undefinable  space.  It 
contained  \k\^po^eT  of  progression,  but  had  not  progressed. 

Therefore  Matter  and  Power  were  the  only  Principles  developed ; 
and  there  were  no  other  spheres  of  progression.  This  great  Mass 
of  Matter  abounded  with  heat  and  fire  immense,  insomuch  that  each 
seemi^  particle  was  in  reality  not  such,  but  the  Whole  was  a  mass 
of  liquid  lava.  The  elements  then  developed  were  Light  and 
Heat.  The  Power  contained  in  this  great  Vortex  was  the  Great 
Positive  Mind! — and  its  development  was  Eternal  Motion! 
And  so  Matter  and  Motion  constituted  the  original  condition  of  all 
things! 

Matter  contained  all  the  attributes,  characteristics,  essential  quali- 
ties, and  peculiar  combinations,  which  the  whole  Univercoelum  mani- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


HATUBE's  DIVINB  BSYELATIOira.    '  123 

fests.  No  limits  ooald  be  giyen  to  its  inconceivable  extension,  no 
combination  of  numbers  conld  represent  its  diameter,  and  no  concep- 
tion of  form  could  be  properly  applied  to  its  appearance !  For  Cause 
and  Effect  were  involved  in  one  universal  Motion,  undulating  almost 
its  o¥m  immensity !  No  parts  were  acting  upon  other  parts,  but  the 
Whole  waa  actbg^bj  virtue  of  its  owiLiotemal  power,  wHch  was  of 
inconceivable  greatness.  No  name  or  quality  can  properly  repre- 
sent its  original  substance :  for  the  whole  was  flaming  with  internal 
heat,  which  evolved,  as  an  effect,  the  principle  of  Light. 

So  Matter,  Heat,  and  Light  constituted  the  primitive  condition  of 
the  material,  eternal  Substance.  Possessing  all  these  essential  quali- 
ties, characteristics,  and  compounds,  it  was  suitable  to  produce  all 
things  which  have  been  produced,  and  to  be  the  Cause  and  Effect  to 
produce  indeterminable  Ultimates.  Its  ultimate  purification  would 
necessarily  produce  the  peculiar  essence  of  animal  life  and  Intelli- 
gence. The  very  essence  that  it  contained,  would  inevitably  breathe 
forth  the  amaang  and  indescribable  qualities  that  characterize  all  the 
organic  kingdoms !  The  JTerra  and  Terminus  were  both  combined 
in  this  great  Ocean  of  unparticled  substance.  This  contained  the 
parts  to  produce  all  things  subsequently  created.  It  was  the  Cause 
of  an  eternalized  system  of  concentric  spheres  of  heavens  which 
were  and  are  the  very  Foundation  and  Cause  of  all  that  is  ter- 
restrial and  corporeal,  yet  developing  that  which  is  celestial  and 
heavenly. 

The  original  form  was  angular.  This  contained  the  principle  and 
nature  of  all  other  forms ;  so  that  from  the  lowest  and  intermediate 
forms  up  to  the  highest,  could  be  constantly  produced  other  forms 
accompanied  with,  and  controlled  and  acted  upon  by,  the  Great 
Positive  Power.  Progression  of  the  angular  evolved  the  cireula/r. 
This  assumed,  not  a  spherical  constitution,  but  it  was  a  combination 
of  angular  and  rectilinear  plane.  Therefore  the  continuance  of  the 
angular  to  the  circular  was  only  a  perpetually  progressive  form, 
ascending  toward  the  spiral.  And  this  developed  diameters,  axes, 
and  poles,  containing  the  perpetual  angular,  and  progressed  to  a  still 
higher  and  more  perfect  form,  that  of  the  vortical^  properly  the 
celestial. 

Thus  from  the  lowest  to  this  sphere  of  progression,  there  was  a 
constant  development  of  inherent  principles  and  laws,  the  lower  con- 
tainiog  the  higher,  and  the  perfected  comprehendbg  all  below  it. 
The  perpetual  vortical  or  celestial,  was  the  Spiritual ;  in  which  there 
b  nothing  but  what  is  refined,  pure,  and  everlastingly  infinite,  con* 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


124  katubb's  divine  bevel ations. 

taining  unspeakable  and  celestial  glory,  brightness,  and  grandeur.  It 
is  the  Vortex,  the  inconceivably  perfect  and  spontaneous  substance 
of  the  Great  Positive  Mind  ! 

The  greatest  comprehends  the  lesser,  still  that  which  was  first, 
though  is  not  developed  except  by  order  and  virtue  of  degreed 
progression.  And  so  each  state  assumed  new  qualities  and  involved 
new  developments,  until  the  highest  put  forth  its  everlasting  bright- 
ness, an  index  of  its  own  origin ! 


§  2.  Matter  and  Motion  reigned  throughout  the  regions  of  bound- 
less infinitude.  There  were  no  other  forms  and  no  other  attributes 
evolved  from  Power;  for  they  all  existed  undeveloped  together. 
Matter  and  its  peculiar  combinations,  existed  from  time  unimagin- 
able, as  the  vehicle  of  more  sublime  Ultimates,  to  be  eternally  devel- 
oped by  the  Design  and  Power  which  were  constantly  being  sent 
forth  from  the  great  Vortex  of  Positive  Power ! 

It  was  impossible  for  Matter  to  exist  without  a  principle  of  inhe- 
rent and  eternal  production.  It  was  impossible  for  this  internal, 
invisible,  Positive  Power  to  exist  widiout  Matter  as  its  accompani- 
ment and  Vehicle.  In  order  that  this  Matter  might  assume  forms^ 
the  action  of  the  Great  Positive  Power  was  necessary  to  impel  it  to 
higher  states  of  progression.  So  the  Matter,  thus  acted  upon,  was 
developed  until  it  became  an  external  Equilihrium  or  I^egative  of 
the  Great  Positive  Power  internally  acting  upon  it.  And  thus  Posi- 
tive and  Negative  were  eternally  established  in  Matter.  And  Matter 
was  thus  obliged  to  obey  every  impulse  or  force  given  it  by  the 
internal  Principles,  emanating  from  the  Great  Positive  Mind. 

The  Great  First  Cause,  or  the  Vortex  of  pure  Intelligence,  was 
a  JFtrat^  or  Cause  Internal.  Matter,  with  its  properties  and  incon- 
ceivable combinations,  was  an  accompaniment  or  counterpart  that 
may  be  termed  a  Second  or  Effect.  And  the  external  or  counter- 
vailing force  developed  by  the  action  of  the  Int^nal,  was  a  Third  or 
Ultimate. 

Thus  was  established  the  Law  of  universal  and  eternal  Motion. 
Cn  the  beginning  (Jod  created — or  the  Great  Positive  Mind  caused — 
the  existences  and  forms  that  are  now  universally  manifested. 

Having  arrived  at  this  state  and  order  of  material  formation,  the 
true  conception  of  Matter  and  Motion,  of  their  original  combination, 
of  the  self-establishment  of  lawa  and  principles  suitable  to  develop 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


\ 


HATCBS'S  .DIVINE  BEVELATIOITS*  12o 


dtuMta  refulta,  and  of  the  ftdjostment  of  laws  to  prodace  Bach,- 
nade  present  to  the  mind.  And  thia  waa  the  condition  of  these 
cUmtnta  and  prineiplea  in  the  beginning ;  and  they  were  thus  pre- 
pared to  derelep  forms  oorrespondbg  to  the  rirtoe  of  the  internal 
prindplca  imrohred  in  the  Great  Mass,  and  to  the  inherent  Power 
emanatiag  from  the  (Jreat  Vortex  in  which  noUung  bnt  ererlasting 
perfeetkm  ii  contained !  Herein  is  involved  all  that  is  everlasting, 
eternal,  and  inflnite :  And  herein  are  established  the  laws  that  are  to 
govern  the  vast  Unxverceelnm  and  all  things  therein  contained !  At 
this  epoch  and  state  of  infinite  original  constitution,  all  the  laws, 
elenenta,  sad  combinations  of  elements,  were  involved  in  the  Great 
Mass,  to  be  svbaeqaeoUy  developed  in  order  and  succession  of  de- 
grees, throv^KHtt  every  nndefinable  avenne  of  eternal  moticm,  life, 
wod  activity. 

The  oniveraal  Caase,  Law,  and  Reality,  is  now  established  and 
organised.  Internal  and  External,  Cause  and  Efiect,  Positive  and 
Negative,  have  now  assumed  their  proper  stations  to  prodace  a  con- 
stant development  of  their  inherent  attribates.  The  forme  that  are 
Involved  b  thia  great  Whole  are  also  to  be  sncceesively  developed 
sad  made  visible,  with  M^iV  consequent  developments*  The  consti- 
tution and  laws  of  Matter,*  with  all  its  sublime  qualities  and  essences, 
win  be  unfolded  ultimately,  but  by  a  process  graduated  by  like  de- 
vdopoenta  of  the  Great  energetic  Cause  and  Positive  Power. 

This  extensive  general  organiaation  havmg  become  now  eternally 
established,  nrw  developments  must  consequently  and  inevitably 
occur.  Each  of  these  developments  leads  only  to  the  perfection  that 
b  existing  in  the  Vortex  of  internal  and  everlastbg  Intelligence. 

But  before  contemplating  the  spontaneous  developments  of  this 
great  and  unimaginable  Ocean  of  Matter  and  Motion,  it  is  well  to 
ooDleBpUte  the  0ub0ianee9  which  it  contains  undetdcped. 

The  groas  and  lower  qualities  that  are  contained  in  this  great  Mass ; 
the  almost  entire  dissimilarity  of  particles  constituting  the  same,  with 
any  which  amy  be  present  to  the  mind,  and  the  great  amount  and 
utter  iaeoBprehenaibility  of  the  original  substance,  give  some  obscu- 
rity to  the  lover  and  more  perfected  particles  that  compose  this  great 
VeUde  of  Positive  Power.  The  mi|^ty  magnitude  of  this  Umi- 
material;  thednration  of  Eternity;  the  mighty  substances  and  particles 
that  are  drstiaed  to  produce  mightier  spheres  of  beauty  and  perfection ; 
tie  taeoDoeivmUeness  of  this  great  expanse,  developing  perpetually 

*  TV*  Irctartr  Wr*  r«tt&rk«d.  that  la  tpMUag  of  the  oriciiuU  eaiiM  of  thiagt* 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


f 


126  NATUBE's  DrVTNE  REVELATIONS. 

spheres  and  Spheres  of  spheres,  and  forms  that  are  indices  of  forms 
still  higher  and  greater  in  their  many  and  successive  degrees  of  per- 
petual progression, — these  all  are  too  vast  for  human  conception! 
But  still,  a  general  contemplation  would  be  useful,  as  conveying 
some  slight  idea  of  their  nature  and  destination, — though  the  almost 
vacuum  of  indefinite  thought  will  only  radiate  and  revihrate  that 
which  was  intended  to  be  the  subject  of  conception. 

First,  it  contains  the  peculiar  combinations  that  form  a  Sun  so  vast 
that  it  again  forms  similar  ones,  corresponding  to  the  great  Sun  or 
World  that  was  first  repulsed  from  the  great  Body,  or  Infinite  Centre! 
And  this  is  an  index — a  symbol — of  an  eternity  of  worlds  like  unto 
the  first  launched  from  the  great  Centre  to  the  extremity  of  its  own 
atmospheric  circle.  And  each  having  subordinate  worlds,  and  these 
having  satellites,  they  in  order  revolve  around  each  other,,  .and 
the  whole  around  the  Centre  or  Sun  which  produced  them.  And 
this,  with  all  corresponding  suns  and  constellations,  attended  with 
their  many  planets  and  satellites,  revolves  around  the  Chredt  Centre 
or  Sun  from  which  the  whole  emanated !  And  thus  is  established 
the  first  motion  of  planetary  worlds !  And  these  having  developed 
upon  geometrical  principles  the  angular,  circular,  and  spiral  mo- 
tions, this  eternal  establishment  becomes  the  first  system  of  con- 
centric circles ! 

After  the  great  Fountain  has  produced  from  its  inherent  substance 
an  infinite  number  of  worlds,  the  worlds,  or  the  compositions  therein 
contained,  progress  perpetually  to  higher  states  of  perfection.  The 
next  development  is  the  crystallization  of  internal  particles,  produc- 
ing the  various  ea/rthy  and  mineral  substances.  The  highest  state  of 
mineral,  by  order  of  degrees  and  progression  of  particles,  brings  forth 
the  great  substance  of  the  whole  Vegetalle  JSlngdom.  The  lowest 
of  this  (including,  as  it  does,  the  highest),  produces  the  most  delicate 
plant.  This  kingdom,  again,  constitutes,  in  order  and  degree,  animal 
composition.  And  this  again  ascending  to  higher  and  more  perfect 
orders  and  degrees,  brbgs  forth  the  essences  and  qualities  that  com- 
pose the  organization  of  Man.  And  all  intermediate  substances  de- 
veloped, are  the  Uses  adapted  to  the  wants  and  requirements  of  each 
successive  material  development.  So  all  substances,  which  are  con- 
stantly assuming  forms  by  the  action  of  the  Great  First  Form  and 
its  perpetual  ascension  to  Ultimates,  are  in  like  manner  ascending 
through  successive  and  corresponding  stages  of  development. 

The  Mass  that  was  first  repulsed  from  the  Great  Centre  of  worlds, 
contained  the  properties  and  essences,  not  only  to  compose  itself ,  but 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATUBE's  DIYOnC  BSVSLATI0N8.  127 

to  prodace  and  develop  the  minutest  and  most  sublimated  of  all  in- 
tricacies, apparently,  that  could  be  formed  from  the  finest  materials : 
it  furnishes  materials  for,  and  produces,  the  hrai/n  and  human  eye^ 
with  all  their  inimitable  refinements  of  matter ! 

Thus,  then,  this  great  Ocean  of  Eternal  Matter,  not  only  is  a  World 
immense  and  infinite  of  itself,  but  it  contains  the  matter  to  produce 
the  most  inconceiyable  correspondmg  World ;  and  this  again  forming 
others  of  like  nature,  progresses  from  inherent  qualities  to  the  outer 
derelopment  of  an  organ  of  vision^  and  to  the  substance  and  forma- 
tioD  of  the  mental  organization  !  Thus  the  Lowest  or  First  contains- 
all  cUt ;  whereas  the  highest  state  of  perfection  acts  on  the  lower. 
So  while  that  which  is  first  contains  the  Ultimate,  the  Ultimate  acts 
on  all  things  below  it,  which,  though  less  perfect,  are  still  symbols  of 
eternal  essences  to  be  expanded  and  developed  in  visible  forms  and 
spheres  of  the  highest  degrees  of  magnificence. 


§  3.  ContempUtion  on  the  Attributes  contained  in,  and  belon^ng 
to,  the  Great  Positive  Power,  would  also  lead  the  mind  to  properly 
eomprehend  what  is  contained  in  the  Great  Vortex  of  infinite  Perfec- 
tioD  undeveloped.  Power  is  manifested  in  the  guidance  and  control 
of  the  great  World  evolved  from  the  greater  one.  And  this  Power 
is  unlimited  and  uncontrolled ;  yet  developbg  Wisdom  in  the  univer- 
sal expansion  and  extension  of  planetary  productions.  The  perfect 
and  inimitable  adaptation  of  every  constellation,  planet,  and  satellite, 
to  the  great  Sun  of  its  central  motion,  displays  infinite  Ooodness. 
For  Goodness  is  the  proper  adaptation  of  thbgs  to  ends,  in  order  to 
iceomplish  some  grand  and  sublime  ultimate. 

The  proper  adherence  and  obedience  of  all  these  planetary  worlds, 
to  the  Positive  Law  of  Cause  and  Efiect,  each  and  every  one  obey- 
bg  the  original  impetus  given  it  when  this  eternal  law  was  established, 
displays  infinite  and  universal  Justice.  For  Justice  and  Equity  con- 
tist  in  an  obedience  to  the  laws  of  Cause  and  Efiect. 

The  proper  accomplishment  of  the  end  desired  by  the  origmal 
Premeditator,  displays  the  highest  and  most  perfect  attribute  oi Mercy. 
For  light  is  evolved  from  the  great  Centre  thus  established ;  proper 
elements  are  developed ;  air  is  universally  distributed,  sufficient  to 
sustain  life  and  to  equalise  the  parts  composing  the  great  Whole, — and 
aO  to  prepare  suitable  habitations  for  vegetable  and  animal  existences : 
aad  this  is  the  accomplishment  of  the  Ultimate  intended.     And  in 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


128  natuke'b  DivmB  bevelations. 

this  way  is  displayed  the  exalted  and  essential  attribute  of  everlasting 
Mercy ;  for  Mercy  consists  in  the  adaptation  of  parts  to  the  Whole 
and  in  the  dissemination  and  sustaining  of  sensitive  beings. 

The  gradual  and  progressive  development  of  each  form  from  the 
condition  of  thmgs  first  existing ;  the  constant  and  inevitable  mani- 
festations occurring  in  everjr  epoch  or  stage  of  Motion ;  the  mutual 
adaptation  of  all  things  which  is  plainly  visible,  and  the  perfect  and 
absolute  accomplbhment  of  the  end  desired, — display  the  perfection 
of  all  attributes,  the  Ultimate  of  the  Great  Positive  Mind,  Eternal 
Truth  !  For  Truth  is  that  inherent  principle  of  divine  Law  which 
determines  the  certain  and  adegwde  accomplishment  of  any  good  and 
glorious  end  contemplated. 

Thus  Power  and  its  Vehicle  constitute  the  Fountain  from  which 
flow  all  things  to  ultimate  perfection.  The  inconceivable  fiery  mass 
of  Matter,  in  its  magnitude  and  constituents  of  composition,  pass  all 
comprehension.  fixA  Power,  wielding  its  mighty  and  energetic  in- 
fluence, coeternal  with  the  substance  of  Matter,  is  of  too  great  and 
mighty  a  nature  to  be  imagined  or  conceived  of.  And  this  was  the 
condition  of  things  in  the  beginning. 

The  infinite  mass  of  Matter  developed  heat  and  light  by  virtue  of 
inherent  fire.  And  Power  hemgjpositvvey  developed  a  Negative^  or 
the  eternal  Law  of  Oravit<tt/ion.  Thus  Motion  was  eternally  estab- 
lished in  and  throughout  the  vast  material  composition. 

The  extension  of  the  atmosphere  from  the  Great  Body  was  like- 
wise infinite.  And  the  Great  Centre  or  Sun  constantly  gave  off  heat 
and  light,  each  of  which  was  a  development  of  Matter,  thrown  off  by 
its  repelling  power.  This  superior  combination,  as  evolved  from  the 
Centre,,  was  suitable  for  the  formation  of  immense  worlds.  The  sub- 
stance or  unparticled  matter  which  was  constantly  thrown  from  the 
Centre,  became  at  length  a  nehtdous  Zone^  surrounding  the  immensity 
of  space !  By  constant  action  and  development  of  the  particles  thus 
subjected  to  the  motion  of  attraction,  repulsion,  and  the  laws  of  con- 
densation ;  by  a  repelling  of  that  which  was  averse  to  the  process  of 
consolidation,  and  an  attracting  of  that  which  was  of  like  affinity  and 
suitable  to  become  part  of  the  same  mass,  the  formation  of  worlds 
was  first  instituted, — on  the  laW  of  progression  and  development  from 
the  Great  Centre,  until  the  material  evolved  was  fitted  to  produce  a 
World,  and  that  others,  corresponding  to  the  great  original  Source. 
The  worlds  thus  formed  were  properly  /SWw,  produced  from  an  in- 
conceivable mass  of  unparticled  matter  existing  before  the  process  of 
consolidation  commenced. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  EEVELATI0N8.  129 

Thus  an  Incomprehensible  and  incalculable  number  of  Centres  or 
Sons  were  produosd  by  the  development  of  heat  and  light,  and  their 
gradual  condensation.  And  from  these  were  created  systems  of  plan- 
ets, each  of  which  revolved  around  its  controlling  Centre,  according  to 
the  deyelopment  of  the  circular  and  spiral  motions,  and  the  influence 
of  attraction  and  repulsion,  or  the  laws  of  centripetal  and  centrifugal 
forces.  The  Jlrst  great  Ring  of  converging  formations  was  thus  com- 
menced and  completed. 

After  an  unimaginable  elapse  of  time — almost  the  annihilation  of 
time  to  the  mind,  if  an  attempt  is  made  to  calculate  the  immensity  of 
its  duration — the  constant  evolving  from  the  Great  Centre,  of  light 
still  more  perfected,  produced  innumerable  millions  of  suns,  which 
occupied  another  orbit  or  circle  in  relation  to  the  Great  Parent  of 
their  formation !  After  a  corresponding  organization  of  parts,  these, 
by  attraction,  condensation,  repulsion,  and  the  evolution  of  their  own 
atmospheres,  produced  planets  and  satellites,  in  a  manner  correspond- 
ing to  the  infinite  formations  of  the  first  Circle. 

The  extreme  heat,  the  intensity  of  which  transcends  the  utmost 
eonception  of  thought,  and  is  as  many  million  degrees  greater  than 
the  hottest  artificial  fire,  as  the  latter  is  degrees  above  the  warmth  of 
the  bumao  system, — this  heat  constantly  evolvilig  light  so  intense, 
that  its  strength  would  have  repulsed  planets  supposed  to  be  near  its 
source  (if  such  were  possible)  from  their  orbits, — ^formed,  by  such 
radiation,  another  Circle  of  Suns.  And  each  constantly  develops 
its  laws,  forces,  and  motions,  expands  in  power  and  contracts  in  vol- 
■me,  aceording  to  the  law  of  equal  magnitudes.  And  each  of  these 
suns  possesses  matter  still  more  refined  and  unparticled  than  those  of 
the  former  system,  and  their  planets  were  formed  out  of  matter  still 
■ore  refined  as  evolved  from  their  own  centres.  And  so  there  was 
>B  endless  circle  of  suns  and  formations  produced  as  corresponding 
to  other  circles,  each  circle  being  a  System  of  eternal  systems,  and  an 
index  and  symbol  of  the  Great  Sun  or  Focus  of  undefinable  magni- 
tude from  which  all  emanated ! 

A/ourih  Circle  of  Suns  was  correspondingly  formed,  with  accom- 
paaiinents  similar  to  those  produced  by  the  former. 

k  fifth  Circle  of  Suns  was  also  evolved  in  the  order  of  progressive 
■atoial  development*  And  from  each  of  these  suns  an  atmosphere, 
as  was  the  ease  with  the  former,  passed  to  the  circumference  of  its 
iaiaence,  the  matter  of  which  formed  constellations,  planets,  and  sat- 
dCtes,  each  observmg  the  same  laws  as  were  first  established,  each 
tvfotving  OQ  its  axis,  and  also  observing  nearly  the  same  plane  in  its 

9 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


130  natubb's  divine  beveultionb. 

revolutions  around  the  Centre  or  Sun  which  produced  them.  And 
thus  was  formed  ^  fifth  Circle  of  Suns  and  systems  of  worlds. 

A  skih  CircIlB  of  formations  was  also  produced :  and  these  are  Svm 
only.  As  they  have  not  yet  become  properly  consolidated,  their  at- 
mosphere has  not  yet  produced  other  formations ;  and  so  they  are  at 
this  time  pursuing  their  undefinablQ  orbits  in  the  form  and  composi- 
tion of  "blazing  Comets.* 

The  time  that  has  elapsed  in  years,  from  the  Beginning  until  the 
completion  of  the  six  circles  of  suns,  could  not  be  represented  to  the 
human  mind,  if  every  particle  that  composes  this  globe  should  pass 

*  On  a  Bubjeot  so  immenae,  homaa  ideas,  especially  in  this  sphere  of  being,  most 
of  necessity  be  of  a  rery  general  and  indefinite  character ;  and  any  illustrations 
offered  most  appear  exceedingly  dlminatiTe  and  unworthy  of  the  subject.  But  on 
the  principle  that  one  atom  represents  the  whole  UniTerse,  let  the  reader  suppose  > 
that  the  comparative  atom,  which  is  all  the  most  powerful  imagination  can  conoeiTe 
of  in  attempting  to  form  an  idea  of  the  Great  Sun  of  the  Uniyercoelum,  is  station- 
ary in  the  centre  of  infinite  space.  Flaming  with  the  most  inconceiTable  heat,  its 
vaporized  materials  extended  from  the  nucleus  far  beyond  the  utmost  bounds  of 
the  human  imagination.  By  virtue  of  a  chemical  association  of  particles  of  like 
affinity,  or  gravitation  (which  the  author  explains  as  synonymous),  this  igneous 
atmosphere  of  the  great  Body,  in  process  of  time  unimaginable,  gradually  divided 
itself  into  six  concentric  rings,  the  only  analogue  of  which  we  have  in  the  now 
condensed  rings  of  Saturn.  So  long  as  the  great  Nucleus  remained  stationary^ 
it  would  be  the  common  focal  point  of  all  the  concentric  rings,  being  equi-distant 
firom  all  parts  of  their  respective  circumferences.  But  a  rapid  motion  of  the  great 
Body  (which  the  author  says  it  possessed  from  the  beginning)  would  produce  an 
elongation  of  these  rings  somewhat  analogous  to  the  trail  of  a  eome^,— leaving  the 
great  mass  of  materials  in  its  rear.  Supposing  the  motion  to  be  in  an  elliptic  orbit, 
the  sudden  recurve  and  centrifugal  impetus  of  the  projecting  trail,  occurring  at 
every  passage  of  the  great  Body  around  the  foci  of  the  ellipse,  would  finally  (when 
condensation  became  sufliciently  advanced)  produce  a  detachment  of  the  great 
vapory  trail,  which  would  subsequently  assume  a  spheroid  form  and  become  a 
Sun  corresponding  to  its  origin.  In  this  way  the  six  "  nebulous  zones*'  formed  a 
corresponding  number  of  central  suns,  and  from  which  have  emanated  a  corre* 
spending  number  of  Universes!  These  the  author  calls  <* circles  of  suns," — 
that  is,  circular  planes  of  suns, — and  are  all,  with  their  countless  millions  of 
appendages,  silently  describing  their  infinite  orbits  around  the  great  Centre  of  all 
centres ! 

Our  sun  and  system,  and  all  the  innumerable  stars  which  the  telescope  can  reveal, 
the  author  informs  us,  belong  to  the  fifth  great  Oircle  or  plane  of  formations. 

The  author  requests  me  to  say  that,  as  tliis  work  is  merely  intended  to  establish 
general  principles,  this  great  subject  is  here  treated  with  brevity,  and  more  par- 
ticular descriptions,  and  especially  calculations  as  to  distances  and  magnitudes* 
will  be  £^ven  in  a  future  work. 

The  nebular  theory  of  creation,  as  presented  on  this  magnificent  scale,  does  not 
depend  upon  any  present  nebular  appearances  in  the  heavens,  as  the  author  dis- 
tinctly says,  that  with  an  instrument  sufficiently  powerful,  these  all  mi^t  be 
resolved  into  stars. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


VATUSb'b  DIYim  BSVXZJLTI0N8.  131 

•epantelj  before  the  hamsQ  yision,  and  millions  of  years  were  to 
clapM  between  the  passage  of  each  particle !  If  this  duration  could 
be  eooeeiTed  of,  the  mind  would  still  be  incompetent  to  comprehend 
the  time  which  elapsed  from  the  B^^inning  to  the  sixth  formation ! 

Tbe  Great  Ckittrk  from  which  all  of  these  systems  and  Systems 
of  sjeteiBS  enanated,  is  still  an  exhaustless  Fountain  of  neyer-ending 
materials !  It  is  a  magnificent  and  glorious  Sun — a  Centre  around 
whicb  all  sons  and  Sons  of  suns  revolve.  It  is  a  Vortex,  breathing 
forth  a  system  of  oonoentric  circles  of  suns  and  systems  of  suns.  It 
te  an  evrrlaeting  and  unchangeable  Parent  of  all  things !  It  is  still 
an  Ocean  of  undnlated  and  nndefinable  fire,  the  holy  emblem  of  Per- 
fection. With  an  everlasting  spontaneousness,  it  breathes  forth  un- 
•  nambered  worlds,  and  a  corresponding  infinite  expansion  of  co-eter- 
nal and  immotable  Power.  It  displays  throughout  the  immensity 
of  space,  ooifeaimdences  of  its  own  inherent  nature.  It  is  a  Oerm^ 
in  which  nothing  exists  but  what  is  everlasting  and  infinite ;  and 
it  develops  these  inexpressible  attributes  in  the  successive  degrees 
and  orders  of  fonnatko,  throughout  the  vast  UmvercoDlum  and  the 
boondlcae  dimtioo  of  Eternity ! 


S  4.  The  magnificent  nebulous  Zone,  which  was  formed  in  time 
wiimagmaMe  by  the  incessant  emanation  of  light  and  heat  from  the 
GrcAt  Eternal  Sun,  not  only  approximated  nearly  to  its  Productor, 
bat  erpanded  throu^  the  r^^ions  of  infinite  space  even  far  beyond 
the  sixth  circle  of  suns. 

The  great  mass  of  Matter  or  Fire  contained  heat,  the  latter  being 
%  prodflctioo  of  the  former.  The  heat  oontabed  li^^t,  which  it  in 
order  spread  thron^out  the  expanse  of  infinity.  And  this  light  was 
the  peculiar  composition  adapted  to,  and  assipied  for,  the  ph>duction 
of  an  iafiaity  of  worlds  and  systems  of  worlds,  in  orders  and  degrees 
of  devekpment,  and  in  forms  like  unto  the  first  Great  Form.  Thus 
IiKht  as  a  perfection  and  development  of  the  original  composition. 
Aad  U^  thos  formed  the  nebukms  Ring  or  Circle,  surrounding 
wraennable  space ! 

Poeitive  and  Negative  constantly  acting  on,  and  producing  eternal 
mocioB  throoghost  the  mass  of  nebulous  associated  particles,  the  Pos- 
itire,  or  Attraction,  called  to  a  great  centre,  particles  of  like  affinity 
aad  sutaUe  to  enter  into  combinatioQ.    The  Negative  force,  or  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


132  natubb's  divine  revelationb. 

repulsion,  threw  oflf  from  the  great  body  particles  not  suitable  to  its 
interior  combinations.  Thus  were  formed,  at  equal  periods,  the  suns 
of  the  First  Circle. 

These  suns  (especially  the  centres  of  them),  were  still  fire  incon- 
ceivable ;  and  these  also  gave  off  an  emanation  of  heat  and  light. 
This  light,  or  the  particles  composing  it,  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
Buns  themselves  were  formed,  produced  planets  and  satellites.  The 
suns  being  too  light  and  unparticled,  could  not  consolidate  in  a  man- 
ner similar  to  the  condensation  of  their  light  in  other  centres  or 
worlds.  But  the  light  thrown  from  them  was  capable  of  tecoming 
less  rare  than  their  own  composition ;  and  therefore  the  constant  ab- 
sorption of  the  rays  of  light  produced  in  each  of  their  planets  a  hard- 
ened or  consolidated  combination  of  particles. 

The  number  of  planets  and  other  formations  emanating  from  these 
suns  is  as  incalculable  as  the  number  of  suns  produced  from  the 
Eternal  Sun.  Each  of  these  suns  has  its  own  established  planetary 
system,  each  planet  in  which,  in  order,  observing  the  same  plane, 
and  taking  the  same  direction,  moves  around  the  sun  or  centre  which 
formed  it :  and  the  whole  move  around  the  Eternal  Centre  or  Germ 
of  their  existence ! 

These  planets  can  not  properly  be  termed  such :  for  theii*  compo- 
sitions are  too  rare  to  form  mineral  substances.  They  are  rather  an 
adhesion  of  particles  caused  by  the  law  of  condensation  and  mutual 
attraction,  or  gravitation.  But  still  they  are  bodies  of  an  almost 
wholly  fiery  interior  constitution.  So  they  are  in  reality  what  would 
be  termed  cometa/ry  bodies ;  each  of  which  pursues  the  orbit  of  its 
first  formation,  according  to  the  bulk  and  density  of  its  peculiar  ele- 
ments. Such  is  the  condition  of  the  ^5^  infinite  Circle  of  suns,  and 
of  the  worlds  by  them  produced. 

A  still  greater  accumulation  of  particles  sent  off  from  the  Great 
Sun,  produced  another  circle,  like  unto  the  first^ — ^with  a  corre- 
sponding number  of  planets  and  satellites.  The  suns  in  this  circle 
being  still  more  rare  than  those  in  the  first,  have  lessjfZr^,  but  con- 
tain more  Jieat;  and  they  are  capable  of  expanding,  and  ^sending 
forth  more  unparticled  light  relatively  than  the  former.  The  same 
laws  still  work  their  mighty  influence  throughout  the  circle  formed 
by  these  suns :  and  by  constant  emanation  of  nebulous  matter,  plan- 
ets are,  at  irregular  distances,  in  constant  process  of  formation.  By 
the  attraction  of  these  suns,  all  particles  negative  to  their  own  com- 
position gravitated  to  them  again :  and  others,  by  virtue  of  inherent 
motion  and  refinement,  were  repulsed  or  thrown  off  with  a  velocity 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATUBB's  DIVIKB  BEYELATIOKS.  133 

ineoncehrable,  seeking  substances  of  like  affinity  among  other  forma- 
tkms  in  the  system  which  the  smi  had  thns  yielded  forth.  The  con- 
densation of  materials  into  planets  belonging  to  this  system,  was  pro- 
duced by  a  constant  attraction  or  absorption  of  light,  the  rare  particles 
composing  them  gravitatmg  to,  or  being  attracted  by,  the  sun.  And 
these  may  be  properly  styled  planets  ;  for  they  gradually  condensed 
into  particles  of  earthy  composition.  The  one  closest  to  the  sun  is 
harder  than  the  second ;  and  the  third  is  still  more  dense  than  the 
Utter ;  and  denser  and  rarer  alternately  correspondingly  succeed 
each  other,  throughout  the  worlds  composing  one  of  these  systems. 

The  condensed  particles,  and  the  progression  of  the  same  forming 
the  substance  that  is  termed  earth,  are  totally  unlike  any  composi- 
tions of  a  terrestrial  nature  that  are  known  to  be  in  existence  by  the 
human  mind. 

It  is  impossible  to  calculate  the  immensity  of  their  circumferences 
or  diameters ;  for  they  are  infinitely  larger  than  several  millions  of 
the  suns  belonging  to  the  fifth  Circle.  And  the  aims  of  the  second 
Circle  transcend  the  utmost  powers  of  the  conception  or  imagination. 
Ami  the  suns  of  the^r^  Circle,  and  their  planets,  are  still  more  in- 
conceirable — are  utterly  heyond  conception,  even  as  is  the  unima^- 
tble  and  unchangeable  Sun  that  gave  them  an  existence. 


§  5.  The  suns  formbg  the  third  System  of  concentric  circles  have 
less  heat  and  more  light  than  the  former,  and  are  nearer  the  state  of 
condensation.  Still  they  are  4iiot  condensed ;  for  they  contain  heat 
inconceivable.  Their  light  associating  with  atoms  of  like  nature,  has 
become  suitable  to  produce  still  denser  bodies  than  are  produced  by 
the  light  of  those  of  the  former  circle  ;  and  so  these  suns  were  des- 
tincfl  to  produce  planets  of  a  still  more  condensed  and  consolidated 
constitution.  The  constant  interchanging  of  particles ;  the  throwing 
o(r  of  the  non-associating  atoms,  and  the  receiving  of  others  of  like 
dSnity,  gradually  produced  a  system  of  planets  and  satellites  corre- 
iponding  to  other  creations  of  like  nature. 

The  particles  which  have  progressed  to  the  <erra-material  forma- 
ti<«  of  these  planets  are  still  of  such  a  peculiar  and  refined  nature 
(hmt  no  substance  known  on  earth  bears  a  resemblance  to  them. 
The  first  has,  in  process  of  condensation,  assumed  a  hardened  cur- 
Hftce  having  two  strata,  the  first  of  which  is  an  imaginable  formation 
of  particles  of  sand,  somewhat  in  appearance  like  the  carbonate  of 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


134  natube's  DivmE  revelations. 

lime  mixed  with  coral  sabstances,  yet  not  in  any  particular  contam- 
ing  the  qualities  or  essences  of  either.  It  is  more  refined  than  is 
possible  to  conceive  of  from  a  comparison  with  any  substance  known 
on  earth. 

Such  is  the  composition  and  constitution  of  the  first  and  second 
planets  of  the  third  circle  of  suns.  And  the  appearance  of  the  same 
is  gradually  diminished  with  their  increasing  distances ;  and  many 
of  the  planets  that  they  sustain  have  none  of  the  above  compositions 
yet  developed. 

The  suns  of  the  jTen^A  Circle  contain  still  less  heat  and  light  than 
those  of  the  former ;  but  still  the  intensity  of  each  is  incomprehen- 
siblB  to  the  mind  They  send  off  light  still  more  unparticled,  inso- 
much that  they  become  active  agents  of  light.  After  an  inconceiv- 
able period  of  time,  and  an  incessant  emanation  of  this  unparticled 
matter  from  the  suns  which  this  composed,  this  produced  corre- 
sponding systems  of  planetary  worlds,  diminishing  in  number  and 
magnitude,  yet  too  mighty  in  expanse  to  be  calculated  or  compre- 
hended. By  virtue  of  the  motion  going  on  throughout  this  great 
system  of  systems,  and  by  the  laws  of  condensation,  absorption,  grav- 
itation, repulsion  and  association  of  atoms,  the  planets  formed  became 
still  more  dense  in  constitution  than  those  before  described. 

Planets  that  are  nearest  these  suns  have  progressed  to  earthy  for- 
mations and  developments ;  while  those  that  are  further,  are  still  more 
refined  and  less  dense  in  particles  that  compose  earthy  substance. 
Those  that  are  progressed  have  three  formations ;  the  last  of  which 
nearly  resembles  the  present  appearance  of  this  globe ;  but  is  not  of 
the  same  constitution  or  quality.  Their  materials  are  more  refined 
and  perfect,  not  in  quality,  but  in  particles. 

So  likewise  ^  fifth  Circle  of  suns  was  brought  into  existence,  cor- 
responding to  the  other  creations.  These  are  composed  of  less  heat 
and  light  relatively  than  the  former :  still  their  heat  and  light  are 
immense.  And  particles  evolved  from  these  suns  were  still  more 
refined  and  ethereal.  But  by  virtue  of  eternal  laws  inherent  and 
immutable  in  this  composition,  it  gradually  and  correspondingly 
brought  into  existence  an  immense  number  of  planets  and  satellites, 
the  magnitude  of  which  is  not  yet  fully  determined  or  comprehended. 
By  the  operation  of  these  laws,  and  after  an  inconceivable  period  of 
time,  the  planets  were  created  which  belong  to  our  own  solar  system. 
Planets  that  are  nearer  to  these  suns  are  correspondingly  denser  than 
those  further  from  them. 

The  distance  that  the  light  of  the  suns  of  the  fifth  circles  passes  off 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURfi's  DIYIHB  SETELATIONS.  135 

mto  apace,  is  too  vast  for  ordinary  conception,  still  is  limited  com- 
pared to  the  extension  of  the  light  of  suns  of  the  previous  circles. 

The  condensation  of  particles  from  the  sun  of  our  own  solar  sys- 
tem (which  stands  as  a  general  representative  of  all  others  in  this 
Circle)  has  produced  various  strata  of  earthy  formations.  The  first 
planet  is  extremely  dense,  and  its  surface  is  composed  of  a  mineral 
and  rocky  substance.  It  has  combinations  similar  to  those  upon  this 
globe,  but  which  are  more  refined  in  a/ppea/rance^  though  not  in 
juality.    This  one  has  been  named  Mercury. 

The  next  has  formations  four  in  number,  the  last  of  which  has  not 
yet  been  fully  developed :  and  it  is  less  in  density  of  composition 
than  the  former.    This  is  named  Venus. 

The  third  has  combinations  of  earthy  substances  still  less  dense 
than  the  former.  The  number  of  formations  and  strata  developed  is 
jCty,  the  last  bebg  nearly  consummated.  The  composition  of  the 
first  partakes  of  silica,  lime,  and  other  mineral  developments.  And 
the  formations  successively  produced  in  the  order  of  development, 
consist  of  various  species  of  earth  and  stone,  until  the  fourth,  and 
now  nearly  the  fifth,  is  produced.  The  last  of  these  composes  iho 
crust,  or  the  fifth  geological  development  of  the  planet  termed 
Earth. 

The  next  one  in  order  has  corresponding  formations.  It  is  not 
any  larger,  but  is  less  dense  than  the  latter.    It  is  termed  Mars. 

The  one  succeeding  this  has  still  a  greater  number  of  formations, 
which  are  still  more  refined  in  quality  and  constitution.  This  is 
termed  Juffter. 

The  next  has  formations  unequalled  by  those  of  any  planet  exist- 
ing between  it  and  the  sun  to  which  it  belongs.  Its  composition  is 
itill  lets  dense  and  less  gross  than  the  latter.  The  earth  that  its  for- 
mations have  developed,  is  pure,  fertile,  and  inconceivably  refined. 
And  like  the  Grtat  Sun  whence  it  came,  but  to  which  it  is  as  the 
least  particle  that  composes  the  eye  of  the  smallest  insect  is  to  it, 
it  has  formed  a  nebulous  zone,  and  that  another, — each  of  which 
svroonds  it  still,  unbroken  and  but  slightly  condensed ;  but  which 
will  ultimately  compose  other  nebulous  masses,  the  whole  of  which 
will  furm  a  globe  which  will  assume  a  track  accordbg  to  its  own 
•peeific  gravity,  as  have  and  do  all  others.  This  planet  is  termed 
SATrmw. 

The  planets  receding  still  further  from  this,  grow  less  dense  and 
Bore  refined  than  those  preceding.  Some  of  them  pursue  their 
«biu  uncondensed  and  unstratified.     Their  orbits  are  immense,  but 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


136 

are  in  proportion  to  the  refinement  of  their  constituents,  as  not  being 
suitable  to  associate  with  anj  composition  of  the  sun  which  produced 
them.  From  this  cause  they  are  repulsed  to  the  extreme  distance 
that  the  nature  of  their  compositions  can  allo.w  them  to  occupy. 
And  these  are  Comets — each  of  which  will  assume  the  constitution 
of  a  planet  of  like  nature  with  all  others  in  the  same  circle  of 
formation. 

A  sixth  Circle  of  suns  was  in  order  produced ;  and  these  contain 
no  fire,  less  light,  and  more  electricity.  And  having  not  yet  become 
suns  properly,  by  reason  of  their  inherent  qualities  and  compositions, 
they  are  at  this  time  traversing  almost  the  bounds  of  undefinable 
space;    The  orbit  of  their  revolution  surrounds  space  incalculable. 


§  6.  Thus  the  Univercoelum  is  a  boundless  accumulation  of  par- 
ticles that  have  assumed  by  virtue  of  inherent  qualities,  forms,  orikrs, 
degrees,  associations,  and  correspondences.  Every  particle,  from 
the  first  to  the  last  circle,  gravitated  to  the  centre  destined  for  its 
association.  Thus  were  established  forms ;  and  perpetual  forms  pro- 
duced Order,  And  by  the  association  of  each  particle  throughout 
the  vast  Univercoelum,  with  particles  of  like  aflSnity,  from  the  lowest 
to  the  highest.  Degrees  were  established  throughout  every  depart- 
ment of  Creation.  And  there  was  a  constant  gravitation  of  particles 
going  on  throughout  the  whole  Mass  of  material  compositions.  And 
thus  in  order  was  produced  this  vast  and  universal  extension  of 
worlds  and  systems  of  worlds,  throughout  immensity  of  space. 

Development  of  inherent  qualities  to  an  external  manifestation  of 
the  same,  and  progression  of  all  things  to  ultimate  refinement  and 
purification,  were  only  in  order  with  corresponding  developments  of 
higher  spheres  and  more  eternal  assemblages.  And  each  particle 
was  destined  ultimately  to  ascend  to  that  degree  of  refinement ;  and 
each  sphere  successively  and  incessantly  put  forth  its  ultimate  parti- 
cles to  produce,  sustain,  and  associate  with  others  of  like  affinity  and 
nature,  that  were  thrown  off  from  the  Mass  as  too  pure  and  unparti- 
cled  to  associate  with  that  of  a  grosser  and  denser  quality. 

Therefore  the  Great  Sun — the  unimaginable  Ocean  of  liquid  ma- 
terial— ^was  a  Centre  from  which  (according  to  the  development  of 
its  atmosphere,  which  extended  throughout  immensity)  rolled  forth  a 
circle  of  suns  to  the  extreme  extent  of  particles  associating  to  produce 
them. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


natitbe's  divihe  bevelattonb.  137 

Thus  also  Order  and  Form  were  developed.  For  their  distance 
from  the  QrecA  San  their  Parent,  was  in  proportion  to  the  density  of 
their  composition ;  and  their  distances  from  each  other  were  corre- 
spondingly sustained  by  the  same  inflacnce  of  eternal  gravitation. 
And  all  worlds  emanatmg  from  these  were  but  blazing  and  productive 
suns  to  other  planets.  And  corresponding  ultimate  associations  and 
formations  have  progressed,  until  the  extreme  of  their  emanation  has 
resulted  in  the  formation  of  the  sixth  Circle. 

And  so  the  suns  of  the  first  Circle  are  an  ultimate  of  the  Oreab 
Son ;  and  those  of  the  second  Circle  may  be  called  an  ultimate  of  the 
first.  They  are  no  more  than  accumulations  of  particles,  and  thus 
ire  planets.  And  the  third  Circle  of  Suns  are  an  ultimate  of  the  sec- 
ond ;  and  the  fourth,  of  the  third ;  and  the  fifiii,  of  the  fourth ;  and 
the  sixth,  of  the  fifth.  Thus  there  is  no  disconnexion ;  but  there  is 
a  perfect  harmony  and  unity  in  all  celestial  and  terra-material  pro- 
ductions :  and  so  each  may  be  considered  as  a  part  necessary  to  the 
completion  of  the  whole  Univercoelum  of  boundless  infinitude ! 

Time  and  space,  height  and  depth,  length  and  breadth,  are  armi^ 
hUaicd  in  this  vast  system  of  concentric  and  celestial  circles — a  per- 
fection and  perpetual  development  of  the  Great  Fountain  from  which 
tfaey  all  successively  emanated.  An  attempt  to  calculate  the  immense 
magnitude  of  one  of  these  systems,  would  be  useless ;  for  they  trans- 
cend the  utmost  conceptions  and  calculations  of  the  human  mind. 
One  of  the  suns  of  the  second  Circle  is  several  millions  of  trillions 
times  larger  than  the  sun  of  our  solar  system,  which  is  in  the  fifth 
Circle!  No  combination  of  numbers  is  adequate  to  express  the 
diametrical  magnitude  of  those  of  the  second  Circle ;  and  millions  of 
times  more  incalculable  are  those  of  ihe first!  And  the  Gre(U  Sun 
or  Fountain,  from  which  all  of  these  sprang,  is  too  infinite  in  its  mag- 
nitude to  be  in  any  way  meditated  upon  consistently ;  and  so  a  defi- 
nite conception  can  not  be  had  of  the  Germ  that  has  produced  an 
infinitude  of  mconceivable  worlds ! 

And  the  titne  which  has  elapsed  during  these  formations  is  equally 
bcalcalable ;  for  it  is  beyond  the  powers  of  the  most  vigorous  and 
brilliant  imagination  to  even  pass  one  thought  upon  the  time  that 
elapsed  between  the  first  assumption  of  form  by  particles  thrown  from 
the  Great  Mass,  to  that  form's  ultimate  production.  And  yet  follow- 
ing this  were  suns  and  systems  of  suns,  and  constellations  and  planets, 
without  number,  and  new  forms  constantly  displaying  themselves 
until  millions  and  millions  of  millions  of  worlds— an  infinity  of  worlds 
traversing  the  boundless  fields  of  immensity,  displaying  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


138 

most  perfect  order,  arrangement,  and  organization.  These  constantly 
pat  forth  new  particles,  an  evidence  and  index  of  new  and  youthfal 
productions,  which  were  constantly  succeeding.  And  so  we  may  trace 
correspondingly  another  almost  infinity  of  formations  and  consequent 
re-formations,  until  all  arrive  at  their  present  state  of  order,  and  their 
present  refinement  of  ultimate  particles, — having  condensed  and  con- 
solidated by  a  gradual  association  of  inherent  particles,  both  gross 
and  refined,  each  of  which  gravitates  to  its  like,  and  possesses  motion 
in  proportion  to  the  specific  density  or  rarity  of  the  substances  with 
which  it  is  in  combination. 

And  thus,  from  the  first  to  the  last,  has  elapsed  an  inconceivable 
period  of  time,  and  as  immense  a  production  of  new  forms,  in  orders, 
degrees,  and  associations,  throughout  the  whole  vast  immensity  which 
they  fill !  And  yet  creation  (or  its  ultimate)  extends  infinitely  beyond 
the  sixth  Formation !  For  there  is  from  the  Great  Fountain,  Germ, 
or  Parent  of  these  worlds,  an  everlasting  combination  of  materials, 
which  when  once  developed  would  extend  into  infinite  space,  and 
light  up  every  chamber  throughout  the  vast  Univercoelum  with  a  light 
inaccessible  and  inconceivable,  constantly  bringing  into  existence  new 
forms  as  results  of  the  inherent  qualities  and  combinations  composing 
the  Great  Eternal  Sun  !  And  the  emanations,  after  establishing 
the  sixth  Circle  of  formations,  both  breathe  from,  and  cause  to  con- 
verge to  it  (according  to  internal  and  immutable  laws  that  were  estab- 
lished in  the  beginning),  elements  which,  by  constant  fiux  and  reflux, 
are  engaged  in  producing  a  Universe  of  pre-eminent  grandeur  and 
infinitude ! 

Creation,  then,  has  just  commenced !  For  it  is,  as  it  everlastingly 
has  been,  putting  forth  new  forms  and  manifesting  unchangeable  en- 
ergies— the  very  essence  of  all  power — the  uncontrollable  fiat  of  the 
Cheat  Positive  Mind  ! 

The  Great  Sun,  thus  pregnated  with  the  immutable,  eternal  Essence 
of  divine  Positive  Power,  and  being  itself  as  immutable  and  eternal, 
containing  particles  destined  to  become  infinitely  sublimated,  will  still 
produce  the  most  magnificent  and  excellent  forms,  displaybg  infinite 
beauty,  refinement,  and  perfection,  throughout  theundefinable  periods 
of  this  Eternity,  which  opens  and  unfolds  a  new — an  eternity  of  eter- 
nities, and  throughout  space  not  yet  conceived  of,  nor  yet  filled  with 
the  perfection  with  which  it  is  destined  to  abound ! 

It  is  the  nature  of  all  things  (and  this  is  derived  from  the  Great 
Origin)  to  assume  forms  and  chscracteristics  corresponding  with  the 
lAterior  qualities  contained  in  the  particles.     And  i\iQ  forms  assumed 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


FATUBs'b  DIVINK  EBYSLATIONB.  139 

obseire  perpetual  Order ^  and  develop  degrees^  these  all  correspond- 
ing to  inherent  and  invisible  qualities  which  constitute  their  cavse  and 
actuatcT,  Therefore,  from  the  inherent,  interior  elements,  essences, 
and  attributes  of  the  Great  Fountain  of  all  fountains,  corresponding 
worlds  and  systems  of  worlds,  too  vast  to  be  adequately  compre- 
hended, have  been  produced. 


§  7.  If  every  second  of  animal  life  that  ever  has  elapsed  upon 
diis  globe,  from  the  first  sentient  production  unto  the  present  moment, 
could  be  comprehended,  still  all  would  be  but  one  second  in  compari- 
son to  the  time  that  elapsed  between  the  first  assumption  of  form  by 
particles,  and  Uie  breathing  forth  and  establishment  of  the  last  system 
of  suns.  For  there  have  not  seconds  yet  gone  by  since  this  globe 
and  all  things  on  it  have  bad  an  existence,  to  compare  with,  or  ade- 
quately to  express  the  number  of  yearsj  or  even  centurieSy  occupied 
in  the  formation  of  one  of  the  systems  contemplated.  And  yet  crea- 
tion, or  the  existence  and  production  of  worlds,  has  been  but  (me  mo^ 
ment  in  progress  as  compared  to  the  duration  of  the  formations  that 
are  to  go  one  throughout  time  and  space  unimaginable ! 

Then  all  these  systems,  with  all  their  emanations  and  appendages, 
arising  from,  and  yet  progressing  to,  the  Vortex  of  Positive  Power, 
may  be  justly  considered  as  one  System  !  It  is  here  stibdividedj 
in  order  to  facilitate  a  general  conception  of  the  whole  structure  by 
enabling  the  mind  to  associate  the  various  orders  and  degrees  of  de- 
velopment which  it  is  more  capable  of  comprehending.  Yet  it  is  but 
one  general  Evolution  of  Worlds  from  the  Great  Centre,  and  there- 
fore is  but  one  infinite  Production  from  one  eternal  Ori^ !  And 
only  one  single  moment  has  elapsed,  comparatively,  since  the  first 
formed  of  these  vast  and  universal  systems  has  had  an  existence ! 
But  rm^  ^ingh  monumt  have  they  been  in  process  of  development  from 
the  Grmt  Source,  and  in  passing  through  all  the  various  changes  and 
conditions  which  the  particles  of  each  have  assumed,  in  form,  order, 
specific  gravities,  geological  developments,  undefinable  and  unimagin- 
able revolutions,  and  reciprocal  and  mcessant  interchanging  and  cir- 
culadon  of  parts  and  particles ! 

The  vast  Ocean  of  materials  in  ceaseless  motion  and  activity,  from 
whose  bosom  these  systems  were  developed  and  bom  into  existence, 
and  each  inconceivably  extended  system  and  System  of  systems  in- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


140  natube's  divine  ebvblationb. 

volved  together,  with  all  their  accompanying  excellences  and  beau- 
ties, are  everlasting  indices  of  future^  inevitable,  and  corresponding 
emanation  from  the  great  exhaustless  Fountain  from  which  these  all 
have  successively  flown.  All  these  productions  and  reproductions — 
all  these  sims  and  systems  of  suns,  with  all  their  accompanying 
worlds — are  but  as  one  particle,  are  but  one  breathing  forth  of  in- 
ternal qualities  from  the  great  eternal  Fount,  in  comparison  to  the 
grand  and  glorious  developments  that  are  to  be  produced  and  ex- 
tended throughout  the  height,  and  depth,  and  length,  and  breadth  of 
the  whole  vast  Univercoelum ! 

Thus  but  one  atom  has  been  developed  in  comparison  to  that  which 
shall  be  developed ;  and  but  one  second  has  elapsed  in  comparison  to 
the  corresponding  extension  of  time ! 

Thus  the  thought  finds  no  resting-place.  It  feels  the  material 
form,  and  is  conscious  of  its  habitation.  It  meditates  definitely  only 
upon  objects  that  are  suitable  for  its  comprehension  and  association. 
Anything  beyond  such  objects  is  but  a  vcumum  in  which  imagination, 
whose  flight  is  swifter  than  the  sunbeam,  seeks  for  a  resting-place. 
It  searches  throughout  the  chambers  of  the  heaven  of  heavens,  and 
roams  through  the  labyrinths  that  are  continually  opening  into  new 
fields  of  celestial  beauty  which  utterly  transcend  all  minds  but  that 
Mind  which  produced  them.  It  returns  from  its  flight  in  the  infini- 
tude of  space,  and  inquires  with  breathless  and  inexpressible  amaze- 
ment, When  was  the  beginning,  and  when  shall  be  the  end,  of  eternal 
time  and  unbounded  creations? 

Thus  the  human  mind  can  not  conceive  of  eternity  or  infinity ;  for 
it  is  limited  in  its  nature,  belon^ng  to,  and  produced  by,  finite  forms, 
and  existing  among  transient  things.  Consequently  its  thoughts  must 
have  bounds ;  and  subjects  must  be  limited,  or  it  can  not  comprehend 
them.  Creations  must  not  be  of  indefinite  extent,  or  of  materials 
without  sensible  parallel,  or  elso  tlje  mind  can  not  conceive  of  their 
magnitude,  or  their  elements  and  properties.  Limits  are  therefore 
necessary,  in  order  that  the  mind  may  conceive  correctly  of  internal 
realities  and  external  forms  and  substances.  For  if  tho  boundless 
infinitude  is  presented  to  the  mind,  with  it  a  condition  of  indefinite 
thought  presents  itself  likewise.  Its  capacities  are  finite,  and  its  con- 
ceptions are  of  like  nature.  No  matter  how  exalted  it  may  be,  it 
must  conceive  of  bounds,  or  else  there  is  tw  conception. 

But  in  its  sparkling  brilliancy,  the  imagination  will  pass  ofi"  into  in- 
finite space ;  and  not  being  able  to  perceive  limits,  it  becomes  con- 
fused and  bewildered.     And  hence  the  question  above  referred  to 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


faturb'b  diyinb  bxyxlatiohb.  141 

has  been  asked  with  as  little  meaning  as  the  mind  has  had  conception 
of  infinite  space. 

No  human  power  or  invention  is  capable  of  representing  any  cor- 
rect idea  of  the  immensity  of  systems  which  extend  and  expand 
thronghoot  unmeasured  space.  No  mathematical  calculation  can  be 
made  respecting  them ;  for  numbers  are  lost  in  worlds  whose  numbers 
transcend  the  conceptions  of  the  human  mind.  Figures  may  be  com- 
bined to  such  an  extent  as  to  transcend  all  powers  of  comprehension; 
yet  the  mere  comprehension  of  these  would  give  but  a  limited  under- 
standing of  this  immensity.  No  matter  how  extensive  and  how  pow- 
erful the  figure  may  be  to  represent  time  and  space,  it  has  Umita  ; 
and  is  therefore  no  comparison. 

The  mind  may  contemplate  the  many  formations  in  the  sidereal 
heavens ;  it  may  contemplate  their  circumferences,  their  diameters, 
their  immense  revolutions;  it  may  ponder  and  meditate  upon  the 
compositions  and  combinations  that  are  existing  in  each  formation ; 
it  may  endeavor  to  conceive  of  the  various  geological  formations  of 
each  as  they  were  successively  developed  from  ^e  first  condensation 
of  particles  into  worlds,  to  the  extended  and  almost  infinite  expanse 
of  systems  to  the  sixth  formation  of  suns, — and  even  if  it  could  suc- 
ceed in  grasping  all  these,  its  conceptions  would  be  Umitedy — and 
therefore  would  give  not  the  least pawible  idea  of  infinite  space  I 

The  mind  may  be  mighty  enough  to  comprehend  one  system  and 
its  compositions,  forms,  movements,  and  all  the  objects  and  forms, 
both  perfect  and  imperfect,  that  are  existing  upon  its  surfaces ;  it  may 
be  sufficiently  expansive  to  comprehend  the  interior,  the  invisible, 
realities  and  external  appearances  of  all  things  thereon  existing ;  it 
may  be  penetrating  enough  to  understand  the  motive  power,  and 
energy  of  all  action,  motion,  and  sensation,  that  each  of  these  forms 
develops; — and  these  would  be  mighty  conceptions — would  consti- 
tute the  fun  range  of  human  thouj^ht !  But  still,  how  comparatively 
fimited  and  contracted  are  these  conceptions  ! — for  they  in  reality  do 
not  constitute  cneparUde  in  comparison  to  one  half  of  ihefirst/br' 
motion  qfsunsf 


§  8.  Therefore  the  human  mind  is  absolutely  incompetent  to  oon- 
tAit  dt  infinity  ;  and  to  the  mind,  this  word  vibrates  and  echoes  no 
ecrrespooding  thou^t.    The  ioord  infinity,  as  applied  to  indefinite 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


143  katubb'b  divinb  bevelatioks. 

space,  is  one  substituted  in  place  of  im  idea.  And  there  never  was 
and  never  can  be  an  adequate  conception  oiJEtemUy;  for  the  thought 
of  this  is  of  itself  a  non-entity,  and  the  word  expresses  no  signifi- 
cation. 

But  as  the  human  mind  is  a  composition  of  the  refined  and  per- 
fected materials  of  all  else  existing,  it  refuses  to  associate  with  things 
of  a  lower  order  and  less  degree  of  refinement,  but  has  a  tendency 
to  pass  off  to  explore  and  associate  with  something  of  a  like  lofty 
nature.  Hence  it  seeks  not  to  analyze  and  comprehend  things  in 
the  lower  degrees  of  existence,  but  it  aspires  to  higher  and  more  ex- 
alted spheres.  Mind  is  then  only  seeking  its  equilibrium.  It  is 
gravitating  toward  the  sphere  that  is  attractive  to  it.  It  is  endeav- 
oring to  pass  from  its  present  nidulated  state  to  some  unknown,  yet 
attractive,  habitation  among  the  avenues  and  chambers  of  the  spiritual 
and  celestial  forms. 

Such  is  mind!  and  such  are  its  inclinations.  The  amount  of 
thought  that  has  beqn  excited  in  reference  to  the  subject  under  con- 
templation is  incalculable ;  yet  if  all  the  thoughts  that  ever  have 
existed,  since  the  formation  and  existence  of  this  globe  up  to  the 
present  moment  were  combined,  they  would  not  give  the  mind  a 
proper  conception  of  the  number  of  years,  or  even  centimes^  that  this 
globe  itself  was  assuming  the  form  which  it  now  possesses ! 

As  it  was  in  the  beginning,  so  the  vast  and  boundless  UnivercoelutD, 
the  Chreat  Sun  and  Centre  from  which  all  these  worlds  and  systems 
of  worlds  emanated,  is  still  an  exhaustless  Fountain  of  chaotic  mate- 
rials, and  living,  inherent  energy  to  drive  into  existence  billions  and 
millions  of  billions  of  suns,  with  all  their  appendages,  more  than  have 
yet  been  produced !  For  it  has  eternal  Motion,  and  contains  the 
forms  that  all  things  subsequently  assume;  and  it  contains  laws  that 
are  displayed  in  the  geometrical  and  mechanical  structure,  combina- 
tions, and  movements,  of  the  vast  systems  that  are  brought  forth* 
And  from  this  great  living  Vortex  roll  forth  the  unimaginable  elements, 
properties,  combinations,  laws,  forces,  forms,  and  motions  that  have 
produced,  and  will  still  produce,  an  infinitude  of  systems  and  Systems 
of  systems,  whose  concentric  circles  are  but  an  expanse  from  the 
Oreat  Germ  of  all  existence,  and  are  incessantly  acting  and  reacting, 
changing,  harmonudng,  organizmg,  and  etherealizing  every  particle 
of  chaotic  and  undeveloped  matter  that  exists  in  the  Vortex ! 

Yet  in  the  beginning,  such  was  the  condition  of  the  materials  of  all 
worlds  that  now  have  an  existence.  And  there  are  now  existing  six 
circles  of  biasing  suns, — each  of  which  has  assemblages  so  vast  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


vatuse's  divihb  bevslahonb.  148 

extatfliTe  that  they  can  not  be  conceived  of  by  the  human  mind ! 
And  the  varioos  prodactions  that  hare  resulted  from  these  organized 
bodies,  and  the  peculiar  combinations  that  they  contain,  are  equally 
ineomprehenBible.  Stil],  in  the  very  contemplation  of  this  incon- 
ceivable o'eation  of  undefinable  systems,  the  mind  is  led  still  onward 
to  inquire  for  the  End  !  But  why  interrogate  concerning  that  which 
can  not  be  conceived  of?  And  why  endeavor  to  comprehend  the 
space  and  time  that  infinitude  is  composed  of?  Yet  the  mind  goes 
onward  and  upward  to  higher  states  and  further  researches  into  the 
undefinable  regions  of  eternity. 

So  then  all  these  systems  that  have  been  produced,  and  are  east- 
ing, are  in  reality  but  one  9ingU  atonty  and  occupying  but  one  inchy 
In  comparison  to  that  which  is  to  be.  And  so  time  and  space  are 
virtually  annihilated ;  and  Power  and  Materials  are  adequate  to  fill 
the  extreme  bounds  of  their  indivisible,  undistinguishable  infinitude ! 

All  of  the  mighty  systems  that  were  evolved  from  the  great  Centre 
observed^  accordbg  to  the  density  or  rarity  of  eacb  respectively,  a 
rotary  and  orbicular  motion  around  the  Centre  from  which  they  ema- 
nated. The  very  moment  that  an  association  of  particles  was  estab- 
lished, action  and  reaction,  condensation,  and  an  orbicular  and  rotary 
motioD  were  produced.  Ajid  in  accordance  with  the  density  fx 
rarity  of  the  planet,  was  the  distance  intervening  between  it  and  the 
inn  around  which  it  revolved.  There  was  no  dUconnected  force  or 
impetus  applied  to  the  bodies  thus  formed,  to  set  them  in  harponious 
motion;  xs>  foreign  power  impulsed  and  guided  them  in  order  in 
their  respective  planes  of  revolution ;  but  inherent  lawSy  capable  of 
controlling  these  manifestations,  were  developed  and  brought  into 
action,  according  to  the  development  of  the  forms  to  be  thus  acted 
upon. 

And  so  the  great  worlds  that  are  distributed  throughout  the  immen- 
nty  of  space  are  incessantiy  reciprocating  particles  and  substances 
with  eadi  other.  And  in  accordance  with  thmr  density  or  rarity, 
with  their  lower  or  higher  degrees  of  development,  with  their  gross 
or  refined  conditions  are  their  distances  determined,  and  their 
motions  established* 

And  the  great  eternal  elements  that  were  successively  developed 
snd  evolved  from  the  Great  Centre  that  contained  them,  were  Heat, 
light,  and  Electricity.  Heat  was  an  emanation  from  fire ;  and  the 
lig^t  produced  from  heat  by  its  becommg  less  partided  and  more 
rare  aad  active,  was  so  much  sublimated  and  refined,  that  its  tiUimaie 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


144 

was  (and  is)  that  all-pervading  element  throughout  the  Universe, 
Electricity. 

Electricity  could  not  have  existed  in  its  present  condition  prvmu 
tively;  for  there  were  no  means  and  no  substances  qualified  to  develop 
it.  But  as  the  First  existed  alone,  its  constant  progression  until 
Electricity  was  produced  as  an  ultimate,  shows  that  the  liftter  was  a 
perfection  of  that  which  was  eternally  existing.  Thus  the  lower 
contained  and  developed  the  highest,  while  the  highest  acts  on,  and 
pervades,  all  below  its  exalted  state  of  perfection.  Hence,  dectri- 
city  pervades  aU  bodies,  aU  substance,  aU  elements,  and  passes  unre- 
strictedly through  every  avenue  and  pore  that  exists  in  every  particle 
throughout  the  Universe.  It  is  the  elastic  substance  that  exists 
within  and  surrounds  all  things,  and  is  the  powerful  agent  of  motion, 
life,  and  activity.  It  is  constantly  and  incessantly  engaged  in  rarify- 
ing  and  purifying  all  things ;  and  is  a  medium  to  transmit  power  and 
matter  in  particles,  from  one  substance  to  another,  and  from  one 
planet  to  another,  and  from  each  planet  to  the  sun. 

There  is  not  existing  a  quantity  of  electricity  in  the  sun  amounting 
to  a  jlositive  or  attractive  power.  Nor  is  there  such  a  thing  existing 
as  positive  rejnUsiony  as  produced  by  any  elements  or  principles  of 
like  nature :  and  motion  is  neither  produced  nor  sustained  by  any 
such  actuating  principles.  Nor  is  anything  formed,  or  organized,  or 
existing,  as  an  effect,  produced  hy  positive  opposites.  For  if  a  sub- 
stance could  be  produced  in  this  way,  it  would  be  existing  in  a 
vacuumy  and  between  two  antagonistic  principles ;  and  hence  it  could 
experience  no  motion,  no  action,  no  exchanging  of  particles,  no 
increase  nor  diminution.  It  wMld  be  an  immovable  and  un- 
changeable object,  destitute  of  all  life  and  usefulness.  But  instead 
of  opposites  existing,  there  is  a  harmony  in  all  the  formations,  and  a 
positive  and  absolute  necessity  of  each  production,  according  to  the 
forces  and  elements  existing  in  the  Vortex  of  Positive  Power,  and 
the  Fount  of  chaotic  materials.  For  both  are  immutable  and  eternal 
in  their  adaptations,  the  one  to  form,  and  the  other  to  constitute 
the  materials  for  the  formations.  And  thus  the  systems  of  suns 
and  planets,  with  all  their  appendages,  and  all  the  vast  assem- 
blages of  worlds  throughout  the  sidereal  regions,  were  brought  into 
existence  by  the  united  and  harmonious  action  of  fixed  and  estab- 
lished principles. 

Then  what  is  meant  by  attraction,  gravitation,  and  condensation  is 
9ji  c^oci(iHon  of  particles  possessing  mtihutla^  And  as  there 

is  constantly  a  refinement  of  inherent  particles  in  all  bodies,  so  there 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


natitrb's  divine  revelations.  145 

ii  a  constant  paasbg  off  from  the  same  of  those  particles  which 
have  become  too  refined  to  continue  an  association  with  the  same 
composition* 

And  the  constant  attraction  existing  between  all  bodies  in  the  vast 
ijitem  of  the  plaoetary  worlds,  is  owing  to  a  mutual  gravitation 
from  each  of  particles  that  have  become  fitted  to  associate  with 
each  other's  composition.  And  thus  worlds  and  Worlds  of  worlds 
were  made;  and  thus  are  they  sustained.  And  thus  is  universal 
notion,  firom  the  angular  to  the  spiral,  developed.  And  thus  does, 
and  shall,  the  great  Eternal  Laboratory  unceasingly  produce  and 
reproduce,  until  all  things  and  all  substances  shall  become  rarified, 
refined,  and  perfected,  and  until  all  will  gravitate  to  spheres  of  ceUi- 
6al  attraction  and  tpiritual  association. 


^  9.  The  great  system  of  planetary  formations,  and  the  inherent 
laws  by  which  they  were  produced  in  order,  harmony,  and  progi^^ 
live  development,  are  now  presented  to  the  mind.  In  thb  manneF 
were  these  developed  from  primeval  matter,  which  was  fire,  this 
being  acted  upon  by  the  OresLt  Positive  Power,  the  Vortex  of  which 
contained  this  as  the  only  substance.  And  all  material  substances 
and  compositions  were  an  emanation  or  a  progressive  igM«ii)»  or  aimo- 
wpkere^  proceeding  fit>m  the  great  internal  Actuator.  And  a  pro- 
greasioo  (such  as  has  been  described)  to  the  organization  and  estab- 
fishment  of  systems  of  worlds,  and  a  constant  operation  of  all  laws 
inherently  contained  m  the  Great  Af  ass,  have  produced  all  things  that 
are  now  in  being.  And  thus  is  the  immensity  of  space  peopled  with 
worlds,  and  planets,  and  their  appendages,  and  still  finer  and  more 
naoce  assemblages,  which  ore  beyond  the  power  of  human  vision ! 
The  plan  of  the  great  System,  thus  presented,  gives  order  to  the 
thoughts,  and  assists  the  mind  in  its  endeavors  to  comprehend  its 
vaftness  This  extensive  generalization  is  the  only  means  by  which 
the  bofflu  mind  can  coocetve  of  the  countless  worlds  that  are  below, 
above,  aad  around  its  own  existence. 

The  peculiar  elements  and  combinations  existing  in  other  worlds, 
we  greatly  dissimilsr  to  any  substance  that  is  existing  in  this  material 
If  a  particular  and  ietailed  description  of  these  innumer- 
voilde  were  given,  it  would  be  beyond  the  comprehension  of 
1,  and  also  beyond  its  power  of  forming  conceptions  fit>m 
If  the  geobgieal  {braetions  of  these  worids  were  oonsid* 
end,  fipooi  the  primary  condensation  of  particles  to  the  lowest  point 

10 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


x46  nature's  divine  revelations. 

of  gravitation ;  and  if  the  various  divisions  of  that  which  t5,  and  of 
that  which  is  not  stratified,  were  presented  ;  and  if  their  present  ex- 
ternal appearances  were  also  given,  together  with  their  diameters  and 
circumferences, — it  would  be  revealing  that  which  the  mind  could 
neither  comprehend  nor  associate  with  by  any  process  of  analogical 
reasoning,  or  any  power  of  expansive  thought  If  I  were  to  speak 
of  the  mineralsy  or  particles  that  had  become  the  constituents  of  such 
bodies ;  and  if  the  epoch  was  described  when  these  were  produced, 
together  with  the  peculiar  animals  and  species  of  plants,  this  would 
likewise  be  unnecessary  and  useless.  If  all  the  animated,  organized 
beings  that  are  existing  upon  these  innumerable  worlds  were  de- 
scribed; and  if  an  anatomical  and  physiological  description  and 
delineation  of  their  peculiar  structures  were  given,  and  the  degrees 
of  perfection  that  they  occupy  in  the  scale  of  universal  progression 
relative  to  others  in  existence,  were  spoken  of;  and  if  the  degrees 
and  orders  of  their  mental  associations  were  Ukewise  represented, — 
IT  would  be  only  indulging  the  desire  and  love  for  the  marvellous, 
creating  wonder  and  astonishment,  but  presenting  nothing  that  would 
be  of  real  application  or  usefulness,  even  if  it  were  susceptible  of 
comprehension.  For,  if  it  is  impossible  for  the  human  mind  to 
conceive  of  the  vastness  of  this  infinity  of  worlds,  is  it  not  also 
impossible  for  it  to  conceive  of  any  of  the  specific  or  detailed  com- 
positions or  bodies  that  are  existing  upon  their  external  surfaces  ? 

But  a  true  conception  of  the  Univerccelumy  and  of  its  harmonious 
formations,  would  lead  the  human  mind  to  conceive  of  systems  corre- 
spending  to  each  other,  and  to  make  useful  and  extensive  generali- 
zations, — the  result  of  which  would  be  to  cause  man  to  carry  out 
more  harmoniously,  in  his  own  life^  the  teachings  of  the  beauties  that 
exist  in  the  Universe,  and  to  apply  them  properly  to  his  own  happi- 
ness and  usefulness. 

The  Ghreat  Sun  of  all  suns  emanated  the  three  principles  and  ele- 
ments that  are  mediums  and  connecting  links  of  universal  motion  and 
activity.  The  Fountain  from  which  they  all  sprang  into  existence, 
was  an  emanation  from  the  Interior ^  and  from  qualities  and  essences 
therein  existing.  And  so  the  great  Body  was  an  atmosphere  or  halo 
surrounding  the  great  Centre  or  Sun  internally  existing.  And 
Heat,  Light,  and  Electricity,  were  successive  developments  of  this 
great  Mass.  Each  being  properly  developed,  the  last  became  an 
active  agent,  a  Negative  to  the  internal.  Positive  Power.  And  Mat- 
ter, existing  in  its  unparticled  state,  was  the  vehicle  and  substOMCt 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATXJBE*S   DIVINB   RBYELATIONS.  147 

dmm^  tnd  on  which  the  two  great  Powers  could  act  to  produce  all 
that  has  been  rolled  forth  into  the  immensity  of  space. 

Electricity  therefore  pervades  the  infinity  of  space.  It  penetrates 
til  substances,  and  exists  in  and  throughout  all  worlds,  with  all  their 
component  parts.  It  exists  in  everything  and  everywhere ;  and  there 
is  not  0116  particle  in  the  realms  of  infinite  space  that  has  not  within 
its  composition  the  unparticled  and  active  agent  of  Electricity. 
Being  the  ultimate^  or  the  progressed  and  perfected  essense  of  the 
Great  Eternal  Sun,  it  pervades  all  things  below  its  pre-eminent  state 
of  perfection, — and  thus  is  a  Negative  to  the  Internal  and  still  more 
perfected — the  perfecdon  of  inconceivable  purity — the  Crreat  Fos- 
ilive  Mind! 

These  are  the  only  Principles  and  Elements  in  existence: 
and  all  oth^  things  are  mere  modifications  of  these  Principles. 
This  emanation  from  the  Great  Body  may  be  termed  an  atmo- 
spkerey  a  Aoio,  or  nebulous  zone^  that  surrounded  the  immensity  of 
space  with  brightness  and  beauty  inconceivable.  And  thus  was  ori-> 
ginally  established  the  eternal  Truth  and  real  reality,  that  everything 
has  its  own  peculiar  atmosphere^  and  consequently  its  specific  aiui 
necessary  association.  For  every  world  that  has  been  spontaneously 
breathed  forth  fixHn  the  Great  Centre,  by  virtue  of  its  eternal  motion 
and  activity,  has  an  atmosphere  or  circle,  extending  to  the  extreme 
point  of  its  repelling  influence.  And  all  planets  and  satellites  have 
their  respective  atmospheres,  not  only  as  emanating  fi'om  their  sur- 
faces like  aU  others,  but  as  divided  into  strata  of  formations,  the 
character  and  extent  of  which  are  determined  by  the  density  and  cir- 
comference  of  the  respective  bodies  to  which  they  belong. 

An  atmosphere  is  a  progression,  or  an  ascension  fi'om  the  denser 
nuM  of  particles,  seeking  association  with  that  of  like  nature ;  and  it 
consists  of  substances  which  have  become  too  refined  and  unparti- 
cled to  contmoe  to  exbt  in  that  of  a  dense  or  gross  quality  and  com- 
posatioo.  The  stratified  atmosphere  that  is  formed  around  every 
body,  substance,  and  globe,  in  existence,  is  an  emanati(m  firom  the 
body,  and  a  perfection  of  the  particles  composing  it  Th^re  is  there- 
fare  an  atmosphere  belonging  to  every  particle  in  being,  the  compo- 
sitioo  of  which  is^H^  than  that  firom  which  it  emanated.  And  ac- 
cording to  the  quality  of  such  emanation,  is  established  its  relative 
distance,  and  the  character  of  the  association  which  it  seeks.  Then 
from  die  Great  Centre  there  u  an  infinite  expansion  of  suns  and 
worlds  of  suns,  which  have  become  organized  and  condensed^  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


.48  NATUBB's   DIVINB   BBVSLATIOSrS. 

act  and  react  upon  each  other ;  and  their  incessant  motii  n  has  po- 
duced  each  planetary  formation  in  order  and  degrees  of  deyelopment 
and  association  of  particles,  and  each  of  these  was  a  progression  of 
that  from  which  it  came,  until  an  infinity  of  systems  have  been 
brou^t  into  being.  By  the  virtue  of  inherent  qualities,  add  the 
incessant  action  of  immutable  laws,  the  sixth  circle  has  become 
established, — the  suns  of  which  are  not  yet  fully  condensed  and 
organized  into  systems  like  others,  but  are  still  in  a  condition  like 
unto  the  cometic  nuclei.  And  all  these  infinite  creations  were  pro- 
duced by  an  expansion  of  the  inherent  Principles  contained  in  the 
original  composition,  and  a  natural  and  consequent  assuming  of  the 
forms  which  characterize  each  development ! 


§  10.  There  is  to  the  observer  an  appai:ent  confusion  existmg  amcmg 
the  innumerable  visible  bodies  that  inhabit  the  ocean  of  space.  They 
do  not  appear  in  perfect  order.  They  do  not  assume  forms  and  be- 
come condensed  bef(H'e  the  human  eye :  smd  there  is  an  appearance 
of  irregularity  throughout  the  sidereal  heavens.  But  these  external 
appearances  are  deceptive ;  for  the  whole  structure  of  the  Universe 
is  but  a  composition  of  particles,  sustaining  relative  points  and  loca- 
tions given  them  by  their  own  natural  compositions  and  associations. 
And  all  are  but  parts  composing  the  great  Wholes  the  whole  being 
but  one  particle  in  compariscHi  to  the  systems  that  are  existing,  and 
to  the  new  ones  that  are  putting  forth  as  new  particles,  in  the  further 
extremes  of  infinite  space !  And  all  are  existing  in  beauty,  order, 
and  harmony,  and  are  approximating  to  perfection.  There  is  no  in- 
terference with  each  other,  no  interruption  of  each  other^s  movements; 
but  all  move  onward  with  inconceivable  rapidity,  yet  in  the  most  calm 
and  peaceful  manner  that  can  be  imagined.  They  not  only  answer 
the  purpose  for  which  they  have  assumed  their  present  condition,  but 
are  almost  inteUectuaUy  reciprocating  particles  and  essences  with  each 
other,  and  disseminating  freely  beat,  light,  and  electricity,— -which 
give  new  and  living  energies  to  particles  and  snbstances  with  which 
they  come  in  contact. 

And  thos,  by  the  ever-contrdling  influence,  and  the  inconceivably 
active  energies  of  the  Positive,  Divme  Mind,  are  all  these  efiecta 
brought  into  being.  And  by  immutable  and  eternal  laws  originally 
established,  it  will  continue  to  reproduce  and  recreate  new  worlds 
of  supreme  excellences  and  exalted  states  of  material  perfection,  unti] 
avery  particle  that  composes  every  sun  and  every  system  of  suns  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATtnUS's   BIVINB    BETBLATIOHS*  149 

World  of  worlds,  extending  infinitely  beyond  the  power  of  human 
dKNigfat,  and  infinitely  beyond  all  that  has  been  yet  produced  and  or 
ganized — until  tkeUf  and  all  their  particles y  become  the  very  essence 
of  tegeiaNe  and  animal  existence  !  And  the  latter,  with  the  active 
energies  inherently  accompanying  it,  not  only  will  pass  to  the  perfec- 
tion of  spiritual  essence,  but  will  work  its  mighty  influence  upon 
everythiBg  below  it,  until  all  things  arrive  at  an  exalted  state  of 
spiritual  and  celestial  perfection ! 

Thus  all  matter  will  pass  through  the  multifarious  forms  and  stages 
that  are  existing,  and  all  will  ultimately  be  resolved  into  the  unparti- 
cUd  siate,  and  will  ascend  to  associate  with  higher  and  more  glorious 
^heres — of  spiritual  composition.  Then  die  Great  Positive  Mind, 
around  whose  Centre  exbts  this  exhausdess  fountain  of  materials, 
will  be  Positite  to  die  great  Negative  formed  by  the  perfection  of 
all  things  else  in  being.  And  then  Dtity  and  Spirit  will  be  exist- 
ing only  ! 

In  association  are  Positive  and  Negative.  In  quality^  the  last  of 
all  things,  or  spiritual  principle,  will  be  hke  thejirst  of  all  things,  or 
tbe  Great  Positive  Mind  :  only  there  can  not  be  an  association ;  for 
die  ^rst  is  a  mighty,  inconceivable  WhoUy  the  Essence  of  Intelli- 
gence ;  while  the  second^  or  last  of  all  things,  will  be  a  Negative  in 
tbe  great  Sphere  or  Vortex  of  the  Divine  Mind.  The  same  will  be 
most  eminently  perfect,  because  it  wiQ  have  arrived  at  the  degree  of 
refinement  which  the  inherent  and  immutable  laws  of  progression 
tend  ultimately  to  produce  in  all  things.  In  knoudedge  it  will  be 
negative  ;  but  in  affection  it  will  be  as  pure  and  inseparable  as  the 
System  of  worlds  that  are  swimming  in  the  realms  of  space. 

Therefore  the  spiritual  Principle^  or  the  destined  Ultimate  of  all 
diings  in  existence,  will  be  a  Negative  to  the  Great  Positive  Mind ; 
and  between  the  two  will  emanate  new  worlds — an  epoch  of  another 

BCOINIVINO ! 

Belbre  this  sublime  and  glorious  end  will  be  consummated,  there 
will  be  formed  an  infinite  number  of  suns  and  worlds,  the  immensity 
of  some  of  which  will  pass  all  power  of  understanding  and  computa- 
cioo,  and  their  revolutions  on  their  axes  will  require  as  many  hours 
as  this  globe  requires  minutes.  And  all  the  labyrinths  and  chambers 
of  vneontracted  infinitude  are  to  be  inhabited  by  corresponding  sys- 
tens  of  workls. 

And  after  animal  and  vegetable  existence  shall  have  been  equally 
Jwienunated  throughout  each  of  these  systems,  as  active  and  uniail 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


160  nature's  divine  revelations. 

ing  agents  to  refine,  appropriate  to  themselves,  and  transfer  to  higher 
existences,  all  things  below  their  state  of  being ;  and  when  all  motion 
shall  have  become  so  perfected  as  to  result  in  Sensation;  and  when 
all  elements  shall  equally  and  reciprocally  attract  and  associate  with 
each  other;  and  when  all  worlds,  having  become  too  rarified  to 
form  dense  and  gross  bodies,  shall  ascend  and  gravitate  to  higher 
spheres, — when  all  things  shall  have  arrived  at  this  state  of  exalted 
perfection,  then  will  be  the  accomplishment  of  the  grand  and  glorious 
ETid  contemplated ! 

And  here  the  thoughts,  together  with  time  and  space,  are  nearly 
lost  and  annihilated,  from  the  .utter  impossibility  of  an  adequate  con- 
ception. And  the  tendency  of  the  human  mind  to  conceive  of  local- 
ity and  bounds,  and  the  impossibility  of  its  conceiving  of  infinity , 
accounts  for  the  obscurity  and  indefiniteness  of  these  universal  gene- 
ralizations. If  the  mind  were  like  Space,  then  thought  would  have 
no  boundary ;  and  if  the  mind  were  like  Time,  Space  would  have  no 
distance.  But  the  habitation  of  the  mind  being  thus  contracted,  all 
thoughts  of  necessity  give  a  correspondingly  contracted  conception  of 
inanity,  or  else  there  is  no  definite  conception. 

The  thought  that  all  things  in  existence,  all  worlds  with  all  their 
diversified  compositions,  and  even  of  their  most  dense  and  gross  sub- 
stances, are  to  become  ultimately  a  part  of  animal  organization  ;  are 
to  become  a  medium  of  Sensation,  and  to  constitute  a  casement  in 
which  will  exist  the  principle  of  spiritual  life, — this  thought,  in  its 
magnitude,  is  beyond  the  grasp  of  all  minds  except  that  of  the  Great 
Actuator !  And  the  accomplishment  of  the  ultimate  condition  of  the 
Positive  and  Negative  that  shall  then  alone  occupy  the  realms  of 
infinite  space,  is  equally  incomprehensible. 

And  the  utter  resolving  of  all  things  into  a  higher  state  of  refine- 
ment, will  make  them  suitable  to  enter  into  the  composition  of  new 
worlds  and  systems  of  worlds,  that  may  be  bom  into  existence  by  the 
spontaneous  pregnation  of  the  Fountain  in  which  nothing  exists  but 
what  is  everlastingly  pure  and  infinite ! 

Thus  the  vast  Univercoelum  has  been  nearly  filled  with  congloba- 
tions  of  particles,  which  have  assumed  the  forms  of  mighty  Suns  and 
worlds.  It  still  will  be  perpetuated  through  eternity,  until  not  only 
every  particle  shall  compose  some  part  of  these  systems,  but  until  aD 
shall  sustain  and  control  by  their  specific  influence,  higher  spheres 
until  each  and  every  particle  existing  shall  occupy  an  important  sta 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  revelations.  15] 

tioD  in  the  great  united  Systemi  thrown  into  existence  and  controlled 
bj  the  ahnighty  fiat  of  internal  and  eternal  Power  !  Such  is  the  grand 
cosmogonj  of  the  creations  in  universal  space ! 


^11.  It  is,  therefore,  made  evident  to  the  mind,  that  the  great 
Internal,  Invisible,  is  the  real  Reality  of  all  producmg 
causes ;  that  this  is  Eternal  Truth ;  and  that  such  b  the  essential 
and  specific  nature,  quality,  and  composition  of  the  Eternal  Mind! 

And  there  are  constantly  emanating  fi'om  this  great  Source,  radia- 
tions of  inexpressible  and  inconceivable  Attributes,  the  first  of  which 
is  Power  and  Motion^  and  the  last,  and  the  highest  and  most  excel- 
lent of  all  others,  is  Eternal  Truth !  And  the  great  fiery  Ocean  of 
chaotic  Matter  that  has  breathed  into  being  the  grand  System  of 
worlds,  with  all  their  appendages  and  excellent  qualifications,  was  a 
universal  Exterior  or  Formy  and  a  Vehicle  of  Power,  that  radiated 
from  the  Internal,  It  was  a  Form  produced  by  the  Invisible^  yet 
real  existing  Principle — the  Infinite  Mind. 

Therefore  the  Great  eternal  Interior j  and  the  Great  eternal  Extt- 
rioTf  constituted  the  only  Principle  and  Form  in  being.  And  as  an 
atmosphere  of  eternal  elements  was  gradually  and  perpetually  evolved, 
(Au  constituted  the  Great  Sun — which  was  a  Form  of  the  Interior. 
The  Great  Sun  may  be  called  an  atmosphere  or  Form  surrounding 
the  Great  Positive  Mind;  and  the  elements  emanating  firom  it  again, 
may  be  called  an  atmosphere  of  that  indefinite  Mass  of  liquid  fire ! 

Thus  all  things  have  an  interior^  and  a  corresponding  external  fi^n-m. 
There  is  likewise  an  aerifi)rm  emanation  proceeding  from  every  form 
and  substance  in  universal  space.  Every  atom  in  existence  has  pre- 
dsely  the  same  constituents  as  had  the  undeveloped  World  of  unpar 
tided  matter.  One  eternal  and  immutable  Law  pervades  all  matter 
m  existence.  One  Law,  equalled  with  Matter,  produces  all  things, 
and  gives  birth  constantly  to  new  worlds  by  its  progressive  unfoldings. 
Being  therefore  immutable^  it  can  not  react,  can  not  change ;  nor  can 
there  be  any  retrogression.  Progression  is  the  main  attribute,  the 
specific  effect  of  established  and  immutable  laws.  Activity  in  oS 
things,  and  throughout  all  words  and  systems  in  immensity,  is  an  in- 
evitable result  of  the  same  Principle.  Adjustment  and  harmony,  re* 
fincment  and  purification,  are  also  the  necesstry  efifects  of  Nature's 
cfldd>iiabed  laws.  And  as  in  the  beginning  there  were  but  two  Prin- 
ciplea — two  real  Realities — there  can  not  now  be  any  greater  num- 
ber in  the  tmiverse.     Power  and  Matter,  Internal  and  External 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


152  NATURE  S   DIVINB    BEVELATIONS. 

Positive  and  Negative,  Cause  and  Effect,  were  the  only  coupled  ex* 
isting  Principles — the  only  real  realities  that  were,  or  ever  can  be, 
in  the  Universe.  There  are,  however,  unnumbered  millions  of  worlds, 
and  suns  incalculable  that  produced  them,  and  innumerable  kinds  of 
earth  and  ierra-compositions  in  being. — And  there  are  also  numerous 
mineral  forms,  and  many  supposed  original  elements,  and  variouf 
species  of  plants,  animals,  and  intelligent  organizations,  disseminated 
upon  the  surfaces  of  these  worlds.  There  are  also  gases^  which,  in 
their  appearances  and  qualities,  and  in  the  relations  which  they  sus- 
tain to  each  other  and  to  the  bodies  that  are  found  to  contain  them, 
are  greatly  diversified ;  and  they  are  extremely  dissimilar  in  their  ap- 
parent combinations  and  compositions.  And  finally,  there  appear  to 
be  in  the  Universe,  an  indefinite  number  of  directly  opposite  and 
antagonistic  substances,  essences,  qualities,  and  principles.  All  these 
lire  but  peculiar  associations  of  bodies,  atoms,  and  elements,  contained 
in  the  great  Whole;  and  are  but  modifications  of  the  inherent  quality 
contained  in  the  undeveloped  Sun  of  the  Univercoelum* 

And  as  the  Outer  must  be,  and  is,  an  emanation  from  the  Internal^ 
or  Centre^  so  that  which  surrounds^  is  not  an  antagonist  of— is  not 
opposed  to — is  in  perfect  harmony  with,  the  internal;  and  both 
united,  by  virtue  of  their  inherent  power,  and  acting  harmoniously 
and  reciprocally,  produce  Eternal  Motion,  Therefore  there  are  no 
opposites — no  antagonistic  principles  existing  in  the  realms  of  in- 
finite space. 

Therefore  the  motions  of  all  worlds,  and  their  distances  firom  each 
other,  and  these  all  fi*om  the  Centre,  are  determined — not  antago^ 
nistically,  but  by  reason  of  the  relative  internal  aflinities  that  they 
sustain  to  each  other.  They  are  not  repulsed — not  rejected  fi-om 
any  antipathy^  but  are  harmoniously  and  reciprocally  given  off,  that 
they  may  gravitate  to  some  like  substance  or  principle  existing  in 
some  part  of  the  remote  regions  of  space. 

Thus  all  things  in  Nature  are  incessantly  and  harmoniously  seek- 
ing their  equilibrium.  And  throughout  the  vast  system  of  planetary 
formations,  there  is  constantly  a  universal  reciprocation.  And  there 
will  eternally  exist  the  same  harmony  which  now  pervades  the  worlds 
of  undefinable  space.  And  all  Matter  and  Motion  mll^ncUly  become 
what  they  originally  were — will  be  resolved  into  one  grand  and  glo- 
rious Sun,  more  refined  and  perfected,  more  excellent  in  all  its  qaid- 
irties  and  compositions,  that  it  may  again  bring  forth  a  new  Sjrstem  c^ 
^uns,  and  an  infinite  corresponding  creation  throughout  space !     And 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC       ' 


NATURB's   DIVIKS   BBVELAT10IC9.  153 

at  there  is  in  aU  things  a  constant  evolving  and  emanation,  develop- 
aeot  and  progression,  from  the  Centre,  of  refined  essences  which 
dispose  themselves  in  concentric  circles,  this  is  a  representation  of 
the  great  Circles  that  surrounded  the  infinite  Sirn, — and  of  the  great 
Circle  of  development  from  the  beginning  of  time  (or  of  the  present 
formation)  to  the  final  arrival  of  every  particle  at  the  Great  Centre 
and  Parent  from  which  thejr  all  emanated ! 

This  may  be  teimed  the  beginning  and  end  of  onb  time  :  for  this 
contracted  idea  is  the  most  extensive  one  that  the  mind  can  pos- 
sibJy  conceive  upon  this  subject.  Yet  this  is  one  grand  Circle  of 
ontted  and  harmonious  motion,  life,  and  activity.  And  the  final  reso- 
lalion  of  the  present  creations  in  infinite  space,  will  be  the  consum- 
mation of  the  glorious  End  contemplated.  And  then  the  Great  Sun, 
becoming  thus  more  perfected,  will  breathe  forth  new  and  more 
refined  elements,  and  roll  into  space  successively  a  corresponding, 
yet  more,  (ar  more  perfect  Univercoelum ! 


^12.  The  endless  concatenation  of  causes  by  which  infinite  space 
has  been  filled  with  systems  of  unnumbered  worlds,  was  originally 
eattblisbed  by  the  force  and  spontaneous  action  of  the  Will  of  the 
Eaemal  Mind !  His  Will  is  the  executive  Power,  actuating  all 
things  throughout  eternity  ;  and  by  immutable  and  changeless  laws  it 
has  filled  immensity  with  motion,  life,  and  activity.  This  Will  (as 
an  Effect  of  the  Infinite  Mind)  was  the  first  Cause  of  all  things ;  and 
being  balanced  by  proper  materials,  the  Whole  was  capable  of  being 
iocessandy  developed.  And  this  development  has  been,  and  stiU  is, 
going  on  unceasingly  throughout  space ! 

An  understanding  thereibre  that  all  things  in  being  have  emanated 
fipom  this  exhaustless  Fountain  of  never-ending  materials,  and  a  com- 
prebensioo  of  the  nature,  quality,  and  essence,  of  the  First  Eternal 
Came,  affi>rds  to  the  human  mind  a  proper  and  indestructible  basis 
oa  which  it  may  rest  a  correct  understanding  of  the  nature  of  all 
Efeeis.  The  innumerable  classifications  made  of  effects  throughout 
?iatiare;  the  very  different  sciences  that  have  been  erected,  both 
appearances  and  unwarrantable  hypotheses ;  and  the  apparently 
oppo$i4eit  such  as  heat  and  cold,  light  and  darkness,  life  and 
daeth,  activity  and  repose,  and  aU  their  intermediates,  should  be 
▼iewad  in  the  light  m  which  they  will  appear  from  having  the  change- 
ks  Law  of  the  eternal  Positive  Mind  impressed  distincdy  upon  the 
OBMlerManding.     And  then,  having  lor  the  foundation  of  reasoning 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


154  NATUBE  8   DIVINE    REVELATIONS. 

that  which  is  everlasting  and  infinite,  the  mind  would  be  led  to  a 
proper  understanding  of  all  appearances,  forms^  and  effects,  issuing 
therefrom. 

Every  particle  in  being  is  constantly  passing  through  ybrrn*,  orders, 
and  degrees.  This  is  a  universal  Law  of  Matter.  Every  parfele  in 
existence  is  unceasingly  seeking  association  and  equilibrium.  This 
also  is  an  unchangeable  effect  of  the  immutable  laws  of  Causation. 
Every  form  or  association  of  atoms,  whether  in  a  small  or  large  body, 
has  a  previous  correspondent.  And  every  correspondent  is  a  type, 
symbol,  and  representative,  of  higher  and  more  perfect  spheres  than 
that  which  it  occupies.  This  mcessant  motion,  and  the  various 
stages  which  each  atom  is  destined  and  compelled  to  pass  through, 
are  only  means  used  to  produce  higher  states  of  refinement  -and  per- 
fection.. No  quality,  substance,  or  essence,  ever  occupies  a  state 
below  that  which  it  previously  occupied :  but  the  space  that  it  pre- 
viously filled  is  supplied  by  some  kindred  substance  or  elemept  that 
has  become  fitted  to  occupy  the  same  place ;  while  the  substance  oi 
principle  that  has  occupied  that  place,  progresses  onward  and  upward 
to  higher  spheres  of  purity  and  refinement. 

Therefore  by  properly  understanding  one  atom  with  all  its  constit- 
uents, the  mind  would  be  comprehending  a  globe.  And  a  proper 
conception  of  a  globe  would  lead  to  a  knowledge  of  the  Centre 
around  which  it  revolves.  And  an  understanding  of  the  Sun,  with 
all  its  appendages,  and  of  the  laws  governing  and  actuating  them  in 
their  motions  and  revolutions,  would  give  the  mind  a  true  conception 
of  the  Great  Eternal  Sun  and  Centre,  with  all  systems  that 
are  controlled  by  its  mighty  power  and  influence ! 

Therefore  the  lowest  of  all  things  contains  the  highest  and  most 
perfect.  And  when  the  highest  becomes  thus  developed,  it  is  capa- 
ble of  pervading  and  comprehending  all  below  its  exalted  state  of 
perfection. 

Thus  the  grand  and  glorious  Univercoelum  displays  the  substances, 
qualities,  and  essences,  existing  in  the  great  material  Fountain ;  and 
likewise  the  pure  Intelligence  and  infinite  perfection,  contained  in  the 
great  Vortex  of  the  Eternal  Positive  Mind ! 

Many  elements,  combinations,  and  principles,  appear  externally 
very  dissimilar.  Disorder  and  confusion  are  apparently  everywhere 
visible.  General  and  special  interferences  are  seemingly  existing, 
when  things  are  particularly  or  minutely  considered.  But  when  the 
grand  general  contemplation  of  the  great  System  of  eternal  forma- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


HATURB  8   DIVINE  BBVELATION8.  166 

tkms  with  their  attributes  and  characteristics^  is  presented  to  the 
imnd,  it  carries  the  impression  of  Truths  and  of  the  superlative  hav" 
wumy  and  calm  tranquillity  that  are  existing  in  every  department  of 
the  Universe  and  of  eternity!  All  things  are  energetically,  yet 
quietly  passing  from  a  lower  stage  of  being  to  a  higher  and  more 
perfect  one ;  and  all  qualities  and  essences,  controlled  by  the  Om- 
nipocent  Actuator,  are  likewise  performing  their  revolutions  with 
an  inconceivable  power,  yet  are  apparently  motionless,  calm,  and 
tranquil! 

And  throughout  immensity  there  is  perfect  unity,  harmony,  and 
reciprocation.  There  is  no  unjust  absorption ;  no  unequal  and  un- 
necesaary  attraction ;  no  destroying  or  annihilating  of  one  body  or 
particle  for  the  immediate  or  isolated  and  selfish  supply  of  another ; 
oo  unequitable  drawing  from  any  parts,  qualities,  or  elements,  to  sus- 
lain  others.  But  all  give  to,  and  take  from,  each  other,  only  that 
which  is  necessary  and  useful  to  each.  All  are  incessantly  changing 
and  exchanging,  acting  and  reacting,  organizing  and  reorganizing, 
mutually,  throughout  the  realms  of  infinite  space !  All  is  harmony, 
peace,  and  quietness.  AU  things  were  eternally  established  with  the 
inexpressible  perfection  of  these  attributes  and  qualities,  and  conse- 
quently are  eternally  manifesting  the  same  throughout  the  multifa- 
rious forms  of  immensity !  All  things  are  indices  of  the  great  Su- 
pernal Power !  The  almighty  and  everlasting  Perfection  that  inhab- 
tti  the  Vortex  of  eternity,  is  constantly  and  eternally  breathing  forth 
these  inexpressible  excellences ;  whose  breath  is  as  a  mighty  fiat, 
rolling  into  being  unnumbered  systems  of  worlds,  forms,  and  entities ; 
and  the  character  of  whose  emanations  is  expressed  in  the  tranquil 
manifestations  that  are  observed  in  every  form  and  motion  in  the 
Universe ! 

And  unspeakably  grand  and  glorious  is  the  End  contemplated : 
tat  while  considering  all  worlds  as  one  World,  and  the  great  Whole 
as  but  an  atom  in  comparison  to  that  which  shall  exist,  the  design  is 
aaoifest,  that  the  Whole  may,  by  virtue  of  inherent  attributes 
power,  and  motion,  ultimately  become  a  substance,  a  quality,  a  prin- 
ciple, of  so  refined  and  perfected  a  nature  that  it  may  associate  with 
tile  cdtitial  forms  and  Spheres — being  a  coufUerpart  and  equal  atso- 
dau  of  the  Great  Power  that  forced  all  things  firom  their  original 
CQoditioo! 

Such,  therefore,  is  the  magnificent  and  harmonious  System  insti- 
tatod  by  the  Great  Positive  Mind; — and  while  the  great  Universe 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


156  KATUBE's  4  DIVINE    RBTBULTIONS. 

presents  itself  to  the  mindy  its  grand  attributes  and  qualides  must  bfi 
equally  and  as  indelibly  impressed.  And  this  will  throw  a  light 
upon  the  human  mind,  which  is  above  the  glory  and  brightness 
of  all  lights, — the  knowledge  of  peefect  and  btebnal  hap- 
piness ! 

FcM*  while  existing  in  forms^  as  mankind  now  are  existing,  they 
should  conform  to  the  immutable  laws  of  Matter.  And  being  as 
particles  composing  the  great  Whole^  they  should  be  governed  and 
actuated  by  the  exalted  and  most  perfect  principles  that  are  estab- 
lished in  the  Law  of  the  material  Universe.  And  conforming  to 
these  harmonious  and  immovably-established  laws,  they  would  form  a 
perfect  and  harmonious  System — a  true  correspondent  of  the  v€ut 
Universe!  Then  all  motion  would  be  such  as  to  produce  good 
results.  All  parts  would  equally  reciprocate  with  each  other,  as  a 
principle  of  universal  interest.  And  there  would  be  no  isolation,  no 
absorption,  no  extraneous  parts  and  forms  in  being ;  but  all  would  be 
necessarily  required  and  adapted  to  make  the  whole  a  perfect  Sys* 
tern — of  never-ending  happiness  and  peace !  And  as  forms  would 
be  constantly  assuming  new  spheres  and  new  stations,  according  to  a 
progressive  ascensioir,  the  Whole  would  be  a  united,  organized 
System,  a  Circle,  a  representation  of  all  else  throughout  the  Uni- 
verse !  And  as  all  these  things  would  occur  by  the  inevitable  and 
unchangeable  consequences  of  immutable  law,  the  great  Mass  would 
be  an  harmonious  Whole — composed  of  parts  each  of  which  would 
be  absolutely  necessary  to  make  the  great  Whole  perfect. 

And  the  Whole  thus  existing,  would  receive  the  tranquillizing  in- 
0uence  rf  divinb  Law,  whose  very  essence  is  the  perfection  of 
Goodness  and  Truth.  Then  opposites  would  not  be  known ;  for 
Knowledge  and  Truth  would  annihilate  their  visible  appearance  and 
seemingly  destructive  influence  from  the  Universe  for  ever.  And 
then  the  Truth  of  all  truths ;  the  Real  of  all  realities ;  the  foundation 
of  all  happiness  and  peace, — would  be  of  itself  a  universal  balm  of 
tranquillity !  And  the  whole  would  be  as  a  great  Sun^  containing  the 
essences  of  all  else ;  and  it  would  devebp  those  indestructible  attri* 
butes  whose  foundation  is  eternal,  and  whose  nature  and  Parent  are 
everlasting  and  infinite.  Then  all  would  breathe  forth  that  sponta- 
neous reciprocation  which  would  banish  for  ever  from  the  face  of  the 
earth,  every  quality  and  principle  of  a  seemingly  opposite  nature* 
And  then  there  would  be  flowing  throughout  the  Universe  the  evi- 
dence of  the  eternal  Truth  that  opposites  do  not  exist:  and  all 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATURB's   DITINB   RXTBLATION8.  167 

mfptaramcet  of  the  same  would  be  swallowed  op  in  the  great  flood  of 
1^  and  knowledge !  * 

^13.  Tlie  original  itate  of  matter  in  space,  and  its  general  combi- 
sations  and  characteristics,  hare  thus  been  presented  to  the  world  for 
consideration  and  inrestigation, — together  with  the  general  laws  and 
principles  indirisibly  connected  with  the  Great  Mass.  And  the  gen- 
eral moduM  operandi  of  the  Universe ;  the  formation  and  constitution 
of  worlds,  and  the  relations  that  they  sustain  to  each  other,  hare  also 
been  presented  for  contemplation. 

The  basis  of  all  true  scientiSc  and  philosophical  investigations,  is 
the  original  Cause  and  beginning  of  all  thmgs  (considered  as  a  Uni- 
vercoelum  of  Power  and  Materials),  and  the  general  and  consequent 
^ects  resulting  from  the  original  organization  of  Matter  and  Motion. 
And  the  thoughts  having  been  carried  back  to  the  Centre  of  infinite 
■pM^e,  where  existed  on\]r  the  universal  Sun  from  which  all  things 
•prang  into  being,  the  mind  has  been  led  to  consider  the  successive 
formations  of  innumerable  suns  and  worids  in  circles  of  development. 
In  attempting  to  follow  each  formation  of  worids,  it  becomes  lost  in 
the  immensitjr  of  the  subject  It  therefore  requires  nearer  and  more 
tamgMe  subjects  of  thought  than  those  which  have  been  in  this  gen- 
eral manner  considered* 

Evidence  maj  be  received  in  iavor  of  what  has  been  said,  from  all 
weO-a^certained  tniths  in  science  and  Nature.  Indeed,  the  convic- 
tioci  that  Nature  presses  upon  the  mind  is  irresistible.  And  evidence 
of  truth  has  its  foundation  onlj  in  the  unchangeable  manifestations  of 
Nature ;  for  aO  tniths,  being  eternal^  are  established  in  that  which  n 
also  tiemalf — and  are  consequently  therein  manifested.  The  various 
•ciendftc  and  philosophical  (acts  and  truths,  and  all  theories  that  are 
ioHBovably  established,  will  converge  in  their  respective  conclusions 

*TW  CUnvjraat  Wrt  wiairlrw!  ikat  he  foaad  a  eiowd  of  Uoafbta  prcHiaf  vpoa 
hie  m»ad  whUk  luifuffe  wm  attcrtj  ioadMnate  to  czpreM.    Bat,  Mid  b«,  **  the 

leir  Icmpw  and . 


•ai  MStiflwaU  wfll  bt  altliMtelf  kmpw  ud  fiiti  and  then  they  wOl  bo 
I  lo  bt  obwNnly  <— ijprmfl^.'*  U  viow  of  Ibo  hMWMUj  and  Jait  and  boaiga 
thee  femde  tbo  vbole  Ttol  UaitefM  of  vorlds  aad  ijf toBO,  Mm,  he 
1  loti  Mnr  wadb  depftMmi ;  laaoMicb  at  he  it  the  only  behif  who  hat  par^ 
•Bad  a  mmne  of  Itolatod  aad  ielAth  actioa,  aad  been  gorened  by  lawf  which  sercr 
d«d  attd  arror  caa  csitt  ia  Natort,  or  la  the  plaat  aad  iattitotioot  of  the  Great  Bfiad. 
or  Ua  femmf  Jafirtf  ia«<r««tiaa  jirMnrfal  rnaaiki,  the  world  natt  Ibr  tho  moot 
^rt  ^  4rfffieod.  We  aay  pHat  aose  laiat  eipietiioot  of  hit  ideat»  bat  we  oaa  aoi 
fttai  the  mUmm  iiprettlvraett,  aad  cckttial  parity  of  memeer,  ia  which  they  ' 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


168  nature's  divine  revelations. 

and  form  a  united  evidence  of  the  truth  of  the  things  herein  presented 
Still,  as  prior  causes  are  both  internal  and  invisible,  although  the^ 
produce  effects  visible,  these  are  not  always  correctly  manifested  to 
the  senses.  For  effects  are  exceedingly  changed  in  their  appearance 
by  incidental  and  surrounding  causes.  At  times,  however,  effects  are 
truly  visible ;  but  only  when  conditions  and  circumstances  are  ex- 
tremely favorable.  Still,  effects  constantly  occur ;  and  these  again 
are  the  cause  of  others  ;  so  that  all  things  are  developed  by  a  concat- 
enation of  established  causes,  each  of  which  follows  the  specific  gui- 
dance of  an  immutable  Law.  Therefore  the  innumerable  causes  that 
produce  corresponding  effects,  are  all  referable  to  some  established 
Principle  that  is  demonstratively  known  by  its  results  to  be  ««- 
cfiangeable. 

This  knowledge  of  Nature  begets  a  reposing  confidence  in  the 
minds  of  those  who  comprehend  it,  that  all  laws,  principles,  elements, 
and  compositions,  are  an  emanation  from  some  great,  unchanging, 
inexhaustible  Fountain  of  Truth  I  Therefore  in  her  laws — in  her 
attributes  and  manifestations,  are  based  the  confidence  and  the  firm 
and  deliberate  researches  of  all  true  investigators. 

In  contemplating  creations  of  such  indefinite  magnitude,  the  mind 
becomes  lost  in  the  realms  of  immensity ;  for  it  is  incompetent 
to  grasp  the  mighty  Universe  while  it  exists  in  the  present  sphere  of 
being.  Therefore  the  magnificent  Solar  System  with  which  our  own 
planet  is  immediately  connected,  shall  next  be  the  subject  of  investi- 
gation and  revealment.  And  as  it  has  been  shown  that  a  proper  un- 
derstanding of  one  particle  composing  the  great  Universe,  would  lead 
to  a  correct  knowledge  of  the  Universe  itself,  so  a  revealing  of  the 
successive  creations,  fi*om  the  sun  to  the  condensation  of  this  globe, 
will  lead  analogically  to  a  proper  understanding  of  the  mighty  Uni- 
vercoelum  of  eternity !  And  by  a  course  of  mathematical  calcula- 
tions, and  astronomical,  geological,  and  physiological  explanations, 
will  be  revealed  the  order  and  condition  of  creations  in  the  solar 
system,  and  especially  as  relating  to  this  globe.  And  as  science  is 
partially  disseminated  and  generally  accessible  in  the  present  sphere, 
the  creation  will  be  considered  scientifically  and  philosophically^  for 
the  especial  purpose  of  carrying  deeper  conviction  of  truths  heretofore 
proclaimed ! 

And  as  Truth  alone  has  an  indestructible  basis,  nothing  is  to  be 
apprehended  from  its  inevitable  results  ;  but  we  may  fearlessly  erect 
upon  its  foundation,  a  Temple  of  the  utmost  magnificence.     The 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


haturb's  divinb  reyblations.  169 

materials  of  which  this  is  to  be  composed,  are  the  universal  evidences 
flowing  through  every  indescribable  vein  and  avenue  of  creation.  Its 
parts  will  make  a  whole  without  imperfection ;  its  pillars  will  be  the 
united  volumes  of  never-ending  Trtuft;  and  its  covering  will  be  a 
inautle  of  eternal  peace  and  tranquillity.  Its  appearance  will  be  like 
the  infinite  light  and  grandeur  of  boundless  attributes  when  all  con- 
joined and  united ;  and  it  will  indelibly  and  unchangeably  impress 
the  whole  world  with  the  glorious  brilliancy  and  splendor  of  the  Cheat 
PosUice  Mind!  And  from  this  great  Temple  will  issue  forth  those 
all-subduing  and  tranquillizing  principles  that  will  establish  universal 
knowledge,  happiness,  purity,  and  perfection !  This  Temple  will  be 
an  emblem  of  the  nature  and  attributes  of  the  Divine  Mind; — and 
all  the  grandeur  and  magnificence  of  these  attributes  will  be  properly 
seen  and  felt  when  a  knowledge  of  their  unchanging  essences  and 
principles  shall  be  obtained  by  a  proper  and  unrestricted  investi- 
gation. 

Thus  I  leave  the  vast  Univercoelum  that  fills  all  space  (and  space 
is  mnnihilated  to  the  conceptions),  and  commence  revealmg  the  crea 
dan  of  the  Solaa  System  and  of  this  world. 

The  terms  Worlds  and  Universe^  and  Nature^  shall  hereafter  be 
applied  as  significant  of  the  present  Solar  System^  and  of  the  globes 
therein  existing.  For  neither  of  these  terms  is  sufficiendy  strong  to 
comprehend  m  its  meaning,  the  unnumbered  worlds  of  space !  There 
fore  the  same  that  has  been  used,  must  be  still  applied  to  the  subjects 
of  the  forthcoming  investigations.  And  general  scientific  terms  and 
technical  expressions  will  be  employed  likewise.* 


%  14.  The  wonderful  Sun  or  Centre  to  which  our  Solar  System 
belongs,  is  but  a  remote  planet  of  another  System  existing  prior  to  its 
fermation.  And  in  accordance  with  the  general  classification  of  suns 
and  worlds  in  the  Universe,  its  planets  and  satellites  may  be  consid 
cied  as  satellites  and  asteroids  belonging  to  a  planet,  and  that  planet 
as  belonging  to  a  sua.* 

*Th<  iMttcrcoatAined  in  thituid  Uie  three  following  tectioiif,  waj  deliTcred  ontiie 
lic^  17U^  ud  20tli  of  MArcb,  1846.  The  gutement  here  eoaeeniag  the  rerohitlon 
if  the  fca,  ae  e  planet,  aronod  a  centre  in  Uie  depthi  of  immentity,  ie  rcriSed  bj  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


IM  NATUBB's   DIVINK   BETELATI0N8. 

The  sun  is  an  accumulation  and  agglomeration  of  particles  thrown 
from  other  spheres ;  and  these  became  united  according  to  the  law 
of  mutual  and  inherent  attraction.  Its  igneous  composition  contains 
Heat,  Light,  and  Electricity,  the  successive  developments  of  all  pri- 
meval matter  existing  in  an  agglomerated  condition,  and  subjected  to 
the  general  law  governing  all  matter.  The  materials  constituting  the 
sun,  like  those  composing  all  other  bodies,  were  thrown  from  other 
bodies  during  their  revolutions  around  their  common  Centre,  by  a 
force  termed  the  centrifugal  force,  or  the  tendency  that  a  revolving 
body  has  to  throw  particles  from  its  surface.  In  this  manner,  and  by 
a  mutual  gravitation  and  consequent  congregation  of  particles,  the 
Sun  assumed  its  distinct  existence  and  form.  And  being  governed 
*  by  the  same  law,  it  has  the  same  motions  with  all  other  celestial 
spheres,  and  revolves  on  its  axis  with  wonderful  velocity,  and  in  an 
elliptic  orbit,  around  the  inconceivable  Centre  to  which  it  belongs. 

Thus,  the  Sun  has  two  original  motions :  one  upon  its  axis,  and 
the  other  in  its  orbit  around  a  greater  Centre.  The  heavy  or  dense 
particles  composing  it,  took  the  lowest  point  in  the  great  Body.  The 
more  refined,  assumed  and  sustained  different  distances  and  stations 
from  the  lowest,  in  accordance  with  the  density  or  rarity  of  each  par- 
ticle. Its  inconceivable  igneous  centre  was  an  accumulation  of  those 
particles  whose  density  would  not  permit  them  to  occupy  higher 
stations. 

Therefore  the  great  internal  portion  of  the  Sun  is  an  immense  mass 
of  liquid  fire,  evolving  successively  heat,  light,  and  electricity,  as  de- 
veloped and  purified  particles  of  its  interior  composition.  The 
evolved  atmosphere  may  be  considered  as  a  part  of  the  great  Body, 
— still  an  emanation  from  the  nucleus  as  resulting  from  its  own  spon- 
taneous action.  This  atmosphere,  or  immense  nebulous  zone  of  accu- 
mulated particles,  extended  to  the  orbit  that  the  extreme  planet  occu- 
pies, and  traverses  as  a  cometary  body.  This  is  one  more  planet 
than  is  now  known,  and  has  not  yet  been  detected  by  the  observations 
made  through  the  medium  of  the  most  powerftd  symbol  of  the  bu 
inan  eye. 

The  existence  of  eight  planets  had  been  determined  upon  as  nearly 

r^ctnt  dLscoveries  of  Maedler,  a  Russian  astronomer,  of  which  discoyeries  Uie  dair- 
Toyant  in  his  normal  state  had  no  knowledge,  neither  had  either  of  his  associates, 
nntil  many  months  aAer  this  was  delivered  1  From  the  apparent  motions  of  the  fixed 
tten,  Mbedler  has  dednced  the  conelnsion  that  the  Solar  System  ii  moving  around  s, 
p«mt  in  the  direetkm  of  ntiadei,  Inquiring  many  miUioM  of  yean  to  complete  a  m»^ 
rtToIiitiont 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATUBB*8   DIVINB   RBTBLATIONS.  161 

b^ond  aO  doubt.*  Still  the  eighth  and  ninth  are  not  yet  recognised 
H  bodies  belonging  to  the  Solar  SyBtem.  But  the  orbit  that  the  last 
one  occupies,  was  the  extreme  circumference  of  the  atmospheric  em- 
•aadon  from  the  sun. 

An  emanadotts  were  governed  by  the  law  of  centrifugal  force,  and 
the  natural  tendency  of  each  particle  to  seek  its  ovm  congenial  asso* 
ciatioo,  or  the  equilibrium  of  its  dense  or  rare  composition.  And  the 
great  Whole  rerolved  with  one  united  motion  on  its  own  axis,  and 
abo  around  its  unimaginable  orbit  in  the  great  plane  observed  by  all 
soils  and  planets  from  the  first  stages  of  their  existence.  And  this 
was  elliptical f — rendered  so  by  virtue  of  the  primary  force  given  each 
atom  that  compose  the  great  Body. 

There  was  contained  in  this  great  Sun,  matter  to  compose  all  the 
pianeti  which  have  subsequently  been  formed,  with  all  their  satellites 
and  appendages ;  likewise  all  the  forms  possessing  motion,  life,  and 
•ctivity,  which  are  universaUy  disseminated  upon  their  surfaces.  And 
aD  were  successively  developed  by  virtue  of  inherent  laws  established 
frmn  the  great  original  Source.  There  was  incessantly  passing  from 
the  great  Centre,  as  aided  by  both  of  its  motions,  particles,  atoms, 
and  substances  that  had  become  sufficiently  refined  to  assume  higher 
vpberes  in  the  great  Mass. 

Its  magnitude  being  inconceivable,  and  its  diameter  not  to  be  cal- 
culated by  any  mathematical  process,  it  was  composed  of  strati^ca- 
fiou,  or  rather  of  difierent  bodies  developed  one  after  another. 
These  great  developments  may  be  generalized  as  follows :  From  the 
ligneous  or  uttCarmed  centre  was  developed  heat.  The  extreme  of 
this  was  the  comroeoceroent  of  light ;  and  this  was  the  second  for* 
maooo.  Electricity  followed  next,  as  a  consequent  development  of 
the  hncr.  And  the  Ust  active  fluid  extended  to  the  utmost  extreme 
of  the  whole  Mass  and  its  successive  radiations. 

Thns^rt,  Asa/,  lights  and  electricity^  were  the  general  elements 
composing  the  Sun.     Without  these,  it  would  not  have  been  a  sun. 

*  At  §m  I  U  Ml  asdcntmad  Uui  exmcwioa  ;  •ad  it  ii  bat  receaUy  Uiat  it  oeenr- 
miumm  tktt  U  cvidnUj  has  rcfereB«e  to  the  eosdiuioM  which  Le  Yerrier  had 
rffdl  ma  hiiihad  im  hk  own  miad  froai  mathcaMtical  ealeuktioss,  and  whieh  the 
durraruu  mw.  If  uncrmu  witoetscf  csa  tcttiiy  that  what  ii  taid  aboat  an  tigktk 
md  maA  pStmtt^  waa  is  aaaaaeripC  ia  March,  1846,  aad  Moalh«  helbfe  Le  Vcrrjar't 
wlialatif  ■  aad  tam^mUm  had  heea  aaaooaced  ia  thia  eoaatrr.  The  eif hth  planet 
waa  inC  actaaUr  obaerycd  ia  SeptCBbcr,  1846.  Thcae  TacU  caa  not  bat  be  rcfaided 
at,  proTtaf ,  aa  they  do,  the  abiUir  of  the  dairroraat  to  obcaia  kaowled^e  at 
I  heyea<  the  reach  of  the  aatoral  •ease*,  aad  hcaee  aa  ioipartiaf  eoaadeace  ia 
I  whkh  caa  Ml  be  renSad  by  nay  procest  of  Maraeo^  iaYCStigatioa. 
11 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


162  nature's  divine  revelations. 

And  these  are  elements  the  nature  and  relations  of  which  lead  to  a 
proper  understanding  of  all  other  bodies,  forms,  substances,  and  ele- 
ments,— and  likewise  of  the  law  that  controls  them. 

It  is  necessary  to  bear  in  mind  the  proposition,  that  the  ciicum- 
ference  of  the  sun's  atmosphere  extended  to  the  orbit  that  is  now 
occupied  by  the  ninth  planet  of  our  Solar  System.  And  it  is  also 
necessary  to  understand  the  two  great  motions  of  the  sun,  especially 
that  in  its  elliptic  orbit,  around  a  more  inconceivable  Centre.  And 
then  it  will  be  conceived  that  by  virtue  of  the  throwing  off  or  cen- 
trifugal force  which  the  great  Body  generates  in  its  motion,  atoms 
will  pass  outward  from  the  centre,  in  the  direction  of  the  plane  that 
the  body  is  observing  in  its  motion.  Also,  the  accumulation  of  par- 
ticles at  the  extremes  of  its  eUiptic  orbit  is  greater  than  at  any  other 
point  or  locality  around  the  great  central  body.  This  approximate 
agglomeration  of  particles,  in  becoming  condensed,  will  be  consid- 
ered as  following  the  general  law  which  governs  the  motion  of  all 
bodies  and  particles. 

And  it  will  be  perceived  that  according  to  the  law  of  eternal  recip- 
rocation and  gravitation  of  particles,  there  would  not  have  been  an 
accumulation  at  these  localities  had  not  the  particles  that  were  throwa 
off,  previously  become  suitable  to  associate  and  conjoin  with  particles 
that  were  there  already  existing.  Therefore  no  law  of  positive  at  - 
traction  actuated  them,  or  withdrew  them  from  particles  to  which 
they  previously  adhered,— nor  did  any  law  o( positive  repulsion  repel 
them  from  their  original  station.  Neither  repulsion  nor  attraction  as 
a  laWf  and  as  these  are  generally  understood,  produced  any  effect 
upon  these  foreign  particles.  But  there  was  a  mutual  gravitation  (or 
association)  of  suitable  materials  and  atoms  to  assume  such  a  form. 


^  16.  The  great  Centre  having  its  successively  developed  atmo- 
spheres, or  strata  of  elements,  extending  to  the  last  development  of 
electricity,  this  highest  of  all  material  refinements  pervaded  the 
lower,  entering  into  every  particle  where  it  had  been  originally  con- 
tained and  developed.  And  this  being  the  subtle,  active  agent  con- 
tained in  every  particle,  it  penetrated  to  the  lowest  depths  of  the 
great  Sun  thus  existing,  and  extended  to  an  undefinable  expanse 
throughout  space.  Being  thus  subtle,  active,  and  powerful,  it  be- 
came a  pervading  agent,  operating  upon  every  particle  and  substance 
in  the  vast  composition, — transmitting  and  interchanging  particles 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divinb  bevbultions.  163 

ud  their  qualities  to  other  immediate  spheres  or  stations  which  they 
were  required  to  fill. 

And  this  being  the  active,  energetic,  and  all-pervading  fluid,  the 
oltioiate  principle  of  the  great  Mass,  the  particles  that  accumulated 
and  agglomerated  at  the  extreme  point  of  the  elliptic  orbit  of  the 
Sun's  revolution,  were  inherently  associated  by  virtue  of  this  fluid, 
and  by  the  specific  density  or  rarity  of  the  particles  that  were  thrown 
to  that  station  by  the  centrifugal  action  that  the  immense  Sun 
had  in  both  of  its  inconceivable  motions.  Electricity  was  the  me- 
dium and  active  agent  to  transmit  and  transfer  every  molecular  sub- 
stance to  new  stations.  It  may  be  considered  a  mediator^  or  an 
associating  principle  that  unites  antagonistic  particles.  It  is  no  less 
an  all-pervading  influence,  acting  upon  the  liighest  and  lowest  parti- 
cles of  every  state  of  material  association.  And  it  gyrates  from  the 
lowest  to  the  highest,  uniting  and  associating  all  particles  according 
Co  the  density  or  rarity  of  such,  undl  it  reaches  the  highest  point,  or 
forms  an  association  with  principles  of  its  own  affinity. 

Such  is  the  invisible,  controlling  element,  whose  results  are  known 
as  law$»  It  is  an  energetic  principle  which  actuates  all  ultimate  mo- 
tion in  the  immense  Body  of  material  constitution.  And  by  this 
subtle  fluid,  and  the  motion  originally  given  to  the  Sun,  was  ibrmed 
at  the  frrthest  point  of  its  elliptic  orbit,  the  body  heretoibre  de- 
scribed as  the  ninth  planet,  or  rather  the  cometary  body  that  traverses 
the  oot^most  circle  of  the  Sun's  atmosphere. 

The  magnitude  of  the  great  body's  circumference  and  diameter, 
is  unnecessary  to  represent,  even  if  it  were  possible.  It  is  sufficient 
to  DoderBland  that  the  great  Sun,  in  bulk  and  magnitude,  extended 
to  the  orbit  of  the  farthest  cometary  body.  And  a  proper  compre- 
hension of  the  modus  aUrmu  of  all  motion,  and  the  laws  which  it 
develops,  should  be  the  basis  on  which  all  scientific  invesdgatioos 
and  philosophical  researches  as  pertaining  to  subjects  of  this  nature, 
should  be  founded. 

An  that  is  known  as  motion  or  activity,  does  not  give  to  the  mind 
■A  adequate  conception  of  the  laws  that  produce  such.  But  as  the 
mind  depends  upon  a  proper  understanding  of  motion  to  conceive  of 
planetary  formations  in  the  Solar  System,  so  there  should  be  an  un- 
«t'*r>tandjng  of  the  nature  and  cause  of  motion,  and  of  the  general 
imw  which  such  inevitably  and  invarii^ly  IbUows.  And  the  prin- 
ciplei  existing  in,  and  which  are  coeval  with.  Matter,  should  also 
be  pennanantly  settled  in  the  mind.     Then  general  causes  will  be 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


164  nature's  divine  revelations. 

expected  to  produce  invariable  corresponding  effects ;  and  cause  and 
effect  will  be  perceived  to  exist  as  one  general  Principle. 

Still  there  are  thousands  of  intermediate  motions  produced  by  inct^ 
dental  and  subordinate  causes.  But  if  such  motions  were  innumer- 
able, and  if  all  their  minute  manifestations  and  results  were  differ- 
ent from  what  might  be  expected  from  the  general  law,  they  could 
not  be  considered  as  subverting  or  interrupting  the  actioa  of  the  gen^ 
eral  and  established  principles  of  motion  in  Nature. 

Motion  is  the  effect  that  one  body  produces  upon  another.  If  a  sub-  * 
stance  or  body  be  dense^  its  pressure  or  action  upon  another  substance 
will  be  in  proportion  to  its  density,  and  will  produce  proportionate 
effects.  All  particles  thus  act  on  each  other,  both  separately  and 
combined.  Therefore  a  universal  motion  exists :  for  the  action  of 
one  particle  will  set  in  motion  every  other  particle,  whether  single  or 
compound,  in  the  Universe !  The  movements  of  all  things  therefore 
are  graduated  in  accordance  with  the  station  of  the  substance,  and  its 
grossness  or  refinement.  And  the  very  moment  the  original  impetus 
was  given  to  Matter,  the  ceaseless  motion  of  all  bodies  throughout 
space  was  eternally  established !  Motion  can  not  be  comprehended, 
or  adequately  accounted  for,  on  any  other  principle  known  to  char- 
acterize any  form  of  combined  elements  :  and  on  this  ground  only 
may  be  rested  an  understanding  of  its  cause  and  manifestadons. 
And  we  should  regard  motion  as  existing  in  primeval  matter,  or  in 
time  past  too  remote  for  conception,  as  constituting  the  general  Prin- 
ciple of  Matter,  and  as  being  the  highest  and  most  perfect  attribute 
of  interior  development. 

The  impetus  given  the  first  particle,  being  all-powerful,  is  the  cause 
of  all  subseqtccnt  motion.  Therefore  Motion  is  an  eternal  Principle 
existing  in  Matter,  established  by  infinite  Power.  Then  in  consid- 
ering the  innumerable  movements  and  manifestations  of  Nature,  the 
basis  of  the  investigation  should  consist  in  this  originally-established 
Principle;  and  from  this  should  be  expected  general  developments 
of  motion  as  corresponding  to  the  universal  law. 

By  thus  considering  Motion  and  its  nature  and  Cause,  the  mind 
will  be  led  to  a  proper  understanding  of  the  formation  of  the  Sun, 
and  of  the  law  that  controlled  its  mighty  movements.  The  grand 
and  most  impoilant  motion  belonging  to  the  Sun,  is  the  one  it 
performs  in  its  orbit  around  a  more  unimaginable  Centre.  The 
cause  of  this  established  motion  was  the  impetus  given  the  Sun  by 
the  powerful  throwing  off  of  particles  from  the  Centre  to  which  it 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's   DIYUnS   RBVEULTIONS  165 

belongs,  tod  the  incessant  and  violent  force  that  accompanied  the 
reception  of  them. 

This  extensive  and  mighty  accumulation  constantly  going  on 
throughout  countless  ages,  produced  the  Sun,  of  such  mighty  dimen* 
sioDS  as  have  been  described.  And  this  impetus  originally  given  it, 
produced  a  corresponding  motion  in  an  elliptic  orbit,  at  a  distance 
from  iu  Sun  in  proportion  to  its  density  and  magnitude.  And  the 
motion  it  has  upon  its  own  axis  is  the  still  more  violent  motion  that 
was  given  it  by  the  reception  of  particles  which  came  with  such  ve- 
lodty  as  to  cause  it  almost  instandy  to  revolve.  The  motion  given 
it  was  thus  the  result  of  the  impulse  of  moving  particles,  the  ten- 
dency of  which  was  to  produce  like  motion.  This  motion  therefore 
was  a  natural  consequence  of  a  kindly  reciprocation  of  atoms.  And 
comparative  condensation  was  an  inevitable  result,  caused  not  only 
by  the  accumulation  at  the  centre,  of  dense  particles  that  associated 
more  closely  with  each  other,  but  by  an  escape  of  the  more  refined 
parts,  which  assumed  higher  stations  in  the  vast  body. 


^  16.  The  ninth  planet  (or  cometary  body),  being  composed  of 
particles  accumulated  by  the  motion  of  the  great  Sun,  observed  the 
same  plane  by  the  same  specific  force ;  and  obeying  the  law  of  recip- 
rocal gravitation,  it  occupied  its  assumed  orbit  at  a  distance  in  ac- 
cordance with  its  rarity  and  peculiar  constitution. 

The  ^ghth  planet  was  next  evolved,  observing  the  same  principles 
of  Cormation  and  the  same  general  law  of  motion,  and  was  situated 
irt/AiA  the  orbit  of  the  former  merely  because  iu  composition  was 
wtore  dense  than  the  first  one  evolved.  Its  occupying  the  sphere  thus 
described,  is  therefore  only  in  harmony  with  the  established  princi- 
ples of  gravitation,  and  of  orbicular  and  rotary  motions.  As  the 
c^AlA  and  ninth  planets  have  not  yet  been  recognised  as  belonging 
to  oar  solar  system,  there  can  be  no  conception  of  the  original  mag- 
Bitode  and  diameter  of  the  Sun,  as  including  its  extended  atmosphere. 
But  while  a  proper  understanding  of  the  law  and  nature  of  Motion, 
and  bow  Matter,  in  large  portions,  agglomerates  and  takes  lower  or 
higher  stmtioos  according  to  its  specific  gravity  or  levity, — is  essen- 
tial to  a  proper  investigation  and  comprehension  of  the  accumulation 
tad  formation  of  matter  into  pknets,  satellites,  and  asteroids, — this 
••  equally  necessary,  as  affording  a  basis  on  which  the  mind  may  rest 
gwlogical  researches, — and  upon  which  latter,  again,  may  rest  a 
proper  concepcion  of  all  ulterior  effecte  and  developments. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


166  nature's  divinb  revelations. 

There  are,  however,  elements  which  are  apparently  not  controlled 
by  the  same  general  law.  Various  observations  made  by  different 
persons  upon  the  subject  of  heat,  light,  and  electricity,  have  led  them 
to  different  opinions  and  speculations  in  reference  to  the  character, 
attributes,  and  governing  principle  of  each  of  these  elements.  It  is 
well  here  to  observe  that  those  who  have  formed  dissimilar  theories 
in  reference  to  heat  and  light,  have  done  so  while  these  elements 
were  manifested  under  incidental  and  modifying  circumstances.  And 
the  result  of  such  observations  has  been  to  obscure  to  the  mind  the 
operations  of  the  general  law  that  governs  all  elements  in  being. 
Heat  (or  caloric)  has  been  supposed  to  be  governed  by  a  law  differ- 
ent from  that  governing  light :  and  electricity ,  being  as  yet  an  unde- 
fined and  incomprehensible  principle,  has  also  been  designated  as  a 
different  substance,  and  supposed  to  be  governed  by  a  different  law 
from  the  last  two  mentioned.  Hence  it  is  again  evident  that  detailed 
and  miniUe  observations  have  not  been  adequate  to  establish  a  uni- 
versal real-reality  of  laws  as  governing  all  elements  in  being. 

It  has  been  heretofore  proved  by  indubitable  evidence,  that  the  great 
Centre  or  Sun,  as  one  substance j  develops  these  successively  as  at- 
mospheric elements,  according  to  the  law  of  refinement  and  progres- 
sion. However  this  theory  may  differ  from  previous  speculations, 
that  does  not  alter  its  truth,  nor  the  evidence  which  naturally  accom- 
panies the  same,  to  the  mind.  For  it  is  demonstrated  beyond  a 
doubt,  that  all  matter  and  elements  are  fundamentally  and  essentially 
the  same,  and  that  a  different  law  can  not  govern  any  particle  or  ele- 
ment in  the  Universe,  from  that  inherent  Law  eternally  established. 

Still  the  manifestations  and  effects  of  these  different  principles  are 
exceedingly  dissimilar,  according  to  the  circumstances  under  which 
they  are  developed  to  the  observations  of  outward  investigators. 
For  particular  appearances  in  these,  as  in  all  other  things,  are  inev- 
itably dissimilar;  and  to  base  conclusions  upon  such  appearances, 
even  if  such  have  been  successively  observed  for  years,  would  be 
to  lose  sight  of  the  grand  general  Principle  of  the  Universe,  and 
to  endeavor  to  establish  a  theory  upon  the  basis  of  corporeal  and  ex- 
terior manifestations.  But  properly  understanding  that  all  Matter  in 
its  primeval  state,  was  of  an  igneous  constitution,  it  follows  as  a  con- 
sequence that  all  things  existing  must  partake  and  be  composed  of 
materials  from  the  same  great  Mass. 

Therefore  heat,  light,  and  electricity,  are  still  matter;  but  each 
occupies  a  different  station,  lower  or  higher,  according  to  its  re- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATUHK  S    DIVINE   REVELATIONS.  1(57 

ipective  degree  of  refinement.  And  the  constant  emanations  of 
etch  are  governed  by  the  original  attributes  established  in  the  eternal 
law  of  motion  as  producing  progressive  development  in  all  things. 
This,  therefore,  constitutes  the  grand  general  Law  that  governs  all 
elements  in  space. 

But  let  it  be  distinctly  borne  in  mind,  that  the  peculiar  ctrcumstan" 
ces  and  conditioTts  under  which  these  elements  may  be  situated,  will 
correspondingly  modify  their  visible  effects.  This  observation  will 
lead  to  a  proper  understanding  of  the  amount  of  heat  and  light  which 
the  eighth  planet  receives  from  the  Sun.  The  ultimate  discovery  of 
this  celestial  body,  and  its  revolution  and  diameter  being  specified, 
win  contribute  greatly  to  advance  the  interesting  science  of  as- 
tronomy, particularly  when  the  aberrations  and  refractions  of  light 
are  known  as  they  occur  between  it  and  the  Sun  around  which  it 
revolves. 

Its  density  is  four  fifths  that  of  water.  Its  diameter  it  is  unneces- 
sary to  determine.  Its  period  of  revolution  can  be  inferred  analogi- 
cally from  the  period  in  which  Uranus  traverses  its  elliptic  and  almost 
inconceivable  orbit.  The  almosj)hcre  of  the  eighth  planet  is  exceed- 
ingly rare,  containing  little  oxygen,  but  being  mostly  composed  of 
flnc^e  and  nitrogen.  No  organic  constitution  that  exists  upon  the 
earth,  could  exist  there  alive  for  one  moment.  The  human  eye 
would  be  a  useless  organ ;  for  light  there  is  of  such  a  nature  as 
to  render  its  darkness^  even  at  the  darkest  period,  several  hun- 
dred degrees  lighter  than  the  light  which  the  earth  receives  from 
the  sun ! 

It  has,  like  Uranus,  six  satellites.  These  were  evolved  and  formed 
by  the  two  motions  given  this  planet ;  the  farthest  from  the  primary 
being  the  extent  of  its  original  composition,  and  the  nearest  being  an 
accumulation  of  denser  atoms  fi'om  the  planet.  Therefore,  the  plan- 
et ittelf  being  made  up  of  denser  materials  tlian  any  of  its  sateUites, 
the  respective  distances  of  the  latter  fi-om  the  planet,  with  their  diam- 
eten  and  periods  of  revolution,  are  determined  by  their  respective 
compositions,  and  the  relations  they  sustain  to  each  other. 

The  period  of  dme  that  elapsed  since  the  sun,  by  its  own  inherent 
tendency,  commenced  organizing  this  tmimaginable  body,  could  not 
be  possibly  conceived  of.  And  the  time  in  which  the  satellites  were 
produced  and  developed,  is  also  beyond  the  computation  of  the  most 
emdite  madiematician.  Numbers  may  be  added  to  numbers ;  trillions 
■Hiy  be  multiplied  by  still  higher  numbers,  yet  the  amount  of  figures 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


168  NATURE*S   DIVINE    REVELATIONS. 

produced  would  not  represent  the  number  of  years  or  even  centuries 
in  which  such  a  formation  could  be  developed ! 

It  is  wholly  unfitted  for  the  habitation  of  any  organic  constitution 
yet  life  will  ultimately  cover  its  now 'undisturbed  surfaces. 


§  17.  The  planet  produced  as  next  in  order,  was  Herschel  or 
Uranus.  During  its  first  stages  of  formation,  it  was  an  accumula- 
tion of  inter-associated,  igneous,  rarified  particles,  whose  rarity  unfit- 
ted them  for  any  other  sphere  of  association.  The  diameter  of  the 
planet  previous  to  any  other  formation  now  belonging  to  its  system, 
was  nearly  three  millions  of  miles !  By  virtue  of  inherent  motion, 
six  satellites  were  successively  developed.  The  most  rarified  accu- 
mulation was  the  sixth  satellite ;  and  the  most  unrefined  and  dense, 
was  that  nearest  to  the  planet. — And  each  satellite  was  gradually 
and  steadily  produced  by  the  established  laws  of  association  and  con- 
densation. 

The  diameter  of  the  planet  at  the  present  time  is  thirty-five  thou- 
sand one  hundred  apd  twelve  miles ;  the  farthest  satellite  being  nearly 
one  million  and  a  half  miles  from  its  primary.  The  satellite  nearest 
the  planet,  is  not  much  further  than  the  moon  is  from  the  earth. 

The  revolutions  of  these  satellites  around  their  centre,  as  observed 
by  the  telescope,  are  very  unlike  those  of  any  other  satellites  belong- 
ing to  any  of  the  planets  of  the  Solar  System.  For  while  Uranus 
revolves  obliquely  on  its  axis,  its  satellites  observe  an  angular,  inclined 
rotation, — this  apparent  dissimilitude  of  general  and  rotary  motions 
creating  wonder  and  astonishment  in  the  minds  of  astronomers  ! 

Uranus  also  is  often  apparently  eclipsed  by  her  extremely  eccen- 
tric appendages.  Thus  blue  and  dark  spots  are  occasionally  observed 
upon  its  surface, — its  light  being  slightly  intercepted  by  a  bluish  or 
crimson  tint,  and  rarely  by  a  dark  one.  Still  the  observations  that 
have  been  made  on  the  satellites  of  Uranus,  do  not  establish  the  abso- 
lute conviction  that  such  contra-eccentricities  do  really  exist  among 
them ;  because  at  different  periods,  the  appearance  of  their  motions 
is  not  the  same.  And  this  fact  was  firequently  observed  by  its  dis- 
coverer ;  but  he  afterward  became  convinced  of  the  angular  and  ellip- 
tic motions  of  this  planet's  satellites. 

Being  fully  convinced  that  the  true  motions  will  yet  be  discovered, 
and  that  they  are  in  unison  and  harmony  with  those  of  the  satellites 
of  kindred  planets,  it  is  unnecessary  at  present  to  decide  respecting 
the  true  plane  and  form  of  the  orbits  observed  by  these  satellites ;  for 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATCTBB^S   DIVINB    RKVELATIONS.  169 

locb  would  tend  to  retard  astronomical  investigations,  and  to  destroy 
tboM  efibrts  that  are  useful  and  necessary  to  the  unfolding  of  the 
mind  and  to  the  due  appreciation  of  scientific  truth.* 

The  rotation  of  thb  planet  on  its  axis  has  not  as  yet  been  discov- 
ered ;  especially  the  time  it  occupies  in  a  single  revolution.  The 
Telocity  with  which  it  revolves  is  absolutely  inconceivable.  It  is  for 
this  reason  that  it  has  not  as  yet  been  determined, — notwitlistanding 
its  orbicular  and  almost  incalculable  revolution  has  been  established 
and  specified.  How  much  undisturbed  thought  and  deep  calculation 
has  this  computation  required !  And  how  ingenious  have  been  the 
inventions  of  man,  whereby  he  has  been  enabled  to  observe,  investi- 
gate, and  demonstrate,  the  works  of  Infinite  Power,  whose  harmo- 
nious and  peaceful  institutions  are  so  absorbing  and  attractive  to  the 
mind !  It  revolves  in  its  orbit  around  the  sun  once  in  eigluy-four 
yean  ;  its  distance  being  over  eighteen  hundred  millions  of  miles : 
and  it  moves  at  the  rate  of  fifteen  thousand  miles  an  hour  ! 

Such  is  Uranus  :  and  its  magnificent  appendages,  being  a  part  of 
its  own  composition,  they  attend  it  in  its  wonderful  revolutions  around 
tlie  inconceivable  Centre  of  our  Solar  System. — And  the  harmony 
wid  sublime  magnificence  that  this  planet  and  its  attendants  display, 
are  not  surpassed  by  any  other  body  yet  discovered. 

Its  atmosphere  has  a  h'ght  reddish  appearance.  Its  own  body  ap- 
pears extremely  opaque.  Its  general  manifestations  are  those  of  a 
dense  body,  having  a  correspondingly  dense  atmosphere,  with  the 
color  before  mentioned ;  and  it  is  characterized  by  an  inconceivable 
velocity  of  rotary  motion,  and  by  the  eccentricities  heretofore  described 
as  observed  in  the  motions  of  its  satellites.  The  real  deruity  of  the 
planet  is  a  litde  more  than  that  of  water ;  and  the  constitutions  of  its 
appendages  are  correspondingly  rare. 

It  is  not  filled,  like  those  between  it  and  the  Sun,  with  life  and 
activity ;  nor  has  its  surface  been  shaded  by  the  growth  of  plants  or 
tiees«  No  life  of  any  kind  exists  there ;  nor  can  there,  until  further 
condensation  and  development  occur.  For  its  atmosphere  is  of  an 
igneous  and  carbonaceous  constitution,  having  one  three  hundred  and 
saxiieth  part  carbon  to  one  of  oxygen.  Still,  this  is  not  carbon  of  the 
nature  of  that  which  the  primary  formation  of  the  earth  developed, 

*Tbe  author  here  appemrt  to  express  an  opimion  from  soalogy  wiUiont  seeking  for 
A  tnperiar  imyrtukm.  This  may  be  explained  by  Uie  remark  that  it  is  conUvry  to 
kss  UTariaUe  practice,  to  reliere  mental  effort  by  imparting  information  on  subjects 
aciMssible  to  the  mind  bj  ordinary  processes.  The  same  remark  explains  the  reason 
a%y  b«  does  not  dedne  the  orbits,  diameters,  Itc,  oC  the  eighth  and  ninth  pUaets, 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


170  nature's  divine  revelations 

and  ia  absolutely  unlike  any  element  or  gas  that  is  known  upon  the 
earth. 

It  has  no  geological  developments  further  than  the  igneous,  primaiy 
coating  or  crust  that  now  envelops  it.  But  according  to  the  laws  of 
progression,  reciprocation,  and  development,  condensation  of  parti- 
cles will  occur,  and  others  will  be  evolved,  and  thus  its  siurface  will 
yet  become  suitable  for  the  habitation  of  plants  and  animals,  whose 
constitution  will  be  firm  and  powerful. 

Centuries  after  centuries  will  elapse  before  any  apparent  change 
can  be  visible  upon  the  surface  of  this  planet.  Generations  after 
generations  will  pass,  and  their  observations  and  explorations  will  be 
lost  and  forgotten,  and  their  thoughts  and  theories  will  be  but  little 
known,  before  mankind  shall  observe  different  appearances  in  Uranus 
and  its  appendages.  But  although  change  is  slow^  it  is  inevitable. 
Even  if  it  is  not  observed  for  centuries,  this  affords  no  convincing 
proof  against  the  ceaseless  and  eternal  motion  in  Matter.  Observa- 
tion has  not  discovered  the  velocity  of  the  rotary  motion  of  this 
planet  (and  hence  it  appears  to  be  motionless), — for  the  reason  that  it 
moves  with  such  frightful  rapidity  and  inconceivable  force,  that  the 
human  vision  is  unable  to  distinguish  its  movements.  Such  is  the 
seventh  planet  belonging  to  the  great  Sun  of  the  Solar  System ! 


^  18.  Many  objections  have  been  made  against  the  idea  of  uni- 
formity and  progressive  development  in  the  formations  of  our  plan- 
etary system.  There  are  many  particulars  that  are  thought  to  be 
contradictory  of  the  truthfulness  of  the  present  theory.  The  science 
of  astronomy  has  progressed  according  to  the  improvements  made  in 
instruments  for  observation.  The  first  principles  of  this  science  were 
inductively  conceived  of  many  centuries  ago,  and  during  a  period 
when  extreme  disunion  and  desolating  persecutions  were  on  the  earth. 
During  the  ages  when  man  had  lost  his  connexion  with  the  physical 
sciences,  the  knowledge  of  which  is  necessary  to  lead  him  to  a  true 
understanding  of  Nature  and  his  inseparable  connexion  with  her  laws, 
—this  science,  among  others,  was  completely  concealed,  obscured, 
and  almost  annihilated,  from  the  minds  of  men.  But  since  this  time, 
there  have  been  many  important  discoveries ;  and  opinions  and 
hypotheses  have  been  formed  as  corresponding  to  the  various  obser- 
vations that  have  been  made. 

Many  faint  and  imperfect  impressions  were  received  in  reference 
to  the  origin  of  the  materials  composing  the  Universe»  including  with 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


natxtrb's  divine  revelations.  171 

diein  a  conception  of  the  primal  nebulous  existence  of  all  matter. 
There  were  numerous  appearances  of  Matter  in  nebulous  forms  re- 
isote  from  other  bodies,  the  existence  of  which  the  most  powerful 
telescope  would  confirm.  But  according  to  the  perfection  of  these 
infltrnments,  have  these  nebulous  forms  been  resolved  into  stars,  or 
clusters  of  worlds.  Still,  not  being  able  to  resolve  into  stars  all  such 
forms  that  are  visible,  the  nebulous  hypothesis  remained  unmoved 
until  within  a  short  period,  when  a  still  more  powerful  instrument 
was  constructed,  and  which  resolves  still  mare  of  these  supposed  neb- 
aloos  compositions  into  apparent  stars.  And  at  this  moment  there  is 
but  0116  spot  that  remains  unresolved,  within  the  powerful  searcfaings 
of  this  useful  instrument 

The  extensive  generalizations,  and  the  doctrine  of  progressive 
development  and  design,  that  are  herein  presented,  may  therefore  be 
questioned  :  for  as  nebulous  appearances  become  resolved  into 
spheres,  the  confidence  in  the  above  theory  naturally  diminishes. 
And  as  the  eighth  and  seventh  planets  have  been  described,  together 
^vitb  their  compositions  and  constituents,  it  would  be  appropriate  here 
to  mention  that  the  apparent  contradictions  which  exist  in  the  uni- 
formity of  this  plan,  may  be  explained  and  overcome  by  considering 
tbem  as  particulars  belonging  to  the  great  general  law  and  plan  upon 
which  the  whole  is  instituted. 

The  satellites  of  Uranus  apparently  observe  a  different  direction  in 
their  orbicular  revolutions  firom  that  observed  by  any  other  body  or  its 
appendages.  Also  the  planet  is  less  in  magnitude  relatively  than 
ocberv,  according  to  the  law  of  progression.  And  its  motions, 
together  with  those  of  its  satellites,  are  in  the  above  particulars  dis- 
■milir  to  the  motions  observed  by  others  in  the  Solar  System.  And 
at  at  this  time  considerable  inquiry  is  being  instituted  in  reference  to 
these  apparent  anomalies  and  contradictions ;  and  as  these  particulars 
win  eventually  be  fiuniliariy  understood,  it  is  not  absolutely  necessary 
10  discuss  them  here ;  for  they  have  no  possible  bearing  upon  the 
gemeral^  ordained  modus  operandi. 

I  will  observe  that  generally  the  variations  in  the  densities  of  plan* 
ctt  receding  from  the  Sun,  are  tmiform ;  and  that  generally  their  or- 
bicular velocity  is  in  correspondence  with  the  order  and  distance  of 
«ach  planet  from  the  great  Centre.  Therefore  Matter  and  Motion 
being  generally  uniform  and  progressive  in  their  manifestations,  par^ 
Hemlars  can  not  controvert  the  truthfulness  of  this  theory.  And  by 
vaderstanding  the  universal  plan  of  the  planetary  formations,  these 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


172  nature's  divine  revelations. 

particulars  and  apparent  contradictions  will  be  ultimately  found  tc  oe 
intermediate  and  subordinate  manifestations  of  the  general  law,  and 
hence  perfectly  conformable  thereunto.  And  foreign  causes  which 
have  been  brought  to  bear  upon  this  planet,  and  not  upon  othovs 
within  its  comprehensive  orbit,  have  produced  these  dissimilar  mani- 
festations and  results.  And  the  effort  which  ambitious  investigators 
are  now  making,  will  result  in  the  discovery  of  these  incidental  causes, 
which,  comparatively  to  the  movements  of  the  whole,  planetary  sys- 
tem, are  producing  only  incidental  effects. 

Therefore  in  questioning  the  truthfulness  of  the  foregoing  theory, 
it  is  positively  necessary  not  to  depend  upon  minute  and  detailed  ap- 
pearances; for  such  can  not  be  taken  as  sufficient  to  counteract  a 
general  principle,  which  is  demonstiated  by  universal  experience  and 
well-ascertained  truths.  Difficulties  of  this  character  must  not  be 
considered  as  interfering  with,  or  contradicting  any  general,  universal, 
and  immutable  laws  which  are  constantly  and  invariably  producing 
their  corresponding  general  effects.  And  being  aware  that  the  ulti- 
mate result  of  present  investigations  in  reference  to  Uranus  and  its 
revolving  satellites,  will  be  to  demonstrate  still  more  plainly  the  truth 
of  the  present  theory,  I  find  it  not  particularly  necessary  to  make  fur- 
ther observations  upon  these  apparent  difficulties,  and  therefore  leave 
the  result  to  the  ambitious  efforts  of  astronomical  investigators. 


<^  19.  The  planet  next  developed  was  the  sixthy  termed  Saturn. 
The  condensation  of  particles  existing  in  the  great  Sun  whose  circum- 
ference at  this  time  extended  to  the  orbit  of  Saturn,  and  a  further 
accumulation  of  atoms  by  original  Motion  inherently  existing,  pro- 
duced this  planetary  body.  The  composition  of  this  planet  was  for 
many  ages  extremely  igneous :  still  a  gradual  accumulation  of  parti- 
cles emanating  from  the  Sun,  ultimately  organized  it  with  matter  still 
more  dense  than  the  former  planet's  composition. 

Innumerable  ages  elapsed  before  this  body  became  internally  and 
externally  condensed  by  the  chemical  action  and  evolution  of  ele- 
ments. The  constant  emanations  from  this  body  were  excessive — 
the  cause  of  which  is  obvious.  Being  composed  of  denser  materials 
than  the  former,  and  possessing  a  greater  magnitude,  its  power  of  ac- 
tion and  capacity  to  receive  particles,  were  greater  than  thqse  of  any 
other  planet  yet  existing.  Also  matter,  in  its  primeval  condition,  is 
incessantly  active,  conforming  to  the  law  of  universal  gravitation ;  and 
such  was  the  state  of  this  planet  primarily. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  bevelations.  173 

Its  igneous  composition  being  very  active,  in  receiving  particle? 
suitable  for  its  association,  and  in  disengaging  the  non-associating 
parts,  tlie  planet's  emanations  produced  the  nebulous  zones  or  belts 
that  now  surround  the  primary.  These  zones  (like  the  planet  itself) 
existed  for  many  ages  in  the  form  of  an  igneous  atmosphere,  at  a 
distance  from  the  primary  naturally  assumed  according  to  the  law  of 
association  and  centrifugal  force.  This  evolution  of  atmosphere  from 
Saturn  was  incidentally  influenced  by  the  existing  forces  of  the  pre- 
viously formed  planets,  and  the  Sun.  Thus  it  produced  an  active, 
agglomerated,  atmospheric  zone,  according  to  the  laws  of  mutual 
association  and  condensation.  And  the  formation  of  the  ^rst  ring 
being  explained,  the  second  is  inferrible  as  being  a  corresponding 
emanation  fit)m  ihejirstf  even  as  thcU  was  from  the  primary  ;  and  it 
assumed  its  relative  distance  according  to  existing  exterior  and  inter- 
nal active  influences.  The  nebulous  rmgs  of  Saturn,  like  the  planet 
itself,  have  become  condensed  near  their  surface,  assuming  forms  ob- 
lately  spheroidal. 

The  centre  of  Saturn  is  still  an  igneous,  unstratified  substance,  the 
surface  having  become  chemically  condensed  by  the  escape  of  inter- 
nal beat,  and  by  the  production  of  organizing  and  vivifying  gases : 
and  so  also  are  its  rings  existing,  their  condition  being  the  same  as 
would  have  been  produced  in  any  other  planet  by  the  same  causes 
and  under  the  same  circumstances. 

The  sur&ces  of  these  rings  show  many  seemingly  uneven  portions, 
an  appearance  of  roughness  occasionally  contrasting  with  that  of 
smoothness  and  brightness.  These  appearances  are  produced  by  the 
reflection  of  its  satellites  upon  the  various  parts  of  these  belts  during 
tbcir  revolutions,  and  by  frequent  eclipses ;  also  by  their  own  situa- 
tioo,  which  at  times  is  very  unfavorable  for  proper  observation. 

At  this  present  moment,  those  rings  may  be  considered  as  but  just 
instituted  and  developed :  and  having  been  formed  and  condensed 
from  the  diflerent  combinations  in  which  they  have  existed  in  previous 
ages,  tbey  will  ultimately  be  resolved  into  one  sphere^  by  the  constant 
iniercbanging  of  atoms  that  is  now  going  on,  and  the  chemical  influ- 
ence* that  are  at  work  universally  throughout  space.  And  thus  they 
win  associate  with  bodies  and  atoms  of  like  nature  and  will  produce 
another  planet ;  while  Saturn  will  constandy,  like  other  bodies,  con- 
tinue to  produce  and  reproduce  materials  for  its  own  and  other  com- 
positions. 

But  as  the  human  organization  is  extremely  fleeting  in  comparison 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


174  nature's  divine  rbvbi-ations. 

to  grosser  materials,  therefore  man  has  not  existed  long  enough  to 
observe  any  change  in  this  planet,  or  in  any  other.  Centuries  after 
centuries  pass  away,  and  such  bodies  remain  to  the  vision  apparently 
unmoved.  Yet  this  very  body  is  ten  thousand  times  more  active  as 
a  whole  than  the  body  of  man ;  but  man,  holding  dissimilar  relations, 
and  being  composed  of  less  durable  materials,  lives  and  sinks  into 
repose  before  an  apparent  change  takes  place  in  any  of  the  gross 
materials  existing  on  the  earth.  Hence  Saturn  will  change;  and 
especially  its  nebulous  rings,  which  will  become  ultimately  organized 
into  globes,  according  to  the  established  law  of  ceaseless  action. 

This  planet,  being  situated  and  organized  differently  from  others, 
having  zones  which  others  have  not,  and  possessing  a  greater  num- 
ber of  satellites  than  any  other  planet  belonging  to  the  solar  system, 
has  long  been  the  cause  of  much  wonder  and  admiration  among  sci- 
entific observers.  Its  diameter  being  about  seventy-nine  thousand 
miles,  greatly  exceeds  that  of  the  former  planet ;  and  this  dissimi- 
larity has  produced  contention  against  the  law  of  uniformity  in  gen- 
eral development.  Its  distance  from  the  sun  is  more  than  niiie  hun- 
dred millions  of  miles.  It  revolves  upon  its  axis  in  a  little  less  than 
en  hours  and  a  half.  And  the  period  of  time  occupied  in  one  of 
ts  revolutions  around  the  sun,  is  about  thirty  years.  The  inclina- 
iion  of  its  orbit  to  the  ecliptic  is  about  two  and  a  half  degrees ;  and 
ts  axis  also  inclines  to  the  plane  of  its'lorbit.  This  inclination 
causes  the  light  of  the  sun  to  strike  it  vertically  for  several  degrees 
either  way  from  its  equator;  at  which  place  it  enjoys  twenty-five 
thousand  days  and  nights  in  one  of  its  years ;  while  at  the  poles, 
there  is  but  one  of  each.  It  revolves  with  the  enormous  velocity  of 
twenty-two  thousand  miles  an  hour ! 

The  breadth  of  the  first  ring  from  the  primary,  is  twenty  thousand 
miles.  A  space  occiurs  between  it  and  the  outer,  of  three  thousand 
miles.  The  breadth  of  the  outer  is  seven  thousand  miles ;  and  its 
diameter  is  two  hundred  thousand  miles.  Being  nearly  of  the  same 
density  of  Saturn,  the  rings  revolve  also  in  about  ten  hours  and 
a  half. 

The  space  existing  between  the  outer  ring  and  the  first  satellite, 
is  twenty-nine  thousand  miles.  The  distance  fcom  the  primary  to 
its  first  satellite  is  over  one  hundred  and  seven  thousand  nules.  And 
the  mean  distance  from  the  outer  satellite  to  its  primary,  is  over  two 
millions  of  miles.  And  the  five  satellites  intermediately  existing, 
observe  relative  distances  and  situations  from  each  other,  according 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURE^S   DIVINB    REVELATIONS.  176 

Co  their  respective  densities  and  diameters,  and  therefore  may  be  con- 
sidered as  sustaining  positions  according  to  the  order  observed  hj 
their  priciaiy's  development 

Thus  the  computations  that  have  been  made  in  reference  to  Saturn 
and  its  appendages,  only  add  stronger  proof  of  the  law  of  uniformity 
and  progressive  development,  in  all  bodies  belonging  to  the  Solar 
System*  For  first,  the  planet^s  diameter,  velocity  bf  motion,  and 
period  of  revolution,  are  in  exact  accordance  with  this  law,  as  might 
be  expected  from  its  density  and  comparative  distance  from  the  Sun. 
Secondly,  the  first  ring  sustains  a  distance  from  the  primary  corre- 
sponding to  its  magnitude  and  density :  and  the  second  ring  holds  a 
close  relation  with  the  first,  but  only  in  accordance  with  its  specific 
qualities  and  relative  magnitude.  And  the  diameter  of  the  whole 
evidently  comprehends  four  fifths  of  the  original  size  of  the  primary, 
or  its  size  previous  to  such  annular  developments,  considering  that 
its  satellites  were  developed  a  long  period  before  those  rings.  And 
the  rings  now  existing  afford  proof  of  this,  and  also  of  the  source  of 
the  materials  composing  them,  seeing  that  their  revohitions  corre- 
spond (almost)  precisely  to  that  of  Saturn.  Thurdly,  the  mean  dis- 
tance occurring  between  Saturn  and  its  first  satellite,  and  the  outer 
ring  and  the  same,  demonstrates  more  evidently  the  relation  and  con- 
nexion that  this  satellite  sustains  to  its  productor  and  its  rings. 

And  the  specific  position,  distance,  and  magnitude  of  each  satel- 
lite, from  the  first  to  the  most  remote,  show  a  beautiful  order  and 
harmony  of  arrangement.  And  the  density,  magnitude,  and  velocity 
of  the  outer  satellite,  with  its  orbitual  inclination  and  rotary  motion, 
hannonize  precisely  with  the  primary.  It  holds  its  relations  in  a 
minute  and  specific  manner,  yet  in  all  these  it  corresponds  to  the 
aagnitude  and  all  the  motions  of  the  primary.  For  the  revolution 
of  the  odter  sphere,  and  its  density,  magnitude,  and  situation,  bear 
the  same  relation  to  each  other  as  do  the  same  things  in  Saturn 
itself^  the  same  established  causes  operating  on  each  body  according 
13  iu  relation  to  iu  primary. 

Therefore  Saturn,  its  rings  and  satellites,  present  one  system  of 
progressive  development,  when  considered  in  a  gmeral  point  of  view, 
But  incidental  catises,  producing  like  effects,  tend  in  some  degree  to 
present  an  appearance  contrary  to  the  uniformity  of  the  whole.  But 
Ml  investigating  the  waiverml  motions  and  developments  of  this  planet, 
ibe  thought  of  such  irregularities  will  at  once  be  banished  from  'the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


176  nature's  divine  eevelations. 

Human  conceptions  of  order  are  founded  upon  the  supposed 
reality  of  apparent  confusion;  and  when  apparent  confusion  and 
irregularities  are  observed,  the  mind  instantly  conceives  of  their  op- 
posite order.  Hence  if  confusion  were  not  apparent,  the  word  order 
would  be  widiout  meaning.  But  where  order  universally  exists,  and 
confusion  is  temporarily  and  minutely  apparent  to  the  mind,  there  the 
general  conception  of  order,  would  be  evidently  correct ;  as  it  would 
be  derived  from  contrasting  the  order  of  a  general^  with  the  disorder 
of  an  incidental  character.  Therefore  if  order  is  apparendy  univeT" 
saly  this  at  once  establishes  the  doctrine  of  uniformity  ;  and  all  par- 
ticular and  apparent  confusion  must  be  referred  to  incidental  and 
local  causes.  But  the  great  Whole  being  correctly  comprehended, 
presents  a  system  of  undisturbed  order  and  harmony ! 

Thus  I  leave  this  most  wonderful  planet  to  the  discussion  of 
researchers  and  mathematical  observers,  and  commence  revealing 
the  most  wonderful  developments  that  it  has  produced.  And  a 
proper  conception  of  truths  and  facts  as  pertaining  to  this  earthy 
will  by  analogy,  carry  an  inference  favorable  to  the  truthfulness  of 
the  present  revealment  in  reference  to  this  heavenly  body. 


^  20.  The  geography  of  this  planet  is  very  beautiful,  it  being 
divided  into  two  thirds  water  and  one  thurd  earth.  And  being 
entirely  free  from  all  volcanic  and  catastrophic  occurrences,  it  pre- 
sents an  even  and  undisturbed  surface.  There  are  but  few  promi- 
nences, and  these  are  near  the  poles;  the  equator  being  perfectly 
free  from  these,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  promontories,  connect- 
ing themselves  with  still  higher  land,  whose  dividing  chasm  forms 
the  bed  of  a  very  extensive  body  of  water.  These  prominences 
were  formed  by  the  natural  developments  of  the  materials  in  motion 
during  the  planet's  primary  and  subsequent  conditions. 

Concerning  the  vegetable  and  organic  formations  of  this  planet, 
much  might  be  said  in  an  abstract  dissertation.  Still,  the  strict  his- 
tory of  these  creations  could  not  possibly  be  given  mmutely ;  and 
even  if  this  were  possible,  it  would  not  be  useful. 

Organic  beings  inhabited  this  planet  many  thousand  years  before 
this  earth  had  an  existence.  Therefore,  according  to  the  law  of 
progressive  refinement,  the  organic  kingdoms  of  this  planet  have 
attained  to  a  high  degree  of  perfection. 

There  are  four  general  classes  of  vegetable  developments  here 
existing.     One  class  assumes  high  and  bulky  forms,  but  it  is  pro- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ  IC 


natu&b's  divine  bbveultions.  177 

only  Detr  the  poles,  where  exist  the  minimum  amount  of  light 
lad  he«L  These  do  not  exist  near  the  equator,  nor  in  the  vicinity 
of  water.  They  are  gigantic  vegetable  developments  in  the  form  of 
iroes  ;  but  the  kinds  of  materiak  composing  them  are  not  to  be  found 
m  any  higher  order  of  vegetable  formation. 

The  seamd  class  has  a  smooth,  slim  body,  and  the  branches  in 
langtb  are  tmce  that  of  the  body;  and  they  cast  a  deep  shade. 
Tbey  are  io  appearance  simikr  to  the  Upas^  but  not  in  quality  or 
composition.  These  bring  forth  delicious  fruit,  which  is  long  in 
afaape,  internally  white,  and  encompassed  with  a  thick,  external 
coating.  The  branches  that  first  eject  themselves  from  the  body  are 
several  feet  from  the  earth,  but  not  quite  so  high  as  it  is  from  these  to 
the  top.  This  class  should  be  understood  as  the  second  in  the  order 
at  formation— as  the  ultimate  and  perfection  of  the  former  class. 

The  third  in  order  presents  itself  as  a  more  perfect  vegetable. 
This  rises  but  a  few  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  ground.  It  has 
several  descending  boughs,  which  when  developed  act  as  new  bodies 
by  fastening  themselves  as  roots  in  the  earth.  This  vegetable  is 
much  complicated  in  its  parts.  Its  location  is  near  the  equator,  and 
to  this  fact  its  peculiarity  may  be  attributed.  This  brings  forth  a 
kind  of  pube-fitiit.  Being  exceedingly  nourishing,  it  enters  very 
fireqnendy  into  the  composition  of  animal  forms. 

The  fowrth  vegetable  formation  is  the  last  developed  and  most  per- 
fect. Being  a  succeeding  development  of  all  beneath  it,  its  compo- 
sition is  much  more  perfect  than  that  of  others.  Therefore  it  stands 
ms  sn  nltimate  of  the  vegetable  kmgdom,  comprehending  the  essences 
of  all  below  iu  high  order  of  being.  Its  roots  and  trunk  are  very 
loag  and  slender,  and  it  develops  from  the  bottom  of  the  trunk  to  the 
shooting  forth  of  the  branches,  calicee  corresponding  to  the  petals  of 
the  bud  and  its  fiiiiL  It  is  not  high,  but  grows  with  exceeding 
spoocaneity ;  and  it  is  fitted  for  the  uses  of  the  animal  economy.  It 
is  produced  in  one  half  of  one  of  the  years,  at  the  equator — repro- 
twice  in  one  of  this  planet's  years.  And  this  is  the  most 
vegetable  upon  the  surface  of  Sattun. 
There  are  intermediate  formations,  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest, 
ia  the  vegetable  kingdom.  But  it  would  be  impossible  to  classify 
these  intermediate  species ;  and  the  four  generalizations  give  a  distinct 
roocepdoo  of  the  vegetable  developments  of  this  planet ;  the  object 
leiog  only  to  establish  progressive  succession.  And  this  being  founded 
ia  natural  and  invariable  laws,  analogy  confirms  this  revealment. 

13 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


178  nature's  ditine  revelations. 

There  wrejive  general  classes  of  animal  exbtences  on  this  planet 
Polygastric  monads  are  existing  in  various  forms,  from  the  articulata 
to  the  vertebrata.  There  is  not  existing  any  particular  species  of 
semi-vertebrated  animals.  There  are  but  few  articulated ;  but  the 
general  animal  existences  of  this  planet  are  entirely  vertebrated. 
Reptiles,  saurians,  &c.,  do  not  exist  upon  its  surface,  the  cause  of 
which  is  that  the  materials  composing  this  body  are  of  too  high  and 
rare  a  nature  to  enter  into  the  composition  of  any  gross  forms  or 
organizations. 

The^rst  of  the  five  classes,  therefore,  is  of  a  well-organized  form, 
having  very  fine  vascular  and  muscular  tissues.  This  animal,  being 
one  of  the  general  classes,  requires  a  brief  description.  It  is  very 
large  and  very  strong,  having  joints  only  in  its  hind  legs.  Its  fore 
legs,  being  composed  of  a  very  strong  muscular  and  osseous  sub- 
stance, are  elastic  and  pliable  when  occasion  requires,  but  exceed- 
ingly strong  and  immovable  whenever  operated  upon  by  its  positive 
will.  Its  lepgth  is  proportionate  to  its  height.  Being  an  animal  of 
exceeding  power,  it  is  the  most  useful  of  any  others  to  its  governors. 
Its  eyes  are  small ;  its  ears  are  narrow  and  short ;  its  head  is  wide 
and  high  ;  its  proboscis  and  mouth  are  closely  connected,  the  former 
serving  as  a  nasal  organ  and  a  useful  instrument  for  drinking,  and 
transferring  to  the  mouth  the  long,  hard-abelled  finiit  that  exists  upon 
the  complex  vegetable  form  which  has  been  described.  Its  disposi- 
tion is  firm,  and  yet  it  is  submissive.  It  has  exterior  developments 
corresponding  to  its  disposition  and  natural  attachments.  Its  head 
being  wide,  gives  it  an  inclination  for  self-protection  and  preserva- 
tion, insomuch  that  it  constructs  large  caves  and  places  of  conceal- 
ment in  which  it  resides  during  the  long  night  that  is  experienced  at 
the  pole.  And  during  the  long  day  that  is  ako  experienced  at  the 
same  location,  it  leaves  its  place  of  repose  and  perigrinates  near  the 
shores  of  the  water,  and  to  places  where  grows  more  luxuriantly  the 
fruit  upon  which  it  subsists.  * 

The  second  in  order,  is  an  animal  of  much  less  complicated  forma- 
tion. Its  form  is  not  so  graceful  and  pleasing  as  the  former,  but  its 
composition  is  a  degree  more  perfect.  It  consociates  with  the  former 
animal,  exists  in  the  same  region,  but  is  extremely  amphibious, 

*  The  speaker  here  remarked  that  this  and  other  animals  were  designated  by  tbc 
inhabitants  of  this  planet  by  particular  tcundt!  but  as  it  would  be  difficult,  as  well 
as  useless,  to  represent  these  sounds  to  an  inhabitant  of  the  earth,  he  would  not  makt 
the  attempt. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


VATUBB's  DIVIKS   BBTBLATI0K8.  179 

I  that  in  this  paiticukr  point  it  is  very  dissimilar  to  the  other. 
Iti  diyMition  is  of  an  irritable  and  excitable  nature.  Its  muscular 
and  Tascular  system  being  very  active,  causes  a  great  amount  of  ner- 
vous activi^  and  irritability.  This  is  caused  by  its  peculiar  shape, 
and  the  circumstances  nnder  which  it  exists.  Inform,  it  typifies 
Saurian  spectes^>but  in  this  particular  only. 

The  tAird  in  order,  is  composed  of  still  finer  materials,  and  its 
power  and  celerity  of  muscular  motion  are  not  equalled  by  any  other 
•pedes  existing.  It  has  torn  legs  or  extremities ;  the  hinder  ones 
representing  slightly  the  human  foot,  and  the  foremost  typifying  the 
Uflibs  of  the  seaL  Sdll  these  are  perfectly  adapted  to  the  situation  in 
which  the  aninud  exists.  Its  flesh  is  very  tender  in  comparison  to 
that  of  the  fenner,  and  its  skin  would  be  impenetrable  by  any  instru- 
■irats  that  are  on  earth  known.  It  is  of  an  osseous  structure,  com- 
posed chiefly  of  the  harder  materials  of  its  bone,  forming  a  surface 
like  a  complex  network  of  scales ;  and  it  is  therefore  impenetrable, 
from  its  soMOlh  and  elastic  surface.  Its  length  and  height  corre- 
apood  to  those  of  an  animal  that  previously  exbted  upon  this  globe  ;* 
yet  its  diqwaition  and  phrenic  attributes  are  very  dissimilar  to  this 
q)ecies.  Having  great  strength,  it  moves  with  great  rapidity.  Though 
naasier,  by  its  subduing  power,  over  all  below  its  degree  of  being,  it 
fltill  manifests  no  disturbing,  destructive,  or  antagonistic  disposition. 
Having  pecnliar  associations,  its  nature  corresponds  thereunto.  Its 
main  faatore  u  a  repulsive  and  Qrrannical  appearance,  the  real  indi- 
cation of  wUch  is  firmness,  power,  and  activity. 

The  fcmrtk  in  order,  is  a  form  slightly  Epical  of  the  natural  man. 
Its  composition  being  a  progression  of  all  below  it,  it  exists  as  a  dis- 
tinct yecics,  occupying  the  station  becoming  its  dignity  and  superior 
aatve.  It  has  four  limbs,  two  of  which  serve  as  organs  of  motion 
and  navigation,  and  the  others  are  rather  arms  than  limbs  like  the 
fiviDar.  It  is  nx>re  highly  vertebrated,  and  has  greater  elasticity  of 
mosdes,  than  those  bdow  it.  Its  body  is  rather  wide,  and  not  per- 
factiy  roond.  The  sacral  bone  and  hips  being  much  distended,  gives 
It  great  strength  and  muscular  power.  Its  shoulders  bemg  high,  and 
its  neck  corresponding,  give  it  great  ehistidty  in  the  movements  of  its 


IiB  menial  organisation  nearly  represents  that  of  the  human  being, 
with  the  exception  that  its  knowledge  and  power  of  exterior  under 


•7W  lMt«nr  laddratidlT  fSMflui  Unt  tk«  salMl  raftncd  to  was  the 
afriy  ftiiyfi  la 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


180  NATiniE*S   DIVINE    REVELATIONS. 

Standing,  surpasses  that  of  man  existing  on  the  earth !  Its  head  being 
round  and  long,  still  bearing  the  general  shape  of  the  human  head, 
gives  it  a  more  extensive  scope  of  mental  comprehension  than  man 
on  earth  possesses.  Its  general  disposition  is  characterised  by  strong 
attachments  and  social  desires.  It  has  great  power  of  concentration ; 
and  its  sense  of  what  is  naturally  right  and  just,  is  very  prominent. 
Its  head  being  not  very  high  in  proportion  to  its  size,  causes  an  ab- 
sence of  veneration  for  the  invisible;  but  it  venerates  things  and 
truths  well  known  and  well  attested  by  the  evidence  of  its  senses. 
Hence  it  deduces  its  convictions  from  all  it  sees,  and  venerates 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  deductions  or  visible  truths  presented. 
It  has  a  strong  passion  for  mirth  and  pleasurable  emotions,  insomuch 
that  its  communications  are  more  subtle  at  times  when  this  desire 
has  been  excited,  than  any  communications  of  man.  It  has  a  power- 
fully retentive  memory  or  susceptibility  of  repetitions  of  previous  im- 
pressions. It  has  strong  intellectual  faculties,  insomuch  that  it 
governs  other  beings  below  it  by  its  mechanical  ingenuity.  It  is,  in 
general  terms,  a  most  perfect  animal-intellectual  being. 

But  its  mental  and  physical  organizations  are  so  constructed  that 
the  individualization  of  the  inner  life  could  not  occur ;  and  its  nattu^l 
and  exterior  experience  are  but  instinct  to  man  there  existing.  And 
the  intuition  and  powers  of  perception  with  which  it  is  endowed,  are 
no  more  to  the  sweeping  intellect  of  the  human  inhabitants  of  that 
planet,  than  is  the  knowledge  of  the  orang-outang  on  this  earth  exist- 
ing, to  Man^  who  is  governor  of  all  below  his  exalted  state  of  organi- 
zation ! 


^  21.  The  following  class  in  order,  of  animal  organization,  is  the 
ultimate  of  this  planet,  and  the  perfection  of  all  below  it ;  and  this 
class  is  Man.  His  form  is  perfected  in  its  developments  and  adapta- 
tions to  its  uses.  His  limbs  are  very  straight  and  round.  His  joints 
and  their  appendages  are  composed  of  fine  materials,  and  display  in 
their  perfect  adaptation,  original  design.  The  body  is  of  perfect  form, 
and  is  characterized  by  a  symmetry  unequalled  in  any  other  being 
there  existing.  The  sternum  is  oval  and  full,  joining  the  costals  with 
a  kind  of  bracework,  which  gives  full  space  and  free  action  to  the 
vbcera  system.  The  lungs,  which  are  divided  into  tm>  hemispheres, 
are  con^posed  of  an  adipose  and  elastic,  active  substance.  The  heart 
has  also  two  divisions,  and  observes  movements  which  correspond 
with  those  of  the  lungs.     The  ganglionic  system  is  very  freely  dis- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  revelations.  181 

•eminated  throughout  every  part  of  the  body,  almost  giving  imper- 
ceptible motion  to  the  motar  nerves  of  the  organs. 

The  head  corresponds  in  its  perfection  to  the  body.  The  cranium 
■ot  being  composed  of  a  heavy,  thick  substance,  gives  great  activity 
tt>  the  senses  in  respect  to  external  objects.  The  cerebrum  is  very 
large  and  foD ;  and  the  cerebellum  and  its  divisions  are  still  larger. 
The  restifiirm,  medulla  oblongata,  and  medulla  spinalis,  are  composed 
of  substances  so  sensitive  (corresponding  to  the  substance  of  the  brain), 
that  the  whole  forms  a  perfect  system  of  motion  and  sensation.  The 
brain  being  excessively  active,  sends  throughout  the  nervous  system 
a  refined  ether  of  sensation.  The  brain  is  composed  of  innumerable 
cortical  glands,  each  of  which  attracts  and  repels,  performing  systolic 
and  diastolic  motions.  These  cortical  glands  are  the  reservoirs  from 
which  proceed  the  fibres  and  nerves  of  sensation ;  for  these  glands 
conceive  and  produce  them.  Thus  the  nerves  of  sensation  are  con- 
nected with  the  corcula  of  the  brain,  as  the  arteries  and  veins  are 
connected  with  the  ventricles  of  the  heart.  Therefore  contraction 
md  expansion  of  these  cortical  glands  produce  the  involuntary  roo- 
liQOS  of  the  system ;  while  by  the  same  forces,  the  heart  presses  the 
blood  throughout  the  body.  The  motions  of  the  lungs  and  heart  are 
very  powerful.  The  motion  of  the  brain  corresponds  to  that  of  these 
organs,  and  the  motion  of  the  whole  corresponds  to  the  gigantic 
strength  of  the  body. 

The  fom  of  the  system  has  great  beauty.  The  surface,  corre- 
sponding to  the  materials  composing  the  whole  system,  is  very  fine, 
aod  almost  transparent.  The  main  motions  of  the  system  correspond 
lo  those  of  the  human  body  upon  this  planet,  with  the  exception  that 
tbej  are  characterised  by  more  precision,  and  are  governed  by  more 
decided  judgment,  which  also  controls  their  actions  universally.  Their 
organisation  is  of  the  most  perfect  kind,  both  mental  and  physical ; 
and  iheir  intellect  being  expansive  and  powerful,  judgment  controls 
Ukio  entirely,  insomuch  that  weakness  and  disease  are  not  existing 
aoMog  them. 

Tbe  procninent  qualities  of  the  mind  are  of  a  moral  and  intellectual 
■acwe.  They  have  strong  social  attachments,  but  these  are  governed 
tfrktly  by  a  weltorganized  intellecL  Their  force  of  character  is  ex- 
tremely great,  this  also  being  under  the  guidance  of  well-directed 
naioa.  They  are  firm  b  will,  generally  submissive,  and  are  fi^e 
from  aQ  superfluous  dispositions.  Veneration  in  them  is  very  deep 
mmi  impressive.     Nothing,  however,  is  revered  but  that  which  tha 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


182  nature's  divinb  revelations. 

judgment  responds  to  as  being  true.  Their  causality  is  not  so  fuDjr 
developed  as  comparison  or  the  power  of  analogical  reasoning.  Per- 
ception is  extremely  vivid  and  penetrating. 

Their  heads  are  very  high  and  long.  Power  of  generalization  and 
synthetical  investigation,  is  in  them  almost  unbounded.  They  reason 
from  the  inlcmal — receiving  truth  through  the  highly-sanctioned  con- 
victions of  their  interior  principles.  Their  physical  organization 
being  so  perfect,  admits  their  principles  or  beginning  causes*  to 
extend  throughout  the  body,  and  makes  them  very  susceptible  to 
impressions. 

They  are  governed  strictly  by  the  laws  of  their  nature.  Sensation 
exbts,  and  the  laws  and  uses  of  this  they  understand.  From  sensa- 
tion arise  inclinations.  Sensation  being  a  law  of  the  organization, 
exists  upon  the  fibres  and  nervous  system  with  them,  the  same  as 
with  man  on  earth.  The  inclinations  which  it  produces  are  either 
attractive  or  repulsive,  and  they  are  governed  in  respect  to  such 
strictly  by  the  interior  impressions  received  concerning  them. 

They  reason  inductively:  and  from  effects  and  forms  external, 
they  induce  an  original  principle,  and  then  reason  from  principles  to 
their  eflfects.  Subjects  are  thus  comprehended  by  one  grasp  of  their 
mighty  intellects. 

With  a  telescopic  mind  they  familiarize  themselves  with  earths  ex- 
isting between  them  and  the  Sun,  and  also  with  the  inhabitants  upon 
them  existing.  They  contemplate  the  planets  of  space  with  no  more 
curiosity  than  we  do  those  of  the  Solar  System.  Their  minds  being 
free  from  imperfection — from  all  that  is  opposed  to  righteousness,  they 
associate  with  that  which  is  pure  and  good.  They  connect  their  minds 
with  first  principles,  and  with  the  internal  of  all  things.  Their  minds 
are  endowed  with  powers  so  penetrating  that  they  perceive  all  things 
in  a  general  light,  and  as  being  good.  They  are  unlike  the  class 
mentioned  before  them,  which  reason  from  externals  only ;  which 
deduce  from  things  seen  their  knowledge  and  judgment,  knowing 
nothing  of  the  internal,  and  receiving  no  response  from  the  influx  of 
interior  principles.  But  man,  as  superior  to  these,  has  knowledge 
derived  fi*om  internal  experience  and  consciousness,  and  from  this 
only.  They  follow  inclinations,  if  they  are  approbated  by  their  inte- 
riors ;  but  if  they  are  disapproved,  they  repel  them  by  the  exercise  of 
a  superior  judgment :  and  thus  they  are  free  fit)m  violation  and  disease. 

•  That  ia,  Uie  ifdtrior  €$senc$  of  man  as  the  prior  cause  of  the  exterior  fonn,  with 
ill  ils  manifestations. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATUBB's  DinXE    REVELATIONS.  188 

The  perfecd(m  of  their  internal  principle  far  exceeds  that  of  any 
class  of  homan  beings  in  our  Solar  System.  They  associate  with 
the  bunoUdge  of  the  second  Sphere!  They  receive  no  impressions 
but  those  which  flow  from  btemal  realities.  They  are  physically, 
mentally,  and  morally  perfected. 

They  inhabit  buildings  of  an  ingenious  and  peculiar  structure, 
which  are  also  beautiful  and  convenient  These  are  very  large  and 
extensive,  covering  inmiense  areas  of  land,  like  an  extensive  city 
among  os.  There  are,  however,  hut  few  of  these  large  and  united 
buiklings  upon  the  surface  of  the  planet,  these  being  near  the  equa- 
tor, where  light  and  heat,  which  correspond  to  interior  truth  and  love, 
are  most  perfecdy  enjoyed. 

They  form  associations  according  to  internal  desire.  They  are 
not  governed  by  the  inclinations  of  the  natural  man,  and  therefore 
take  unto  themselves  mates  according  to  mutual  inward  approbation, 
and  thus  they  are  united  in  the  bonds  of  spiritual  happiness  and 
peace.  There  is  no  repulsion  ever  existing  between  associated 
mates,  because  love  and  purity  abide  with  them  universally. 

Their  minds  are  sufficiently  expansive  to  comprehend  at  a  single 
glance,  the  whole  surface  of  their  country.  Hence  they  are  con- 
scious of  the  movements  of  the  whole  nation.  All  are  united  as  one 
brotherhood,  harmonising  in  all  their  interests,  though  existing  in 
di&rent  locations  on  the  planet.  Undisturbed  connexion  exists 
between  nation  and  nation ;  and  that  which  constitutes  the  interest  of 
one,  constitutes  the  undivided  interest  and  peace  of  the  whole  race. 
This  is  perceived  by  internal  reasoning ;  and  this  state  of  things  is 
sustained  by  the  approval  of  their  interior  principles.  Such  are  the 
Inhabitants  of  Saturn ;  and  thus  are  purity  and  goodness  manifested 
as  the  result  of  their  perfected  knowledge  and  highly  unfolded 
aMotal  powers. 

It  is  only  by  means  of  the  five  generalizations  made  upon  the  ani- 
mab  of  Saturn,  that  these  could  be  understood ;  because  there  are 
existing  innumerable  species  of  animals  on  this  planet.  The  ani- 
mab  inferior  to  man  are  in  nature  rodentia^  with  the  exception  of  the 
Jirst^  which  is  ruminating  in  its  habits.  Millions  of  intermediate 
beings  exist,  and  have  existed,  between  these  general  classes.  But 
by  axraqging  them  into  the  order  of  progressive  ascension  from  the 
lowest  to  the  highest*  each  assuming  a  form  according  to  its  approx- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


184  nature's  DIVINfi   REVELATIONS. 

imation  to  man,  the  mind  obtains  a  general  conception  of  the  animaj 
productions  of  this  planet. 


^  22.  The  next  planet  evolved  from  the  Sun  was  the  fifth  in  the 
Solar  System,  and  is  named  Jupiter.  The  Sun  at  this  time,  inclu- 
ding its  atmospheric  emanation,  extended  to  the  orbit  observed  by 
Jupiter  in  its  revolution.  By  virtue  of  inherent,  and  active  energies 
still  existing  in  the  igneous  composition  of  the  Sun, — and  of  the 
powerful  motions  which  it  and  every  particle  that  composed  it  had, 
the  fifth  planet  was  called  into  existence  according  to  laws  originally 
and  eternally  established. 

Laws  and  motions  as  heretofore  explained,  will  be  viewed  in  a 
general  light  by  observers  and  investigators  who  are  searching  for  the 
causes  or  living  principles  which  govern  all  matter.  Therefore,  un- 
derstanding the  motions  that  produced  former  formations,  nothing 
needs  here  to  be  added  in  reference  to  the  same  law,  as  producing 
this  planet.  By  a  constant  association  and  agglomeration  of  atoms 
and  particles  repulsed  from  the  great  Mass,  and  seeking  association 
among  the  combinations  that  had  been  thus  formed,  the  accumula- 
tion at  length  became  qualified  to  assume  specific  motions,  and  a 
spherical  form,  the  magnitude  of  which,  including  its  atmospheric 
emanations,  extended  to  the  orbit  of  its  farthest  satellite. 

Such  was  the  original  condition  of  Jupiter.  According  to  the 
laws  of  evaporation,  gravitation,  and  consolidation,  the  planet  gradu- 
ally assumed  the  form  and  bulk  which  it  now  hjls.  Particles  perpet- 
ually emanating  from  this,  became  associated  in  other  and  smaller 
combinations,  and  condensation  of  these  produced  its  satellites ;  each 
of  which  sustained  a  position  corresponding  to  its  relation  to  the 
planet  and  to  the  other  satellites,  and  according  to  its  magnitude  and 
density. 

The  materials  composing  Jupiter  and  its  satellites  were  more  dense 
than  former  planetary  productions.  The  materials  composing  the 
Sun  had  become  condensed  according  to  the  number  of  planets 
which  had  been  evolved  from  its  original  composition.  Therefore 
this  planet's  materials  were  denser  than  the  former,  as  corresponding 
to  the  increased  density  of  the  materials  of  the  Sun.  The  whole 
was  an  agglomeration  of  igneous  atoms :  but  following  the  laws  ori-^ 
gmally  instituted,  it  became  gradually  consolidated.  Still,  innumer^- 
able  ages  elapsed  before  the  present  condition  was  attained. 

The  present  density  of  this  planet  is  one  and  a  quarter  to  that  of 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATtTRE  S  DIYINB   RBYBLATIONS*  185 

witer,  showing  an  increase  of  density  from  the  other  planets.  Its 
distance  from  the  Sun  is  at  this  time  four  hundred  and  ninety  mil* 
lioos  of  miles.  Its  diameter  is  eighty-nine  thousand  miles.  It  le- 
Tolvet  upon  its  axis  once  m  nearly  ten  hours,  and  around  the  great 
Sun,  in  nearly  twelve  years.  It  travels  therefore  with  great  velocity. 
The  nearer  planets  approach  the  great  Centre  from  which  they  ema- 
aated,  the  greater  is  the  velocity  of  their  motion  in  their  orbits. 

The  inclination  of  its  orbit  to  the  plane  of  the  ecliptic  is  very  im«- 
perceptible.  In  consequence  of  its  unimaginable  velocity  of  rotary 
mocioay  it  is  somewhat  flattened  at  its  poles  and  full  at  its  equator. 
Owing  to  the  inclination  of  its  axis  to  the  plane  of  its  orbit  being 
very  slight,  the  sun  strikes  it  vertically  unceasingly  at  its  equator,  at 
which  place  there  is  but  litde  variety  in  the  seasons  or  changes  in  the 
length  of  its  days  and  nights. 

This  planet  having  four  satellites  which  are  three  less  than  the 
number  of  Saturn's,  possesses  as  a  consequence  greater  bulk  and 
asagnitude.     It  is  fourteen  hundred  times  greater  in  bulk  than  the 
earth,  and  contains  nearly  three  hundred  times  the  amount  of  matter. 
This  planet  also,  being  the  largest  in  our  solar  system,  would  seem 
at  a  superficial  view  to  refute  the  doctrine  of  uniformity  and  pro 
gression.     The  causes  which  were  brought  to  operate  upon  the  accu- 
■iiihuion  of  particles  composing  this  planet,  were  very  dissimilar  to 
those  that  ucted  upon  Saturn*     There  was  a  tendency  of  associated 
particles  to  adhere  more  closely  in  this  planet  than  in  the  former, 
because  they  possessed  greater  density  and  stronger  mutual  affinities. 
If  this  had  not  been  so,  particles  would  have  emanated  from  the  mass 
to  produce  another  satellite.     But  this  cause,  together  with  the  con- 
joined forces  that  existed  in  the  Sun  and  the  other  planets,  prevented 
the  frrther  development  of  its  particles.     These   were  incidejttal 
rttiies,  and  acted  upon  the  body  merely  because  it  vras  placed  under 
diflerent  circumstances  from  those  attending  any  other  planet  before 
or  since  created.     In  all  its  general  conditions  it  manifests  a  general 
ooifonnitj  with  all  other  planetary  developments :  but  in  this  and 
OM  other  particular,  it  apparently  contradicts  the  great  law  estab- 
liihed.    Yet  understanding  that  all  such  discrepancies  owe  their  ex- 
isteace  to  foreign  and  incidental  causes  (these  being  mere  negatiom 
ji  the  great  general  and  eternal  law),  they  may  properly  be  consid- 
ered as  not  re/uiingf  but  as  absolutely  confirming  the  original  and 
■airenal  principles  and  forces  as  emanating  firom  the  great  Vortex  or 
dvooe  of  infinite  Power. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


186  naturb's  DrviNB  rbvblations. 

The  mean  distance  of  the  firzt  satellite  from  the  primary  is  two 
hundred  and  sixty-six  thousand  miles ;  and  its  period  of  revolution 
is  one  day  and  eighteen  hours.  This  body  is  more  dense  than  the 
succeeding  ones;  therefore  it  sustains  a  position  nearest  to  \\» 
primary. 

The  teconi  satellite  exists  four  hundred  and  twenty  thousand 
miles  from  its  primary.  Its  period  of  revolution  is  three  days  and 
a  half:  presenting  an  increase  of  distance,  period,  aad  rarity  of 
particles. 

The  ihiri  satellite  is  supposed  to  be  the  largest  one  belonging  to 
this  planet.  This  supposiuon  is  founded  upon  the  observations 
made  by  its  discoverer,  whose  instrument  was  not  so  much  perfected 
as  those  which  are  now  in  use.  It  it  the  largest  satellite,  but  the 
calculations  in  reference  to  its  magnitude  will  hereafter  be  found  to 
be  incorrect.  The  mean  distance  of  this  satellite  from  its  primary  is 
six  hundred  and  seventy  thousand  miles ;  and  its  period  of  revolu- 
tion is  seven  days.  And  here  again  is  seen  a  perpetual  ascension  of 
accumulated  particles,  in  distance,  rotation,  and  rarity. 

The  fourth  and  last  satellite  is  over  one  million  of  miles  from  its 
productor,  and  revolves  in  sixteen  days  and  a  half.  • 

Steadily  therefore  is  demonstrated  the  great  truth  of  uniform  ascen- 
sion from  the  lowest  to  the  highest ;  the  highest  being  the  ultimate  of 
the  lowest,  and  each  particle  sustaining  a  position  according  to  its  spe- 
cific quality  and  magnitude, — their  mutual  association  being  called 
graoitaixon. 

Thus  was  produced,  and  thus  exists,  the  fifth  Planet  and  its  appen- 
dages, as  evolved  from  the  immense  Sun  which  is  yet  an  inexhausti- 
ble source  of  heat  and  light  to  the  evanescent  forjns  that  exist  upon 
its  planets'  surfaces.  And  had  the  same  circumstances  been  existing 
in  respect  to  thb  planet,  as  were  in  respect  to  Saturn  and  its  ofl[^ 
spring,  the  same  effect  and  form  would  have  been  manifested.  But 
as  these  circumstances  were  incidental  as  connected  with  the  former 
planet,  so  were  those  also  which  determined  the  peculiarities  of  the 
latter.  The  modifying  influences  acting  upon  them  being  exceedingly 
dissimilar  (which  dissimilarity  is  always  a  characteristic  of  that  which 
is  not  general  and  to  be  depended  upon),  these  caused  a  corre- 
sponding difiference  in  the  developments  of  these  planets. 

*  In  speaking  of  the  distances,  magnitnilcs,  periods,  &c.,  of  the  planets  and  thefir 
satellites,  the  author  mtrtiywes  proximate  numbtn,  without  descending  to  numerical 
niceties* 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


katurb's  divinb  revelations.  187 

Thus  the  generalization  of  this  planet,  in  respect  to  its  magnitude, 
density,  motions,  and  appendages,  leads  to  further  confirmation  of 
dw  established  principle  of  uniformity  and  harmony,  throughout  the 
realms  of  ondefinable  space.  And  what  has  been  said  respecting 
other  planets,  being  in  accordance  with  well-attested  and  admitted 
troths,  precludes  the  necessity  of  further  discussion  to  prove  the  un 
deniable  fact  of  this  planet's  relation  to  those  that  were  previously 
derelopedt 

Leaving,  therefore,  intermediate  considerations  for  the  work  of  sci- 
entific researches  (which  considerations  can  not  have  any  possible 
bearing  upon  the  main  principles  established),  I  commence  giving  a 
general  description  of  the  vegetable  and  animal  forms  abounding  upon 
the  surface  of  Jupiter.  By  abstract  dissertations  upon  these,  the  mind 
may  be  led  to  conceive  of  important  truths  by  analogy ;  and  the  ap- 
plication of  these  truths  will  be  of  incalculable  value  in  promoting  the 
happiness  and  peace  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth.  And  that  such 
application  will  be  made,  is  by  na  means  improbable.  And  when 
these  things  are  impressed  upon  the  internal  principle  of  man,  man 
will  become  generally  enlightened ;  and  an  extensive  knowledge  of 
things  existing,  will  unite  his  afi^ections  to  Truth.  And  in  proportion 
to  the  extent  of  intelligence,  will  benevolence  and  happiness  prevail. 


%  23.  The  VEOBTABLB  PRODUCTIONS  of  Jupiter  are  more  exten- 
nve  than  those  of  Saturn.  Of  the  various  species  of  plants  existing 
upon  its  surCMre,  a  detailed  description  is  not  necessary  to  be  given. 
But  a  general  classification  will  be  made  of  the  prominent  kinds  ex- 
isdog,  in  order  that  the  perpetual  ascension  may  be  conceived  of  as 
here  preserved  in  order  and  harmony. 

There  are  on  this  planet  upward  of  three  hundred  thousand  species 
of  plants.  But  their  connexions  with  each  other  are  so  intimate,  that 
they  warrant  but  five  general  classifications. 

The  JirH  of  these  is  an  exceedingly  large  and  bulky  tree,  whose 
circumference  varies  in  size  according  to  the  circumstances  under 
which  it  is  produced.  It  is  formed  of  the  compositions  existing  in 
the  planet's  materials;  and  bemg  the  strongest  production  of  the 
▼eg^Mable  kingdom,  it  is  consequently  the  roost  imperfect.  It  has 
heavy  seams  formed  of  complex  fibres,  which  are  fully  developed 
ahout  the  branches  m  thin  ejected  Umbs,  upon  which  exists  a  spe- 
of  fintt.     This  firuit  is  of  a  nature  suitable  to  enter  into  the  com- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


188  nature's  divinb  revblatioks. 

position  of  the  lower  order  of  animals,  but  is  exceedingly  deleterious 
to  the  higher  classes. 

The  second  species  of  plant  differs  from  the  other  in  height,  bulk^ 
and  general  appearance.  It  is  encoilipassed  with  a  thick  bark.  The 
productions  of  this  tree  are  limited.  It  brings  forth  a  kind  of  juice, 
which  flows  freely  from  the  cups  existing  upon  its  exterior.  This 
is  useful,  as  it  is  very  nourishing  and  invigorating  to  the  animal 
economy. 

The  third  class  of  plants  slightiy  typifies  the  Wheat, — and  is 
more  homogeneous  with  tiie  constitution  of  the  higher  orders  of 
animals. 

The  fourth  class  approximates  still  nearer  to  animal  existence. 
Being  more  perfect  in  composition  than  the  others,  it  presents  a  va- 
riegated foliage,  the  extracts  from  which  enter  essentially  into  the 
forms  of  the  first  animals. 

The  ffth  class,  being  an  ultimate  of  the  four  others  described,  is 
necessarily  more  exalted  in  composition.  This  species  is  a  kind  of 
zoophyte^ — which  may  be  considered  as  mediator  between  vegetable 
and  animal  existences.  For  while  it  sustains  a  close  connexion  with 
the  former  kingdom,  it  throws  feelers  of  sensation  into  the  latter;  and 
thus  it  partakes  of  both  vegetable  and  animal  life. 

The  ANIMAL  developments  of  Jupiter,  are  a  degree  less  perfect 
than  those  of  Saturn.  There  are  a  great  many  species  of  animals 
here  existing,  tiiough  these  are  not  quite  so  generally  disseminated  as 
the  species  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  These  will  admit  of  only  four 
general  classifications. 

The  first  of  these  is  in  nature  both  rodentia  and  ruminaiing.  In 
size  and  stature  it  corresponds  to  the  animal  first  described  as  exist- 
ing in  Saturn ;  but  in  disposition  and  habits,  it  is  greatly  dissimilar. 
Upon  the  surface  of  this  planet  there  are  many  convolutions,  it  hav- 
ing more  roughness  than  the  former.  And  this  is  manifest  about  the 
equator  more  than  at  the  poles.  The  igneous  substance  primarily 
existing  in  the  interior  of  the  planet,  was  incidentally  acted  upon  by 
expanding  elements,  the  result  of  which  was  some  volcanic  and  catas^ 
trophic  occurrences.  And  these  have  developed  mountains ^ — about 
which  may  be  found  the  species  of  animals  above  mentioned. 

The  next  in  order  is  in  nature  nearly  digitigrade.  This  sustains 
a  position  in  the  order  of  development  a  litde  above  the  former  class. 
Its  form  corresponds  nearly  to  that  of  the  seal.     It  has  limbs  in  a 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATVBB's   I»yiNB    REVELATIONS.  189 

£flbreoe  locationy  and  moves  with  great  rapidity  both  on  land  and  in 
water,  it  being  also  amphibious.  Its  disposition  is  secretive,  retiring, 
tnd  apparently  submissive.  It  is  extremely  tyrannical  over  other 
tairamls  within  its  power. 

The  animal  following  this  is  of  a  still  higher  and  more  perfect  or- 
der. Its  size  corresponds  to  that  of  the  natural  man,  and  it  is  com- 
posed of  more  active  materials  than  the  former  animals.  Its  strength 
is  almost  incredible ;  but  being  characterized  by  an  ingenious  and 
retiring  disposition,  it  is  very  active  and  forcible  only  when  occasion 
requires.  This  animal  approximates  to  Man, — being  the  one  that 
constitutes  the  connecting  link  between  the  animal  and  human  organ- 
isation. Its  disposition  is,  in  general  terms,  combative,  secretive,  and 
ingenious ;  and  these  qualities  being  accompanied  by  great  self-will 
and  firmness,  it  hence  possesses  wonderful  force  and  energy.  It 
possesses  quick  and  intuidve  perceptions,  and  a  retentive  memory  ; 
and  its  affections  are  as  pure  as  the  form  would  indicate.  Being  thus 
mentally  organized,  it  associates  with  all  things  that  are  agreeable  to 
its  inclination,  this  inclination  being  always  qualified  by  its  sense  of 
refinement  And  inasmuch  as  its  mind  is  a  result  of  its  organization, 
it  is  governed  by  its  natural  instincts ;  and  of  these  its  habits  are  the 
resolt.  It  reasons  fix>m  that  which  is  seen ;  and  this  reason  is  not 
such  properly,  but  rather  inclination  produced  by  foreign  substances 
acting  upon  the  sensation  of  the  body.  Th^^fore  this  animal  exists 
one  degree  below  man  on  Earth.  ^   l^,-^ 

')  ]\ 

^  24.  Concerning  the  human  iNHABi'TlNTft  of  Jupiter,  much  might 
be  said  that  would  be  of  interest ;  for  their  relation  to  our  conceptions 
of  a  perfect  being  is  much  closer  than  the  inhabitants  of  Saturn. 
Tbeir  form  is  foil,  and  well  sustained  by  inward  and  physical  forces. 
Their  size,  symmetry,  and  beauty  of  form,  exceed  those  of  the  earth's 
Inhabitants.  Tbeir  mental  organization  corresponds  to  their  physical 
developments.  Smoothness  and  evenness  are  apparent  upon  their 
form  geaermlly. 

They  do  not  walk  erect,  but  assume  an  inclined  position,  frequently 
eeiag  their  hands  and  arms  in  walking,  the  lower  extremities  being 
rather  shorter  than  the  arms  according  to  our  standard  of  proportion. 
And  by  a  modest  desire  to  be  seen  only  in  an  inclined  position,  they 
kave  formed  this  habit,  which  has  become  an  established  custom 
among  them. 

Their  geoeral  characteristics  are  of  a  mechanical  and  intellectual 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


190  natukb's  divine  rbvblationb* 

naturei  accompanied  by  strong  affections  and  interior  love  for  each 
other.  They  have  great  moral  developments ;  are  submissive,  and 
yet  firm  and  decided  in  all  their  intentions  and  dealings  with  each 
other.  Their  intelligence  greatiy  excels  that  of  Earth's  inhabitants. 
They  are  existing  in  a  state  int;prmediate  between  the  first  and  second 
Spheres,  in  knowledge  and  refinement. 

Their  form  of  countenance  displays  the  qualities  and  workings  of 
their  inward  principle.  There  is  a  peculiar  prominence  of  the  upper 
lip,  this  consisting  of  a  complex  and  interwoven  mass  of  fibres,  the 
action  of  which  gives  great  expression  to  inward  thoughts  and  feel- 
ings ;  which  expression  among  them  constitutes  the  peculiar  mode 
of  conversation.  Therefore  they  can  not  thmk  one  thing  and 
speak  another  f  for  their  expression  would  betray  their  inward  senti- 
ments. 

There  is  a  great  deal  of  gendeness  and  amiability  manifested 
through  their  exteriors :  and  inasmuch  as  the  external  form  corre- 
sponds to  the  inward  principle,  all  then:  external  communications 
with  each  other  are  inflowings  of  interior  affection.  And  as  they  are 
highly  susceptible  to  universal  love,  they  are  incessantly  expressing 
this  by  the  congenial  radiations  of  their  expressive  countenances. 

They  reason  inductively.  They  associate  with  the  internal  of  all 
things,  as  being  the  only  real  reality  in  the  Universe.  Their  assod- 
ations  with  each  other  are  according  to  the  inward  affinity  of  spheres, 
— and  thus  are  they  governed  in  all  their  conjugal  and  national  rela- 
tions. For  by  an  influx  of  inward  desire  fi*om  one  to  another,  which 
is  perfectiy  spuitual,  they  become  attached :  and  thus  conjoined,  they 
exist  in  perfect  unity,  by  virtue  of  their  perfect  interior  natures. 

Knowing  these  indestructible  truths,  and  knowing  all  things  which 
are  unchanging,  they  submit  unresistingly  to  be  controlled  exclusively 
thereby.  Hence  they  observe  great  care  in  producing,  and  in  pre- 
serving the  health  of,  their  ofl&pring.  Health  being  thus  indelibly 
enstamped  upon  their  constitutions  while  young,  strengthens  in  their 
growth,  and  they  become  enlightened  in  the  perfect  knowledge  of 
tiiese  principles.  Therefore  disease  is  not  known  amcHig  them ;  and 
being  firee  from  this  imperfection  enables  them  to  generate  exces- 
sively fast 

Theur  constitutions  being  composed  of  light  and  changing  particles, 
they  soon  change  their  form  of  existence.  They  do  not  die,  but 
rather  sink  into  repose  by  an  expansion  of  their  interiors  which  seek 
more  agreeable  spheres.     And  regarding  this  as  a  mere  metamor- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATUBB*8   BIVINB   BSVBLATIONS.  191 

they  eactpe  with  transports  of  delight;  and  they  are  hence 
pleased  with  the 'evanescent  existence  of  the  body. 

Moreorer  the  inhabitants  of  this  pknet  look  upon  the  changes  and 
f  icissitudes  of  their  physical  being,  as  natural  and  inevitable  conse- 
quences of  existing  causes.  These  vicissitudes  are  but  few ;  but  in 
proportion  to  the  refinement  of  particles  composing  their  body,  is  the 
brevity  of  their  existence.  For  that  which  b  fine  and  delicate  ex- 
ists but  a  little  while  in  any  form;  but  that  which  is  heavy  and 
imperfect,  contmues  in  the  form  longer  in  consequence  of  being  less 
active  and  less  susceptible  to  foreign  action.  And  as  the  inhabit- 
kants  of  Jupiter  are  composed  of  finer  elements  than  those  compo- 
sing the  inhabitants  of  the  earth,  they  remain  in  the  form  but  a  short 
period,  by  reason  of  its  active  and  changeable  composition.  Thirty 
years  is  the  average  duration  of  their  form's  existence. 

Having  an  expansive  and  sweeping  intellect,  they  comprehend  the 
kws  and  relations  of  their  being  with  one  concentrated  thought. 
And  meditation  in  them  is  thrown  out  upon  their  countenances  with 
a  sweet  expresaon,  which  would,  if  it  could  be  seen  by  an  inhabitant 
of  Earth,  bring  forth  an  ejection  of  tears  and  a  gush  of  feeling  that 
could  not  be  expressed.  Their  mode  of  conversation  is  thus  dis- 
tinctly and  unequivocally  expressive  ;  for  it  is  a  mode  of  expressing 
the  impressions  existing  upon  their  interiors.  And  these  beam  forth 
with  such  perfect  brightness  and  affection,  that  they  are  responded  to 
by  the  interior  afiections  of  every  other  being.  It  being  absolutely 
impoasible  for  them  to  think  one  thing  and  speak  another ;  to  have  a 
greater  amoont  of  self-k>ve  than  universal  aflfecdon ;  to  think  im- 
piveiy,  or  cooceive  unrighteous  thoughts ;  and  being  thus  free  from 
all  the  imperfections  of  this  and  other  earths,  their  exteriors  are  open 
to  the  reception  of  light  and  truth,  which  correspond  to  the  fire  of 
ipirkiial  purification. 

Tbey  inhabit  well-constructed  edifices,  whose  form  corresponds  to 
tlHt  of  a  taUf  rather  than  a  hotue^  on  Earth.  These  are  lined  with 
a  Unah  baric,  taken  firom  a  tree  of  the  second  class ;  and  they  are 
tiwa  rendered  impervious  to  cold,  water,  and  light  They  receive 
one  tveaty-fifth  of  the  light  of  the  Sun  that  the  earth  enjoys.  But 
dm,  strikbg  verticaUy  at  the  equator,  at  which  place  is  located  their 
axteoBve  habitations,  gives  them  the  enjoyment  of  as  much  light  as 
could  be  possibly  obtained  from  the  Centre  of  our  Solar  System. 

They  are  divkled  into  femilies,  associations,  and  nations.  Their 
are  composed  of  such  individuals  as  have  a  desire  for  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


192  NATUBB*S    DIVnrB   RBVSLATIOKS. 

company  of  each  odier  from  a  congenialitj  of  interior  afiectt<m 
Families  grow  into  associations,  and  these  into  nations :  and  the 
whole  forms  one  perfect,  harmonious,  spiritual  brotherhood! 

The  cause  of  this  state  of  things  is  the  intelligence  which  exists 
among  them ;  and  this,  transcending  the  erudition  of  the  inhabitants 
of  Earth  to  an  infinite  extent,  enables  them  to  comprehend  the  uses 
of  all  things,  and  their  original  adaptations.  Therefore  they  make 
proper  application  of  these  uses ;  the  result  of  which  is  their  glo-  * 
rious  purification.  And  as  they  are  surrounded  by  various  vege* 
tables,  birds,  and  animals,  they  are  also  capable  of  making  a  proper 
application  of  these,  to  promote  their  greatest  happiness  and  peace. 

They  reason  so  perfectly  by  induction  and  from  correspondences, 
that  whatsoever  may  be  the  specific  quality  of  their  afiections  and  de^ 
lights,  these  are  all  ultimately  centred  in  the  proper  comprehension 
of  all  that  is  connected  with  their  state  of  mental  association.  And 
all  affections  that  are  breathed  forth  from  their  interiors,  are  so  charnn 
ingly  typified  upon  their  exteriors,  and  even  the  representation  itself 
is  such  an  emblem  of  love  and  purity,  that  an  unspeakable  appreci- 
ation of  their  mutual  interior  affections  is  reciprocally  established  ia 
their  minds ! 

Thus  is  the  physical  and  mental,  or  natural  and  spiritual  man, 
made  perfect.  And  by  conceiving  of  the  indestructible  relation 
which  exists  between  purity  and  truth,  the  minds  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  Earth  will  be  led  to  recognise  their  institutions,  and  to  spurn 
with  the  utmost  abhorrence  all  things  that  are  opposed  to  righteous* 
ness.  Thus  efforts  will  be  made  to  bring  about  a  better  state  of 
things ;  and  this  will  be  the  unfolding  of  interior  truths  and  princi- 
ples that  are  at  this  moment  considered  as  imaginary  and  chimerical. 
And  by  properly  conceiving  of  the  celestial  peace  and  puri^  that 
flow  spontaneously  from  interior  truths,  the  minds  of  the  Earth  will 
become  relieved  from  theur  external  bonds  of  corruption,  into  the 
inexpressible  light  and  liberty  of  celestial  love  and  peace ! 

Concerning  Jupiter's  spiritual  inhabitants,  I  will  hereafter  speak, 
when  the  knowledge  is  given  me  by  spiritual  influx  firom  the  sixth 
Sphere.  But  for  the  present,  I  leave  this  planet,  which  is  abounding 
with  all  that  attaches  the  affections  and  feelings  of  man,  as  the  ob- 
ject of  his  deepest  yearnings,  while  aspuring  to  higher  states  of 
purity  and  peace.  And  man's  desires  for  celestial  magnificence,  are 
the  spontaneous  breathings  of  his  interior  principle.  And  hiA  aspi- 
rations and  anticipations  can  not  be  too  exalted :  for  he  may  res« 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's   0ITINB    REVELATIONS.  193 

irom  the  evidences  now  presented,  that  his  anticipations  are 
aearcelj  as  a  single  thought  in  comparison  to  the  destmed  future  ex- 
pansion of  bit  interiorsy  and  to  the  celestial  light,  peace,  and  magnif- 
iceoce,  that  await  not  only  the  spiritual  composition  of  mankind,  but 
cwerj  particle  exbting  in  infinite  space ! 


^  26.  Approaching  nearer  to  the  sun,  the  plan  of  uniformity  is 
apparendjr  confused,  by  the  appearance  of  four  spheroidal  bodies. 
These  hare  been  the  cause  of  many  speculations  and  hypotheses  as 
to  tbeir  origin,  and  probable  termination.  As  they  have  been  dis- 
corered  within  the  present  century,  there  is  as  yet  no  established 
and  unifiMm  opinion  respectbg  them.  They  exist  between  Jupiter 
and  Mars ;  and  are  very  similar  in  their  orbits  and  revolutions  around 
tbe  tun* 

Concerning  the  diameters  and  specific  constitution  of  these  bodies, 
little  needs  to  be  said.  But  a  general  hbtory  of  their  origin  and  for- 
mation would  sadsfy  inquiring  minds,  and  also  lead  to  a  proper  com- 
prebeosion  of  their  relations  to  each  other,  and  to  the  planets  between 
which  they  exist. 

Cereif  Faiiast  Juno^  and  Vesta^  are  the  names  applied  to  these 
bodies.  And  the  fact  that  their  orbits  are  exceedingly  elliptic  and 
coMtantly  intersecting  the  planes  of  each  other,  has  suggested  the 
hypothesis  that  they  were  fMtned  fi-om  a  comet  which  appeared  in  the 
year  1770 ;  and  the  disappearance  of  which  was  so  very  mysterious 
that  no  other  conclusion  than  the  above  could  possibly  be  conceived 
6L,  as  accounting  for  this  angular  phenomenon.  And  more  conclu- 
sive was  this  thought  to  be,  when  it  was  discovered  that  two  of  them 
had  each  a  /naitfioiif  atmoiphcref  rather  dense  and  changing.  And 
this  is  still  supposed  by  some  to  be  the  remnant  of  the  luminous 
tail  of  the  cometary  body ! 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  say  that  the  above  conclusion  is  incor- 
rect: ibr  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  matter  and  motion, 
lad  the  relation  which  exists  between  every  particle  in  being,  would 
atihihrte  in  a  moment  the  above  hypothesis.  For  as  comets  exist 
IS  an  ultimate  of  a  Solar  System,  they  observe  theu-  orbits  with  as 
pcriect  preciuon  as  do  the  planets.  And  holding  a  position  in  ac- 
eotdance  with  their  balk  and  density,  they  travel  in  their  own  paths 
■MiiMriied,  and  beyond  the  possibility  of  disturbing  any  other  body 
■  the  Universe. 

It  is  known  also  that  comett  are  firom  forty  months  to  five  hundred 

13 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


194  nature's  divine  revelations. 

years  in  accomplishing  their  revolutions  around  the  Sun.  They 
move  with  increased  velocity  as  they  approach  the  Sun.  But  the 
calculations  that  are  made  in  reference  to  the  speed  of  these  bodies 
are  not  to  be  depended  on.  For  these  calculations  are  founded  on 
an  angle  formed  by  the  apparent  positions  assumed  by  such  bodies 
and  the  Sun.  Presuming  that  these  appearances  vary  but  little  from 
time  to  tune  in  their  relations  to  the  reality,  and  not  considering  the 
refractions  of  light,  involves  an  oversight  which  makes  the  above 
calculations  exceedingly  dubious,  as  have  also  been  the  calculations 
with  reference  to  the  speed  of  light.  But  by  understanding  thai 
comets  travel  with  a  velocity  in  proportion  to  their  density  and  mag- 
nitude, and  by  observing  the  appearance  of  one  of  these  bodies, 
calculations  may  be  made  in  reference  to  its  re-appearance,  inasmuch 
as  they  are  not  known  to  change  their  orbits,  or  to  be  any  more 
eccentric  in  their  motions  than  any  other  planet,  supposing  the  latter 
to  be  operated  upon  by  the  same  influences  that  are  brought  to  act 
upon  these  luminous  and  igneous  bodies. 

Comets  therefore  are  constituted  of  unstratified  particles,  an  ulti- 
mate of  the  Solar  System ;  and  they  are  governed  by  the  same  un- 
changing laws  of  gravitation  or  association  that  control  every  atom  in 
space. 

In  contemplating  the  asteroids  and  inquiring  for  their  origin,  the 
plan  that  was  first  instituted  in  all  planetary  developments  should  be 
distinctly  borne  in  mind.  And  considering  the  magnitude  of  Jupiter 
and  Mars,  and  the  combined  magnitudes  of  these  asteroids,  there 
will  at  once  be  seen  the  relation  existing  between  those  planets  and 
these  smaller  bodies  that  are  between  them :  for  the  diameters  of 
these  bodies  united^  would  conform  to  the  law  of  successive  devel- 
opment. 

Their  specific  diameters  have  not  as  yet  been  determined.  Their 
rotations  have  been  scarcely  decided  upon,  but  their  revolutions  have 
been  nearly  correctly  calculated.  They  are  supposed  to  vary  in  their 
diameters  from  eighty  to  two  thousand  miles.  And  the  first  exists 
two  hundred  and  twenty-five  millions  of  miles  fi*om  the  sun,  and  the 
last  one,  two  hundred  and  sixty-six  millions.  The  others  sustain 
intermediate  distances.  The  first  revolves  around  its  primary  in 
about  three  years  and  eight  monthS)  the  second  in  about  four  years 
and  four  months,  and  the  last  two  in  about  four  years  and  seven 
months.  And  astronomical  calculations  in  reference  to  their  periods 
of  revolution  have  been  very  correct ;  but  the  calculations  respecting 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURB*8   DIVINB    REVELATIONS.  196 

their  magnitudes  will  be  found  to  differ  greatly  from  the  calculations 
that  are  now  being  instituted,  when  the  latter  shall  be  made  known 
to  the  world. 

Their  density  increases  from  that  of  Jupiter,  being  more  than  two 
to  that  of  water.  Therefore  they  are  constituted  of  heavier  materi- 
als than  previously  formed  planets.  And  they  are  exceedingly 
elliptic ;  an  eSdct  produced  by  their  density  and  relation  to  each 
other. 

Concerning  their  origin  I  will  now  speak.  The  atmospheric  ema- 
nation  of  the  Sun  extended  beyond  the  orbit  occupied  by  Mars,  its 
termination  being  at  the  orbit  now  occupied  by  Pallas.  And  accord- 
ing to  principles  previously  established,  the  association  of  particles 
produced  an  agglomerated  igneous  mass  of  matter.  The  density  of 
this  composition,  being  greater  than  that  of  any  other  body,  prevented 
it  from  ascending  to  a  higher  station.  This  accumulation  of  atoms 
would,  if  properly  condensed  like  other  planets,  have  been  of  less 
magnitude  than  Jupiter,  and  exceeding  that  of  Mars ;  corresponding 
to  the  magnitude  of  the  present  bodies  as  combined. 

Inasmuch  as  there  was  not  a  perfect  association  of  interior  mate- 
rials, great  convulsions  were  constantly  going  on  throughout  its  com- 
position. Interior  heat  being  excessive,  evaporation  could  not  take 
place  with  sufficient  rapidity  to  give  perfect  relief  to  the  expanding 
elements.  Nor  could  elements  chemically  associate;  nor  could 
ontty  exist  in  the  partly  stratified  exterior.  But  being  internally  dis- 
united, and  the  whole  mass  being  not  as  yet  perfectly  under  the  influ- 
ence of  attraction  and  repulsion,  or  the  emanations  evolved  from  the 
Sao,  ^  the  whole,  by  an  incomprehensible  expansion  of  interior  ele- 
ments, was  tkroum  oiuiuUr  ! 

Association  of  particles  being  a  spontaneous  result  of  this  disorgani- 
sation, they  became  what  they  now  are,  faw  asteroids.  And  being 
almost  instantly  brought  under  the  direct  influence  of  Jupiter  and 
Mars,  which  had  then  nearly  assumed  their  present  forms,  they 
were  thus  made  to  assume  a  uniformity  of  motion,  which  motion  ex- 
isted in  the  primary  body  in  which  they  had  previously  existed. 
The  one  being  more  dense  than  the  other,  and  the  whole  being  denser 
than  Jupiter,  prevented  any  nearer  approach  toward  that  planet  than 
they  now  manifest  And  foreign  causes  also  modified  somewhat 
their  movements  and  revolutions.  Therefore  the  orbit  of  Pallas  in- 
efinet  most  to  the  ecliptic,  this  body  being  the  one  sustaining  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


196  nature's  divine    RBVBIiATION«« 

highest  position,  and  the  one  also  whose  poles  are  much  flattened, 
and  equator  greatly  bulged. 

This,  therefore,  is  the  origin  of  these  asteroids.  Combined  they 
produce  one  planet ;  which  may  and  will  be  confirmed  by  astronom 
ical  researchers,  t^o  are  at  liberty  to  test  the  truth  or  falsity  of  this 
revealment; 

As  they  have  not  developed  anything  beyond  the  vegetable  king- 
dom (although  an  era  is  now  approaching  that  will  call  into  existence 
a  class  of  zoophytes),  an  examination  of  their  exteriors  would  be  un- 
necessary and  of  no  useful  application.  And  these  facts  being  now 
impressed,  I  proceed  to  speak  in  reference  to  their  kindred  planet, 
which  was  developed  soon  after  their  inconceivable  disorganization. 

And  the  only  thought  concerning  these  asteroids  that  may  be  made 
useful  in  application  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth  is,  that  they  mani- 
fest the  natiu*al  result  of  interior  elements  that  are  discordant  and 
opposed  to  each  other.  For  being  disunited,  they  became  confused ; 
and  they  are  now  reckoned  as  the  least  among  the  planets  in  our  So- 
lar System.  And  the  same  is  true  of  the  disunited  materials  existing 
among  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth :  for  inasmuch  as  order  and  har- 
mony are  the  natural  results  of  perfectly  associated  principles, — so 
are  disorder  and  confusion  the  natural  results  of  the  commingling  of 
opposite  and  antagonistic  principles  and  elements.  And  as  these 
small  bodies  typify  the  present  condition  of  the  world ;  so  will  the 
world  be  typical,  when  it  becomes  united,  of  what  these  asteroids  will 
uUimcUely  be,  a  jptrfect  planet. 


%  26.  The  planet  Mars  follows  the  latter  production,  by  virtue  of 
principles  heretofore  explained  ;  and  this  also  requires  a  general  de- 
scription. And  showing  a  decrease  in  magnitude  from  all  the  rest, 
it  proves  distinctly  the  uniformity  of  the  order  of  successive  develop- 
ment. It  is  not  necessary  to  enter  into  the  particulars  of  the  motions 
and  actions  of  elements  interiorly  existing  in  this  planet,  when  its 
present  form  was  first  assumed ;  for  these  do  not  dififer  in  any  essen- 
tial particular  firom  the  operations  described  in  previous  formations. 
But  acceding  to  the  calculations  which  have  been  made. by  n»en 
of  perception  and  erudition  in  reference  to  this  planet  and  its  rela- 
tions, I  speak  in  general  terms,  as  heretofore,  of  its  degree  and  station 
in  respect  to  planets  previously  evolved. 

It  is  in  density  about  three  times  the  density  of  water.  Its  mean 
distance  firom  the  Sun  is  a  little  more  than  one  hundred  and  forty 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURB*S    blVINB    RBVELATIONS.  197 

(out  minions  of  miles.  Considering  its  polar  diversified  appearance, 
its  diameter  is  about  four  thousand  two  hundred  and  twenty  miles. 
It  presents  a  decrease  of  magnitude  from  other  planets,  and  an  in- 
crease of  density,  corresponding  in  a  general  sense  to  its  relative 
position  in  the  Solar  Sjrstem.  It  rotates  upon  its  axis  in  a  little 
more  than  twenty-four  hours  and  a  half;  and  its  period  of  revolution 
around  its  productor,  is  six  hundred  and  eighty-six  days,  nearly  two 
years. 

This  planet,  being  also  beyond  the  orbit  of  the  earth,  is  naturally 
of  a  superior  quality  and  constitution.  Its  extremely  dense  atmo* 
sphere  presents  an  illumination  of  a  red  appearance.  The  cause  of 
thb  is,  that  the  materials  composing  the  stratified  parts  of  this  planet 
are  greatly  attractive  to  the  particles  of  light  thrown  firom  the  Sun. 
This  atmosphere,  extending,  as  it  does,  from  Mars'  surface  nearly 
twenty-five  miles  higher  than  is  the  earth^s  atmosphere,  prevents  the 
success  of  observations  upon  its  surface.  But  at  its  poles  there  are 
peculiar  changes  and  radiations  of  light — an  indication  of  diversity 
of  seasons,  and  vicissitudes  about  the  (rigid  zones. 

The  surface  presents  a  great  deal  of  unevenness  and  appearance 
of  catastrophic  occurrences.  For  there  are  several  parts  of  this  planet 
abounding  with  extreme  elevations  and  projections  of  rocks  fit>m  its 
interior ;  but  none  exceeding  those  of  Earth's  mountainous  portions. 
These  do  not  exist  near  the  equator,  but  in  the  region  of  the  poles. 

Its  surface  aboimds  with  extensive  vegetable  productions,  these 
being  still  more  numerous  than  those  of  Jupiter,  less  perfect,  but 
superior  to  those  of  Earth.  The  animal  formations  are  not  so  exten- 
sive ;  but  they  ascend  fi'om  the  lowest  up  to  man  in  successive  mod- 
ifications of  forms  which  correspond  generally  to  their  interior  prin- 
ciples. And  man  there,  is  in  a  much  more  exalted  state,  both 
physical  and  menul,  than  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth ;  but  he  does 
DOC  approach  the  high  state  of  exaltation  and  refinement  which  char- 
acterixes  the  other  planets'  inhabitants. 

I  will  mention  the  kinds  of  vegetable  productions  that  are  most 
used,  and  not  enter  into  a  classification  of  the  general  species  of 
either  the  vegetable  or  animal  kingdom. 

There  Is  a  species  of  tree  existing  among  them  that  is  of  vast  use. 
It  germinates  and  gradually  develops  itself  into  a  stout,  bulky  form, 
representing  the  spiral.  Its  branches  are  long,  and  extend  far  around 
^  trunk.  Its  leaves  are  very  broad,  with  a  mixture  of  a  bluish  and 
*«ddish  color,  with  more  prominence  of  the  green.     Its  blossoms  are 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


198  nature's  divine  revelations. 

very  beautiful,  and  its  fruit  is  esteemed  among  them  as  the  most  use* 
ful  upon  their  planet.  The  form  of  this  fruit  is  very  round,  typifying 
slightly  the  cocoanut,  and  is  used  among  the  inhabitants  as  a  kind  of 
bread  :  and  its  action  upon  the  system  is  highly  invigorating.  The 
bark  of  this  tree  is  also  extensively  used  for  many  purposes,  with  a 
kind  of  glue  that  proceeds  from  another  tree.  It  is  used  in  the  con- 
struction of  their  habitations  and  in  the  formation  of  garments. 

But  there  is  another  vegetable,  of  a  low  stature,  that  produces 
very  fine  and  beautiful  fibres,  which  are  very  neatly  woven  together, 
and  used  generally  among  them  as  their  main  apparel. 

Th^  INHABITANTS  are  divided  into  associated  families,  and  this  is 
the  general  and  customary  mode  of  living  among  them.  There  are 
three  extensive  families,  or  nations,  upon  this  planet.  But  they  are 
governed  by  common  principles ;  a  result  of  a  superior  knowledge 
and  sense  of  justice. 

There  is  a  peculiar  prominence  of  the  top  of  the  head,  indicative 
of  high  veneration.  The  cerebrum  and  cerebellum  correspond  in 
form  and  size ;  and  the  latter  extends  upward  at  the  junction  of  the 
two  brains ;  which  makes  them  very  susceptible  of  internal  and  true 
affection.  Their  form  approaches  nearly  to  that  of  man  on  earth, 
with  the  exception  of  its  more  perfect  symmetry.  They  exhibit  a 
peculiar  dignity  and  a  peculiar  air  of  exaltation  in  all  their  motions ; 
and  these  appearances  are  the  reflux  and  configurations  of  an  inward 
reality.  They  are  not  large:  and  having  a  different  countenance 
from  men  here  existing,  this  deserves  particular  attention. 

I  find  that  the  upper  part  of  the  face  has  a  lively,  yellowish  cast, 
and  that  radiations  as  it  were,  proceed  from  the  forehead,  the  eyes, 
and  the  flush  of  the  cheeks.  The  lower  part  of  the  face  is  of  a  dif- 
ferent color,  being  rather  dark,  with  a  mixture  of  the  ab()ve  radiations 
from  the  interior  of  their  physical  constitutions.  They  have  no 
beard  upon  their  face,  but  this  is  a  representation  of  it.  And  en- 
compassing the  lower  part  of  the  face,  neck,  and  ears  (the  back  part 
of  the  neck  being  particularly  prominent),  tills  darkish  substance  ex- 
tends around  to  the  back,  where  it  is  joined  with  the  hair  of  the 
neck ;  the  top  of  the  head  being  entirely  free  from  any  such  ap- 
pearances. 

Concerning  their  laws  and  governments,  their  superior  love,  and 
the  affection /or  thoughts  which  characterizes  their  spiritual  principles, 
I  will  speak  more  generally  when  the  application  of  these  things  is 
made  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth. 


Digitized  by  LjOOQ IC 


natubb's  bivinb  revblations.  199 

As  to  their  physical  appearance,  its  beauty  is  to  them  inimitable : 
while  the  same  to  us  would  appear  exceedingly  disgusting  and  un- 
dignified. But  the  idea  of  beauty  is  in  them  as  in  us,  a  result  of 
hmbitual  modes  of  thought  rather  than  of  a  knowledge  of  that  which 
is  intrinsically  fine  and  perfect.  Therefore  the  only  standard  of 
oeauty  that  can  be  erected,  either  on  this  or  any  other  earth  in  the 
UoiTerse,  is  that  which  meets  the  general  approbation  of  society. 

Their  attitude  is  modest  and  perfect :  and  there  exists  great  deli- 
cacy and  beauty  of  form  among  the  females.  They  do  not  vary 
much  in  stature  fit>m  the  males,  but  being  exceedingly  straight,  they 
display  perfect  symmetry :  and  there  is  great  afiability  and  courtesy 
b  the  manner  in  which  they  approach  and  address  each  other. 

There  are  beings  of  difierent  complexions  and  constitutions  existing 
apon  this  planet  Like  the  forms  in  the  vegetable  and  animal  king- 
doms, they  are  very  dissimilar  in  materials  and  appearance,  according 
to  the  particular  part  of  the  planet  on  which  they  were  bom.  I 
perceive  that  some  portions  of  the  inhabitants  are  darker  colored 
than  others ;  but  I  do  not  see  that  they  are  numerous. 


^  27.  Their  habiudons  and  plantations  are  near  the  equator. 
There  are  a  great  number  of  settlements  upon  this  planet :  but  all 
the  inhabitants  appear  joined  in  perfect  agreement  and  consociality. 

They  have  digressed  a  lUtU  from  the  natural  law  governing  their 
existence — consequendy  some  imperfection  exists  among  them.  But 
disease,  either  of  the  moral  or  physical  system,  is  not  there  known. 
They  are  not  governed  by  arbitrary  or  conventional  laws;  hence 
they  are  free  fit>m  all  the  inequalities  and  imperfections  which  are  the 
Mtural  results  of  such  laws.  But  possessing  a  high  moral  principle, 
they  obey  that  which  this  principle  dictates ;  and  their  obedience  to 
ihis  is  rendered  the  more  certain  by  all  their  interests  being  conjoined, 
and  by  all  theur  affections  and  desires  being  centred  in  the  workings 
of  good  and  righteousness.  Hence  the  basis  of  all  their  good  ac- 
tiods  coDsists  in  the  interest-principle,  which  is  lecognised,  tending 
lowird  good  results. 

Their  minds  are  constandy  open  for  the  reception  of  all  good 
tfaingt.  Light,  life,  and  purity,  are  to  them  the  highest  virtues. 
These  become  associated  with  their  interiors,  and  the  latter  are  con- 
•equemly  good. 

The  ideas  which  we  have  concerning  that  which  is  good^  have 
•men  (roro  the  comparison  of  apparent  etil.     Our  ideas  of  light. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


200  nature's  divine  revelations. 

life,  and  purity,  are  founded  upon  the  knowledge  that  we  have  of 
their  seeming  opposites.  For  if  these  representations  of  imperfec- 
tion were  not  visible,  how  would  we  be  capable  of  forming  a  proper 
conception  of  what  is  good,  pure,  and  spiritual  ?  The  inhabitants 
of  Mars,  in  their  physical  and  mental  constitutions,  are  as  many  de- 
grees more  perfect  than  we,  as  we  are  superior  to  the  inhabitants  of 
Venus  and  Mercury.  Hence  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  latter  planets, 
our  condition,  and  the  peculiar  and  comparatively  exalted  combina- 
tions that  exist  upon  the  earth,  would  seem  perfeclion.  And  the  ex- 
alted condition  of  the  inhabitants  of  other  planets  would  be  perfection 
according  to  our  ideas.  Hence  conceptions  of  purity  and  refinement 
are  enlarged  in  proportion  to  the  knowledge  one  possesses  of  what 
is  impure  and  unrefined. 

An  exalted  state  of  intelligence  produces  correspondingly  exalted 
conceptions  of  perfection :  for  as  the  inhabitants  of  Mercury  have 
conceptions  of  perfection  far  below  those  which  we  possess,  so  are 
the  conceptions — the  magnificent  conceptions — of  the  inhabitants 
of  Saturn,  much  beyond  ours,  and  to  us  inconceivable.  For  that 
which  they  conceive  to  be  beautiful,  pure,  and  celestial^  is  far  beyond 
the  idea  of  the  celestial  spheres  as  conceived  by  us ;  and  the  celes- 
tial spheres,  the  perfection  of  forms  are  so  inconceivably  magnificent, 
that  a  description  of  them  would  be  considered  as  imaginative  and 
visionary.  And  the  conceptions  of  the  inhabitants  of  Saturn  come 
as  far  short  of  the  real  and  celestial  purity  of  the  higher  spheres,  as 
our  conceptions  are  below  theirs. 

In  speaking,  therefore,  of  the  inhabitants  of  Mars,  I  say  they  are 
perfect  comparatively:  for  the  word  "perfect"  can  only  be  used  in  a 
comparative  sense,  though  the  strongest  meaning  that  can  be  applied 
to  it  would  no  more  than  give  an  adequate  conception  of  what  is 
revealed. 

Concerning  the  purity  and  goodness,  gentleness,  and  kindness,  that 
characterize  the  interior  principles  of  the  inhabitants  of  Mars,  and 
concerning  their  affection  for  thoughts,  I  will  now  speak. 

Their  knowledge  of  internal  trutl)s  is  founded  upon  the  knowledge 
which  they  possess  of  the  science  of  correspondences.  They  observe 
all  eternal  manifestations,  and  induce  truths  and  principles  by  anal- 
ogy. Thus  the  light  which  they  receive  from  the  Sun,  and  the 
knowledge  which  they  have  of  the  fixed  stars,  furnish  to  them  ccmt- 
respondences  of  unchangeable  truth,  and  the  light  of  celestial  love 
«nd  peace.     The  growth  of  plants,  animals,  and  man,  corresponds 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


katubb's  ditinb  revelations.  201 

generally  to  the  changeless  law  of  progression.  The  first  typifies 
tiie  second ;  the  second  tjrpifies  the  third,  &c. ;  and  each  form  is  a 
sjrmbol  of  inherent  essences  and  qualities  as  forming  the  material 
oompoftitioD.  Therefore  Irom  the  form  of  their  planet,  and  the  ma« 
tmals  therein  contained,  they  infer  a  living  Principle  of  Motion. 
From  the  form  of  the  vegetable  they  infer  Motion  and  Life.  From 
all  the  monads  and  animal  existences,  from  the  lowest  order  to  the 
highest,  they  infer  Sensation  as  an  ultimate  of  that  which  is  existing 
prior  Co  its  formation.  From  the  organization  of  man,  they  conceive 
of  Modon,  Life,  Sensation,  and  Intelligence.  And  from  these  they 
eadeavcur  to  comprehend  their  spiritual  principle ;  but  although  this 
principle  is  the  foundation  of  all  thought,  it  is  incapable  of  sclf-coni' 
prehension.  And  to  them,  as  to  us,  the  spirit  is  obscure,  and  as  yet 
undefined ;  for  the  reason  that  no  principle  contains  within  itself  the 
poiirer  of  self-invesdgation.  Every  form  in  the  vegetable  kingdom, 
fitxn  the  lowest  degree  to  the  highest,  typifies  refinement  and  pro- 
gresAion  toward  the  animal  kingdom.  And  the  forms  in  the  animal 
creation,  fi^m  the  lowest  to  the  highest,  correspond  to  the  perfec- 
tion of  their  internal  essences,  and  stand  as  representatives  of 
man.  Therefore  correspondences  are  to  them  the  basis  of  superior 
knowledge. 

This  knowledge,  being  pure  and  truthful,  begets  an  adection ;  and 
tbooghts  constantly  flowing  out  Srom  their  interior  knowledge  of  truth 
and  reality,  unite  themselves  with  this  affection.  Hence  mind  corre- 
sponds to  knowledge,  and  knowledge  corresponds  to  thought  and 
affection  as  the  ultimate.*  Therefore  an  affection  for  thoughts  exists 
mmoog  them.  And  the  conceptions  arising  in  their  minds  are  always 
inevitably  true.  And  from  their  high  veneration  arises  an  affection 
for  truths,  which  is  regarded  among  them  as  a  celestial  affection. 
This  therefore  is  their  interior  condition. 

And  how  pure  and  high  are  their  aspirations !  And  the  highest 
eoncepcioDB  we  can  possibly  have,  do  not  transcend  the  spiritual 
peace  and  purity  that  exist  among  them.  In  speaking  concerning 
tbe  earths  in  the  universe,  and  concerning  the  celestial  purity,  spirit- 
oal  refinement,  sublimity,  and  magnificence,  as  appertaining  thereunto, 

*!■  Oder  to  properly  undentaad  this  phrueology,  it  is  necessary  that  the  reader 
stevU  apprehcttd  tbe  distmctioii  which  tbe  author  ouikes  between  mind^  knowledge^ 
amd  Ocaff&i,  MM  is  the  uttae*^  haewUdf  is  iu  amditiaity  and  ikomghi  is  iU  actiom. 
By  Btad  corrupcmiimg  to  knowledge  and  knowledge  to  thongbt,  is  meant  that  mind 
imfiin  knowledge,  and  knowledge  thonght,  each  as  a  necessary  sequence  of  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


802  nature's  divinb  revelations. 

our  conceptions  have  been  light  and  trivial.  Yet  all  our  most  exalted 
conceptions  can  not  possibly  transcend  the  unspeakable  beauty,  purity, 
and  refinement,  that  exist  among  the  inhabitants  of  this  planet.  Their 
affection  for  thoughts  is  so  pure  and  exalted,  that  man  here  existing 
would  associate  the  true  conception  of  it  with  the  celestial  spheres. 

Sentiments  arising  in  their  minds  become  instantly  impressed  upon 
their  countenances ;  and  they  use  their  mouth  and  tongue  for  their 
specific  offices,  and  not  as  the  agents  for  conversation.  But  that 
glowing  radiation  which  illuminates  their  face  while  conversing,  is  to 
us  inconceivable.  Their  eyes  are  blue  and  of  a  soft  expression,  are 
very  full  and  expressive,  and  are  their  most  powerful  agents  in  con- 
versation. When  one  conceives  a  thought,  and  desires  to  express 
it,  he  casts  his  beaming  eyes  upon  the  eyes  of  another;  and 
his  sentiments  instantly  become  known.  And  thus  do  their  coun- 
tenances and  eyes,  together  with  their  gentle  affability,  typify  the 
purity  and  beauty  of  their  interiors ;  and  in  their  social  relations  they 
display  the  deepest  attachment,  and  the  strongest  mutual  affection. 
Thus  peace,  truth,  and  love,  abound  with  them  universally ;  and  thus 
do  light,  life,  and  knowledge,  typify  and  serve  as  an  index  of  higher 
and  more  perfect  spheres. 

Such  is  the  condition  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  fourth  planet.  Con- 
cerning the  spirittial  associations  existing  among  them,  more  will 
hereafter  be  revealed ;  but  the  useful  application  may  be  made  of 
what  has  been  said  in  reference  to  their  physical  and  mental  condi- 
tion, without  a  further  description  of  them.  And  it  is  necessary  to 
have  their  condition  duly  impressed  upon  our  minds,  that  we  may 
profit  thereby. 

^  28.  The  Earth  stands  next  in  order  and  degree,  in  relation  to 
Mars.  But  as  it  is  the  locality  upon  which  have  been  formed  all  the 
computations  relating  to  the  Solar  System,  and  also  is  the  locality 
upon  which  I  reveal  these  truths,  it  must  be  left  unnoticed  until  the 
description  of  other  parts  of  the  Solar  System  is  completed.  And 
when  all  contemplations  relating  to  these  earths,  and  to  the  earths  of 
space,  shall  have  been  finished,  I  will  return  and  give  a  description 
of  the  creation  of  the  Earth  progressively  up  to  the  highest  ultimate 
which  its  materials  have  produced. 

In  approaching  toward  the  Sun,  Venus  presents  itself  as  the  next 
planet  evolved  from  the  great  central  mass.  As  the  laws  that  pro- 
duced other  planets  have  been  heretofore  duly  explained,  the  same 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


natube's  divinb  rbtblations.  203 

Mchanging  principles  will  naturally  be  supposed  to  have  produced 
tbe  planet  Venus.  Therefore  it  is  unnecessary  to  speak  of  the  several 
stages  which  thb  planet  passed  through  before  it  arrived  at  its  pres- 
«ot  form. 

Bearing  a  closer  relation  to  the  Sun  than  other  planets,  it  manifests 
plainlj  tbe  character  of  the  materials  composing  its  body,  as  b^ing 
denser  b  their  composition  than  those  of  any  planet  previously  de- 
scribed. Its  densl^  is  six  times  that  of  water.  Its  diameter  is 
neariy  eight  thousand  miles.  It  exists  sixty-eight  millions  of  miles 
frcMn  the  Sun.  It  rotates  upon  its  axis  in  twenty-three  and  a  half 
hours ;  and  its  period  of  revolution  is  two  hundred  and  twenty-four 
days.  The  plane  of  its  orbit  is  not  much  different  from  that  of  Earth. 
It  is  tbe  planet  known  as  the  morning  and  evening  star.  It  makes 
transits  across  the  disk  of  the  Sun,  tbe  recurrences  of  which  have 
been  accurately  and  confidently  calculated.  This  phenomenon  takes 
place  while  the  planet  is  passing  its  nodes. 

Tbe  physical  appearance  of  Venus  is  less  beautiful  than  that  of  any 
planet  heretofore  described.  There  are  very  high  mountains  and 
•jected  rocks,  that  disturb  the  otherwise  smoothness  of  its  appear- 
ance. Some  of  these  are  several  miles  higher  than  any  upon  the 
earth ;  especially  upon  the  side  this  way,  or  the  polar  hemisphere 
DOW  presented  to  the  earth.  The  other  side  has  more  smoothness, 
beauty,  and  fertility.* 

A  great  portion  of  this  planet  is  covered  with  tcater;  and  the  at- 
mosphere that  surrounds  it  is  nearly  like  that  which  encompasses  the 
earth,  but  is  composed  of  less  rare  parucles.  It  receives  a  great  deal 
Bore  light  from  the  Sun  than  any  planet  receding  from  it. 

There  are  many  species  of  plants  ex'isting  upon  its  surface.  It  is 
omwcenaiy  to  classify  them ;  for  it  would  be  of  little  importance  or 
sae  to  tbe  world.  The  trees  are  generally  rather  low,  very  stout,  and 
very  extensively  branched.  From  these  to  the  most  deUcate  plant, 
there  is  a  constant  assunung  of  higher  stations,  according  to  the 
ascending  degrees  of  refinement  Yet  there  is  much  variegated 
foliage,  and  many  useful  and  tender  plants  existing  upon  its  surface. 

Tbe  animals  also  ar&  not  of  so  high  a  degree  as  those  of  any 

^Tkt  polar  bemiFpberefl  of  emch  planet,  the  axis  oT  which  is  not  always  perpendicu- 
kv  to  the  plasa  of  tbe  ecliptic,  are  of  coarse  rmrttd  in  reference  to  the  earth  once 
tuk  retdatioQ  of  tbe  pfauet  around  tbe  San.     Tbe  aatbor  in  thns  disdn- 
tbe  tidu  of  tbe  planet,  as  be  docs  in  tbe  text  and  in  two  or  tbree  sabseqaeni 
most  of  coarse  ibond  bis  cx]wcssions  apon  the  particular  position  of  tbs 
at  tbe  tiaM  this  was  dictated,  wbicb  was  on  tbe  17tb  of  April,  1846. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


204  nature's  divinb  revelations. 

planet  more  remote  from  the  Sun.  Yet  they  are  very  namerouSi 
and  the  more  so  upon  this  side.  There  is  a  class  of  animals  that 
are  very  strong  and  ferocious,  insomuch  that  in  this  respect  thej  cor« 
respond  to  the  lion,  though  they  are  of  a  different  form  and  appear- 
ance. The  animals  that  inhabit  the  further  side,  are  of  a  more  docile 
and  agreeable  nature ;  and  they  are  very  useful  as  assisting  agents  to 
the  inhabitants  thereof. 

The  inhabitants  upon  the  further  side  are  in  form  nearly  Fike  the 
inhabitants  of  Earth, — with  the  exception  that  heavier  nCiaterials  enter 
into  their  composition.  Thehr  breasts  are  wide  and  full.  The  lungs, 
and  the  whole  viscera  system,  are  very  active  and  strong,  the  former 
being  adapted  to  inhale  the  invigorating  atmosphere  that  surrounds 
them.  Their  constitution  generally  is  very  good.  Their  mental  dis- 
positions are  very  dissimilar  to  others  there  existing.  They  have  a 
mild  and  gentle  smile  upon  their  countenances,  an  index  of  inward 
purity  ;  and  their  association  is  to  us  very  agreeable.  And  all  their 
conjugal  affections  are  very  strong  and  good.  But  they  have  no 
high  conceptions  of  things  in  the  Universe.  They  reason  principallj 
from  externals.  They  seek  for  knowledges  and  scientifics,  and  are 
very  much  enlightened  therein.  And  yet  they  have  but  a  slight 
knowledge  of  higher  spheres  from  the  conceptions  which  their  sciea- 
tifics  afford  them.  Male  and  female  are  generally  purely  associated 
witK  each  other.  But  there  are  existing  manifest  imperfections  in 
their  customs  and  national  privileges.  Their  general  disposition  is 
an  afiection  for  each  other — a  purely  instinctive  desire  as  proceeding 
from  the  law  of  sensation ;  and  whatever  interior  suggestions  and 
promptings  they  may  have  as  harmonizing  with  this,  are  to  them 
knowledge  and  refinement.  And  so  their  affections  and  knowledges 
conjoin  and  produce  a  mental  organization  nearly  like  that  of  the  in- 
habitants of  Earth. 

The  inhabitants  upon  this  side  of  the  planet  are  exceedingly  dis- 
similar to  the  others.  They  are  very  tall,  stout,  and  phjrsically  ener* 
getic,  and  are  imperfect  when  compared  with  man  on  Earth.  Tbejr 
have  a  savage  and  ferocious  disposition,  and  are  very  cruel  and  un- 
kind. They  are  destitute  of  all  conceptions  of  right ;  they  do  not 
receive  the  spontaneous  promptings  and  approbations  that  naturally 
flow  from  the  spiritual  principles  of  man.  They  are  ignorant  of  higher 
states,  and  form  no  conception  of  the  beauty  of  goodness  and  refine- 
ment. They  are  in  a  less  perfect  condition  mentally  than  any  inhab- 
itants upon  the  surface  of  the  earth  :  physically j  they  are  several  times 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  DITINB   aBVBLATlONS.  205 

ifUQOger  than  the  latter.  They  are  full,  hea^y,  and  giant-like.  A 
harbaroua  and  savage  disposition  is  displayed  in  all  their  actions. 
They  form  themselves  into  troops,  and  march  forth  to  plunder  the 
itores  of  other  nations.  They  cruelly  interfere  with  the  peace  and 
ipiieloess  of  the  inhabitants  of  other  regions.  And  when  they  return 
from  these  degrading  and  barbarous  expeditions,  they  rejoice  with  a 
beastly  gratification  in  dcFouring  the  booty  and  plunder  that  they  have 
so  unjusdy  taken  from  others.  There  is  a  constant  tendency  to  re- 
joice and  triumph  in  such  degrading  achievements.  And  the  booty 
which  they  carry  away  fit)m  others,  is  sometimes  their  living  offipring: 
and  these  they  torment  and  torture,  and  finally,  cannibal-like,  greedily 
devour  them ! 

In  all  their  connexions  with  each  other,  they  manifest  an  entirely 
tnimal  dispoeitioii.  They  do  not  search  into  truths — not  even  into 
those  which  relate  to  their  own  being ;  but  they  come  into  existence 
and  pass  out  of  it  again,  without  the  knowledge  of  the  legitimate  uses 
or  privileges  of  life.  Therefore  they  lose  all  of  the  inward  consola- 
tion that  man  might  naturally  otherwise  enjoy,  because  of  their  unfa- 
vorable organizations.  They  merely  live  and  take  care  of  their  cattle 
and  other  things  that  are  compelled  to  submit  to  their  tyrannical  gov- 
ernment ;  and  they  look  no  further  and  seek  no  higher  sphere  than 
that  which  is  suited  to  their  beastly  inclinations. 

Thus  are  two  distinct  nations  inhabiting  the  surface  of  Venus. 
And  the  beauty  and  magnificence  of  other  planets  are  not  by  them 
eooceived  of  or  imagined.  But  the  inhabitants  of  the  further  side 
approach  nearly  to  the  inhabitants  of  Earth,  both  in  their  physical 
aiid  mental  condition.  Their  institutions  and  forms  of  government 
br  exceed  those  upon  Earth,  because  they  agree  more  with  the  laws 
of  their  nature  and  of  the  Universe.  But  though  they  are  surrounded 
with  many  beauties  and  pure  associations,  they  are  not  in  a  happy 
eoadkioo,  being  so  imfavorably  situated,  as  has  been  before  de- 
acribed.  But  as  the  materials  of  Venus  are  less  perfect  than  those 
of  the  further  planets,  so  also  must  be  the  composition  and  situation 
•f  aD  its  ultima  tea. 

Cooceming  the  ipiritwd  inhabitants  of  this  planet,  more  will  here- 
after be  said ;  but  in  reference  to  its  physical  and  material  condition, 
al  has  been  expressed  that  is  useful  in  its  appropriate  application. 
Therelbre  I  leave  this  planet,  and  commence  giving  a  corresponding 
w  tLription  of  Mtrcufy* 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


206  natttrb's  mviNB  revelations. 

^  29.  By  virtue  of  laws  and  principles  heretofore  explained. 
Mercury  has  assumed  its  presept  existence  and  form.  This  planet 
is  nearer  the  Sun  than  any  other  body  in  the  Solar  System.  It  takes 
the  lowest  point  of  all  the  planets,  because  it  is  composed  of  grosser 
materials.  It  observes,  in  its  revolution,  a  plane  similar  to  those  of 
Venus  and  the  Earth  ;  but  its  orbit  is  more  elliptical. 

Calculations  that  have  been  made  in  reference  to  Mercury,  are 
nearly  correct :  but  suppositions  in  reference  to  the  condition  of  its 
surface,  are  not  altogether  in  accordance  with  fact.  Its  diameter  is 
three  thousand  two  hundred  miles.  It  sustains  a  distance  from  the 
Sun  of  thirty-seven  million  miles ;  and  the  period  of  its  revolution  is 
eighty-eight  days,  it  moving  about  one  hundred  fhousand  miles  an 
hour.  It  revolves  upon  its  axis  in  about  twenty-four  hours.  Its 
density  is  nearly  nine  times  that  of  water ;  and  it  receives  about 
seven  times  more  light  than  the  Earth.  Its  approximation  to  the  Sun 
therefore  is  corresponding  to  the  affinity  which  the  materials  compo- 
sing it  sustain  to  those  of  the  Sun.  Presenting  an  increase  of  den- 
sity, and  also  of  motion,  it  confirms  the  truth  that  wa9  intended  to  be 
impressed,  That  all  materials  in  the  Universe  seek  association  ac- 
cording to  their  specific  gravity  and  quantity. 

Being  so  nev  the  Sun,  the  planet  is  not  always  visible.  The 
intersecting  of  orbits  causes  it  to  pass  over  the  disk  of  the  Sun  abont 
thirteen  times  in  a  century.  The  atmosphere  surrounding  this  planet 
is  extremely  luminous,  though  the  light  and  heat  derived  from  the 
Sun  are  not  so  excessive  as  might  be  supposed :  for  the  materials  of 
this  planet  have  not  much  affinity  either  for  light  or  heat  Therefore 
it  rejects  that  which  would  otherwise  be  received,  and  retains  the 
quantity  suitable  to  sustain  life  and  action  among  the  forms  upon  its 
surface. 

Some  portions  of  this  planet  are  very  uneven ;  while  other  parts 
are  extremely  smooth  and  beautiful.  The  vegetable  productions  of 
this  planet  are  not  very  numerous,  and  are  not  so  refined  in  compo- 
sition as  those  upon  other  planets.  There  are  but  three  general 
classes  of  plants ;  and  from  the  lowest  to  the  bluest  of  these,  we 
find  upon  Earth  a  correspondence.  But  as  to  form,  and  height,  and 
beauty,  they  do  not  equal  those  of  any  other  planet  The  highest 
vegetable  productions  generally  rise  but  a  few  inches  above  the  sur- 
face. There  are  no  flowers,  nor  foliage,  nor  trees  that  cast  pleasing 
shades ;  but  all  vegetable  forms  are  full  and  gross,  rising  but  little 
firom  the  surface  of  the  ground. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATURB^S   DIVINB  REVBLATipM.  207 

And  there  are  two  great  barren  deserts  coveriog  aknost  one  third 
of  this  planet,  npon  whose  surface  can  not  possibly  subsist  any  form 
possessing  life.  And  the  excessive  subterraneous  heat  existing  in 
this  planet,  produces  great  commotion  and  excitement  among  the 
watery  elements  near  the  borders  of  these  deserts,  some  of  the  vents 
ejectiog  boiling  water,  which  is  very  scalding  to  any  form  possessing 
seosatioo.  And  by  a  corresponding  excitement  of  the  atoiospheric 
elements,  great  winds  are  sometimes  produced;  and  this  is  while 
these  elements  are  seeking  an  equilibrium.  And  so  extremely  severe 
ire  these  winds,  that  the  plants,  animals,  and  man,  are  sometimes 
prostrated  under  their  powerful  action.  These  winds  generally  oc- 
cur near  the  region  of  these  deserts ;  and  carrying  with  them  the 
excessive  heat  of  the  sand  and  water,  they  often  produce  great  de- 
struction among  the  habitations  and  plantations  of  the  inhabitants. 

The  animalt  also,  are  very  imperfectly  formed.  There  are  not 
Biany  species  of  these,  and  those  that  are  existing,  would  be  lo  us 
entirely  repulsive  and  disgusting.  Besides,  they  manifest  a  com- 
bative and  retaliating  disposition  toward  all  things  they  meet,  and  a 
constant  preying  upon  each  other,  insomuch  that  their  very  active 
temperaments  are  sometimes  destroyed,  the  loss  of  which  results  in 
the  destruction  of  their  lives.  Generally  they  are  of  an  amphibious 
aod  digitigrade  nature. 

The  HUMAN  cfHABiTANTS  of  this  planet  are  tibt  so  numerous 
ma  exist  upon  others ;  and  they  are  very  imperfect  in  their  material 
orgmnixation.  Still  they  manifest  the  same  incessant  activity  as  do 
the  animals.  And  they  have  a  peculiar  mental  constitution,  the  gen- 
eral traits  of  which  are  strong  attachments,  great  concentration,  great 
higlumndedness  and  self-respect,  with  a  most  powerfully  retentive 
loeiDOfy.  This  latter  is  the  strongest  (acuity  belonging  to  them. 
They  manifest  great  promptitude  in  anything  depending  on  memory; 
for  in  the  memory  of  things  consists  their  knowledge.  Each  one 
hm»  a  great  desire  to  be  thought  more  enlightened  than  any  other 
beings  in  existence :  and  having  thb  self-persuasion,  they  presume 
upon  their  memory  to  profess  the  intelligence  that  no  other  beings 
pn—BM.  They  do  not  investigate  the  caiues  of  things,  but  try  to 
cooccive  of  the  uses  for  which  all  things  are  intended.  Anything 
relating  to  memortf^  therefore,  is  to  them  the  essential  of  knowledge. 
And  they  do  not  depend  upon  their  sensualities  or  inclinations  as 
a  eoorce  of  knowledge,  but  rather  seek  the  internal^  caring  little  br 
cb«  Aoda  by  which  tub$tance$  are  oftentimes  concealed.     A  per- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


2C3  nature's  divine  revelations. 

son  conversing  with  them  and  endeavoring  to  display  elegance  and 
beauty  in  his  expression,  would  be  altogether  disregarded :  for  un- 
favorably as  they  are  situated,  they  dislike  to  have  their  ears  address- 
ed instead  of  their  understandings  Therefore  in  conversing  with 
each  other,  the  shades  that  are  thrown  upon  any  subject  by  these 
afl^bilities,  are  altogether  rejected,  and  they  retain  only  the  substance 
of  the  conversation.  They  consider  that  words  and  technicilides 
are  too  often  mere  false  sheaths  to  conceal  a  corrupt  and  imperfect 
interior.  They  admire  only  the  truth  and  the  goods  of  truth,  and 
not  the  deceptive  shades  that  are  often  thrown  upon  it  in  commu- 
nicating it  to  others,  and  to  the  world.  In  this  particular  they  excel 
the  inhabitants  of  Venus  or  the  Earth ;  but  in  all  others  they  are  im- 
perfect in  correspondence  with  the  situation  that  their  planet  sustains 
in  reference  to  other  earths. 

They  have  no  well-organized  societies  or  communities ;  but  rather 
are  governed  by  an  ignorant  arbitration  that  has  been  instituted 
among  them.  But  this  planet  has  not  been  inhabited  longer  than 
about  eight  thousand  years ;  while  the  other  habitable  planets  hare 
been  peopled  for  innumerable  ages. 

War  and  persecution  have  prevailed  among  them  to  an  extreme 
extent ;  and  strife,  and  malice,  and  all  things  that  result  from  igno* 
ranee  and  folly,  have  obstructed  their  progress  for  many  ages.  And 
at  this  moment,  one  of  those  destruc  :ive  battles  is  about  being  con- 
summated. They  manifest  all  the  characteristics  belonging  to  the 
most  ferocious  animals.  Their  imple  nents  for  the  destruction  of 
one  another,  are  curiously  hewn  stones,  which  are  thrown  from  a 
sling  at  each  other,  and  which  when  they  str/'ie,  cans  3  borriblfl 
incisions. 

Theirbody  is  covered  with  a  kind  of  hair,  and  their  countenances 
are  very  full  and  dark ;  and  the  whole  appearance  of  the  body  would 
be  to  us  no  more  pleasing  than  that  of  the  orang-outang. 

And  as  they  are  now  existing,  they  show  forth  all  the  results  natu- 
rally arising  from  a  degraded  situation  and  a  depressed  intellect 
They  are  in  a  more  unfavorable  condition  than  the  inhabitants  of  any 
other  planet :  but  still,  in  the  general  contemplation,  they  are  uses 
for  the  accomplishment  of  more  perfect  ends.  They  are  rudimen- 
tal  materials  that  are  gradually  ascending  to  higher  stages  of  refine* 
ment ;  but  only  as  elements  disunite,  the  highest  from  the  lowest, 
and  ascend  to  enter  into  new  and  more  perfect  forms. 

Thus  the  inhabitants  of  Venus  and  Mercury  are  in  some  particu 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


natube's  divine  revelations.  209 

lofi  above  the  Inhabitants  of  the  earth ;  but  generally ^  much  more 
posB  and  imperfect  i  '^ 


^  30.  Concerning  the  Imninous  Centre  of  our  Solar  System,  and 
the  indescribable  results  of  its  inherent  pregnation,  much  has  been, 
and  much  more  might  be  said.  But  as  it  is  the  body  that  contained  all 
else  that  now  exists  within  its  powerful  Influence,  it  was  spoken  of  in 
general  terms  before  the  descriptions  of  the  planets  were  given. 
Many  conceptions  have  been  formed  In  reference  to  the  condition  of 
tbe  Son  at  the  present  time ;  but  as  these  have  been  formed  by  a 
process  of  analogical  reasoning  not  altogether  allowable,  it  is  proper 
that  I  should  mention  some  of  the  general  features  of  this  great 
Centre. 

Its  diameter  has  not  been  as  yet  correctly  determined.  It  has 
been  calculated  as  being  eight  hundred  and  eighty-six  thousand  miles 
in  diameter,  and  the  results  of  calculations  have  varied  from  this  to 
that  of  a  million  miles.  Also  its  exceedingly  Imninous  atmosphere 
has  given  rise  to  the  opinion  that  it  is  surrounded  by  a  phosphores- 
cent accumulation  of  panicles,  the  decomposition  of  which  produces 
light.  And  also  the  dark  portions  that  are  occasionally  seen,  are 
thought  to  be  spaces  unoccupied  by  Its  atmosphere.  But  as  the 
appearance  of  a  substance  is  not  always  an  indication  of  its  real 
reality,  so  in  this  particular,  as  in  many  others,  external  observations 
have  £iiled  to  give  a  true  conception  of  the  thing  observed. 

The  inconceivable  quantity  of  materiab  that  are  still  contained  In 
this  body,  may  be  inferred  from  the  previous  description  given  of  its 
primary  condition.  The  particles  still  existing  in  the  Sun,  are  of  a 
gross  nature  m  some  pordons,  while  at  the  surface  it  is  constantly 
evdving  refined  elements,  in  the  form  of  heat,  light,  and  electricity. 
These  elements  are  constantly  emanating  from  Its  interior,  and  their 
combination  prevents  the  success  of  telescopic  observations. 

CoDcaming  the  ultimate  productions  of  this  body,  more  will  be 
•aid  bereafier ;  but  inasmuch  as  they  have  no  possible  bearing  upon 
the  objects  of  the  present  generalization,  it  is  unnecessary  to  speak 
of  them  now. 

Tbe  Sun  therefore  is  tbe  central  body  from  which  all  the  planets 
and  satffUIte*  within  the  extreme  circumference  of  its  influence,  have 
been  ibrmed.  It  is  yet  incessantly  giving  off  particles,  rarified  and 
lifiaod,  and  exerting  an  orderly  influence  upon  all  forms  and  parti- 
dii  b  tbe  planetary  system.     It  can  not  decrease  in  magnitude ;  for 

14 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


210  nature's  divine  revelations. 

it  has  become  a  planet  of  the  requisite  degree  of  density,  belonging 
to  a  more  interior  Centre.  Also  it  has  formed  all  that  its  substance 
can  well  produce ;  for  it  is  now  counterbalanced  by  the  magnitude 
of  the  whole  planetary  system  united ;  while  the  Whole  is  coDJoined 
harmoniously,  and  all  motions  are  in  accordance  with  the  general, 
established  law  of  gravitation  or  association. 

It  is  now  necessary  that  a  general  contemplation  upon  these  crea 
tions  should  be  instituted,  in  order  that  the  mind  may  properly  con- 
ceive of  original  Design. 

It  has  been  established  incontestably  that  there  is  an  order  and  uni- 
formity manifested  in  the  formation  of  our  Solar  System — that  from 
the  first  body  evolved,  to  the  last,  there  is  an  ascending  order  an4 
degree  of  refinement  distinctly  evident  in  each.  For  Mercury  being 
the  last  in  formation,  is  consequently  composed  of  denser  materiab 
than  any  other,  and  hence  takes  the  lowest  point,  and  observes  the 
greatest  velocity  of  motion.  And  it  has  been  established  by  astro- 
nomical observations,  that  as  we  recede  from  this  planet  toward  Ura- 
nus and  others,  a  superior  refinement  is  observed  in  each  from  the 
nearest  to  the  most  remote,  and  a  corresponding  modification  in  their 
motions  and  their  relations  to  each  other.  Also,  that  the  planets  thai 
were  further  oflT  evolved  satellites,  while  those  which  were  nearer  did 
not :  for  refinement  and  activity  are  consequent  results  of  each  other; 
while  grossness,  imperfection,  and  comparative  rest,  are  the  results 
of  such  sluggish  materials  as  compose  the  nearer  planets.  Therefore 
there  is  a  perfect  order  in  the  formation  of  the  planets,  and  in  thcii 
relations  to  each  other  and  to  the  Sun ;  and  there  is  a  perfect  uni- 
formity in  the  connexion  of  the  Sun  with  them  all. 

The  law  of  ceaseless  progression  is  also  established  :  but  while 
Jupiter  and  Saturn  are  in  the  mind,  the  condition  of  planets  less  per- 
fect, and  which  were  subsequently  formed,  would  seem  to  indicate  a 
retrogression^ — but  not  if  it  is  properly  borne  in  mind  that  the  'owest 
contains  the  highest,  undeveloped,  and  that  the  highest  pervades  the 
lower,  and  extracts  therefrom  all  particles  fitted  for  higher  degrees  of 
association.  For  the  composition  of  Mercury  has,  undeveloped,  all 
that  Saturn  has  manifested.  Therefore  Mercury  typifies  a  higher 
formation ;  and  so  does  each  planet  represent  higher  degrees  of  per- 
fection. For  there  is  nothing  existmg  in  the  Universe  so  low  and 
imperfect  that  it  does  not  represent  some  higher  spheres;  and  there 
are  no  forms  or  substances  in  being  so  perfect  that  they  are  not  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


maturb's  divine  revelations.  2U 

bhoM  of  some  still  more  perfect  Therefore  there  is  a  constant  indi- 
cition  of  transformation,  and  also  of  ceaseless  progression ;  for  it  is 
impossible,  as  has  been  proyed  by  previous  investigation,  for  any  atom 
to  take  a  lower  degree  than  that  which  it  at  any  one  time  occupies ; 
bat  all  must  o[  necessity  aspend  to  higher  conditions. 

Moreover,  the  Sun  is  a  never-failing  symbol  and  Embryo  of  all 
material  formations.  It  is  the  Vortex,  the  great  Centre  that  pre- 
viously contained  all  that  has  been  since  breathed  into  existence  as 
connected  with  our  planetary  System.  And  the  materials  existing  in 
this  great  Centre  became  impregnated  and  active  by  virtue  of  inherent 
(brces, — the  result  of  which  was  the  teeming  productions  which  are 
now  manifested.  Therefore  it  is  a  body  corresponding  to  the  Sun 
of  the  Universe ;  and  all  its  planets  correspond  to  the  great  planets 
which  the  original  Sun  breathed  into  being.  And  the  satellites  cor- 
respond to  the  planets  which  the  great  planets  or  suns  produced. 
Thus  our  Solar  System  typifies  slightly,  the  mconceivable  Solar  Sys- 
tem of  the  Univerccelum ! 


§  31.  The  vegetable  formations  of  each  planet,  indicate  the  char- 
acter of  the  primary  particles  which  produced  them.  They  also 
represent  higher  stages  of  formation.  And  it  is  from  the  existence  of 
phnts,  manifesting  Motion  and  Life,  that  the  animal  kingdom  is 
properly  conceived  of;  for  there  is  a  close  connexion  existing  be- 
tween the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms.  And  as  the  animal  king- 
dom u  one  degree  more  perfect  than  the  vegetable,  it  is  characterized 
by  Sentadon  as  a  result  of  Motion  and  Life.  Therefore  these  three 
principles.  Motion,  Life,  and  Sensation,  have  combined  in  one.  And 
it  is  only  when  we  form  a  proper  conception  of  Sensaticm,  that  we 
know  of  Instinct.  Then  again  the  animal  kingdom  typifies  still 
lugber  stages  of  refinement ;  and  an  unbroken  connexion  ^ists  be- 
tween the  animal  and  Man. — And  Man  stands  as  an  ultij^te  of  all 
the  materials  and  forms  upon  the  planet^s  surface,  sbowingia  combi- 
ntioo  of  the  principles  of  Motion,  Life,  Sensation,  and  Inrlligence. 
Blodon  also  typifies  Life,  and  this  Sensation,  and  Sensatio]^  Intelli- 
gence. 

Therefore  the  inhabitants  of  Mercury  represent  higher  forms  of  the 
•tme  species*  And  so  the  human  inhabitants  of  each  planet  typify 
and  signify  the  existence  of  some  more  perfect  forms,  and  some  higher 
stages  of  btmian  organization*  And  there  are  successive  links  of  con- 
nexion observed  between  the  vegetable,  animal,  and  man,  as  forma- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


212  natxthe's  divine  rbtelations. 

dons  of  each  planet,  and  an  unbroken  chain  joining  the  inhabitants 
of  the  lowest  planet  to  the  comparative  spiritual  inhabitants  of  the 
highest,  for  one  represents  the  other,  and  none  of  them  represent  the 
least  retrogression. 

And  on  grounds  like  these  here  furnished,  have  we  based  our  ideas 
of  opposites;  for  when  meditating  upon  the  degraded  and  imperfect 
condition  of  the  inhabitants  of  Mercury,  and  contrasting  them  with 
the  inhabitants  of  Saturn,  whose  composition,  both  physical  and  men- 
tal, transcends  almost  our  highest  conceptions  of  the  celestial  forms; 
and  when  considering  the  extreme  distance  between  them,  and  ob- 
serving all  things  so  apparently  disconnected, — the  mind  at  once 
conceives  the  idea  of  positive  opposites.  For  what  can  be  more  en- 
tirely opposite  and  antagonistic  than  the  lowest  stage  of  physical  for- 
mation is  to  the  highest  degree  of  material  refinement? — or  than 
ignorance  and  imbecility  are  to  the  sweeping  intellect,  and  to  the 
spontaneous  conceptions  flowing  from  the  interior  of  a  perfected 
mental  constitution?  Or  what  can  be  more  entirely  opposite  than 
death  and  life,  good  and  evil,  or  light  and  darkness  ? 

It  is  evident  that  to  conceive  properly  of  light,  life,  and  spiritual 
intelligence,  we  must  first  see  that  which  is  apparently  the  opponU. 
And  the  very  moment  that  we  see  the  lower  conditions,  we  form  a 
conception  of  higher  spheres ;  but  this  we  do  not  do  until  the  former 
conditions  are  made  visible. 

It  is  now  manifest  to  every  enlarged  understanding,  that  the  lowest 
typifies  the  highest;  and  the  very  moment  you  conceive  of  such  a 
representation,  all  idea  of  opposites  is  annihilated.  And  as  the  Jirst 
must  exist  before  the  nltimate,  so  all  things  must  harmonize  perfectly  y 
and  conform  to  the  established  law  of  universal  and  eternal  progres- 
sion. Therefore  opposites  do  not  exist ;  but  that  which  is  gross, 
and  irm)erfect,  and  apparently  opposed  to  higher  developments, 
merelyyas  not  progressed  to  the  standard  of  perfection  that  we  have 
erectecK 

Th<^yegetable  formations  in  then:  adaptations,  also  give  us  the  true 
conceAion  of  uses  for  the  accomplishment  of  more  perfect  ends  or 
ultinmtes.  The  plants  not  only  receive  nourishment  from  the  min- 
eral kingdom,  but  also  from  the  atmosphere  ;  and  they  more  percep- 
tibly give  to  the  atmosphere,  particles  and  elements  to  sustain  higher 
forms.  The  animal  kingdom  receives  its  nomishment  firom  the  vege- 
table, and  fi^om  the  atmosphere  that  it  partly  produces.  Therefore 
the  plants  are  uses  adapted  to  the  wants  of  the  animal  kingdom.     Bo 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATUBB'S   DIVINE   EBVELATIONS.  213 

Ekewise  are  these  two  kingdoma  adapted  to  the  uses  of  Man*  Herein 
igain  is  the  general  law  made  manifest ;  for  the  lowest  not  only  typi- 
6es  and  represents  the  highest,  but  one  is  absolutely  necessary  to  the 
existence  of  the  other.  And  without  general  principles,  putting  forth 
general  uses,  to  produce  general  ends,  none  of  these  forms  would  have 
existed.  But  the  evident  truth  that  in  everything  cause  and  effect 
are  inseparable,  not  only  establishes  an  unbroken  connexion  between 
every  particle  in  the  Universe,  but  presents  to  our  minds,  and  to 
every  inductive  mind,  the  highest  representation  of  the  original  Design 
conceived  by  the  Great  Positive  Mind ! 

Thus  in  our  Solar  System  all  things  in  the  Universe  are  repre- 
sented. And  as  it  is  impossible  for  the  mind  to  form  an  adequate 
cmception  of  anything  beyopd  the  harmonious  System  to  which  we 
belong,  this  is  the  appropriate  field  for  present  investigation.  For 
diougb  thought  is  unlimited  and  uncontrolled,  thought  is  not  knowl- 
edge. But  it  is  useful  to  investigate  that  which  sustains  so  close  a 
connexion  with  the  investigator  as  to  admit  of  comprehen^on ;  and 
the  knowledge  thereof  wiU  promote  his  peace  and  happiness. 

The  description  that  has  been  given  of  the  order  in  which  the  plan- 
ea  were  formed  by  an  evolution  from  the  Sun,  differs  exceedingly  from 
the  description  given  of  the  formation  of  the  Univerceelum.  For  our 
Son  was  represented  as  originally  extending  its  substance  and  atmo- 
sphere to  the  orbit  of  the  outermost  planet ;  and  it  has  been  shown 
that  by  a  shrinking  and  condensation,  and  an  evolution  of  particles, 
the  Sun  and  the  planets  have  assumed  their  present  form  and  coodi- 
tioQ  :  while  the  Sun  of  the  Univercoelum — the  inconceivable  Centre 
•XDond  which  infinitude,  almost,  revolves — was  described  as  origi 
ittlly  the  only  Form  in  being,  and  as  emanating  successive  and  con- 
centric Circles  of  Suns,  each  of  which  produced  other  suns,  planets, 
and  satellites,  until  the  sixth  Circle  was  formed.  As  one  and  the 
ttme  Principle  miut  produce  all  things  in  the  regions  of  space,  it  is 
erideot  that  only  one  description  of  formations  can  be  correct.  Inas- 
BQch  as  this  discrepancy  appears  conspicuous,  it  is  necessary  to 
Qemioa  the  intention  of  the  previous  descriptions. 

The  object  of  describing  the  UnivercGslum  as  it  has  been  described, 
vit  10  enable  the  mind  to  form  a  most  extended  conception  of  infinite 
And  the  Great  Centre  being  inconceivable,  and  its  eraana- 
•till  more  so,  it  was  described  in  that  manner  so  that  an  obscure 
Mkcepcioa  might  be  formed.     But  as  the  Solar  System  is  more  im- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


214  nature's  divinib  revelations. 

mediately  connected  with  the  observations  and  investigations  of  man 
kind,  it  was,,  in  speaking  of  this,  necessary  to  give  a  correct  idea  of 
the  order  and  process  of  the  planetary  formations ;  and  from  this  de- 
scription we  may  conceive  of  the  Univercoelum,  and  from  this  alone. 
The  general  correspondence  existing  between  all  things,  will  be  seen 
more  conspicuously  hereafter,  especially  when  the  description  of  the 
earth  and  all  things  therein  existing  shall  have  been  finished.  Then 
I  receive  impressions  from  higher  spheres,  wherein  exists  the  knowl 
edge  of  all  interior  and  eternal  truths. 


^  32.  I  come  now  to  the  portion  of  this  revelation  that  is  most 
immediately  connected  with  thp  curiosity  and  interest  of  every  en- 
lightened mind,  and  upon  the  subject  of  which  an  incalculable  amount 
of  thought  and  speculation  has  been  conceived.  It  is  a  subject  that 
has  excited  the  wonder  and  inquiry  of  the  generations  of  all  ages,  and 
of  the  inhabitants  of  every  portion  of  the  earth ;  and  it  still  involves 
a  question  of  immense  interest  as  undecided.  It  is  a  subject  in  re- 
spect to  which  philosophical  and  psychological  minds  have  put  forth 
all  their  powers  of  investigation,  and  concerning  which  there  has  been 
a  constant  antagonism  between  philosophy  and  theology,  and  between 
chimeras  and  reason. — This  subject  is  the  origin  and  begin- 
ning OF  the  world. 

Philosophy  has  endeavored  to  account  for  the  origin  and  formation 
of  this  globe  on  principles  of  Nature  and  Reason ;  while  theology  has 
put  forth  every  eflfort  to  sustain  the  opinions  entertained  by  primitive 
generations,  and  sanctioned  by  theological  authority.  Scientific  phi- 
losophy has  indisputably  demonstrated  the  immutability  of  natural 
laws,  the  immortality  of  Truth,  and  the  unchanging  nature  of  all  prin- 
ciples governing  the  Universe.  And  thought  has  partially  lifted  the 
veil  that  has  so  long  concealed  the  truth  from  the  minds  of  the  world ; 
and  this  has  been  done  by  thought  alone,  the  most  exalted  faculty 
belonging  to  the  human  mind. 

Nevertheless,  general  truth  has  been  arrived  at  by  pursuing  curved 
lines  through  the  mythology  and  superstition  of  every  age  and  nation. 
The  lines  that  lead  to  truth  unmingled  with  error,  however,  are  per- 
fectly straight;  and  these,  if  pursued,  lead  gradually  beyond  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


natthib's  divinb  revelations.  215 

mlms  of  darkness  and  ignorance  that  may  have  environed  the  mind 
of  the  traveller;  and  every  step  that  is  taken,  ushers  him  into  a  more 
beautiful  light  And  thus  he  approaches  Truth  by  the  light  of  Rea- 
son and  the  unchanging  laws  of  Nature :  and  when  he  arrives  at  the 
Truth,  he  finds  himself  surrounded  with  grandeur  and  magnificence 
that  can  be  conceived  of  and  appreciated  only  by  one  who  has  the 
supreme  love  of  eternal  Truth  dwelling  within  him. 

The  mythological  opinions  of  primitive  nations  have  been  gradu- 
ally and  imperceptibly  modified,  as  knowledge  has  been  unfolded  in 
the  minds  of  mankind.  And  these  modifications  have  been  so  im- 
perceptible to  each  subsequent  generation,  that  the  nineteenth  century 
only  unfolds  a  true  conception  of  the  change,  by  its  contrast  of  truth, 
and  light,  and  knowledge,  ;vith  the  ignorance  and  superstition  of  the 
extreme  ages  of  antiquity. 

Some  have  ignorandy  supposed  that  the  world  assumed  its  present 
form  and  condition  in  an  instant  of  time ;  and  that  it  was  supported 
in  it.^  present  position  by  gigantic  beings,  each  of  which  was  supported 
by  otlicrs  still  more  powerful,  until  supposition  lost  the  foundation 
upon  which  they  all  stood,  amid  the  realms  of  fancy  and  imagination. 
Ami  the  opinion  reigned  from  tl)is  period  up  to  a  few  centuries  ago, 
that  the  world  was  perfectly  immoveable,  and  perfectly  flattened  at  its 
stiriace.  And  this  belief  prevailed  universally,  until  a  mind  became 
enlightened  through  the  exercise  of  reason,  and  discovered  the  true 
poriiiion  and  figure  of  the  eartli,  and  its  relation  to  other  planetary 
bodif^.  And  having  philosophically  demonstrated  the  correctness 
of  hii  position,  he  ventured,  with  an  unparalleled  audacity,  to  reveal 
it  to  the  minds  of  tlie  world.  Superficial  theology  was  at  this  time 
ttit^iag  with  all  the  power  and  authority  of  omnipotent  law.  The 
light  that  be  presented  to  tlie  world  was  so  far  above  the  darkness 
that  prevailed,  that  the  human  mind  was  generally  dazzled  with  its 
bri^titncst.  The  darkness  was  impenetrable,  and  therefore  the  light 
wan  rrpulsed ;  and  the  discoverer  was  nearly  sacrificed  upon  the  altar 
of  ignonoce,  8up<'r>tition,  and  bigotry.  But  the  light  was  not  alto- 
gethrr  concealed,  but  imperceptibly  flowed  into  the  minds  of  a  few 
odi^r4 ;  and  by  emanations  from  these,  others  aUo  rocoived  the 
imlh — until  tlie  whole  truth  became  light  aftl  dispersed  tlio  dark- 
OTM :  and  the  nineteenth  centur)'  stands  as  an  evidence  of  the  intel- 
lectual resurrection. 

Oilitw,  a  train,  have  f»upj)0'*t'(l  that  from  an  incomprohonsible 
Sothimgf  a  tangible  Somrthing  was  created  ;  and  to  admit  tliatsoro** 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


216  natttbb's  divinb  bbvblations. 

thing  altoays  existed,  was  contrary  to  the  assumptions  of  a  mytho* 
logical  theology.  And  by  a  gradual  modification  of  these  opinions, 
a  duration  from  the  creation  of  the  world  was  fixed  upon  by  many 
primitive  nations,  which  varied  from  six  thousand  to  forty  thousand 
years.  And  the  records  of  ancient  nations  are  brought  forward  to 
sustain  and  confirm  these  opinions  in  reference  to  the  world's  origin 
and  duration. 

Yet  all  these  opinions  have  become  essentially  changed ;  and  phi- 
losophical and  natural  investigations  have  served  to  erect  a  more  sub- 
stantial doctrine — one  that  does  conform  to  the  highest  suggestions 
of  Reason,  and  to  the  sanctions  of  immortal  Truth.  Yet  so  imper- 
fect have  been  the  endeavors  to  arrive  at  the  true  result,  and  the 
paths  through  which  the  mind  has  travelled  have  been  so  irregu- 
lar and  diversified,  that  it  has  taken  many  thousand  years  to  pro- 
gress to  the  point  which  the  present  age  has  attained. 

Theology  and  philosophy,  therefore,  have  been  apparently  op- 
posed to  each  other.  While  one  was  endeavoring  with  all  its  ener- 
gies to  discover  an  indestructible  basis  upon  which  a  true  theory  of 
the  origin  of  the  world  could  rest,  the  other  was  putting  forth  all  the 
deplorable  obstructions  that  naturally  arise  from  ignorance  and  fanat- 
icism. And  so  universal  was  this  prevailing  enthusiasm,  that  philos- 
ophy for  a  long  time  struggled  in  vain  to  overcome  the  obstacles 
which  it  threw  in  her  path.  And  the  philosophic  mind  has  been 
endeavoring  to  become  unchained  and  free  from  things  that  are  not 
true,  that  it  may  seek  those  which  are  unchangeably  and  eternally 
steadfast.  And  this  is  the  constant  yearning  of  a  truth-loving  mind  ; 
while  the  constant  yearning  of  a  narrow  and  undeveloped  mind  is  to 
conceal  the  light  and  truths  which  Nature  sets  forth,  and  to  erect 
in  its  stead  a  superficial  chimera. 

Yet  the  question  how  the  materials  and  essences  that  compose  this 
world,  were  produced,  and  how  they  were  formed  into  their  present 
condition,  has  not  been  satisfactorily  answered.  And  as  it  is  so  inti- 
mately connected  with  the  aspirations  of  every  inquiring  mind,  it  is 
necessary  to  give  an  adequate  answer — one  that  will  be  distinctly 
comprehended  by  those  who  have  an  enlarged  conception  of  the 
physical  laws  of  the  Universe. 

For  this  world  has  given  birth  to  all  the  thoughts  that  have  been 
conceived  by  man  here  existing  concerning  the  constitution  of  things. 
It  is  the  theatre  of  human  action ;  it  is  the  habitation  of  pain  and 
pleasure,  of  life  and  death,  of  knowledge  and  ignorance.     And  it  is 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURE  S  DIVrXB   REVELATIONS.  217 

ibis  world  that  has  given  birth  to  all  the  beautiful  and  variegated 
flowers  and  foliage  that  adorn  the  vegetable  kingdom.  It  is  the 
birthphice  of  the  innumerable  animal  existences  which  come  into 
bemg  and  sink  into  repose  before  the  eyes  of  man.  And  the  eartli, 
and  Nature,  and  her  laws,  have  given  existence  to  Man^  the  ultimate 
of  material  perfection.  It  has  endowed  him  with  faculties,  and 
powers,  and  sensibilities,  the  extent  of  which  is  not  yet  compre- 
hended. It  has  stamped  upon  every  particle  of  his  constitution  the 
impress  of  eternal  Design.  It  openly  manifests  the  immutable  laws 
by  which  his  organism  was  produced  :  And  all  these  inefiable  truths 
yield  to  the  powers  of  an  enlightened  mind ! 

And  the  mental  constitution  of  man  is  so  distinctiy  symbolical  of 
higher  spheres  of  purity  and  reGnement,  that  the  most  degraded  of 
all  beings  that  ever  have  existed  upon  the  earth,  have  formed  some 
obscure  conceptions  of  the  higher  spheres. 

But  instead  of  passing  off  in  sublime  peregrinations  into  the  fields 
of  Nature;  instead  of  cherishing  the  incessant  and  spontaneous 
inflowings  of  thought  respecting  the  foundation  and  magnificent  struc- 
ture of  the  Universe,  and  enjoying  the  steady  unfoldings  of  light  and 
truth,  the  mind  has  left  Nature  and  Reason,  and  gone  in  search  of 
that  which  is  altogether  unwarrantable,  and  exceedingly  destructive 
to  the  happiness  of  the  world.  And  thus  man  has  lost  sight  of  the 
true  relation  existing  between  Nature  and  science,  and  science  and 
himself.  And  so  depressed  and  degraded  has  been  the  condition  of 
the  world,  that  language  is  inadequate  to  describe  it,  and  thoughts 
and  feelings  can  only  supply  the  place  of  expressions. 

Such  has  been,  and  such  to  an  extent,  still  is,  the  condition  of 
dungs  which  this  world  has  borne  into  existence.  What,  then,  can 
b«  of  more  value  and  importance  than  a  knowledge  of  the  world's 
original  condition,  and  of  its  ultimate  termination? — a  world  in 
which  Nature  has  put  forth  the  most  tender  efforts  to  jricld  a  happy 
»ce! — a  form  in  which  Nature  has  so  perfecdy  adapted  all  things 
to  the  wants  and  requirements  of  each  other,  and  to  Man,  that  recip- 
rocal justice,  universal  happiness,  and  eternal  righteousness,  might 
pRvail  throughout  all  its  diversified  avenues  and  recesses !  And  so 
porr,  so  good,  and  so  indescribably  magnificent,  have  been  the  pro- 
ductiotis  of  this  world,  that  it  is  not  astonishing  that  all  the  interests 
of  man  are  centred  in  the  inquiry  concerning  its  origin  and  destination. 

Let,  then,  an  unprejudiced  and  philosophical  disposition  charac- 
terire  your  minds,  so  that  you  may  be  enabled  to  follow  distinctly 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


218  nature's  divine  revelations. 

the  lines  and  indices  of  the  immutable  principles  of  Nature,  to  their 
legitimate  terminations.  And  let  it  be  from  a  profound  reverence  — 
from  an  interior  and  supreme  love  of  these  principles'  Author,  that 
you  adhere  to  their  legitimate  teachings.  Let  tlie  mind  be  deeply 
impressed  that  all  principles  of  Nature  are  merely  breathings,  and 
emanations  from  a  First  Principle — from  a  primitive  Essence — from 
the  Great  Positive  Mind  !  And  let  Nature  be  considered  as  the 
thoughts  and  effects  of  this  great  Mind.  And  let  all  her  productions 
be  understood  as  the  highest  types  and  representatives  of  her  inhe- 
rent and  never-dying  energies,  having  their  origin  in  the  First  Prin- 
ciple of  all  things. 

Ill  entering  upon  generalizations  so  immense  and  stupendous 
as  the  subject  under  present  contemplation  requires,  it  is  necessary 
that  every  general  and  particular  as  connected  with  the  course  to  be 
pursued,  should  be  distinctly  understood,  so  that  nothing  may  bi. 
misconceived  or  misinterpreted.  And  in  order  to  understand  tliese 
things  properly,  the  terms  used,  and  their  application,  should  be 
explained. 

When  speaking  of  Matter^  I  have  reference  to  the  tangible  and 
material  combinations  of  the  earth  and  all  things  therein  contained, 
including  the  substances  and  essences  that  are  existing  in  the  materia] 
Universe.  When  speaking  of  the  Laws  of  Matter,  I  have  reference 
to  the  visible  tendencies  of  matter,  such  as  have  been  termed  attrac- 
tion, repulsion,  gravitation,  chemical  affinity,  and  association.  When 
speaking  of  the  laws  of  the  Universe,  I  have  no  reference  to  the  Jaws 
of  Sensation  or  Intelligence  ;  for  to  Man  these  laws  appear  far  above 
any  other  laws  governing  matter.  For  the  mind  does  not  perceive 
the  connexion  between  the  lower  and  the  higher,  or  the  material  and 
the  spiritual,  though  in  reality  the  law  is  the  same  in  both.  But  it 
differs  only  as  the  composition  and  organization  differ ;  for  the  mate- 
rial gradually  ascends  to  spiritual  composition  and  is  subjected  to 
spiritual  laws,  by  a  chain  of  unbroken  and  ceaseless  development. 
But  this  thought  is  too  immense  for  the  mind  to  grasp,  and  especially 
to  comprehend  in  all  its  main  ramifications.  Therefore,  while  speak- 
ing of  Matter  and  Motion,  reference  will  be  had  to  the  general  physi- 
cal  laws  of  the  Universe ;  and  in  this  manner  should  the  terms  used 
be  understood.  For  the  law  that  governs  exalted  compositions  will 
not  be  referred  to  in  speaking  of  the  formation  and  history  of  the 
earth.  


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


naturb's  ditinb  revelations.  219 

^  3d.  At  a  period  too  remote  for  computatioD,  there  was  an  accu- 
muktion  of  an  inconceivable  and  incalculable  magnitude,  composed 
of  atoms  and  particles  that  previously  constituted  the  atmosphere  of  the 
Sun.  And  the  latter  was  an  inconceivable  time  in  producing  this  con- 
jugation of  particles— -whose  consentaneousness  was  such  that  they 
subseqnendy  became  condensed,  and  by  the  action  of  perpetual  ener- 
gies inherendy  existing,  gradually  (and  so  gradually  that  the  lapse  of 
time  during  the  process  is  unimaginable)  produced  the  oblately  sphe- 
roidal form  of  the  earth  and  its  satellite.  The  primitive  diameter  of 
this  great  agglomeration  of  particles  could  not  be  well  determined ; 
lor  it  subseqnendy  and  continually  decreased  in  magnitude  according 
to  the  condensation  and  consolidation  of  the  whole  mass. 

Before  entering  into  any  particulars  concerning  the  formation  of 
the  crust  or  coating  of  this  great  mass,  it  is  necessary  to  contemplate 
its  condition  and  appearance  as  the  same  would  have  been  manifest 
to  the  senses.  The  whole  body  of  atoms  was  sustained  in  its  appro- 
priate position  by  the  mutual  relations  existing  between  it  and  the 
8un.  The  particles  thrown  from  the  Sun  became  associated  by  the 
natural  affinity  which  they  had  for  each  other  as  owing  to  the  similarly 
re6ned  condition  which  they  bad  arrived  at  before  leaving  the  great 
central  Mass.  The  force  by  which  they  left  the  Sun  is  termed  repul- 
sum;  and  their  association  together  is  called  attraction:  and  the 
position  of  the  earth  in  reference  to  the  Sun  is  the  result  of  what  is 
supposed  to  be  the  laws  of  attraction  and  repulsion.  And  as  these 
arc  terms  familiarly  applied  to  these  conditions  of  matter,  it  would  be 
necessary  to  use  them  if  tbey  were  not  evidently  incorrect,  and  em- 
ployed in  the  absence  of  a  proper  understandmg  of  the  natural  and 
mutual  laws  pervading  the  material  Universe. 

Particles  incessantiy  emanating  from  the  Sun  as  suitable  to  enter 
into  the  composition  of  this  igneous  mass,  gravitated  to  it,  and  imme- 
diately established  an  association  with  it*  The  whole  mass  was  in  a 
state  of  igneous  fluidity,  and  was  of  inconceivable  magnitude.  It 
contained  heat  of  an  intensity  far  exceeding  any  that  is  known  to  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earth.  It  was  an  immense  liquid  sphere,  which 
was  agitated  from  the  centre  to  the  surface  with  indescribable  undu- 
btioas,  such  as  would  naturally  occur  in  so  great  a  mass  of  uncon- 
densed  and  molten  lava.  And  while  it  was  observmg  the  impulse 
of  the  force  originally  given  it,  it  consequendy  assumed  rapidly  forms 
ascending  from  the  angular  to  the  spherical,  gradually  developing 
diameters,  axes,  and  poles.     And  as  the  development  became  more 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


£20  NATtms's   DIVINE    REVELATIONS. 

perfect,  its  rotary  motion  became  established  and  improved.  Its  revo- 
lutions were  also  followed  by  the  assuming  of  proper  bulk  and  fonn, 
and  position  to  obey  its  original  impetus. 

But  before  this  condition  was  produced,  a  greater  amount  of  time 
elapsed  than  can  be  possibly  imagined ;  for  in  speaking  of  the  gradual 
assumption  of  forms,  and  the  establishment  of  rotary  and  orbicular 
motions,  I  have  reference  to  the  development  of  these  after  the  great 
mass  had  undergone  a  great  condensation. 

The  rotary  motion  is  an  effect  produced  by  the  impetus  of  parti- 
cles and  atoms  rushing  to  the  great  body.  The  same  is  represented 
in  the  forces  by  which  motion  is  applied  to  any  round  body.  And 
its  revolutionary  motion  in  an  elliptic  orbit,  having  an  aphelion  and 
perihelion  in  contraposition  to  the  Sun,  is  an  effect  produced  by  the 
general  impetus  given  it — by  a  perpetual  application  of  the  forces 
producing  the  rotary  motion.  And  inasmuch  as  its  orbit  is  elliptical, 
the  evidence  is  manifest  that  the  whole  body  was  thrown  from  another 
body  more  immense,  having  the  same  motions,  which  were  in  accord- 
ance with  its  own  immensity. 

The  proposition  that  the  original  condition  of  the  materials  com- 
posing the  earth  was  that  of  igneous  fluidity  is  evidendy  correct,  as 
is  manifest  from  the  condition  and  appearances  which  the  great  mass 
has  subsequently  assumed.  That  it  could  not  have  been  solid,  or 
elastic,  is  evident  from  the  form  of  the  earth  and  of  all  other  planets. 
It  would  be  impossible  for  any  solid  or  elastic  substance  to  assume  a 
spherical  form ;  for  the  extreme  density  of  solids,  and  the  adhesive 
and  repulsive  tendency  of  elastics,  would  exclude  the  possibility  of 
matter  in  either  state  assuming  a  globular  form.  It  is  evident  from 
this  (and  there  are  other  general  and  well-ascertained  truths  to  sub- 
stantiate it),  that  the  primal  condition  of  the  earth  was  that  of  a  kind 
of  fire-matter,  in  a  state  of  active  fluidity. 

It  would  be  inappropriate  for  me  to  mention  the  experiments  that 
have  been  performed,  the  result  of  which  has  been  to  establish  this 
fact  beyond  the  possibility  of  refutation. — And  while  I  am  impressed 
to  speak  truthfully  concerning  the  original  and  subsequent  conditions 
of  the  Universe,  it  would  be  interfering  with  the  efforts  of  philosoph- 
ical minds  to  merely  repeat  old,  or  introduce' new,  illustrations  of  what 
is  now  nearly  incontestably  established.  For  let  it  be  remembered 
that  the  proposition  or  theory  is  a  general  one ;  and  let  it  also  be 
dufy  impressed,  that  the  evidence  presented  in  its  favor  is  as  general 
and  compreher^ive.     Therefore  the  argument  takes  no  cognizance 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


natube's  divinb  revelations.  221 

of  isolated  phenomena  or  opinions ;  but  it  is  based  upon  general  ap« 
pearances  as  conspiring  to  establish  the  proposition. 

The  fulness  at  the  equator,  presents  another  indication  of  the  same 
troth.  The  cause  of  this  inlness,  together  with  the  ibrm  of  the  earth, 
could  not  be  accounted  for  upon  any  other  ground  than  the  admissioi> 
that  the  Whole  was  originally  in  a  state  of  fluidity,  and  subjected  to 
inherent  forces  that  incessantly  acted  upon  it  accc^ding  to  chemical, 
mechanical,  and  geometrical  principles. 


^  34.  That  the  substance  composing  the  earth  originally  compre 
bended  the  orbit  now  observed  by  its  satellite,  and  that  there  was  an 
interchanging  of  particles  going  on  between  each  accumulation  of 
atoms ;  and  that  they  sustained  the  position  that  they  do  to  the  Sun 
by  virtue  of  the  relative  affinides  of  particles  composing  the  Sun  and 
them — that  this  theory  is  correct,  can  not  well  be  disputed.  For 
how  could  the  particular  distance,  density,  motions,  and  velocity, 
which  they  manifest  be  determined  by  any  other  law,  or  condidon  of 
primeval  matter?  And  by  what  other  process  could  the  earth  and 
its  satellite  assume  an  identical  position  in  reladon  to  other  planets 
and  the  Sun  ?  This  proposition  is  also  general^  and  the  evidences 
adduced  in  its  favor  are  equally  so. 

And  that  the  original  form  was  angular^  ascending  rapidly  to  the 
circular,  b  also  a  general  truth.  Representadons  of  these  forms  are 
presented  m  the^n^  forms  upon  earth,  as  subordinate  to  the  circular 
and  others.  The  trap  and  basalt  that  have  been  thrown  from  the 
interior  of  the  earth  (and  that,  too,  by  the  virtue  of  internal  heat), 
indicate  these  forms  etpecially^  inasmuch  as  they  are  the  most  prom* 
inent  and  rugged  manifestations  in  Nature.  It  is  impossible  for  any 
substance  to  assume  any  form  above  the  angular,  as  the  ^rt/.  It 
matters  not  bow  rapidly  this  form  is  modified  to  the  circular,  or  spi- 
rt!; for  the  first  must  exist  bef<Mre  the  second  or  any  other  can. 
Notwithstanding  the  change  may  be  imperceptible  to  the  senses,  yet 
toch  roost  occur,  in  all  the  lower  states  of  material  composition. 
Forms  may  have  previously  ascended,  and  may  be  bringing  forth 
their  like ;  but  their  origin  is  only  referable  to  the  angular,  as  the 
basis  of  all  forms. 

The  proposition  that  the  Whole  was  in  a  state  of  unduladng  agi- 
tattoo— of  inconceivable,  wave-like  motion,  caused  by  the  circum- 
stances under  which  the  whole  Body  was  existing,  is  distinctly 
cviifted,  not  only  from  the  primidve  history  of  the  earth,  but  in  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


822  nature's  divine  revelations. 

fact  that  the  earth  displays  rugged  and  uneven  portions,  termed 
mountains  and  valleys.  These  appearances  are  known  to  exist,  more 
or  less,  in  various  portions  of  the  earth ;  and  it  is  impossible  to  ac- 
count for  their  existence  on  any  other  supposed  origmal  condition  of 
things.  For  it  was  only  when  the  fluid  Mass  became  gradually  trans- 
formed near  its  surface  into  an  elastic  state,  that  this  roughness  could 
have  been  produced.  Still,  the  great  body  presented  no  more  rough- 
ness than  any  other  body  thus  subjected  to  the  action  of  the  diflferem 
elements  would  have  presented.  If  this  does  not  prove  the  oceanic 
motion  of  the  whole  Mass,  it  is  left  to  the  investigations  of  other 
minds  to  prove  the  contrary. 

And  the  proposition  that  the  earth  observes  its  motion  as  the  trans- 
mitted  and  hereditary  motion  given  it  by  its  Productor,  can  not  be 
well  disputed.  For  it  is  a  known  law  among  all  elements,  and  all 
principles  exhibiting  the  relation  of  cause  and  effect,  that  the  object 
acted  upon  will  indicate  the  force  which  acts  on  it.  And  the  effect 
must  be  in  proportion  to  the  cause,  and  there  must  be  a  perfect  cor- 
respondence between  the  two,  or  it  can  not  be  demonstrated  that  the 
effect  ever  had  a  cause.  And  all  we  know  of  things  as  effects,  is 
dependent  upon  the  knowledge  we  have  of  the  catise  which  produces 
them.  And  the  satellite  manifests  precisely  the  effect  of  what  we 
have  asserted  were  the  forces  acting  upon  it :  and  the  earth  in  its 
rotary  and  revolutionary  motions,  and  in  the  observance  of  its  elliptic 
path,' manifests  exacdy  that  which  existed  in  what  we  claim  to  have 
been  the  Cause  or  Fountain  which  ushered  it  into  existence.  If  this 
is  not  substantially  and  philosophically  correct,  it  is  the  duty  of  spec- 
ulators to  explain  more  distinctly  the  cause  of  the  motions  of  the 
earth  and  other  planets. 

The  elements  and  constituents  that  were  involved  in  the  great 
earthy  Mass,  were  adequate  in  theu:  properties  and  qualities,  when 
subjected  to  favorable  conditions,  to  produce  all  forms  that  have  sub- 
sequently been  assumed,  not  only  in  the  mineral  but  in  the  vegetable 
and  animal  kingdoms.  And  the  indescribable  beauty  and  magnifi- 
cence that  were  sequestered  as  undeveloped  in  the  great  Whole,  are 
not  yet  conceived  of  or  comprehended.  For  as  the  Univercoelum  was 
the  Embryo  of  all  other  existences,  so  each  form  produces,  through 
successive  modifications  and  assimilations,  all  the  substances  that  gen- 
erate forms  and  entities,  whether  solid,  elastic,  or  fluid,  upon  every 
planet's  surface.  And  deep  beneath  the  crust  of  this  great  mass, 
there  are  existing  undeveloped  beauties  and  magnificence  sach  as 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURE*S   DIVINE    REVELATIONS.  223 

can  not  possibly  be  conceived  of  by  a  comparison  of  anything  which 
has  been  developed.  Several  thousand  miles  of  molten  lava  and 
unimaginable  fire  rolls  through  the  subterraneous  abodes  of  the  earth. 
And  there  are  more  stupendous  wonders  contained  in  this  deep  ocean 
of  fire-matter,  than  have  been  ascribed  by  man  on  earth  to  any  of 
the  departments  of  the  Solar  System.  The  admission  of  this  truth 
(and  it  can  not  be  denied)  presses  upon  the  mind  contemplations 
which  transcend  the  power  of  expression,  and  which  almost  over- 
power its  own  energies. 

But  it  is  necessary  to  proceed  to  a  description  of  the  formation  of  the 
early  coating  of  this  igneous  centre.  Geological  investigations  have 
done  much  to  familiarize  the  true  principles  of  Nature  to  the  mind ; 
and  they  also  have  done  much  to  establish  an  indestructible  basis  upon 
which  may  be  founded  the  investigations  and  analogical  reasonings  of 
this  and  future  generations,  so  that  by  known  truths  they  may  be  ena- 
bled to  arrive  at  those  which  are  not  so  distinctly  evident  to  the  senses. 
And  so  useful  have  been  the  discoveries  in  the  geological  depart- 
ment, that  they  have  contributed  to  promote  liberal  views  and  specu- 
lations, and  have  greatly  dispersed  the  darkness  that  has  so  long  con- 
cealed the  origin  and  primitive  history  of  our  earth.  Besides,  geol- 
ogy has  led  to  many  useful  classifications,  both  in  the  mineralogical 
and  zoological  developments,  insomuch  that  the  true  basis  of  the  lat- 
ter sciences  appear  to  have  been  'discovered.  And  until  these  clas- 
sifications were  made,  and  the  connexion  between  one  science  and 
the  other  was  discovered,  the  mind  ^ould  not  observe  the  adaptation 
of  one  composition  to  another,  nor  could  it  see  the  relation  harmo- 
niously existing  between  the  elements  of  all  sciences  and  of  the 
worid.  Many  happy  conclusions  were  previously  arrived  at,  but  the 
bases  on  which  these  were  founded  were  not  altogether  allowable 
nmil  Geology  took  a  conspicuous  position  as  pointing  out  that  which 
origioally  existed,  and  as  demonstrating  the  connexions  and  relations 
of  all  other  developments. 

Geology  has  applied  definitive  terms  to  each  formation,  both  of  the 
earthy,  vegetable,  and  animal  kingdoms ;  and  the  use  of  these  in  the 
following  revealment,  becomes  both  proper  and  expedient 


^  35.  Let  it  be  understood,  then,  that  the  whole  fluid  mass  was  in 
a  state  of  motion  and  agitation,  and  that  the  whole  abounded  with 
toconceivable  heat,  the  first  development  of  fire.  While  in  this  con- 
dition, the  elements,  both  interiorly  and  exteriorly,  were  incessantly 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


224  nature's  divine  revelations. 

acdve.  The  surface  of  the  whole  mass  was  gradually  and  imper- 
ceptibly relieved  of  its  heat;  and  by  a  consequent  shrinking  and 
condensation  of  particles,  the  whole  surface  became  united  together 
by  an  elastic  coatmg. 

It  is  impossible  to  compute  the  time  that  elapsed  after  it  assumed 
this  condition,  before  it  became  sufficiently  consolidated  to  produce 
the  primary,  granite  rock.  This  was  accomplished  by  the  constant 
relief  of  internal  heat — by  the  giving  oflf  of  that  element  which 
caused  the  fluidity  of  the  surface  previously.  And  as  heat  escaped 
from  the  internal,  so  did  particles  ascend  and  unite  with  the  consoli- 
dated parts.  And  thus  by  a  constant  accumulation  and  dispersion 
of  molecular  substances,  the  prunary,  or  granite,  was  developed. 

Notwithstanding  the  surface  was  exceedingly  uneven  already,  it 
became  more  so  by  the  catastrophic  and  volcanic  operations  that  fol- 
lowed this  closing  up  of  interior  heat.  The  inconceivable  agitation' 
of  the  internal,  the  mighty  conflict  of  the  roaring  elements,  the  ex- 
pansion of  heat  and  particles,  and  their  constant  struggling  to  obtain 
relief,  produced  some  of  the  most  terrific  explosions;  and  rocks 
were  expelled  that  still  stand  as  an  evidence  of  the  original,  internal 
excitement  reigning  throughout  the  bowels  of  the  eartli. 

The  whole  domain  of  the  earth's  surface  was  free  from  the  exist- 
ence of  any  forms  possessing  life  or  sensation.  These  wonderful 
ejections  of  rocks  on  many  portions  of  the  earth's  surface,  caused 
immense  valleys,  in  which  were  contained  seas  of  almost  bottomless 
depth.  Some  of  these  seas  extended  m  depth  from  the  highest 
points  of  land,  nearly  four  hundred  miles.  These  valleys  were  a 
necessary  accompaniment  of  such  stupendous  prominences. 

At  this  time  the  water  covered  nearly  the  whole  fiice  of  the  earth. 
This  element  being  an  active  agent,  and  a  cause  of  action,  began  its 
powerful  workings  upon  the  sides  of  these  mountains  and  ejected 
rocks.  And  by  the  incessant  action  of  this  excited  element,  these 
rocky  portions  of  the  earth  were  gradually  and  imperceptibly  worn 
away.  And  the  same  cause,  producing  the  same  effect,  is  still  in 
action  throughout  the  watery  wastes  of  the  whole  earth. 

I  mention  toater  as  being  deposited  in  these  extensive  valleys,  and 
as  producing  such  eflfects  upon  the  portions  of  rocks  which  it  sur- 
rounded. The  element  known  as  water  was  not  then  existing  as  com- 
posed of  the  same  substantial  elements  with  tlie  water  now  upon 
the  earth's  surface.    For  in  the  first  place,  it  was  impossible  for  oxy- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's    divine   AEVELATIONS.  226 

gea  and  hydrogen  to  have  been  developed,  especially  in  sufficient 
qoantities  to  produce  in  combination  these  oceans  of  water. 

Nevertheless,  it  is  known  to  all  investigators  that  oxygen  composes 
I  great  part  of  the  whole  crust  of  the  earth ;  and  that  nitrogen  greatly 
pervades  Nature ;  and  that  hydrogen,  intermediately  active  in  many 
sabstaDces,  also  enters  into  the  composition  of  water.  And  fluorine 
has  also  been  lately  discovered ;  which  is  rather  an  ultimate  of  nitrogen 
and  hydrogen,  in  the  combined  states  in  which  they  are  often  found. 
And  carbon  exists  in  some  forms,  though  not  so  extensively  as  the 
other  elements,  being  seldom  found  pure,  though  it  sometimes  occurs 
in  fine,  pure  forms,  as  those  of  diamond.  And  there  is  not  existing 
b  Nature  any  combmation  of  particles  that  docs  not  contam  some  or 
all  of  these  elements ;  and  it  is  impossible  to  find  them  totally  dis- 
connected. 

However  inconsistent  the  above  proposition  may  appear,  it  is  nev- 
eitbelcas  true,— for  the  manifest  reason  that  at  this  stage  of  formation 
oxygen  and  hydrogen  could  not  have  composed  water  ;  because  hav- 
ing no  attraction  from  without,  they  could  not  have  been  developed. 
They  therefore  remained  in  the  gross  form  that  will  soon  be  described, 
the  decomposition  of  which  produced  a  most  dense  watery  liquid,  of 
ooe  fourth  the  specific  gravity  of  quicksilver.  It  would  have  been 
at  impossible  for  trap  and  basaluc  rocks,  and  recent  formations,  to  be 
•jected  by  the  action  of  interior  elements,  as  it  would  have  been  for 
iheaa  simple  elements  to  be  developed. 

It  ia  only  by  a  proper  knowledge  of  the  physical  laws  governing 
Matter,  or  of  the  tendency  that  Matter  constantly  indicates,  that  a 
tme  conception  can  be  formed  of  qualities  contained  in  any  composi- 
lioo,  whether  simple  or  compound.  And  with  a  standard  of  density 
— one  that  has  become  conventional  and  established,  the  density  of 
all  bodies  is  defined  by  comparison.  Thus  water  has  been  agreed 
upon  as  having  the  density  of  1000 ;  and  the  densities  of  all  other 
bodies  are  expressed  according  to  their  relations  to  this  standard. 

It  has  been  a  subject  of  much  discussion  among  scientific  minds, 
vhcther  matter  is  ultimately  indivisible,  or  whether  it  is  infinitely  di- 
vinble.  So  far  as  instruments  and  experiments  have  succeeded,  they 
hare  been  unable  to  determine  upon  the  possibility  of  an  unlimited 
division  of  particles.  Substances  have  been  divided  and  subdivided 
uolQ  they  were  reduced  to  a  fine  powder,  or  fluid,  or  gas,  and  still, 
ths  imperfection  of  the  instruments  being  such  as  not  to  admit  of 
fivtber  analysation,  has  only  caused  the  subject  to  become  more  ob- 

15 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


226  NATUEB*S   DIVINE    REVELATIONS. 

iKiure  and  incomprehensible.  For  even  when  reduced  to  the  finest 
powder,  or  to  the  most  subtle  fluid,  it  has  been  manifest  to  the  exper 
imenter  that  each  particle  composing  these  elements  contained  a  num 
ber  of  still  finer  particles  far  beyond  the  powers  of  multiplication. 
And  in  proportion  to  the  refinement  of  particles  has  the  wonder  in- 
creased ;  and  the  conclusion  now  appears  irresistible,  that  instruments 
can  not  be  so  far  perfected  as  to  divide  the  elements  or  molecular 
atoms  pervading  immensity.  For  composition,  and  decomposition, 
and  recomposition,  are  tendencies  which  matter  manifests  in  everj 
department  of  the  Universe.  The  whole  Mass  of  Matter,  including 
all  elements  and  principles,  is  conjoined  by  association  ;  and  this  fact, 
whether  as  relating  to  substances  gross  or  refined,  defies  all  power  to 
reduce  particles  composing  any  form  of  matter,  to  their  ultimate  state 
of  disconnexion. 

It  is  upon  this  foundation  that  rests  principally  the  proposition  that 
the  original  fluid,  or  watery  element  existing  upon  the  face  of  the 
world,  could  not  have  been  as  rare  as  the  water  formed  from  the 
combination  of  oxygen  and  hydrogen. 

The  substance  known  as  granite,  is  of  itself  a  combination  of  other 
substances  in  which  one  or  more  of  the  following  may  be  found. 
Mica  is  not  generally  very  prominent ;  but  feldspar,  quartz,  and  horn- 
blende, are  more,  conspicuous.  And  these  again  are  composed  of 
an  indefinite  number  of  elements  and  particles, — and  these  also  of  stiD 
other  associated  molecules.  Sec.  And  the  combination  of  the  whole 
produces  the  former  substances. 

Now  it  is  by  an  infinity  of  inconceivably  minute  particles,  which 
themselves  have  a  far  more  interior  composition,  that  the  prominent 
substances,  or  rocks,  or  the  elements  contained  in  them,  are  organized 
and  established.  And  when  the  bases  of  compositions  incessantlj 
occurring  throughout  all  Nature,  are  not  comprehended,  how  is  it 
possible  that  a  conclusion  should  be  formed  as  difiTering  from  that 
which  the  proposition  sets  forth,  viz.,  that  the  density  of  the  wateiy 
element  covering  the  earth*s  surface  was  in  proportion  to  the  density 
of  the  composition  of  the  granite,  which  latter  bore  a  similar  relation 
to  the  substances  entering  into  its  own  composition  ? 

Nor  is  it  proper  for  the  scientific  world  to  institute  questions  which 
they  themselves  can  not  answer,  as  a  substitute  for  as  substandal  refu- 
tation of  any  theory.  Yet  this  is  the  way  in  which  men  have  gene- 
rally proceeded  to  throw  obstacles  in  the  way  of  new  theories- — tirey 
have  atteiApted  to  darken  and  mystify  the  whole  by  propotmdiiig  « 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURB's   DIVINB   RBVfiliATIOIfS.  221 

giatt  miadier  of  interrogatories,  such  as  the  human  mind  is  not  capa<* 
hb  of  either  answering  or  comprehending.  I  would,  then,  merely 
renBod  the  scientific  investigator  of  his  inability  to  pronounce  the 
proposition  erroneous,  especially  until  he  has  deliberately  investigated 
Ike  general  evidences  that  are  presented  to  sustain  it 


^  36.  Matter  is  a  term  used  as  equivalent  to  the  substance  of 
eferythiog  in  the  Universe ;  bat  as  substances  are  changed,  so  are 
dso  the  names  by  which  they  are  designated.  And  commencing  at 
fnnite,  as  being  originally  of  the  proximate  density  of  quicksilver,  we 
Mxt  come  to  an  element  of  the  density  of  sulphuric  acid;  then  to 
irater;  then  to  sulphuric  ether;  then  to  the  atmosphere ;  then  to  its 
ahiniate,  fluorine ;  then  to  the  imponderable  elements  known  as  mag- 
oetism.and  electricity. 

There  is  a  diversity  in  the  attributes  and  motions  of  imponderable 
eiements,  simple  and  compound,  that  is  not  as  yet  in  the  least  under- 
KDod  or  imagined.  For  it  was  only  after  diese  principles  had  been 
hr  ages  incessantly  producing  phenomena  before  the  eyes  of  the 
world,  that  the  dia-magnetie  principle*  was  discovered ;  and  this  is 
b«t  an  index  of  more  extensive  discoveries.  By  a  force  not  as  yet 
altogether  ascertained,  the  magnetic  needle  has  manifested  a  general 
onifbrmity  in  its  position,  the  cause  of  which  has  not  been  thoroughly 
oxMlerstood.  And  it  was  not  until  a  scientific  mind  had  discovered 
the  dift-magnetic  or  intersecting  principle,  that  a  proper  conception 
wmm  suggested,  and  which  will  lead  to  a  trae  solution  of  the  great 
problem.  And  thus  the  physical  laws  and  principles  of  the  Universe 
hmwe  been  manifestly  obscured  to  all  previous  philosophical  investi- 
gsson. 

*  Tbe  contents  of  this  section  were  deliTered  on  the  29th  of  Apnl,  1846.  What  Is 
bcr«  Mid  of  the  <*  dk-OMgnetie"  principle  wss  entirely  new  to  me  tt  the  thne,  having 
i«v«r  henrd  of  the  term.  On  snheeqnentlf  asking  the  speaker  for  a  more  particnlar 
splaBaUon,  he  replied,  in  sahstance,  that  an  imponderable  element  had  recently  been 
EiMwrcrvd,  the  motion  of  which  intersected  the  current  prodaciog  the  direction  of  the 
Hi^ftctSe  needle.  On  my  iminiring  the  name  of  the  discoverer,  the  dairroyant  passed 
if  it.  «.  npirHvally,  the  body  nssofflfing  the  incUned  poiition,  as  is  expluned  on  page 
f  >,  and  on  retnming  he  remarked,  **It  «om^  like^— (hesitating  and  pasring  off 
l^a)  — **he  is  known  as  Professor  Faraday.''  I  mention  this  phenomenon,  appa- 
ll tJy  nnlmportant  at  Srst  tIcw,  as  one  which  establishes  the  fkct  of  the  clairvoyant's 
Jmnisifaai  of  sonnrfs  as  weU  as  of  facts  and  things.  A  paragraph  in  a 
'  §mb9Sfnmily  fen  under  my  notice,  eontaining  a  brief  statement dTltaday's 
^  of  a  principle  which  he  terms  **  dia-magnetic;"  bat  of  this  it  is  artam  that 
^  cinlimjant  had  no  knowledge  whOe  in  the  ncmnal  siate,  when  th^  above  pam- 
idictated« 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


288  nature's  divine  revelations. 

This  digression  from  the  main  subject  is  intended  as  an  appendix 
to  the  new  proposition  introduced,  in  order  tliat  hasty  minds  may 
thereby  be  induced  to  consider  before  pronouncing  a  sealing  denun- 
ciation. 

At  the  period  last  contemplated,  the  whole  face  of  Nature  maai- 
fested  the  most  inconceivable  convulsions,  the  result  of  which  was 
the  ejection  of  rocks  and  mountain  prominences,  the  interstices  be- 
tween which  were  filled  by  a  fluid  element  of  one  fourth  the  den^ty 
of  quicksilver,  or  exceeding  somewhat  the  density  of  sulphuric  acid, 
which  is  about  twice  the  density  of  water.  This  fluid  was  produced 
by  a  development  of  the  grosser  forms  of  oxygen,  of  sulphurous  acid, 
of  alumina,  and  of  carbon.  The  gross  forms  of  these  elements  (tbe 
only  forms  that  could  possibly  have  been  at  first  developed)  were  un- 
folded by  the  acdon  of  the  envelope  of  the  whole  Mass,  and  by  the 
affinity  which  the  lighter  particles  had  for  the  atmosphere  that  then 
surrounded  the  world.  These,  when  conjoined,  produced  the  water)' 
element  that  had  a  specific  gravity  comporting  with  its  relation  to  tbe 
granite,  which  latter  also,  in  its  density,  sustained  a  correspoDdiog 
relation  to  the  interior  igneous  elements. 

The  atmosphere  that  then  enveloped  the  whole  Mass,  was  alto- 
gether unlike  that  which  now  encompasses  the  earth.  A  dense  atmo- 
spheric composition  was  emanated  fix)m  the  internal  elements.  This 
in  specific  gravity  was  not  much  less  than  water  now  existing.  Ao 
form  possessing  life  could  have  existed  upon  the  earth's  surface  while 
the  elements  were  in  this  state;  and  they  continued  in  this  state 
through  a  number  of  ages  that  transcends  all  computation.  Tbe  at- 
mosphere was  composed  of  a  very  small  portion  of  nitrogen,  one  sixth 
of  carbon,  and  the  remainder  consisted  of  the  imperfect  developments 
of  hydrogen,  sulphur,  and  fluorine.  The  peculiar  affinities  which 
these  sustained  to  each  other,  have  since  become  greatly  modified ; 
for  whereas  all  elements  were  then  but  imperfectly  developed,  certain 
ones  have  now  ascended  to  the  perfected  form  of  our  atmosphere ; 
while  carbon  and  other  simple  elements  have  gradually  become  se- 
questered among  the  mineral  and  vegetable  compositions  on  and  be- 
neath the  earth's  surface.  Thus  the  refined  particles  have  ascended 
and  assumed  the  form  of  the  simple  and  compound  substances  tba! 
now  surround  the  world  and  pervade  immensity,  while  others  have 
gradually  ascended  to  fill  their  deserted  stations,  and  others  again 
have  descended  to  enter  into  the  mineral  substances  for  which  they 
have  had  an  affinity. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURE  S   DIVINB   RBVELATIONS.  229 

Thus  at  this  epoch,  and  afler  granite  had  been  formed  (this  being 
I  coroposidon  of  mica,  feldspar,  quartz,  and  hornblende),  the  conden- 
sadoQ  of  ultimate  particles  produced  the  watery  element,  the  ultimate 
of  which  produced  the  atmospheric  envelope.  At  this  period  there 
wu  going  on  successive  developments  from  one  composition  to  an- 
other, as  one  became  able  to  produce  and  sustain  that  above  it.  And 
iQch  in  reality  were  the  only  elements  that  could  have  existed  at  this 
epoch  of  the  earth's  formation. 

Another  evidence  of  the  density  of  this  watery  element,  consists  in 
iho  fiict  that  all  the  original  rocks  and  prominences  ^ere  acted  on  and 
worn  away  by  the  water  then  surrounding  them.     The  force  />f  the   • 
present  water  could  not  have  produced  this  result,  especially  in  any- 
thing like  the  length  of  time  in  which  these  rocks  were  reduced  by 
lie  ceaseless  action  of  the  waves  and  currents.     True,  the  water 
produces  the  same  effects  still ;  but  let  it  be  carefully  impressed  that 
it  is  connected  with  other  substances,  the  action  of  which  accelerates 
ibe  disintegration. 

A  telescopic  view  of  the  earth  from  Mars  or  Venus  would  at  this 
ime  have  presented  the  same  appearance  that  is  sometimes  presented 
:iy  Mars  and  Mercury.  It  would  have  exhibited  a  deep  red  appear- 
ance, encircled  by  a  dark  ring  of  atmosphere ;  the  same  as  we  would 
naturally  expect  if  a  planet  were  in  a  state  of  fusion,  or  in  a  burning 
c  onditioD. 

As  this  clement  exerted  this  constant  action  upon  the  early  rocks, 
/^articles  were  gradually  carried  and  precipitated  to  the  bottom  of  the 
rea3  in  the  form  of  sediment.  Depositions  were  thus  formed  in  every 
;  iiifik,  and  crevice,  and  vacated  portion,  of  the  sea-bottoms  through- 
out the  earth.  And  as  the  accumulation  increased,  so  the  heat  that 
%'2d  beneath  the  whole  incrustation  ascended  through  the  portions 
i«/poouted.  And  as  the  heat  ascended,  the  deposited  materials  be- 
ajue  united ;  and  thus  were  formed  the  primary  stratified  rocks 
nown  as  gneiss  and  mica  slate,  interspersed  with  mica  schist,  &c. 
ind  as  the  granite  was  an  index  of  the  watery  and  atmospheric  de- 
f  lopments,  so  was  tlie  second  formation  an  index  of  elements  that 
ia»t  then  of  necessity  become  purified  and  comparatively  refined, — 
a.4iiitjcb  as  every  succeeding  stratum  unfolded  new  principles,  the 
tiixBation  of  which  tended  to  the  refinement  of  the  watery  and  atmo- 
I'leric  coropositxons. 

*    3*7.  The  science  of  Chemistry  has  afforded  much  valuable  infor- 

Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


230  NATUKE*S   DIVINE    BEVBLATIONS. 

mation  concerning  the  solids,  fluids,  and  aeriform  substances  in  beiag. 
It  has  not,  however,  been  able  to  discover  all  the  elements  that  are 
existing  in  the  composition  of  the  earth.  But  it  has  been  successful 
in  establishing  some  most  important  facts,  the  tendency  of  which  is  to 
enlighten  the  world.    ' 

The  primitive  elements  are  supposed  to  be  fifty-five  in  number, 
about  forty  of  which  are  metallic,  and  the  rest  are  non-metallic. 
These,  in  various  modifications,  are  supposed  not  only  to  form  the 
substance  of  the  whole  earth,  but  also  its  gaseous  elements. 

One  very  important  fact  that  has  been  discovered  in  relation  to 
oxygen  and  carbon,  is  that  these  largely  pervade  the  substances  of 
the  crust  and  on  the  surface  of  the  eartli.  Carbon  and  carbonic  acid 
gas  prevailed  more  extensively  during  the  period  of  early  stratifica- 
tion than  at  any  time  since  that  period.  Lime  contains  in  every 
cubic  yard,  ten  thousand  cubic  feet  of  carbonic  acid  gas :  and  carbon 
also  enters  into  the  composition  of  coal,  to  the  amount  of  from  sixty 
to  seventy-five  per  cent  This  proves  evidently  that  these  sub- 
stances were  very  extensively  disseminated  throughout  the  surface  of 
the  earth :  and  if  they  had  ascended  into  the  form  of  atmosphere, 
the  very  first  phenomenon  would  have  been  the  extinction  of  every 
living  form,  if  any  such  had  existed. 

This  amounts  to  an  absolute  demonstration  of  the  proposition  m 
reference  to  the  density  of  the  elements  that  primitively  surrounded 
the  whole  igneous  mass.  For  a  condensation  and  sequestration  of 
carbon  into  the  substance  of  lime  and  coal,  manifests  its  original 
state  of  development ;  and  the  fact  that  it  descended  into  such  a  state 
of  consolidation,  manifests  plainly  that  it  was  superseded  by  some 
more  rare  and  perfect  substance. 

Then  again,  the  accumulation  and  stratification  of  substances  which 
were  originally  contained  in  the  composition  of  granite,  distinctly 
proves  that  each  of  the  four  substances,  mica,  hornblende,  quartz, 
and  feldspar,  were  composed  of  particles  that  would  admit  of  a  fur- 
ther subdivision.  Many  portions  of  the  primary  rocks  are  charac- 
terized by  one  or  more  of  these  compounds  as  distinguishing  them 
from  the  neighboring  portions.  Such  are  the  quartz  rock,  mica, 
schist,  &c.,  each  having  sometimes  the  same  position  in  the  order  of 
formation,  with  strata  composed  of  other  substances. 

My  object  in  impressing  this  upon  the  mind,  is  to  prepare  the  way 
for  the  admission,  as  being  probable,  of  that  which  characterizes  aH 
subsequent  formations.    No  substance  has  as  yet  been  formed,  vrbich 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATURE  S   DIVINE    ^VELATIONS.  :^31 

eootalos  properties  and  elements  that  were  not  existing  in  the  primi- 
dre  fonnatioDS.  And  that  the  first  sedimentary  strata  followed  the 
latter  as  a  sole  consequence  of  the  action  of  the  waters  against  the 
ejected  rocks,  is  plainly  manifest,  inasmuch  as  neither  this  nor  the 
previous  fennation  manifests  any  infusoria  or  marine  polipi,  that  are 
10  krgelj  manifested  in  the  succeeding  formations.  The  granite  and 
sedimeataiy  rocks  may  therefore  be  considered  as  constituUng  the 
first  coatiog  or  covering  of  the  igneous  tnass  of  the  world. 

But  befere  proceeding  further  in  our  researches  into  the  geological 
deveJopments,  it  is  proper  to  understand  the  laws  of  crystallization. 
And  here  again  the  world  is  indebted  to  chemistry  for  some  very 
important  discoyeries.     It  is  a  well-established  truth,  that  every  sub- 
stance in  a  state  of  crystallization  possesses,  before  its  coherent  ele- 
ments are  reduced  to  a  fluid  or  gaseous  state,  forms  that  it  never 
a^ain  assumes  in  subsequent  condensation.     Crystals  may  be  pro- 
duced by  the  compression  of  substances  before  they  enter  into  any 
iiigher  state  than  that  of  fluidity.     And  crystallization  may  be  pro- 
duced by  other  processes,  the  most  perfect  of  which  is  the  sublima- 
tion of  particles  by  reducing  them  to  an  ultimate  or  gaseous  condi- 
tion.    Corrosive  sublimate,  phosphorus,  platinum,  and  diamond,  all 
display  forms  produced  by  the  condensation  of  sublimated  and  gas- 
eous particles.     And  this  phenomenon  has  been  so  uniform  that  it  is 
now  exciting  the  attention  of  philosophic  minds,  the  result  of  which 
will  be  a  new  theory  concerning  the  atomic  structure  of  the  Universe. 
The  first  stages  of  crystallization  in  any  substance  demonstrate  the 
angular  form  of  every  particle  engaged  in  the  process.     The  first 
congregation  of  particles  produces  the  least  perfect  form  of  crystalli- 
2ation«     And  by  dissolving  this  crystal,  and  causing  its  particles  to 
ascend  into  the  fluid  or  gaseous  condition,  and  to  become  again  con- 
densed, there  is  produced  a  finer  and  more  perfect  form  of  the  crys- 
taL     This  therefore  proves  that  as  atoms  ascend  from  the  lowest 
stale  toward  the  highest,  they  assume  more  perfect  forms.     They 
become,  in  passing  from  the  angular  toward  the  circular,  &c.,  so  per- 
fected that,  when  condensed,  they  compose  the  most  perfect  state  of 
crystallization.     The  observations  in  chemistry,  therefore,  have  led 
to  this  discovery,  the  tendency  of  which  is  to  establish  incontestably 
the  progression  and  perfection  of  forms  such  as  are  exemplified  in 
all  crystallized  bodies. 

The  element  of  silicon  combined  with  oxygen,  forms  the  substance 
known  as  silica,  which  is  found  in  granite.     And  so  similar  elements 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


232  nature's  divine  revelations. 

compose  other  substances,  the  combination  of  which  forms  the  pri- 
mary stratifications.  And  how  easy  it  is  to  discover  the  reason  why 
a  formation  like  that  of  granite  should  have  been  the^r*^  produced ! 
It  is  because  the  original  atoms  were  angular.  These  being  the 
lowest  and  most  imperfect,  take  the  first  point  in  the  formation ; 
while  ^very  other  form  is  contained  in  these,  undeveloped.  There- 
fore more  recetit  formations  display  new  compounds,  new  conditions, 
and  new  appearances ;  but  tney  contain  no  substances  that  granite 
does  not  contain.  Therefore  no  elements  have  been  brought  into 
being  during  the  successive  stages  of  formation,  tliat  did  not  exist  in 
the  beginning;  and  all  the  difference  existing  between  the  higher 
and  lower  substances  is  owing  to  a  change  in  the  forms  and  compo 
sition  of  particles. 

The  earth  primitively,  then,  was  in  the  undeveloped  condition 
before  described.  And  the  first  condensation  produced  the  granite ; 
the  second  development  was  that  of  the  fluid  mass  referred  to,  and 
the  third,  being  the  ultimate  of  the  last  two,  was  the  atmosphere. 
The  whole  of  these  have  become  essentially  changed  as  circum- 
stances have  changed.  And  so  a  constant  sublimation  was  then,  and 
is  still,  going  on,  the  evidence  of  which  is  plainly  manifested  in  every 
form,  high  or  low,  in  being. 

At  the  period  when  all  chemical  and  mechanical  causes  were  in  full 
operation,  of  which  the  formation  of  the  primary  rock  was  a  result, 
this,  by  fusion  and  subterranean  agitation,  assumed  positions  ex- 
ceedingly fantastical.  Then  the  circumference  of  the  earth  was  a 
little  more  than  thirty  thousand  miles.  And  during  the  lapse  of 
innumerable  ages,  a  coating  of  granite  was  formed,  of  nearly  one 
hundred  miles  in  thickness,  all  of  which  was  before  the  gneiss  and 
mica  slate  system  made  its  appearance.  This,  again,  assumed  a 
thickness  corresponding  to  its  position  and  relation  to  the  granite,  and 
the  powerful  action  of  the  watery  element,  which  latter  also  entered 
largely,  by  condensation,  into  its  composition. 

By  the  constant  workings  of  the  interior  and  external  elements, 
the  lower  strata  of  this  became  modified,  and  the  highest,  becoming 
partially  disintegrated,  formed,  by  constant  accumulation  of  sediment, 
the  clay  state  and  grauwacke  slate  system.  And  this  may  properly 
be  termed  the  transition  from  the  primary  to  the  fossiliferous  fonna- 
don ;  for  in  it  are  fossil  remains,  almost  without  number.  Plants  are 
scarcely  visible  by  any  other  evidence  than  impressions  remaining 
upon  the  rocks.     In  this  formation  is  found  the  series  of  fossib 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  revelations.  233 

known  as  crinoides,  conchifers,  poliparia,  cnistacea,  and  indistinct 
traces  of  marine  polypi. 

It  19  evident,  then,  that  at  this  period  iroperiect  plants  and  aninials 
must  have  had  an  existence.  And  geologists  have  irresistibly  adopted 
the  conclusion  that  a  modification  of  the  atmosphere  and  earth  was 
the  occasion  of  the  production  of  these. 


§  38.  At  this  period  of  the  earth's  history,  wonders  of  a  still  more 
profound  and  mteresting  nature  present  themselves  for  research  and 
steady  contemplation.  The  primary  coating  of  the  igneous  mass  has 
ascended  to  the  grauwacke  slate  system ;  and  the  water  and  atmo- 
^here  have  become  essentially  changed,  having  one  more  degree  of 
refinement  than  they  possessed  during  the  formation  of  the  last  sys- 
teni.  And  Motion  is  also  ascending,  and  entering  into  forms  pos- 
sessing Life.  At  this  period  plants  had  an  existence,  whose  indis- 
tinct remuns  have  been  discovered.  These  were  forms  that  had 
not  progressed  to  the  flowering,  and  thus  are  called  flowerless  plants. 
crinoidians,  &c. 

In  contemplating  this  epoch,  an  unanswered  question  arises  for  so 
lution. —  The  first  ascension  of  Motiony  or  the  origin  of  Life,  has  been 
a  subject  of  much  speculation  in  philosophic  minds,  for  the  special 
reason  that  it  is  tlie  foundation  upon  which  must  rest  a  proper  solu- 
tipn  of  the  question  concerning  the  creatiofi  and  organization  of  all 
things  subsequent  to  this  phenomenon.  But  though  the  subject  of 
the  origin  of  Life  has  been  subjected  to  such  deep  investigation,  no 
powers  of  scientific  analysis,  or  human  speculation,  have  as  yet  been 
able  to  solve  the  great  mystery  involved  in  this  question.  It  has 
been,  and  still  will  be,  a  subject  of  extensive  discussion,  whether  Mo- 
tion, by  any  possible  means  or  modification  of  its  conditions,  can  pro- 
duce the  phenomenon  of  Life.  But  it  will  be  found  a  subject 
susceptible  of  easy  demonstration,  if  it  is  properly  considered  that  the 
First  of  all  things  is  an  Embryo  of  all  other  existences ;  that  it  is  a 
Germ,  containing  the  essential  qualities  to  produce  higher  states  of 
refinement ;  and  that  when  subjected  to  favorable  conditions,  it  will 
nnibld  its  real  nature,  and  expand  into  new  forms,  new  substances, 
new  elements  and  organizations.  And  (as  was  intimated  during  the 
process  of  the  Key  to  this  portion  of  the  Revelation),  Motion  is  the 
firtt  of  all  living  Principles  contained  in  living  matter, — and  the 
uliimau  of  this,  together  with  that  of  its  vehicle.  Matter,  produces 
Spirit*     And  therefore  it  is  easy  to  understand  that  one  rogre  step  in 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


234  NATURSS   JHVINE    BEYEULTIONS. 

the  order  of  ascension  from  the  condition  which  the  word  Motion  ia 
dicates,  would  produce  the  phenomenon  of  ii/c, — there  being  also 
a  similar  ascension  of  materials  as  forming  a  proper  vehicle  for  the 
same. 

The  opinions  generally  prevailing  upon  this  subject  for  many  ages, 
have  been  altogether  untenable  and  unphilosophical.  Causes  have 
been  conceived  of  which  have  had  no  existence  in  Nature,  as  being 
the  immediate  agent  of  breathing  the  first  breath  of  life  into  every 
form.  And  thoughts  that  have  originated  from  these  suppositions 
have  tended  much  to  restrict  the  general  inquiry  which  it  is  proper 
should  be  made  in  reference  to  this  particular  subject.  But  the  con- 
ditions that  were  required  for  the  development  of  Life,  have  been  by 
physiologists,  to  some  extent  investigated ;  and  these  have  endeav- 
ored by  known  laws  to  demonstrate  the  true  principles  and  process 
of  gestation,  and  the  materials  and  conditions  necessary  to  such  a 
process  of  development.  But  experiments  that  have  been  instituted 
have,  as  a  general  thing,  failed  to  produce  the  phenomenon  of  gesta- 
tion ;  and  the  conclusion  has  been  generally  adopted,  that  this  can 
not  take  place  under  any  circumstances,  save  through  the  ordinary 
instrumentalities.  Experiments,  however,  in  one  or  two  instances, 
have  to  a  great  extent  succeeded  ;  that  is  to  say,  by  a  proper  com- 
pound being  placed  in  a  favorable  position,  and  acted  upon  by  elec- 
trical forces,  life,  and  a  singular  species  of  animal,  have  been  produced. 
But  experiments  of  this  character  can  not  have  any  possible  bearing 
upon  the  question  under  consideration ;  for  if  life  and  activity  were 
the  results  of  such  experiments  in  innumerable  instances,  this  would 
not  lead  to  a  proper  solution  of  the  question  respecting  the  origin 
of  Life. 

Nature  contains  all  the  forces  necessary  to  institute  all  the  condi- 
tions, and  to  produce  all  the  developments,  that  occur  in  the  earth 
and  on  its  surface.  And  by  properly  conceiving  of  a  uniformity  in 
Nature's  laws,  we  can  form  an  adequate  conception  of  the  successive 
developments  that  are  the  results  of  such.  On  this  basis  we  may 
establish  a  law  of  teleology ;  and  upon  this  we  may  repose,  having 
the  most  perfect  confidence  in  the  workings  of  Nature's  principles,  in 
suitable  combinations,  in  the  production  of  the  various  developments. 
And  thus  we  may  have  a  steady,  unchanging,  and  unerring  guide, 
whereby  we  may  be  enabled  to  associate  our  thoughts  and  aspirations 
with  the  higher  states  of  the  ascending  laws. 

This,  then,  is  the  era  in  which  Motion  becomes  Life,  s^)d  in  which 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


K4T17BJI*8  DITIHS   aSYSLATIONS  235 

■■furiah  entof  into  combiutioiu  suitable  for  iu  development,—- of 
which  combinatioDS  plants  are  the  types  and  indications.  By  what 
process  Life  could  have  been  derelopedi  is  a  question  of  the  utmost 
magnitude,  inasmuch  as  it  involves  in  its  recesses,  the  ennobling 
poiwers  and  intellectual  endowments  of  Man.  For  the  very  moment 
that  one  particle  attained  life  upon  this  earth,  that  oooment  Life,  Sen- 
sation, and  Intelligence,  were  determined  as  inevitable  and  endless 
resulu.  For,  as  it  was  before  remariied  that  if  motion  were  given  to 
one  particle  in  the  great  Mass  composing  the  Sun  of  the  Univercoe 
lorn,  this  would  establish  motion  in  eveiy  atom  in  existence,  which 
motion  would  be  eiemalt — so  if  one  particle  receives  the  essential 
quality  of  Xt/e,  from  that  moment  is  established  the  endless  duration 
of  Life,  and  of  its  consequent  results  and  manifestations*  How  incon- 
ceivable, tberef(»e,  is  the  importance  attached  to  the  plain  and  dis- 
tinct answer  which  the  question  demands ! 

And  I  am  aware  that  opinions  which  have  existed,  and  which  still 
are  in  being,  concerning  this  subject,  will,  on  due  investigation,  be 
rendered  to  some  minds  altogether  repulsive  and  unreasonable,  while 
by  other  persons  these  opinions  will  still  be  adhered  to  with  all  the 
energies  of  ignorant  and  misdirected  minds.  And  minds  of  the  Utter 
class  have,  at  all  ages  of  the  world  up  to  this  moment,  wielded  more 
influence  and  power  than  all  the  powers  of  Thought  and  Intelligence. 
But  are  there  no  principles  upon  which  the  true  investigator  may 
rest  undisturbed? — no  sanctions  of  Truth  and  Virtue  sufficiently 
powerful  to  sustain  him  in  his  positions  1  —  no  basis  upon  which 
Troth  and  Philosophy  may  remain  unshaken,  amid  the  conflicting 
etemeols  of  &naticism  ?  And  is  there  no  power  m  truth  and  good- 
oeas  to  sustain  the  investigator  against  the  encroachments  of  princi- 
ples whkb  Nature  and  its  Productor  have  never  instituted  ?  Should 
a  blind  and  entbusiastio  zeal  be  allowed  to  crush  the  efforts  of  the 
free  mind — one  that  discovers  by  proper  induction,  the  Source  from 
which  all  principles  originated,  and  reveres  that  only  which  bears  the 
iadestmotible  signet  of  the  Eternal,  Positive  Mind  ?  Should  that 
ntnd  be  restricted  whose  meditations  are  the  pure  influxes  of  Nature's 
principles  and  beauties  which  are  eveiywhere  extensively  manifested  ? 
And  it  has  been  a  want  of  the  proper  knowledge  of  the  principles  upon 
wbieh  Nature  and  Truth  exist,  that  has  obscured  this  great  subject 
so  kMig  fitND  scieotife  minds. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  discuss  the  proposition,  yet  unreAited,  that 
U/i  w  a  progressive  development  of  the  principle  of  Moti^t  uid 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


236  nature's  divine  revelations. 

that  the  marine  plants  were  the  first  forms  suited  for  such  develop 
ment.    For  animals  could  not  have  existed  before  vegetables,  because 
the  first  is  an  ultimate  of  the  second,  containing  one  more  principle, 
which  the  plant  only  typifies. 


^  39.  Very  extensive  discussions  have  also  arisen  in  reference  tc 
.  the  laws  of  mutation  of  species  and  progressive  development.  The 
general  opinion  existing  in  reference  to  this  subject,  has  arisen  from 
the  diverse  indications  of  the  first  and  subsequent  rocks  containing 
plants  and  animals,  and  from  the  general  classifications  into  which 
these  seem  naturally  to  arrange  themselves.  This  opinion  is,  that 
the  whole  creation,  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest  formation,  has  pro- 
ceeded in  an  order  of  succession,  so  as  to  exhibit  a  general  corre- 
spondence as  existing  between  the  geological  and  zoological  creations. 
And  this  opinion  has  become  very  popular,  insomuch  that  other 
opinions  appear  to  stand  openly  attacked  thereby.  And  the  profes 
sors  of  these  have  in  return  endeavored  to  refute  the  previous  hy- 
pothesis, not  from  the  supreme  love  of  truth,  but  because  they  have 
\been  jtremoudy  attacked.  And  to  ward  oflf  this  attack,  it  was  not 
lYecessary  to  investigate  with  a  pure  desire  to  unfold  the  truths  but 
with  the  intention  to  sustain  preconceived  opinions.  And  efforts  to 
mis  end  have  been  made  by  arraying  a  multitude  of  counter  evi- 
dences, not  of  a  general,  but  of  an  assumptive,  gratuitous,  and  inci- 
dental character,  so  that  the  theory  which  opposed  them  might  in 
I  return  be  itself  successfully  opposed.  By  such  procedure,  nothing 
has  been  gained  for  the  furtherance  of  science,  but  something  has 
/  been  lost  in  the  unceasing  eflforts  of  diflferent  persons,  to  refute  each 
other's  opinions.  For  becoming  lost  in  the  mist  of  contention,the 
mind  loses  sight  of  the  rule  that  should  always  be  uppermost  in  the 
mind  of  man.  That  Truth  should  be  the  object  to  be  attained,  and 
not  the  establishment  of  opinions  or  hypotheses. 

Argument,  therefore,  is  not  required  in  the  present  instance  to  show 
the  truthfulness  of  this  or  any  other  proposition;  but  all  that  is 
required  is  a  definite  explanation  of  the  origin  and  character  of  the 
first  forms  which  Nature  breathed  into  existence  previously  to  the 
carboniferous  formation. 

Abstract  experiments  and  observations  upon  the  laws  and  principles 

that  govern  the  sublime  works  of  Nature,  have  gradually  prepared 

the  way  for  the  unfolding  of  knowledge  concerning  the  mode  In 

*  '^h  each  particle  assumes  its  specific  and  destined  position.     And 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divinb  rbvblations.  237 

here  again  the  sciences  of  Chemistry,  Anatomy,  and  Physiology, 
take  a  position  as  the  most  useful  and  important  among  all  others, 
especially  as  these  have  determined  upon  many  substances  between 
erery  component  atom  of  which  there  exists  a  demonstrable  chemi- 
cal affinity.  There  is  an  obstacle  to  the  full  and  complete  success 
of  these  researches,  because  it  is  absolutely  impossible  for  man,  with 
his  present  knowledge  concerning  the  fundamental  principles  of  Na- 
ture, to  form  instruments  so  perfect  that  the  most  rare  particle  can  be 
subjected  to  a  minute  analyzation. 

It  is  not  the  object  in  the  present  instance  to  make  the  known 
truths  in  science  conform  to  the  original  condition  of  the  earth ;  but 
it  is  the  object  that  the  fundamental  principles  upon  which  Nature 
unfolds  her  stupendous  creations,  should,  by  progressive  develop- 1 
ment,  ultimate  in  the  truths  which  these  sciences  have  unfolded  to  > 
the  world. 

Chemistry  will  unfold  the  fact  that  light  when  confined  in  a  cer- 
tain condition,  and  condensed,  will  produce  water :  and  that  water 
thus  formed,  subjected  to  the  vertical  influence  of  light,  will  produce 
by  its  internal  motion  and  further  condensation,  a  gelatinous  substance 
of  the  composition  of  the  spirifer,  the  motion  of  which  indicates 
animal  life.  This  again  being  decomposed  and  subjected  to  evapo- 
ration, the  precipitated  particles  which  still  remain  will  produce  pu- 
trified  matter  similar  to  earth,  which  will  produce  the  plant  known  as 
tbefucoidcs.  It  is  on  the  results  of  this  experiment  (the  truth  of 
which,  as  above  represented,  can  be  universally  ascertained),  that 
rests  the  probability,  though  not  the  absolute  certainty,  of  the  truth 
of  the  description  which  I  am  about  to  give  concerning  the  first  form 
possessing  life. 

As  has  been  before  remarked,  all  the  elements  had  undergone  a 
mmterial  and  substantial  modification,  at  the  close  of  the  transition 
rock,  or  grauwacke  system.  And  many  portions  of  the  sea-beds 
were  at  this  time  in  a  state  susceptible  of  giving  birth  to  new  forms. 
The  change  in  the  watery  element  had  been  general ;  for  carbon  had 
become  more  universally  disseminated,  while  oxygen,  in  compara- 
Urely  minute  portions,  was  imperfectly  assuming  its  present  gaseous 
state.  The  substance  in  granite  known  as  quartz,  the  most  perfect 
combination  of  oxygen  and  silicon,  was  combined  with  the  limestone 
in  which  carbon  was  so  extremely  condensed ;  and  a  uniting  of  these, 
azid  the  warmth  generated  thereby,  acting  with  the  favorable  affinidea 
of  the  water  and  atmosphere,  created  in  some  portions  of  the  sea-beds 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


288  NATimfi*S   DIVINE    REVELATIONS. 

and  partially  protruding  rocks,  a  composition  assuming  apparently  the 
state  of  rest,  wbile  in  reality  the  imperceptible  motion  existing  in  it 
was  decomposing  and  uniting  particles,  and  creating  a  principle  of 
internal  vitality,  or  vis  vitte. 

Here  was  manifested  the  generating  power  of  motion,  and  the  phe- 
nomena of  life,  of  death,  and  of  reorganization.  For  the  decompo- 
sition of  any  one  atom  in  these  gelatinous  masses,  represented  the 
disorganization  of  all  bodies,  or  death ;  while  the  recombination  rep- 
resents the  principle  whose  pregnation  results  in  bringing  into  exist- 
ence new  forms  and  organizations.  And  the  constant  activity  exist- 
ing in  the  whole  mass,  united  by  forces  heretofore  explained  as  asso- 
ciation or  affinity,  not  only  manifests  the  unchangeable  laws  of  Motion, 
but  clearly  represents  all  the  phenomena  (not  yet  properly  understood) 
that  are  presented  in  the  process  of  gestation.  Masses  of  the  above 
description  were  existing  in  various  parts  of  the  earth,  and  upon  the 
segregated  beds  formed  by  tlie  action  of  the  elements  upon  the  first 
stratified  portions  of  the  earth*s  crust.  These  breathed  into  exist- 
ence the  forms  termed  flowerless  and  marine  plants,  the  highest  type 
of  which  is  the  fucoides. 

Let  it  be  duly  impressed  that  the  basis  of  tliese  formations  con- 
sisted principally  of  mica,  quartz,  and  hornblende,  modified  by  the 
associated  particles  of  lime — which  in  decomposition  produced  from 
their  inherent  elements  the  forms  above  described.  Let  it  be  furthei 
impressed  that  granite  and  limestone,  including  the  mica  slate,  had 
not  previously  entered  into  any  particular  organic  composition. 

Plants  of  this  period  were  not  very  perfectly  formed,  being  desti- 
tute of  ultimate  portions  (or  seeds,  flowers,  and  foliage),  and  being 
unsuited  for  any  other  purpose  than  that  of  producing  a  higher  order 
of  forms — the  former  merely  repretenting  the  latter. 

Here  Motion  and  Life  became  visible.  Motion  was  originally  and 
eternally  established ;  while  Life,  its  ascending  development,  was  first 
manifested  in  the  imperfect  forms  of  marine  plants.  All  conditions 
agreed  for  this  production.  No  artificial  energies  were  required  to 
bring  them  forth.  No  new  force,  quality,  or  principle,  was  necessaiy 
to  the  successful  development  of  timt  which  is  known  to  us  as  Life. 
Nature  displayed  her  living  energies  in  the  first  forms,  though  impei- 
fecdy.  Yet  these  represented  and  typified  the  highest  process  of 
gestation  and  reproduction,  and  the  highest  organization  that  has  been 
subsequently  produced,  and  which  now  exists  as  these  first  types* 
inveetigaiar. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's   divine   REVBItATIONS.  239 

^  40.  Ascending  in  the  scale  of  being,  the  radiata  and  polyparia 
stand  next  in  order, — these  being  results  of  the  decomposition  of 
fanner  substances,  and  of  combinations  of  these  vriih  other  elements, 
the  whole  assuming,  as  a  consequent  result,  the  f<mn  next  in  the 
order  of  development.  The  term  "  radiata''  is  improperly  applied 
for  form  which  this  term  implies  were  not  in  reality  existing.  But 
as  it  is  not  necessary  to  discuss  the  definitions  of  geologists  and  zool- 
ogists, or  the  generic  names  that  have  been  applied  to  forms  in  the 
animal  kingdom,  I  will  proceed  directly  to  describe  the  nature  of  the 
animals  that  have  been  thus  named,  as  this  was  then  manifested, — 
both  of  those  upon  the  inland  portions,  and  of  those  which  then  were 
extensively  swarming  through  the  watery  waste, — with  the  opera- 
tions performed  by  the  latter. 

The  poljrpi  were  active  in  forming  from  the  solution  of  lime  and 
other  compositions  of  like  nature,  the  imperfect  coral  reeis,  which 
now  stand  as  an  evidence  of  the  ingenious  work  of  these  animals. 
The  radiata  were  below  these,  assuming  the  form  of  suspended  moss ; 
having  an  interwoven  and  complex  membrane,  the  vehicle  of  trans- 
mitting imperfect  sensation,  more  properly  /i/e,  that  was  exhibited  in 
the  radiating  feelers  that  were  thrown  out  from  every  portion  of  the 
onited  substance.  So  perfect  were  these  feelers,  that  any  molecule 
or  substance  passing  near  them  would  be  suddenly  caught,  and  by 
an  active  decomposition — that  which  is  known  as  digestion — they 
would  unite  these  with  their  own  substance;  and  from  this  causf 
their  nature  was  subjected  to  constant  change. 

Through  the  successive  modification  of  these,  the  aniculata  were 
devekiped  as  next  in  the  order.  The  radiata  so  perfecdy  typified 
the  ascending  form,  that  if  the  whole  were  cognizable  to  the  senses, 
the  whole  subject  would  be  plain  and  demonstrable.  This  class 
(which  may  yet  be  termeSl  plants)  were  constituted  with  innumerable 
chambers  and  multivalve  portions,  the  whole  mass  being  entirely 
rentral.  The  annelidans  and  serpula,  are  species  of  these.  Uniting 
'writh  these  successive  re-assumptions  of  forms,  were  the  univalve  and 
multivalve  shells,  so  termed  by  geologists.  Also  in  the  same  system, 
are  included  the  Crustacea  or  trilobites,  and  the  radiated  spirifer, 
Trhich  species  soon  became  extinct,  as  they  could  not  be  permanent 
productions  in  consequence  of  bearing  such  an  inseparable  relation 
CO  the  previous  type. 

As  a  link  in  the  transition  from  the  radiata  to  the  articulata, 
tl»e  frodwctus  and  terebrahUa  occur. .  And   these  are  composed 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


240  nature's  divine  revelations. 

chiefly  of  the  particles  that  were  floating  in  the  solution  of  lime,  mica 
slate,  and  gneiss,  after  these  had  become  modified  in  the  first  forms. 
Thus  the  productus  became  another  type,  and  an  active  agent  of 
incessant  transmutation,  inasmuch  as  the  forms  above  these  show  a 
correspondence  thereunto,  only  being  more  perfect  and  complicated 
in  parts, — the  piurpose  of  which  was  to  produce,  by  a  still  further 
ascension,  the  succeeding  class  and  species  of  animals  which  the 
carboniferous  formation  so  extensively  exemplifies. 

In  the  present  class  of  vegetable  formation  (for  in  reality  no  other 
species  were  yet  existing),*  innumerable  shells  were  formed  as  the 
result  of  the  workings  of  the  existing  class  of  beings  possessing  the 
principle  of  vitality.  These  were  ventral,  valved,  and  chambered, 
and  interlined  with  a  soft,  gelatinous,  moving,  living  membrane,  near 
the  osseous  portion  of  the  animal.  Many  of  the  above  species  be- 
came extinct  a  long  period  before  the  completion  of  the  carboniferous 
strata.   . 

The  period  occupied  in  the  transition  of  the  whole  globe,  is  tc  us 
inconceivable ;  for  Nature  at  this  period  manifested  no  impulsive  or 
catastrophic  occurrences,  but  was  calm  and  quiet,  and  to  us  would 
have  appeared  entirely  desolate,  inasmuch  as  no  objects  were  in 
existence  but  the  minute  marine  plants.  But  as  these  forms  repre- 
sent the  progressive  development  of  Motion  to  Life,  and  of  lower 
to  higher  species,  they  stand  in  analogy  to  the  mighty  developments 
of  the  earth,  water,  and  air, — there  being  a  constant  ascension  of 
each  to  higher  stations,  the  vacuum  caused  by  their  ascension  being 
supplied  by  particles  ascending  from  inferior  stations.  And  so  the 
whole  gradually  unfolded  conditions  for  the  introduction  of  a  new 
era.  The  termination  of  the  era  in  being  is  distinctly  proclaimed  by 
the  more  exalted  organizations  which  a  change  in  the  elements,  con- 
ditions, and  forces,  was  the  immediate  cause  of  developing. 

I  join  all  the  vegetable  developments  of  the  grauwacke  and  clay 
slate  system  into  one  general  class,  that  of  the  avertebrated. 

The  reason  why  I  denominate  all  the  living  developments  of  this 
period  vegetable  and  avertebratcdj  is  because  Sensation  has  not  as  yet 
become  a  distinct  principle.  That  it  has,  can  not  be  proved  from 
any  class  or  species  of  productions  yet  discovered  by  geologists. 

*  The  clairvoyant  requested  the  insertion  of  a  note  stating  that  the  reason  why  his 
classifications  of  the  organic  productions  of  the  ancient  periods  differed  slightly  in 
tome  respects  from  those  made  by  geologbts,  ia  because  he  found  that  the  latter  did 
not  strictly  conform  to  Nature. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  kevslations.  241 

Animals  could  not  have  existed  previously  to  plants ;  for  the  condi« 
'on  of  the  earth  and  elements  was  altogether  inadequate  to  sustain 
iziiinal  life ;  while  the  prevalent  carbon  and  kindred  elements  were 
:apable  of  sustaining  the  minute  creations  and  developments  of  the 
^etable  kingdom. 

The  term  "  sensadon,"  as  applied  to  life,  vitality,  or  a  minute  de- 
^e  of  motion,  is  altogether  improper ;  for  sensation  is  as  distinct 
rom  life  as  life  is  from  motion.  For  sensadon  is  the  principle  that 
connects  the  iimer  life,  or  spirit,  with  the  external  body.  Life  may 
exist,  where  sensadon  does  not.  The  phenomenon  of  life  should  be 
understood  as  a  mere  ascension  of  the  principle  o(  Motion^ — this  de- 
veloping inherent  energies,  and  causing  an  impercepuble  transmuta* 
don  and  reproducdon  of  the  substance  in  which  the  principle  exists. 
Such,  therefore,  was  the  character  and  condidon  of  the  forms  devel- 
oped at  this  period. 

Before  ascending  to  the  carboniferous  formadon,  it  is  necessary  to 
notice  the  subdivisions  that  are  made  of  the  ascending  strata.  The 
first  has  been  termed  the  ^*  Silurian," — owing  to  the  manifestation 
of  this  rock  in  a  pordon  of  the  country  which  the  people  of  the  above 
name  first  inhabited.  The  next  in  order  above  this,  is  termed  the 
"  old  red  sandstone  system."  It  is  \ery  remarkable,  and  is  so  con- 
sidered by  geologists,  that  crystallizadon  is  not  visible  in  the  composi- 
tion of  the  sandstone  to  any  particular  extent.  It  is  very  evident  that 
tiiifl  formation  was  produced  by  the  congregation  of  idtunate  pard- 
cles  of  the  mica  slate,  gneiss,  limestone,  end  shale  ;  inasmuch  as  par- 
ticlea  of  these  had  become  so  essendally  modified  that  the  sandstone 
only  could  be  produced  thereby.  And  at  this  period,  the  trap  and 
basalt  were  existing  in  projecting  positions  in  various  parts  of  the  dry 
portion,  bat  more  extensively  under  the  siuface  of  the  water.  These 
rocks  contained  greater  quantities  of  crystalline  matter,  which  was 
prerented  by  circumstances  from  forming  in  the  sandstone  system. 
The  latter  formation  is  in  some  parts  of  the  globe  very  thick,  its 
thickness  varying  from  three  thousand  to  ten  thousand  feet. 

This  period  developed  a  still  higher  order  of  animals,  which  the 
Silurian  system  ultimately  ^ified.  Fishes  now  became  extensivelv 
diaaeminated  throughout  the  waters  :  and  corals  were  existing  in 
abandaiice.  The  terebratola  continues  but  litde  modified  in  this  era. 
The  spirifer  and  the  ortho-spirifer  now  become  extinct,  and  few  traces 
ijf  Ibem  continue  to  exist  in  the  upper  strata,  and  these  are  modifiea  * 
the  productus  ascends  in  genera.     From  the  lower  geneia  of 

16 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


242  natuee's  divine  revelations. 

molluscsi  the  gastropod  becomes  developed,  and  also  a  still  higher  spe* 
cies,  which  is  the  cephalopod.  The  radiata  and  articulata,  in  their 
progression,  now  begin  to  assume  the  form  of  the  scorpion  and  insect, 
between  which  the  fuci  determined  upon  by  geologists,  sustains  an 
intermediate  position.  The  seas  at  this  time  were  inhabited  by  an- 
nelidans  and  scarpion  fishes,  the  ultimate  of  which  represents  nearly 
the  shark  and  sturgeon.  The  annelid  ans  were  a  species  of  sea-worm, 
still  to  be  found  upon  many  coasts  and  coves,  where  stones  and  other 
bodies  of  concealment  exist.  Of  this  class  there  are  two  kinds,  the 
white  and  red,  the  first  of  which  is  hermaphrodite,  sustaining  an  inter- 
mediate position  between  the  lower  type  and  the  higher,  in  which  the 
serpula  becomes  visible. 

^  41.  Plants  at  this  period  have  ascended  to  the  sigillaria^  with 
but  little  modification,  although  the  same  subsequently  ascend  to  the 
class  coni/eraf  which  the  carboniferous  formation  so  extensively  man- 
ifests in  the  slender,  beautiful  pines  of  which  remains  are  found.  The 
positive  distinction  between  the  vegetable  and  animal  creations,  does 
not  appear  before  the  carboniferous  stratification,  when  disintegration, 
decomposition,  and  segregation  of  the  primary  formations,  had  become 
very  extensive.  There  was  also  a  corresponding  ascension  of  all  the 
elements,  the  same  being  plainly  exemplified  in  the  preceding  forma- 
tion containing  the  fish,  shark,  and  other  marine  productions,  the 
origin  of  which  can  be  traced  to  the  first  vegetable,  gelatinous  pro- 
duction. And  as  tliis  period  represents  the  two  kingdoms  in  a  more 
distinct  manner  than  did  the  previous,  the  line  of  demarcation  can  be 
correctly  drawn  between  them,  notwithstanding  many  interspersed  ma- 
terials fi'om  the  Silurian  and  sandstone  systems  that  consist  almost  en- 
tirely of  shells,  the  species  of  which  are  identical  with  the  original  mol- 
luscs. These  representations  will  become  more  clear  when  a  descrip- 
tion is  given  of  the  crust  of  the  earth  as  it  was  prior  to  the  change  of 
the  dense  element,  which  resulted  in  the  formation  of  the  limestone. 

This  era,  then,  shows  an  ascension  of  animals  to  one  degree  above 
ihp  avertebrated.  Yet  if  these  were  properly  arranged  in  order,  the 
nighest  would  show  a  great  dissimilarity  and  superiority  to  the  first 
species  of  the  same  classes — the  species  which  I  shall  designate  as  the 
osseous^h  development  For  the  convoluted  and  muscular  organi- 
zations of  the  sandstone  period,  of  which  fish  is  the  type,  have  not  as 
vet  assumed  the  posterior  portions  that  characterize  die  proper  ver- 
teorates.     For  none  of  the  species  of  fish  now  existing  ascend  in 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  revelations.  243 

organization  much  beyond  the  gelatinous  composition  of  the  anneli- 
dans,  excepting  in  form  and  texture,  these  being  such  as  to  require 
I  different  concatenation  of  fcMt^es  to  produce  muscular  activity  and 
marine  locomotion. 

By  the  deposition  of  particles  still  in  process  by  the  action  of  the 
elements,  and  by  the  tides  which  at  this  period  covered  nearly  the 
whole  fece  of  the  earth — tides  which  were  of  excessive  magnitude 
and  force, — and  by  other  local  causes,  which  will  soon  be  explained, 
the  extensive  solutions  of  lime  then  existing,  became,  when  conjoined 
with  other  substances,  deposited  to  form  the  great  series  of  strata 
known  as  the  carboniferous  limestone.     At  this  time  marine  animals 
and  land  plants  were  developed ;  and  the  latter  began  to  shade  a 
small  portion  of  the  earth's  surface  that  had  for  ages  innumerable  been 
one  extensive  watery  waste.     Dry  land  now  became  manifest, — and 
now  followed  a  development  of  soil  as  resulting  from  the  decomposi- 
tion of  gelatinous  substances  preidously  existing  upon  the  same  por- 
tions ;  and  from  this  sprang  up  minute  vegetable  forms.     Existing 
mountains  then  became  still  more  prominent,  and  others  were  soon 
ejected,  by  the  unceasing  action  of  the  interior  of  the  earth,  which  be- 
came excited  at  this  time  by  the  change  of  the  elements  which  placed 
die  external  and  internal   in   altogether  unequal  conditions.     The 
eqmlibriom   had   been  gradually  destroyed  by  the  ascension  and 
constant  recombination  of  the  watery  element,  whose  previous  density 
had  balanced  the  expansive  force  of  the  interior.     Therefore,  to  re- 
store this  equilibrium,  the  internal  portions  must  have  vent ;  and  this 
was  obtained  by  the  extensive  upheaving  of  those  mountsJns  now 
known  as  the  Apennines  and  the  Andes. 

Bot  the  description  of  the  mountains  previously  existing,  and  of 
tboae  ejected  at  this  period,  should  not  be  given  until  aAer  some 
preliminary  observations  upon  which  depends  a  proper  conception 
of  the  inequalities  and  wonderful  catastrophic  occurrences  which  at 
this  time  apparentiy  confuse  the  general  order  of  Nature's  laws,  and 
her  otherwise  harmonious  operations. 

The  earth  had,  by  condensation,  become  two  thousand  miles  di- 
miiwhed  in  circumference  since  its  magnitude  was  as  before  stated, 
which  was  during  the  elastic  state  of  the  primary  coating.  The  seas 
were  not  so  deep  as  before,  though  the  surface  of  the  water  was  more 
extensive.  This  change  was  caused  by  the  expansion  of  previously 
condensed  particles  composing  the  water ;  for  it  is  a  well-known  law 
in  chenitstry,  that  as  particles  become  sublimated,  they  expand  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


244  NATUKB  S   DIVIXE    REVEUiTIONS. 

coDseqaently  occupy  a  greater  space  than  before.  And  this  period 
represents  the  condition  of  the  water  in  its  progressed  and  ascended 
state.  Being  therefore  higher  than  before,  there  was  visible  only  a 
small  portion  of  those  stupendous  mountains,  that  aro  now  towering 
many  thousand  feet  Therefore  innumerable  shells,  and  immense 
collections  of  all  kinds  of  plants  and  animals  then  existing,  were  con- 
veyed by  the  tides  almost  to  the  very  tops  of  these  and  other  mount- 
ains, and  there  deposited  in  the  crevices  and  undulated  portions  of 
the  rocks  that  compose  them.  And  portions  now  prominent  being 
previously  entirely  covered  by  the  waters,  and  constituting  the  bed 
of  the  sea,  became  strewed  with  various  plants  and  fossik  which  the 
water  and  other  substances  had  yielded,  and  when  ejected  to  such  an 
immense  height  they  retained  these  fossils  and  impressions. — And 
these  have  in  many  cases  confused  and  destroyed  the  order  of  crea- 
tion in  the  minds  of  geologists,  because  previous  formations  and  suc- 
ceeding ones  are  alike  found  togedier.  But  as  these  are  partictdars 
and  details^  the  naturalist  and  geologist  should  not  array  them  against 
the  law  of  order  and  harmony  which  the  uniformitarian  endeavors  to 
establish  as  constituting  a  system  of  progressive  development.  Fur- 
thermore, tides  at  this  period  were  greater  than  any  which  are  now  in 
operation.  For  the  waters  were  accumulated  to  immense  heights 
every  fourteen  hours,  being  twice  elevated  during  the  period  of  the 
earth's  revolution  upon  its  axis. 

The  theories  that  have  been  presented  to  the  world  concerning  the 
phenomenon  of  tides,  have  generally  been  very  incorrect.  It  has 
been  supposed  by  a  conspicuous  astronomer,  that  tides  were  pro- 
duced by  the  law  o(  attraction — by  the  action  of  the  nK)on  upon  the 
earth.  This  can  not  be  true ;  for  attraction  is  not  an  estabUshed 
principle,  especially  beyond  the  atmosphere  of  any  body  or  substance. 
To  show  plainly  the  impossibility  of  this  being  the  cause  of  tides,  I 
will  present  some  of  the  chief  considerations  which  have  an  imp<irtant 
bearing  upon  the  subject. 

If  the  moon  has  any  attractive  influence  upon  the  earth  (more  than 
what  consists  in  the  natural  relation  existing  between  the  two  bodies) 
why,  when  the  moon  is  in  conjunction  with  the  sun,  does  not  the 
water  become  more  elevated  on  the  side  of  the  earth  next  to  these 
bodies,  as  might  naturally  be  expected  if  such  attraction  existed? 
Also,  substances  upon  that  side  of  the  earth  would  not  then  weij^ 
near  so  much  as  when  the  moon  was  otherwise  situated.  Also  when 
the  moon  is  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  earth,  and  the  earth  sustains 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATUBB's   DmKE   RBYBLATIOHS.  245 

i  pontion  between  it  and  the  sun,  whj  is  not  the  elevadon  of  the 
witer  equal  at  all  portions  of  the  earth  ?  For  if  the  moon  and  sun 
exert  an  equal  influence,  the  result  should  be  equal  heighls  of  water 
tO  orer  the  earth. 


^  43.  It  does  not  become  the  character  of  this  book  to  discuss 

previous  opinions,  incorrect   hypotheses,  or  points  of  philosophy 

thought  to  be  established ;  but  it  is  the  object  and  end  to  give  to  all 

investigators  equal  justice,  and  the  highest  approbation  so  far  as  their 

researches  have  been  for  the  furtherance  of  truth,  and  for  the  enlight* 

ening  of  the  minds  of  the  world  concerning  the  principles  upon  which 

Nature  performs  her  energetic  and  sublime  workings.    For  if  it  were 

the  intention  to  dispute  opinions  which  have  been  founded  upon  the 

appearances  which  things  have  presented,  then  the  discussion  would 

be  almost  without  end.     For  the  falling  to  the  earth  of  a  substance 

previously  suspended  in  the  ur,  has  been  termed  gravitation.     The 

tides  have  been  considered  as  the  result  of  the  same  principle.     All 

things  have  been  represented  as  possessmg,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent, 

the  principles  of  attraction  and  repulsion — a  perfect  and  established 

OMiagonism*    And  inasmuch  as  this  is  the  belief  now  extensive^  pre- 

raifing,  it  is  not  possible  that  a  difierent  theory  or  hypothesis  can  be 

received  unless  it  addresses  the  understanding  of  man  with  more 

plainness  and  cogency  than  the  former  theory. 

It  is  a  well-ascertained  truth  in  astronomy,  and  in  the  principles  of 
mechanics,  that  a  body  routing  like  the  earth  on  its  axis,  has  the 
greatest  tendency  to  throw  off  substances  in  the  direction  in  which  it 
revolves.  As  the  earth  reTolves  from  west  to  east,  and,  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  once  in  twenty-four  hours,  it  must  of  necessity  produce  two 
elevations  of  water,  especially  as  the  water  surrounds  the  whole  globe. 
Every  twelve  hours,  the  water  would  be  elevated  at  the  extreme  east 
and  extreme  west,  or  in  other  words,  at  given  antipodes  of  the  earth. 
The  elevation  of  water  once  in  twelve  hours,  is  a  result  of  the  cen- 
trtfagal  tendency  that  the  globe  creates  in  one  half  of  its  period  of 
rotation, — corresponding  tides  being  thus  produced  on  the  opposite 
sides  of  the  earth. 

There  are  many  things  operating  incidentally  upon  the  water, 
which  produce  variations  in  the  periods  and  elevations  of  the  tides  in 
difierent  places  upon  each  portion  of  the  earth.  A  correct  knowledge 
of  the  law  of  fluids  will  at  once  demonstrate  the  cause  of  the  whole 
pbenomenom     And  it  is  by  tmderstanding  the  natural  tendency  of 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


246  natubb's  mvisB  revelations. 

imdSf  and  that  of  all  other  substances,  when  subjected  to  a  centrifu* 
pi  force,  that  the  present  explanation  of  the  phenomenon  will  become 
established  beyond  the  possibility  of  refutation. 

Thus,  at  the  epoch  of  the  termination  of  the  sandstone  system,  and 
^hen  the  elements  had  become  thus  modified,  the  water  was  agitated 
by  such  wonderful  tides  that  fossils  of  every  description  were  carried 
by  it  and  deposited  in  the  clefts  and  crevices  of  mountains,  not  ex 
cepting  those  of  the  Andes.  And  as  was  before  described,  the  equi- 
librium  had  been  nearly  destroyed  by  the  sublimation  of  particles 
composing  the  elements,  by  which  operation  the  exterior  became  un- 
equal in  pressure  to  the  expansive  force  of  the  internal.  The  result 
was  some  of  the  most  mighty  and  inconceivable  agitations  of  the  inte- 
rior molten  mass,  the  noise  of  which  would  have  shattered  to  atoms 
the  complicated  organization  of  man.  The  convulsions  that  occurred 
were  so  immense  as  to  present  the  appearance  of  utter  destruction, 
and  it  would  have  seemed  that  the  materials  of  the  whole  earth  bad 
experienced  one  universal  clash  in  an  instant  of  time.  And  it  was 
by  these  paroxysms,  which  were  altogether  indescribable,  that  the 
crust  of  the  earth  was  broken,  and  inconceivable  masses  of  stone  and 
molten  mineral  substances,  together  with  the  remains  of  organic  be- 
ings previously  upon  the  sm*face,  were  thrown  to  an  immense  height 
The  sudden  upheaving  broke  stratum  after  stratum  into  great  and  mi- 
nute masses,  while  other  strata  were  bent  and  twisted  into  every  pos- 
sible position,  exposing  trap,  basalt,  granite,  sandstone,  shale,  &c., 
which  were  apparently  deranged  and  confused  in  the  most  indescriba- 
ble manner. 

At  the  very  moment  this  terrific  occurrence  took  place,  a  process 
commenced  by  which  the  great  mass  of  lava  thrown  from  the  interior, 
conjoined  with  the  previous  solution  of  lime  and  coral  reefs,  became 
soon  segregated  and  condensed ;  and  being  attractive  to  the  carbon 
generally  pervading  the  earth  at  this  time,  the  result  was  a  condensa* 
tion  of  a  great  portion  of  the  whole  mass  into  the  carboniferous  lime- 
stone and  coal  formations.  The  element  carbon,  which  had  been 
previously  associated  with,  became  by  this  process  disunited  from, 
other  particles  in  the  atmosphere,  to  a  great  extent. 

This  resulted,  again,  in  a  modification  of  the  composition  of  water; 
the  result  of  which,  again,  was  an  ascension  of  the  primary  elements 
to  associate  with  the  envelope  formed  by  the  new  and  more  congenial 
atmosphere  of  the  earth. 

Mountains  that  were  then  thrown  from  the  interior,  have  since  been 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  bevblations.  247 

Diiiied  by  allegorical  tenns,  each  of  which  has  a  signification  that  will 
hereafter  be  explained.  Among  the  mountains  then  deyeloped,  are 
the  Altay,  Ural,  and  Himalayah  mowitains  in  Asia ;  the  Alps,  upon 
which  Switzerland  is  now  located ;  the  Apennines  in  Italy,  and  the 
Pyrenees  between  France  and  Spain; — also  the  beautiful  chain  of 
mountains  that  now  borders  the  Euphrates,  with  other  mountains  in 
various  other  portions  in  Asia  (which  will  hereafter  be  described)  ;»- 
also  the  Grampian  mountains  in  Scotland,  a  small  line  of  which  ex- 
tends nearly  to  the  national  line  that  divides  what  is  now  known  as 
Russia  from  the  other  European  nations ; — also  the  Andes  of  South 
America,  which  yet  answer  as  vents  to  relieve  the  internal  heat  abound- 
ing in  the  liquid,  fiery  mass,  which  still  constitutes  several  thousand 
miles  of  the  earth's  internal  substance.  The  Rocky  mountains  had 
been  in  existence  for  many  ages  previous.  The  AUeganies  became 
enlarged,  and  there  was  a  great  division  of  the  earth  into  what  are 
DOW  known  as  the  eastern  and  western  hemispheres,  or  continents. 
A  quarter  of  the  earth  made  its  appearance  at  this  epoch — a  greater 
quantity  than  had  been  before  manifested,  owing  to  the  water  being 
still  elevated,  being  increased  in  bulk,  decreased  in  density,  and  ap- 
proaching in  composition  nearer  to  that  which  now  exists. 

Thus  the  world  and  all  things  therein  contained  became  essentially 
changed ;  and  then  was  the  commencement  of  a  new  Era.  And 
these  occurmces  established  those  divisions  and  features  of  the 
earth  that  have  not  as  yet  become  materially  changed. 

The  water  then  became  very  greatly  modified,  insomuch  that  it 
became  suitable  to  give  birth  to  more  perfect  organizations.  The 
atmosphere  encompassing  the  whole  globe  became  correspondingly 
perfected,  so  as  to  sustain  new  orders  of  terrestrial  and  marine  pro- 
doctions  that  soon  followed  as  ultimate  results  of  what  had  preceded. 
Sets,  lakes,  and  rivers,  became  now  the  circulating  media  through 
various  parts  of  the  world,  transporting  particles  and  substances  from 
place  to  place.  Though  these  possessed  less  power  than  the  waters 
before  existing,  there  was  no  diminution  of  action  to  perform  the 
same  work  that  the  same  element  had  for  many  ages  before  been  ac- 
complishing. The  water  acted  upon  substances,  and  deposited  par- 
ticles, generating  motion  and  life  in  all  the  gelatinous  compositions 
that  were  properly  situated  to  receive  it.  And  it  gave  fertility  to  the 
inland  portions,  and  to  places  which  were  previously  concealed  be- 
neath its  overflowing  waves,  but. which  now  constitute  most  beautiful 
meadows  and  extensive  territories, — whose  capabilities  of  unfolding 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


248  nature's  divine  kevblations. 

such  beauties  as  they  now  display,  would  not  have  been  believed  oi 
imagined  by  man,  had  it  been  possible  for  man  to  exist  during  the 
development  of  these  portions. 

Thus  earth,  water,  and  atmosphere,  became  correspondingly  per- 
fected ;  and  their  united  action  was  such,  that  all  formations  which 
resulted  as  an  ultimate  of  prior  species,  must  necessarily  have  an 
organization  comparatively  exalted  and  refined. 


^  43.  This,  then,  is  the  period,  after  the  lapse  of  incalculable 
ages,  when  dry  land  became  visible.  And  after  the  inconceivable 
movements  in  the  earth,  the  water,  and  the  atmosphere,  the  equi- 
librium was  re*established,  and  all  was  again  rendered  calm  and  quiet. 
The  earth  contracted,  and  the  water,  becoming  less  dense,  expanded  to 
a  greater  volume.  The  atmosphere  became  fitted  for  the  ascension 
of  ultimate  particles.  Yet  carbon  was  existing  to  a  great  extent, 
while  oxygen  was  almost  entirely  undeveloped,  and  nitrogen  formed 
a  great  portion  of  the  air,  neutralizing  the  action  of  the  other  ele- 
ments. For  had  it  not  been  that  the  tendencies,  either  of  carbon  or 
of  oxygen,  had  been  counteracted  by  an  associated  element,  all  things 
would  have  instantly  become  inflamed,  and  would  have  been  dissolved 
with  great  rapidity.  But  the  equilibrium  thus  established,  rendered 
the  atmosphere  congenial,  and  suitable  to  perform  its  uses. 

And  the  aspect  of  things  generally,  manifested  the  dawning  of  a 
new  Era.  It  plainly  indicated  the  adaptation  of  all  substances  to 
each  other,  and  to  the  whole  agglomerated  Mass.  It  clearly  revealed 
the  development  and  preparation  of  substances  for  more  perfect  or- 
ganizations, and  also  showed  the  establishment  of  more  equal  and 
harmonious  conditions  than  could  have  existed  without  the  change* 

Thus  were  all  Nature  and  all  her  elements,  laws,  and  principles, 
quieted  into  repose  for  the  steady  and  successive  creations  of  new 
species  of  land  and  sea  developments. 

And  this  is  the  era  when  Motion  transcends  Life  and  becomes 
Sensation  J — and  when  forms  transcend  plants  and  become  substan- 
tial species  of  animals: — and  this  is  termed  by  geologists,  the  "Car- 
ooniferous  Formation."  For  the  avertebrated  and  osseous  fish  spe- 
cies now  progressed  to  higher  degrees  of  perfection.  And  it  is  most 
tranquillizing  to  the  mind  to  cdntemplate  the  development  of  distinct 
types  and  infallible  indices  of  higher  forms,  and  to  meditate  upon  the 
perfect  mutual  adaptations  of  all  things  to  each  other,  and  to  the  pro- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ  IC 


iTATinui'B  mnsB  rbvbxjltions*  249 

gressito  cmfolding  of  higher  forma,  which  Nature  indicates  with  evi- 
dences that  can  not  be  misconceived  or  misapprehended. 

Ail  things  had  been  thrown  into  a  chaotic  condition,  the  confusion 
of  which  to  some  minds  would  appear  altogether  to  exclude  the  idea 
of  any  order  or  law  as  being  concerned  in  the  creation  of  the  world. 
And  many  noble  and  enlightened  minds  have  endeavored  on  such 
grounds  to  refute  the  reasonings  of  those  who  have  investigated  the 
sublime  workings  of  Nature,  and  who,  by  observing  an  unlimited  con- 
catenation of  causes,  have  endeavored  to  establish  some  orderly  sys- 
tem, so  that  all  subordinate  things  might  be  conceived  of  by  analogy. 
The  opinions  of  geologbts  are  in  some  particulars  very  dissimilar 
and  very  mcorrect     But  geologists  are  nevertheless  worthy  of  the 
approbation  of  the  world  for  endeavoring  to  unfold  truths  that  might 
lead  to  a  proper  comprehension  of  the  origin  of  the  earth.     And  I 
do  not  therefore  feel  impressed  to  contradict  any  of  their  theories  or 
propositions,  but  merely  to  state  the  truths  in  order  that  that  which 
they  have  not  discovered  may  be  correctly  inferred  from  the  evi- 
dences presented  in  this  course  of  generalteation,  the  bas'u  of  which 
tfaey  will  not  dispute. 

They  have  considered  this  present  period  of  stratification,  the  third 
of  the  general  division,  including  the  primary.     But  I  am  distinctly 
impressed  that  Sensation  did  not  before  this  period  become  an  un- 
folded principle  of  the  original  law.     And  as  the  earth  has  now 
assumed  established  divisions,  and  as  the  water  and  atmosphere  have 
ascended  to  a  higher  state  of  refinement,  this  is  the  epoch  when  types 
were  ushered  into  being,  which  ascend  undisturbed  to  the  organiza- 
tion of  mankind.     And,  according  to  a  previous  declaration,  the 
iocoDceivable  periods  of  time  that  the  worid  with  all  the  forms  it  had 
developed,  bad  existed  before  this  era,  constittited  one  unimaginable 
night  Of  "tfpenw^,"— the  unfolding  of  which  manifests  newbeautieSy 
eyen  tbc  •*  morning  "  of  a  new  existence.     Therefore  "  the  bven- 

I?fO  AND   THE    MORmWO  WERE    THE    FIRST  DAY." 

This  is  a  remarkable  era  in  the  geological  history  of  the  earth's 
ibnnation.  Although  it  is  impossible  for  geologists  to  determine  upon 
tlie  exact  chronological  period  of  these  occorrenceSi  fi-om  any  indica- 
tions which  Nature  presents,  yet  natural  appearances  have  served  as 
a  guide  to  a  general  inference.  But  a  truthful  conclusion  has  not  as  ' 
ret  been  established. 

Dry  land  now  appears.     The  earth  is  divided  into  two  great  con- 
tinetits,  and  the  rivers,  lakes,  seas,  and  oceans,  conmence  their 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


250  nature's  divine  revelations. 

ceaseless  operations,  performing  the  work  of  decomposition  and  sidi* 
mentary  segregation*  The  earth  now  assumes  the  rudimental  stage 
of  its  future  development,  insomuch  that  all  thmgs  now  marifested 
put  forth  evident  indications  of  a  far  more  glorious  era. 

Before  this  period,  the  earth  was  apparently  "  without  form,  and 
void,  and  darkness  was  upon  the  face  of  the  deep :"  for  the  encompas- 
sing robe  had  not  been  illuminated  by  the  degree  of  light  which  now 
dispersed  the  utter  darkness.  This  was  accomplished  by  a  change  of 
the  atmosphere,  which  in  becommg  more  refined,  became  also  more 
susceptible  to  the  action  of  the  sun's  rays,  and  thus  clothed  the  earth 
in  a  more  grand  and  sublime  robe.  The  earth  was  before  this  with- 
out form  or  order,  comparatively,  because  the  present  era  unfolds  the 
superior  beauty,  and  harmony,  and  order,  that  the  internal  elements 
were  designed  to  produce.  Therefore  order  becomes  now  a  con- 
spicuous indication  of  Nature.  Animated  forms  now  dwell  upon  the 
dfy  land,  whereas  before,  no  living  or  creeping  thing  existed  upon 
the  earth's  bosom.  The  change  of  the  earth,  water,  and  atmosphere, 
was  a  transformation  from  that  which  was  before  seemingly  a  foun- 
tain of  chaotic  materials. 

All  the  evidences  which  geologists  and  naturalists  have  brought 
forward  as  proving  the  exact  conditions  and  circumstances  under 
which  the  coal  formation  was  produced,  do  not  in  reality  convey  a 
correct  idea  of  the  causes  that  produced  these  great  carbonaceous 
deposites.     In  many  portions  of  the  world,  coal  is  found  to  be  rest- 
ing upon  the  primary  coating  of  the  earth ;  while  in  other  places  it 
lies  upon  the  various  strata  of  the  transition  rocks,  such  as  the  quartz 
and  slate,  and  especially  the  limestone.     These  formations  also  de- 
velop ironstone,  limestone,  sandstone,  and  various  other  kinds  of 
deposites.     Some  of  these  enter  into  the  composition  of  coal  itself, 
while  others  form  intervening  strata,  between  the  layers  of  coal.     It 
is  evident  from  this  that  the  substance  of  the  ironstone  and  other  com- 
positions, had  a  peculiar  affinity  for  the  carbon  of  the  atmosphere ; 
and  this  being  thus  attracted  to  and  associated  with  the  former,  the 
whole  consequently  became  condensed  into  the  formation  of  which 
the  coal  is  a  prominent  part.     Also  various  parts  of  the  sea-beds 
had  not  been  subjected  to  the  same  amount  of  abrasion  as  others ; 
and  thus  they  became  proper  receptacles  for  the  formation  of  the  coal 
and  the  stratifications  that  are  associated  therewith.     In  those  places, 
dry  laud  became  visible ;  the  result  of  which  was  an  active  gelati- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


851 

ooQs  deydopmenty  occurnDg  from  the  assimilation  of  light  and  heat 
irith  the  previously  decomposed  vegetable  substances,  and  which  still 
possessed  the  principle  of  vitali^.  And  being  subjected  to  such 
fevorable  circumstances,  a  lively  impregnation  was  the  consequence, 
the  action  of  which  reorganized  the  parts  that  before  had  been 
assimilated. 


^  44.  Therefore  vegetable  formations  became  very  thickly  dissem- 
inated upon  the  portions  of  land  that  were  thus  raised  from  the 
depths  of  the  sea.  Immense  masses  were  thus  formed,  and  trees 
towered  to  a  great  height,  the  species  of  which  are  now  entirely  ex- 
tinct. These  were  existing  in  various  parts  where  moisture  pre- 
vailed, and  where  there  was  an  abundant  supply  of  the  requisite  ele- 
ments. And  so  exceedingly  fertile  were  these  vegetable  portions, 
that  the  plants,  in  their  rapid  growth,  extracted  the  strength  of  each 
other,  and  became  prostrated ;  and  decomposition  followed  as  a  nat- 
ural result.  This  decomposition  formed  heavy  beds  of  moss ;  and 
these  constantly  collected  substances  of  like  nature,  as  the  latter  were 
wafted  from  their  locations  by  the  excessive  tides ;  and  thus  immense 
masses  of  vegetable  substance  were  formed.  These  gradually  sank 
below  the  sur&ce  upon  the  shale  and  limestone  substances  which 
formed  suitable  foundations  for  them.  Being  thus  below  their  origi- 
nal level,  these  masses  formed  a  basis  for  the  deposition  of  other  dis- 
integrated and  floating  particles  (of  which  the  solution  of  lime  and 
shale  formed  a  great  portion),  and  thus  in  process  of  time  would  be 
Aumed  an  overlying  stratum  of  shale. 

It  tt  well  known  among  chemists  that  plants  emit  oxygen,  and 
attract  and  assimilate  with  their  composition,  nitrogen,  carbon,  and 
other  such  mineral  elements  as  constitute  a  part  of  their  organized 
forma.  This  fact  applies  to  vegetables  now  existing;  but  it  gives 
but  a  (aim  idea  of  the  nature  of  the  vegetable  productions  that  ex- 
isted during  the  era  under  present  contemplation.  They  were,  it  is 
tme,  (brms  suitable  for  the  transformation  of  inherent  elements  into 
the  atmosphere  by  reflux,  but  they  were  still  more  perfectly  adapted 
to  aaumilate  with  their  own  composition  a  very  large  amount  of  car- 
bon,—-which  in  reality  entered  almost  purely  into  their  forms,  and 
bf***aww^  an  ingredient  dissimilar  to  any  now  known  upon  the  face  of 
the  earth.  Their  food  therefore  was  carbon;  their  soil,  the  pro- 
greaaed,  gelatinous,  vegetable  decompositions  of  the  primitive  ages. 
Heiicey  when  these  masses  were  thus  decayed  and  condensed,  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


253  nature's  divine  hbtblationb. 

finally  transformed  by  the  action  of  elements,  thej  constituted  tbe 
carboniferoiB,  or  coal  formations. 

Geologists  have  accumulated  the  remains  of  plants  that  have  been 
found  in  the  intervening  strata  of  quartz,  lime,  and  shale,  which  occur 
in  the  coal  formation :  and  thus  it  is  proved  beyond  the  possibility  of 
a  doubt,  that  as  each  of  these  immense  bodies  of  moss  became  con- 
cealed by  a  coating  of  the  dissolved  substances  that  were  conveyed 
by  the  waters  and  deposited  over  them,  so  the  kttter  deposites  became 
in  like  manner  the  receptacles  of  other  floating  substances,  like  unto 
the  gelatinous,  living,  germinating  substances  that  were  Jirst  depos- 
ited. And  as  these  collected  upon  the  strata,  the  action  of  the 
carbon,  light,  and  beat,  soon  resulted  in  their  pregnation.  These 
then  germinated,  and  produced  an  immense  growth  of  vegetation. 
And  by  the  same  process  as  was  observed  in  the  previous  mass,  lux- 
uriant growth,  assimilation  of  carbon,  decay,  and  condensation^ 
occurred  in  the  succeeding  masses  also.  And  tkeij  became  likewise 
the  foundations  of  immense  beds  of  moss,  receiving  similar  sub« 
stances  as  drifted  and  deposited  by  the  tides,  with  occasionally  a  few 
infusoria  and  sea-shells :  and  the  whole  settied,  decayed,  and  con- 
densed, as  before,  forming  an  immense  mass  of  carbon.  This,  by 
the  action  of  other  existing  circumstances,  became  converted  into  tbe 
substance  of  another  stratum  of  coal« 

These  vegetables  would  not  have  become  transformed  into  the 
composition  of  coal,  had  other  conditions,  other  elements,  or  other 
circumstances  existed,  or  the  same  as  now  exist  upon  the  earth's  sur- 
face. Thus  one  stratum  after  another  was  produced ;  and  the  pro- 
cess would  have  contmued  until  the  present  day,  bad  it  not  been  that 
the  substances  in  solution  which  were  then  abundant  throughout  the 
waters,  became  exhausted,  and  had  not  the  elements,  the  conditions, 
and  all  things,  become  so  changed  as  to  render  it  no  longer  possible 
for  the  same  process  to  be  in  operation. 

Thus  was  the  coal  formation  consummated;  and  thus  were  its 
intermediate  strata  required  and  adBpted-^designed'^-^Bs  a  basis  upon 
which  other  strata  of  coal  might  be  deposited  and  perfected.  If 
these  intervening  strata  of  shale,  limestone,  ironstone,  and  sandstone, 
had  not  settled  upon  each  succeeding  stratum  of  carbonaceous  mat- 
ter, the  substance  of  coal  would  not  have  been  in  existence,  espe- 
cially in  its  present  form.  Therefore  it  was  positively  necessary  that 
tbe  solutions  of  which  the  intervening  strata  are  formed,  should  first 
euat;  that  the  water  should  perform  its  circulating  functions  (the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


KATVBB'S   DimiB   BBVBLATION8.  258 

rarolt  of  whidi  was  the  deposition  of  previously  suspended  particles), 
and  that  the  general  surrounding  elements  and  conditions  should  be 
thus  &vonible,  so  that  all  conjoined  might  produce  and  condense 
both  the  vegetable  mass  and  iti  concealing  stratum, — and  that  one 
might  become  the  useful  substance  for  Afan,  and  the  other  the  basis 
upon  which  the  fonner  might  be  formed.  And  if  these  things  had  not 
all  exiscedy  a  substance  like  unto  coal  would  not  have  been  known  to 
the  inhabitants  of  the  earth. 

Coal,  tberelbre,  is  considered  the  first  of  the  seoondarj  formations* 
Aftd  here  I  would  remark  that  it  is  impossible  for  me  to  accede  to 
all  the  classifications  nude  by  geolcgists  in  either  of  the  kingdoms ; 
but  so  far  as  classes  and  species  have  been  designated  by  appropriale 
terms,  it  is  proper  that  the  nomenclature  should  be  preserved,  instead 
of  subdtituting  in  its  place  terms  and  phraseology  not  altogether 
familiar  to  the  scientific  reader. 

The  coal  era  presents  indications  important  as  respects  a  proper 
comprehension  of  geology,  and  also  furnishes  important  hints  in 
regard  to  the  process  of  creation.  For  the  withdrawing  from  the 
atmosphere  of  the  carbon  which  has  entered  into  the  composition  of 
ooait  and  into  the  carbonate  of  lime,  must  of  necessity  produce  a 
great  change  in  the  atmosphere,  and  consequendy  in  the  earth  and 
wainr.  For  as  carbon  had  before  supplied  a  great  portion  of  the 
atmosphere,  the  absence  of  this  element  must  now  of  necessity  be 
supplied  by  ascending  gaseous  particles  of  a  diflerent  nature.  And 
this  most  inevitably  woriL  a  great  change  in  the  strata  above  the  coal, 
and  upon  the  dry  knd  and  its  productions,  and  the  watw  also  must 
become  changed  into  a  difiTerent  combination  of  substances,  such  as 
hul  not  beibre  ascended  to  higher  positions*  The  change  was  gradr 
aal  and  imperceptible  irom  the  commencement  to  the  comummatioB 
of  the  coal  era :  but  when  this  period  was  closed,  the  whole  change 
was  comparatively  great ;  and  the  elements  were  fitted  to  give  life, 
aad  Ibmi,  and  texture,  to  the  mhabiumts  of  the  sea  and  land,  of  alto- 
a  diffinent  character  firom  any  before  existing;  and  these 
from  lower  types,  and  assumed  a  stste  of  progression  cor- 
to  all  else  existing  in  sea,  earth,  and  atmosphere. 

The  chain  can  not  be  broken  as  extending  from  the  primary  for- 
mation to  the  coal  era ;  from  the  first  to  the  ultimate  element  that 
unrounded  the  earth,  and  fit)m  the  first  organization  possessing  Life, 
Co  the  fttU  development  of  the  principle  of  Sensation.  For  the  very 
the  existence  of  the  first  is  established,  that  ymy  moment, 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


254  nature's  divinb  revelations. 

according  to  the  eternal  law  of  progressive  developmenti  the  future 
unfolding  of  the  latter  is  rendered  certain. 


^  45.  It  is  not  proper  that  an}rthing  should  be  considered  sacred 
and  holy,  merely  because  we  have  lost  the  period  of  its  origin  among 
the  revolutions  of  innumerable  ages.  Nor  should  an  enthusiastic 
veneration  be  cherished  for  the  idea  of  the  creation  of  anything, 
when  in  reality  the  term  '^  creation"  has  no  signification,  inasmuch  as 
the  origin  of  every  form,  principle,  and  substance,  in  being,  is  owing 
to  some  prior  cause.  And  it  should  be  understood  that  cause  and 
effect  are  eternally  inseparable ;  that  is,  inseparable  fi-om  the  com- 
mencement of  all  causes  to  the  accomplishment  of  all  effects ;  and 
thus  one  age  or  period  of  eternity  is  comprehended  within  the  cycle 
of  one  eternal  Cause,  and  one  eternal  Effect. 

Array  no  arguments,  therefore,  against  the  truthful  and  magnificent 
doctrine  of  progressive  development.  For  if  this  is  overthrown, 
that  very  moment  all  laws  and  principles  become  annihilated,  and 
Cause  and  Effect  can  no  longer  be  considered  as  the  agents  of 
breathing  into  being  the  grand  and  sublime  manifestations  that  beau- 
tify the  bosom  of  a  tender  and  caressing  Nature  !  Upon  the  immu- 
table foundation  of  this  law  of  progression,  rest  all  arguments  and 
conclusions  that  can  be  legitimately  drawn  from  any  material  or  ex- 
ternal substance  that  exists  in  any  department  of  the  earth  or  the 
Universe.  Yet  if  there  should  be  any  inclination  to  dispute  the  fore- 
going classifications  of  the  geological  and  organic  developments,  let 
the  objection  not  be  arrayed  against  isolated  and  detached  phrases, 
sentences,  or  propositions;  but  let  the  attack  be  at  the  basis — the 
FOUNDATION  ou  which  rcsts  all  that  has  been  and  shall  be  said  con- 
cerning those  indestructible  truths  which  are  greater  than  man  can 
comprehend  or  duly  appreciate. 

The  transformation  of  elements,  therefore,  into  new  forms  and 
combinations,  becomes  a  matter  of  necessity  from  die  sequestration 
of  that  almost  all*pervading  element,  carbon,  into  other  substances. 
And  this  is  therefore  a  conspicuous  and  decided  change,  and  there- 
fore a  new  Era.  And  the  description  of  the  vegetable  and  animal 
productions  of  this  period  which  is  soon  to  follow,  will  manifest  more 
distinctly  the  truthfulness  of  this  proposition. 

During  the  process  of  this  and  previous  formations,  various  metal- 
lic substances,  whose  dbtinct  characteristics  designate  them  as  min- 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  revelations.  255 

enh,  became  depcmted  in  various  parts  where  constant  segregation 
was  taking  place.  The  first  of  these  is  iin.  This  lies  nearer  the 
primary  than  most  of  the  others.  Subsequent  to  this,  lead^  zinc^  and 
coppcTf  were  developed.  These  are  interspersed  in  various  strata 
bearing  a  close  relation  to  the  coal,  mountain  limestone,  and  new  red 
sandstone ;  while  silver  and  gold  are  among  the  accompaniments  of 
iroD-stoney  which  is  found  in  the  carboniferous  and  in  many  other 
aubdirisions  of  the  secondary  formation. 

It  has  been  supposed  by  chemists  that  the  atmosphere  is  composed 
of  properly  elementary  substances.     This  is  true ;  but  gaseous  ele- 
ments could  only  have  originated  from  the  minerals  of  the  earth. 
They  are  therefore  ascended  molecules,  which  may  be  considered  as 
the  perfection  of  mineral  bodies  like  unto  those  which  still  remain 
concealed  in  the  crust  of  the  earth.    Therefore  the  substances  known 
as  carbonate  of  lime  and  coal^must  have  received  their  main  compo- 
nent ingredients  from  the  atmosphere  that  then  enveloped  the  earth. 
And  carbonic  acid  being  so  exceedingly  abundant,  this  rendered  the 
earth  fertile,  which  yielded  flowerless  vegetation  in  great  luxuriance. 
And  it  is  a  truth  too  conspicuous  to  be  misconceived,  that,  firom 
the  eariiest  vegetable  forms  to  the  present  era,  there  is  a  general  and 
progressive  ascension  of  each  species  to  higher  and  corresponding 
forms.     This,  however,  would  be  more  susceptible  of  demonstration 
if  the  kind  of  vegetation  that  was  produced  during  the  coal  formation 
could  now  be  seen  among  the  strata  of  that  period.     But  the  plants 
of  that  period  partook  greatly  of  the  nature  of  the  equisetaces,  which 
were  very  easily  decomposed  by  water  and  exposure  to  a  tropical 
temperature.    A  genus  of  this  class  is  existing  at  this  present  time. 

The  vegetable  productions  of  this  period  varied  fi'om  the  moss  to 
the  stupendous  conifera^*trees  that  then  existed  very  extensively  in 
marBhes,  and  on  land  where  warmth  and  moisture  constantiy  existed. 
Aixl  the  sigillaria  and  monocotiledons  then  existed  and  flourished 
rery  extensively. 

The  plants  of  the  first  species  existing,  were  composed  of  a  gela- 
tiooas  cellular  tissue,  whose  fibres  and  complex  membrane  constituted 
the  medium  of  life,  where  the  power  of  assimilation  and  reproduction 
vras  seated.  From  these  came  mosses ;  firom  these  the  ferns ;  and 
from  these  the  conifers,  which  were  an  imperfect  type  of  the  pines 
chat  now  exist  upon  the  earth's  suriace.  Some  of  these  trees  were 
Lceedingly  Urge  and  beautiful.    Their  altitude  was  fi'om  twenty  to 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


256  XATUIUS'S  DIVCrE    RBYBLATIONS. 

sixlj  feet.  Their  limbs  were  straight  and  fenh4ike,  and  their  leaves 
bore  a  resemblance  to  those  of  the  palm.  They  approached  nearer 
to  the  pine  than  any  others  then  existing.  Some  of  the  plants  were 
flowerless,  while  others  brought  forth  flowers  of  a  peculiar  and  varie- 
gated appearance.  Of  these  there  were  several  species,  the  highest 
of  which  represented  the  palm,  and  the  lowest  were  in  character  neat 
the  endogenous  plants,  \diich  grow  hy  a  deposition  of  particles  upoo 
the  inner  surface.  The  flowering  plants  brought  forth  a  seed-vessel 
containing  seeds ;  and  there  were  few  plants  existing  that  had  seeds 
with  two  lobes,  because  the  exogenous  species  were  not  fully  devel- 
oped until  the  close  of  the  carboniferous  era. 

The  various  kinds  of  animal  forms  that  had  previously  existed, 
became  now  entirely  extinct ;  while  the  molluscs,  cephalopods,  &c., 
were  reproduced  in  abundance ;  and  these,  together  with  all  classes 
of  the  univalve,  bivalve,  and  multivalve  shells,  continued  their  upward 
tendencies  to  higher  species  of  the  sanie  classes.  The  spirifer  is  en- 
tirely extinct ;  while  the  terebratula,  productus,  and  others  of  like 
qature,  continued  in  great  abundance  through  all  the  ages  of  the 
present  era.  The  seas  were  extensively  inhabited  by  species  of 
scorpion  and  saurian  fishes,  slighdy  exemplified  in  the  sturgeon  now 
existing,  which  in  its  embryonic  state  has  no  vertebral  portions,  but 
rather  a  gelatinous  cord  that  assumes  subsequently  the  form  of  ver* 
tebrse.  And  such  characterized  all  the  species  of  fish  then  traversing 
the  watery  domain.  Therefore  osseous  and  unosseous  fishes  existed 
to  a  great  extent ;  and  also  the  plants,  both  of  the  sea  and  land,  were 
such  only  as  could  have  flourished  under  the  existing  c<mditions. 

These  inhabitants  of  the  watery  depths  were  very  difierendy  orga- 
nized from  those  existing  during  the  previous  periods.  They,  like 
the  plants,  possessed  a  vascular  tissue ;  and  this  is  manifested  by  the 
conjoined  boxed  scales  and  the  interwoven  network  that  were  very 
much  existing  upon  the  class  of  sauroid  fishes  that  inhabited  the  seas 
at  this  period.  And  the  plants  manifested  the  same  by  their  exoge- 
nous nature,  which  is  distinguished  by  the  concentric  or  spiral 
arrangement  of  pardcles  from  their  outward  coating.  Still,  cotile- 
dons  were  not  existing,  except  the  monocotiledons,  which  sustained 
an  intermediate  posidon  between  the  cryptogamia  and  the  dicotile- 
dons ;  which  are  the  highest  type  of  the  vegetable  kingdom^ 


^  46.  The  fishes  bemg  progressed  horn  those  previously  formed, 
whose  structure  was  wholly  cellular,  possessed  both  the  cellular  and 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


JIATUBS'S    DIYINE   BBVELATIONS.  257 

ftKoIar  dssuesy — which  established  imperfect  serous  and  mucous 
smfrces,  upon  which  sensation  must  ineiritahly  exist.  Sensation  thus 
became  an  established  principle^  though  it  was  as  yet  but  imperfectly 
dereloped  fix>m  Motion  and  Life.  Consequently  inclinaiiQns  must 
Jiave  been  the  result.  These  developed  instinct^  or  living  desire. 
This  is  the  first  principle  that  corresponds  to  thought.  Therefore  the 
Motion,  Life,  and  Sensation,  that  these  sauroid  fishes  possessed,  repre- 
sent the  same  principles  fiu:  more  perfected,  the  highest  degree  of  which 
corresponds  to  the  principle  of  Intelligence.  Thus  the  inhabitants  of 
the  seas  at  this  era,  manifested  for  the  first  time  the  unfolding  of  the 
taw  of  Motion,  whereby  a  more  perfect  exaltation  of  the  same  princi- 
ple could  be  naturally  inferred. 

So  likewise  with  the  land  plants  :  the  cellular  were  flawerlessj  con- 
dsting  of  mosses,  ferns,  fungi,  and  others,  which  corresponded  to  the 
one-membrane  and  radiating  nature  of  the  first  animal  species.  And 
as  these  plants  gradually  became  unfolded,  developing  the  exogenous 
ibrm,  they  brought  forth  beautiful  flowers — an  indication  correspond- 
ing to  that  of  Sensation,  and  pointing  to  the  perfected  condition  of 
the  vegetating  principle.  Thus  the  plants  revealed  Life,  and  the 
fishes  Sensation ;  but  inasmuch  as  their  forms  were  yet  imperfect,  so 
likewise  were  (heir  endowments.  But  the  chain  is  unbroken  between 
tbe  previous  and  present  existing  species,  in  each  kingdom. 

It  must  be  observed  that  Nature's  developments  are  exceedingly 

dissimilar  in  form,  essence,  and  quality,  as  the  conditions  change, 

both  as  regards  the  temperature  of  the  climate,  the  location,  and  the 

influences  of  incidental  causes.    Thus  dissimilar  forms  were  presented, 

which  it  is  almost  impossible  to  arrange  in  perfect  order,  because  the 

time  and  circumstances  are  beyond  natural  calculation.     Hence  the 

tlungt  that  are  existmg  during  this  era,  are  in  many  portions  of  the 

earth  rather  unlike,  and  seemingly  disconnected.     But  let  it  not  be 

forgotten  that  there  is  a  correspondence  between  all  general  develop- 

mciita  and  the  specific  causes  that  produce  them.    For,  as  was  estab- 

fisfaed  in  the  key,  **  all  things  are  constantly  assuming  forms ;  and 

dwBe  are  in  accordance  with  the  existing  exciting  causes." 

The  experience  of  tbe  ichthyologist  can  be  appealed  to  in  proof  of 
the  existence  of  the  species  of  &hes  that  were  in  being  during  the 
carboniferous  era,  especially  jo  far  as  his  knowledge  extends  into  the 
reslitj  of  these  creations,  from  his  observations  upon  the  vestiges  still 
iodicatiiig  tbe  classes  and  species  then  inhabiting  tbe  waters.  The 
bocmnist  can  arrange  in  an  order  of  general  development,  the  original 

17 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


268  NATURB*S   DIVINB    REVELATIONS. 

vegetable  productions,  up  to  the  classes  and  species  of  the  present 
era ;  and  geologists  are  acquainted  with  the  order  of  formation  of 
which  I  speak. 

But  the  close  of  the  carboniferous  era  is  evidently  a  great  consum- 
mation as  affecting  the  earthy,  mineral,  vegetable,  and  animal  forms. 
And  all  are  modified  and  brought  to  a  degree  of  development  superior 
to  what  was  manifested  in  any  prior  age ;  and  hence  they  constitute 
one  of  the  most  perfect  and  decided  links  in  the  general  chain  of 
progression. 

Many  parts  of  the  dry  land  were  overshadowed  by  beautiful  palms, 
ferns,  and  sigillarias  ;  and  the  atmosphere,  which  was  active  in  gene- 
rating rain,  contributed  greatly  to  their  luxuriance  of  growth.  And 
the  mountains  that  now  were  in  some  parts  yielding  mosses  and  other 
species  of  vegetation,  gave  Nature  a  very  splendid  and  beautiful  ap- 
pearance— more  so  in  some  localities  than  exists  at  this  present  age 
on  the  earth's  surface. 

The  change  in  the  atmosphere  and  water,  occurring  from  the  con- 
sumption of  carbonic  acid  gas,  from  recombinations  of  the  main  exter- 
nal elements,  &c.,  now  rendered  the  previous  equilibrium  of  the 
interior  and  exterior  somewhat  disturbed.  External  pressure  was 
diminished  and  became  inadequate  to  counterbalance  the  expansion 
of  the  igneous  mass  within.  Consequently,  Nature  was  in  danger  of 
an  instantaneous  convulsion. 

The  face  of  the  earth  at  this  time  would  have  appeared  to  the  eye 
of  man,  as  if  Nature  were  clothed  in  a  sombre  mantle,  and  had  sunk 
into  a  death-like  sleep.  No  busy  insects  would  have  diverted  the 
mind  with  their  musical  hum ;  no  birds  were  ffitting  through  the  air, 
or  perching  upon  the  branches ;  and  all  forests  and  marshes  looked 
disconsolate  and  forsaken.  No  Uving  being  could  have  been  found 
with  whom  communications  or  pleasurable  emotions  could  have  been 
exchanged.  There  was  nothing  existing  which  the  mind  of  man 
would  not  have  looked  upon  as  being  altogether  uncongenial,  not- 
withstanding Nature  yielded  forth  her  best  forms  that  could  have  been 
developed  under  such  circumstances.  But  her  previous  living,  active 
energies,  were  now  sunk  into  repose.  All  interior  beauties  were  con- 
cealed, for  the  want  of  some  fnore  energetic  forces  to  call  them  forth. 
All  conditions  were  seemingly  inunoveable,  and  some  more  active  en- 
ergies were  required  to  set  in  motion  those  paralyzed  substances  and 
forms  that  spread  over  the  earth.    Darkness  was  again  upon  the  face 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


nature's  divine  revelations.  259 

of  the  deep;  and  the  waters  were  moved  with  ceaseless  agitation — 
with  frightful  and  uncontrolled  waves  that  almost  lashed  the  mountain- 
lops.     It  was  now  evident  that  inherent  forces  were  moving  upon  the 
face  of  the  waters,  causing  inconceivable  excitement  to  abound 
throughout   their  domain.     The  equilibrium  had  been  destroyed. 
The  water  and  atmosphere  were  unequal  in  pressure  to  the  interior 
expansion,  and  a  change  must  inevitably  ensue.     Consequently  the 
igneous  fluid  assumed  impetuous  motions  at  various  parts  of  the  inte- 
rior of  the  earth's  crust    Violent  tremblings  and  paroxysms  occurred, 
followed  by  wonderful  breathings  of  lava  from  the  Andes  and  other 
mountains ;  but  this  could  not  restore  the  equilibrium.     Therefore 
internal  elements  continued  to  rush  together  and  recede  with  incon- 
ceivable agitation.     The  result  was  an  expansion  of  interior  particles 
that  shook  the  earth  in  some  parts  to  its  very  centre,  upheaving  the 
rocks  primarily  formed,  together  with  trap,  slate,  shale,  sandstone, 
and  also  various  strata  of  the  carboniferous  formation.     These  were 
turned  and  twisted  from  their  original  beds  into  perpendicular  and 
inclined  positions,  several  miles  of  the  previously-formed  strata  being 
broken  and  contorted  into  every  conceivable  shape. 

The  surface  of  the  earth  subsequently  presented  a  very  different 
appearance  from  what  it  had  at  any  previous  time.     Portions  of  the 
land  that  were  below  the  water,  were  raised  to  a  great  height  above 
it,  and  other  portions  were  correspondingly  depressed*     Mountains 
and  prominences  that  were  previously  formed,  were  now  broken 
asunder  in  various  parts,  and  their  positions  and  appearances  became 
very  much  changed,  insomuch  that  new  valleys  and  coves  were 
formed,  which  now  constitute  the  beds  and  borders  of  large  seas. 
Chains  of  mountains  in  Asia,  in  Scotland,  and  Switzerland,  became 
DOW  permanently  established.     Among  those  in  Asia  was  Mount 
Ararat,  which  before  could  only  be  seen  a  little  above  the  surface  of 
the  water.     The  convulsion  of  Nature  was  thus  universal,  though  it 
aflected  some  parts  more  than  others,  because  vents  previously  ex- 
isted in  some  mountains. 


^  47.  The  evolving  of  internal  elements  soon  quieted  the  agitation 
of  the  water  and  atmosphere,  the  density  of  which  became  very  much 
changed,  and  both  were  rendered  equal  to  the  expansive  tendency 
of  the  interior  elements  ;  and  thus  the  equilibrium  was  again  restored. 
The  results  of  the  convulsion  were,  another  shrinking  of  the  crust  of 
the  earth  toward  its  centre,  a  reorganization  of  the  watery  element,  a 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


260  nature's  divine  revelations. 

dissipation  of  still  more  of  the  carbon  in  the  air,  and  a  leplacing  of 
the  same  bj  oxygen.  Thus  oxygen,  nitrogen,  and  a  small  portion 
of  carbon,  together  with  the  particles  composing  the  water  that  were 
constantly  associating  themselves  with  the  ultimate  elements,  com- 
posed the  atmospheric  envelope  of  the  globe. 

The  earth  soon  generated  new  compositions  upon  its  surface  as  a 
result  of  the  emission  from  the  interior  substances.  Thus  a  new 
stratification  was  formed ;  and  this  again  is  subdivided  by  geologbts 
into  three  distinct  substances,  which  are  all  apparent  in  some  portions 
of  the  previous  stratification. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  limestone  contains  a  great  amount  of 
carbon ;  and  this  reveab  its  affinity  for  the  carboniferous  formation. 
And  the  quartz  and  other  substances  combining  with  the  metal  iron, 
and  this  with  oxygen,  the  whole  produced  a  new  combination,  which 
is  termed  the  iron-stone  (oxyde  of  iron),  and  the  magnesian  limestone, 
— all  of  which  are  generally  covered  by  heavy  beds  of  marl.  And 
it  is  a  well-ascertained  truth  in  chemistry,  that  each  of  the  original 
elements  contained  in  the  composition  of  the  earth  (which  are  sup- 
posed to  be  fifty-five  in  number),  combines  variously  with  others  by 
chemical  affinity ;  and  thus  compounds  change,  presenting  corre- 
sponding changes  in  form,  appearance,  and  properties.  And  it  is  by 
the  process  of  combination  and  recombination  alone  that  all  forms, 
from  the  angular  to  the  circular,  during  all  their  processes  of  crystal- 
lization, constantly  manifest  the  same  general  law  of  progressive 
ascension,  insomuch  that  new  and  higher  forms  and  compositions  are 
constantly  being  produced,  though  elements  and  essential  qualities 
remain  unchanged.  Therefore  /the  formation  of  the  new  red  sand- 
stone only  unfolds  a  new  substance,  which  resulted  from  the  previous 
occurrence,  and  from  the  entire  change  of  the  water  and  atmosphere 
surrounding  and  acting  upon  the  earth  at  this  time. 

Thus  the  whole  Mass  became  changed.  The  earth  became  less 
in  diameter,  the  water  less  in  density  and  bulk,  the  atmosphere 
lighter  and  more  refined, — and  all  things  were  equally  and  perma- 
nently changed  into  new  forms  and  compositions.  And  the  elements 
were  now  prepared  to  bring  forth  new  substances,,  both  in  the  sea 
and  on  the  land.  New  laws,  new  principles  and  elements,  were 
now  putting  forth  their  ener^es,  aU  of  which  roust  result  in  an  entire 
change  of  the  earth's  creations.  Nature  was  revived  from  a  long 
sleep.    New  light  and  new  beauties  were  now  to  be  breathed  into 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


katubb's  divinb  rbvblations.  261 

existence.  For  the  firmament*  was  above,  and  divided  the  waters 
from  the  waters,  and  thus  comparative  darkness  was  dissipated.  And 
oew  things,  concerning  which  more  will  hereafter  be  mentioned,  were 
DOW  in  embryo  for  ultimate  perfection.  Therefore,  what  was  before 
said  concerning  thb  era,  is  now  entirely  verified  :  for  everything  has 
now  assumed  a  different  character  and  condition  firom  what  had  existed 
in  any  other  era  in  the  creation  of  the  earth.  Therefore  the  expres- 
sion is  rendered  clear  and  forcible,  that  *^the  evening  and  the  morning 
were  the  second  day^ 

So  far  as  the  researches  of  geologists  have  been  successful  in  ex- 
ploring the  fossil  remains  of  this  age,  they  give  a  general  conception 
of  the  real  formations,  though  these  were  far  more  extensive  than 
discoveries  yet  made  have  indicated.  The  prevailing  idea  deduced 
from  geological  appearances  concerning  this  era,  is  that  fishes  and 
saurians  were  more  extensive  than  any  other  forms.  And  it  has  also 
been  supposed  that  the  original  forms  and  species  of  land-plants 
were  entirely  destroyed  at  the  close  of  the  carboniferous  formation. 
Then  again,  the  belief  has  been  generally  acceded  to,  that  the  lepi- 
dodendron  still  exists  as  an  ultimate  of  the  lower  species ;  and  it 
b  known  that  ferns,  mosses,  and  fucoides,  flourished  during  this  era, 
though  not  very  extensively.  And  the  marl  beds  have  been  very 
properly  supposed  to  be  the  result  of  a  great  collection  of  the  lower 
orders  of  die  molluscs :  for  they  are  apparently  masses  of  shells, 
each  bed  of  which  represents  slightly  all  the  types  of  the  molluscs 
which  are  formed  from  the  crystallized  carbonate  of  lime.  And 
these  beds  have  yielded  a  great  variety  of  the  lower  species  of 
mosses,  these  never  ascending  to  the  higher  ferns  or  the  comifers 
which  represent  the  pine  of  the  present  day. 

The  plants  were  neither  very  thrifty  nor  abundant  Few  flowers 
were  existing ;  for  the  classes  of  plants  that  thrived  most  during  this 
era  were  the  more  substantial  land  and  marine  plants,  and  there  were 
not  so  many  of  the  flowering  and  tender  plants  that  were  existing  in 
such  abundance  during  the  last  formation.  The  only  progress,  there- 
lore,  which  we  see  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  consists  in  the  devel- 
opment of  a  more  substantial  class,  which  the  pine,  oak,  birch,  and 
maple  now  existing,  represent. 

•  By  way  of  note  the  ckirvojmot  kere  remariced,  tkat  although  tha  word  shimayim 
(WTf),  called  **  finnameat"  ia  Oeaetas  i.  8,  was  in  the  plural  nmmher,  its  meaning 
waa  nmplj  ttie  aiwnotphert ;  and  that  tnch  was  the  only  aignification  of  the  words 
■-  hcavca^  aad  **  firmament,"  as  occniriag  in  the  primitiTe  history  of  the  creation. 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


262  natube's  divine  revelations. 

But  the  wonder  of  geologists  has  been  mcreased  by  the  discoveiy 
o(  trachy  apparently  those  of  immense  lizards  and  birds,  and  also 
of  the  tortoise*  And  from  collections  of  the  fossils,  the  species  that 
were  existing  have  in  several  instances  been  correctly  inferred. 

It  is  not  necessary  that  I  should  give  a  description  of  the  ammo- 
nites and  calamites  that  now  have  changed  their  nature  and  order  of 
being,  in  proportion  to  the  change  of  elements  and  circumstances. 
For  these  had  impercepUbly  changed  their  forms,  habits,  and  consti- 
tutions. It  must  not  be  supposed  that  the  order  of  progression  was 
interfered  with  by  a  sudden  transition  of  any  class  or  species  to 
another ;  for  this  is  unlike  any  principle  or  phenomenon  in  Nature. 
Although  Nature  manifests  at  periods  violent  paroxysms,  these  do 
not  disturb  the  order  of  existence;  but  as  all  other  things  have 
ascended,  and  the  equilibrium  is  destroyed  between  the  interior  and 
exterior  of  the  whole  mass,  a  universal  convulsion  results,  in  only  a 
static  condition.  It  does  not  change  the  order  and  harmony  of 
established  laws,  though  it  modifies  exceedingly  those  which  pre- 
viously acted  upon  the  forms  existing  upon  the  land  and  in  the  water, 
and  this  modification  only  fulfils  the  previous  requirements  of  the 
various  kingdoms  in  Nature.  And  thus  no  law  or  principle  is  altered ; 
but  the  whole  operation  presents  a  steadily-ascending  order  of  de- 
grees, firom  the  lowest  type  in  existence  to  the  highest. 

Geologists  have  classified  the  species  that  have  been  discovered, 
but  have  not  succeeded  in  discovering  the  species  intermediate 
between  one  class  and  another,  or  any  cause  why  new  forms  should 
now  be  created.  But  in  unfolding  the  indications  which  this  forma- 
tion presents,  it  is  not  proper  that  I  should  notice  all  the  living  form^ 
then  existing  in  the  animal  kingdom.  But  I  will  give  a  description 
of  the  most  promiaent  species,  from  the  lowest  saurian  to  the  highest 
type  determined  upon  by  geologists.  The  evidences  to  sustain  the 
description  given  are  to  be  found  among  the  classifications  already 
made,  and  in  the  existing  general  conditions  that  called  into  action 
nefw  ener^es  which  must  have  resulted  in  the  creation  of  forms  of 
altogether  a  different  class  and  nature  from  those  of  any  previous 
formadon. 


§  48.  A  proper  knowledge  of  the  kind  of  animals  existing  during  this 
period,  depends  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  density  of  the  atmosphere. 
As  its  density  at  the  present  time  has  been  correctly  ascertained,  at 
least  so  far  as  the  experiments  (which  have  been  limited)  have  been 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


naturb's  divine  rbyblations.  263 

adequate  to  decide,  I  speak  comparatively  of  the  pressure  of  the  air 
upon  torms  aod  things  existing  during  the  process  of  the  neW  red 
sandstone  formation.  The  whole  weight  of  the  atmosphere,  tlia/ 
equalled,  together  with  the  pressure  of  the  water,  the  expansive  force 
of  the  interior  of  the  earth,  was  thirty-seven  quadrillions,  four  hundred 
and  six  trillions,  three  hundred  and  seventy  billions  tons ;  or  more 
than  thirty-seven  pounds  to  the  square  inch*  Therefore,  from  this 
extreme  density  can  be  inferred  the  order  and  habits  of  the  land 
animals. 

The  ichthyosaurus  is  among  the  first  forms  of  this  period  that  have 
attracted  attention,  especially  as  its  spinal  column  represents  the  ossi- 
fication of  a  previous  gelatinous  substance,  insomuch  that  it  is  not  al- 
together vertebrated,  only  near  the  neck  and  extremity;  the  centre  of 
the  back  being  endrely  ossified.  It  bears  the  character  of  the  sau- 
rian, or  lizard  ;  is  slightly  represented  by  the  shark,  and  more  by  the 
modem  crocodile.  Its  nature  was  carnivorous.  It  could  live  either 
in  or  out  of  the  water ;  and  thb  can  be  inferred  from  the  shape  of 
ita  thorax  and  posterior  sternum.  This  indicates  that  it  possessed 
an  adipose  branchs,  which  served  as  a  respiratory  organ.  There- 
fore, it  could  both  subsist  under  water,  and  inhale  the  existing  ele- 
ment consututing  the  air,  which  was  carbon,  nearly  counterbalanced 
oy  oxygen. 

This  animal  sustains  a  position  between  the  previous  saurian  and 
the  Uxard  proper;  for  the  lizard  is  represented  in  the  following 
order,  which  the  pUsiosaurus  represents.  This  being  a  higher  class 
than  the  previous,  its  habits  were  a  little  different,  but  only  in  refer- 
ence to  its  element,  which  was  water.  And  being  exceedingly  car- 
nivorous, it  preyed  upon  the  lower  order  of  fishes,  and  other  infuso- 
rial productions. 

The  following  order  is  represented  in  the  megalosaurus.  This 
mnimal  (for  it  should  be  termed  such)  is  very  different  in  form  and 
diapotition  firom  the  lower  orders.  For  an  account  of  the  remains 
of  this  animal,  whereby  the  following  description  may  be  rendered 
probable,  I  would  refer  to  the  investigations  of  geologists,  especially 
as  these  afford  the  only  evidence  that  the  mind  can  now  receive 
concerning  it*  This  represenu  the  fully  vertebrated  animal.  It  also 
has  a  very  long  and  large  body,  with  peculiarly  formed  ribs,  which 
indicate  greatly  the  motion  generally  connected  with  the  locomotion 
of  the  whole  body.  It  also  has  two  legs,  which  have  been  termed 
firings,  firom  their  spread  and  complex  form.     It  had  also  two  seta 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


264  nature's  divink  revelations. 

of  fins ;  these  being  connected  with  the  side  and  top  of  the  body, 
and  so  constructed  as  to  give  great  force  and  velocity  of  motion.  Ii 
also  possessed  great  power  of  contraction,  insomuch  that  it  could 
raise  itself  nearly  perpendicular  from  ten  to  fifteen  feet.  The  legs 
or  wings  served  to  direct  its  motions  and  gave  it  great  force  in  at- 
tacking other  species.  This  animal  has  been  termed  a  lizard^  and 
would  still  have  been  considered  such,  if  it  bad  not  had  a  tortoise- 
shell-like  coating. 

This  order  is  modified  in  the  pleitheosaurus :  and  this  differs  in 
habit  only  in  that  it  is  herbivorous.  Its  form  is  very  long,  and  full 
at  the  head,  being,  so  far  as  the  latter  particular  is  concerned,  slightly 
represented  in  the  young  whale  of  the  present  day.  Having  legs, 
and  power  of  great  motion,  it  travelled  very  extensively  over  portions 
of  the  dry  land ;  and  the  ferns  constituted  its  peculiar  fooi 

An  order  of  animals  that  associated  greatly  with  this  species,  but 
which  was  very  differently  formed,  is  termed  the  Mastodonsaurus. 
It  possessed  the  general  habits  and  disposition  of  the  latter,  with  the 
exception  that  it  approached  nearer  to  the  digitigrade. 

The  color  of  the  first  animal  was  dark,  with  an  intermixture  of  red 
and  green,  the  coating  being  hard  and  turtle-like.  The  second  was 
entirely  black,  the  surface  being  a  little  more  elastic  The  third 
possessed  a  very  rough  and  complex  coating,  hard  and  shark-like. 
The  fourth  had  a  surface  of  more  ordinary  appearance,  rather  elastic, 
and  corresponding  nearly  to  that  of  the  whale.  The  body  of  the  last 
animal  corresponded  nearly  to  that  of  tlie  elephant,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  its  being  very  dark. and  hairy;  and  its  length  varied  (in  the 
various  species,  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest)  from  five  to  sixty- 
six  feet. 

The  highest  type  of  the  latter  class  is  termed  the  Igtumodotij — 
whose  enormous  organization  has  been  the  cause  of  much  wonder 
and  speculation.  But  inasmuch  as  inference  can  not  at  all  times  be 
correct,  the  nature  and  disposition  of  the  Iguanodon  have  not  as  yet 
been  properly  understood.  Its  class  was  the  highest  on  earth  during 
the  deposition  of  the  new  red  sandstone ;  and  it  was  superior  to  all 
others  in  size  and  power. 

Thus  the  present  era  represenU  a  progressed  condition  of  the  pre- 
vious sea-tribes,  and  of  the  vegetable  productions.  For  each  had 
imperceptibly  assumed  its  present  condition  by  virtue  of  the  change 
experienced  by  the  whole  earth,  water,  and  atmosphere.  The  lower 
species  still  swarmed  in  the  seas  in  great  abundance,  while  the  lapse 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


266 

of  innumerable  ages  had  produced  the  gigantic  forms  that  existed 
upon  the  land,  and  while  the  lower  vegetable  productions  could  not 
bj  any  possible  means  preserve  their  order  and  species.  For  it  is 
known  that,  at  the  close  of  the  carboniferous  era,  many  plants  became 
extinct.  But  the  substances  which  entered  into  their  composition 
still  existed,  and  these  were  unfolded  in  the  production  of  the  ascend* 
ing  orders  of  the  vegetable  kingdom. 

Motion  was  Jtrst  existing :  and  as  forms  assumed  a  proper  state, 
Li/e  became  visible,  until  at  the  close  of  the  last  era.  Sensation  be- 
came imperfectly  developed.  And  in  this  period,  Life  and  Sensation 
hive  unfolded  new  principles,  new  forms,  and  new  dispositions.  For 
the  animals  of  each  class  are  more  perfectly  organized,  and  each 
chss  unfolds  new  attributes  of  Life  and  Sensation,  insomuch  that 
when  the  Iguanodon^  with  its  disposition,  is  compared  with  the  first 
(brms  of  the  radiata,  the  analogy  b  so  completely  lost  that  the  human 
mind  can  not  conceive  that  there  is  the  most  distant  relation  existing 
between  them. 

However  disconnected  the  order  of  creation  appears  to  the  'panic- 
idarizing  mind,  this  can  not  alter  the  general  truth,  that  the  whole 
displays  an  harmonious  adaptation  of  parts,  the  succession  of  which 
represents  the  orders  and  degrees  of  creation.  For  it  was  proved  in 
the  key  that  particulars  are  not  to  be  depended  upon  as  leading  to 
general  truths  ia  respect  to  the  laws,  principles,  and  developments^ 
of  the  Universe. 


^  49.  The  orders  of  animals  that  have  been  described,  will  admit 
of  several  subdivisions ;  and  there  is  a  species  among  them  higher 
tiian  any  yet  discovered.    At  the  close  of  the  previous  formation,  the 
Jlsk  became  a  generally-abounding  class  ;  and  on  the  opening  of  the 
present,  the  turtle  and  bird  are  in  order  developed      The  class  of 
animals  known  as  the  Iguanodon^  has  several  species.     The  highest 
of  these  represents  the  Rhinocerosaurus,  and  also  the  Hippopotamus 
of  the  present  day.    Some  of  these  in  nature  were  digitigrade ;  whale- 
like in  habit,  and  elephant-like  in  disposition.     Above  the  class  of 
Kxard-like  forms,  there  is  a  description  of  flying  omithosaurus  (ptero- 
dacfyle).     These  have  two  legs,  with  very  wide-spread  and  complex 
bet^  and  a  large  and  rather  low  body ;  and  they  were  very  ferocious. 
Tbe  lower  orders  of  these  have  been  discovered  by  geologists  from 
tiieir  impressions  left  upon  the  sandstone  rocks  during  the  middle  and 
the  close  of  the  present  era.     Some  of  these,  and  also  of  the 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


266  '     nature's  divine  revelations. 

turtle-birds,  have  likewise  left  their  tracks  upon  some  inclined  shores, 
having  been  apparently  the  frequenters  of  the  waters.  An  inferior  ani- 
mal, of  a  species  between  the  turtle  and  bird,  was  of  a  bat-like  form 
and  of  these  the  indications  are  remaining  upon  the  higher  strata. 

The  marl-beds  represent  more  of  the  previously-described  animals 
than  any  prior  formation.  The  cause  of  this  is,  that  these  animals 
existed  a  long  time  before  the  formation  of  the  marl-beds,  but  became 
changed  and  partly  extinct  at  the  close  of  the  latter  and  on  the  com- 
mencement of  the  oolite  period.  Geologists,  therefore,  have  discov- 
ered the  fossil  remains  of  these  animals  where  they  were  left  at  the 
expiration  of  their  period  of  existence.  The  largest  animal  repre- 
sented an  enormous  snake-lizard,  and  slightly  some  of  the  lower  ani- 
mals of  the  historical  period.  The  largest  birds  slightly  represented 
the  Ostrich,  but  more  the  Congener,  being  an  imperfect  type  of  the 
bird  creation.  There  are  several  classes  of  these,  ascending  from 
the  Iguana  to  the  Omithosaurus,  or  highest  class.  And  the  discov- 
ery of  certain  fossil  remains  confirms  the  existence  of  these  distinct 
species,  each  of  which  was  of  enormous  bulk  and  stature. 

The  whole  animal  creation  at  this  period  properly  corresponds  to  two 
distinct  classes — the  lizard-turtle,  and  the  turtle-bird ;  neither  of  which 
b,  to  any  extent,  visible  to  us  in  the  animal  creation  of  the  present 
period.  The  lower  classes  were  exceedingly  carnivorous,  and  the 
higher  were  herbivorous.  The  constitutions  of  the  latter  correspond 
to  the  vegetable  productions  of  the  earth  ;  while  the  lower  possessed 
the  gross  forms  ordinarily  accompanying  the  carnivorous  habit.  And 
it  is  to  be  remarked  that  there  was  no  anatomical  structure  among 
these  classes  at  this  period  which  was  not  either  partially  or  wholly 
vertebrated;  and' that  their  main  bones  were  internally  filled  with  a 
heavy  marrow,  and  covered  with  a  periosteum.  Therefore  we  see 
that  the  land  plants  and  animals  of  this  period  are  such  as  were  typi- 
fied at  the  close  of  the  carboniferous  period ;  and  the  same  is  true  of 
all  other  things,  ascending  in  the  scale  of  refinement  and  becoming 
suitable  for  the  proper  development  of  these  creations. 

The  reasons  why  such  forms  should  have  existed  at  this  period 
and  not  at  any  other,  either  before  or  since,  is  perfectly  obvious  and 
susceptible  of  demonstration.  First,  the  physical  condition  of  the 
earth,  both  as  respects  the  water  and  the  atmosphere,  admitted  of  no 
higher  productions.  The  extreme  density  and  peculiar  composition 
of  water  which  was  then  largely  impregnated  with  various  solutions, 
could  not  sustain  any  higher  type  of  organization.     The  atmosphere 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


NATUSK  a   VZYISB   RBYBULTIONS*  367 

wilh  its  enonnous  density  prohibited  the  formation  of  U^t  bone,  ao* 
dre  muscle,  and  tender  nerve,  and  prevented  entirely  such  chemical 
eombinations  of  the  solids  as  were  necessary  to  render  them  light  and 
activa  For  this  reason  their  anatomy  was  heavy  and  extremely 
large.  They  were  sluggish  and  powerful,  and  their  dispositions  were 
ferocious  and  entirely  camivOTOUS,  such  being  results  of  the  lowest 
developments  of  the  principle  of  Semaiion.  And  the  bones  of  the 
higher  classes  could  not  contain  air  instead  of  marrow,  because  the 
condition  o{  the  elements  prevented  the  sublimation  of  the  internal 
osseous  substances.  Although  apparent  wings  were  developed,  these 
were  used  only  as  instruments  of  traversing  the  watery  deep,  and 
raising  themselves  a  few  feet  from  the  surface  of  the  earth ;  such  be- 
ing the  first  examples  of  flying.  Also  the  respiratory  organs  of  the 
whole  animal  creation  were  such  as  only  to  correspond  with  an  atmo- 
sphere very  dissimilar  to  that  of  the  present  day. 

The  lowest  and  the  highest,  with  their  intermediates,  when  joined 
together  as  the  sublime  production  of  one  of  Nature's  days,  presents 
a  distinct  mirror  of  the  succeeding  creations.  And  they  present  dis- 
tinct types  of  the  higher  classes  that  were  soon  to  be  unfolded  in  their 
stead  by  virtue  of  changes  in  all  conditions  which  were  constantly  in 
progress. 

Thus  the  earth  manifests  at  this  time  a  development  of  all  the 
types  of  the  previous  periods.  It  also  unfolds  new  laws,  new  ele- 
ments, and  new  principles.  It  has  the  appearance  of  an  entire  new 
creation* 

But  Nature  has  now  become  modified,  and  her  previous  essences 
and  principles  are  expended  in  the  yielding  forth  of  the  productions 
of  the  present  era.  The  previous  equilibrium  has  now  become  nearfy 
destroyed.  Energies  are  exhausted,  and  new  exertions  can  not  be 
nude.  The  whole  represents  a  state  of  paralysis.  Darkness  is  be- 
ginning gradually  to  enshroud  the  aspect  of  things.  The  fertility  ot 
the  earth  has  become  pardy  destroyed,  and  the  forms  that  reclothed 
the  bosom  of  Nature  on  the  morning  of  the  second  day,  have  now 
rank  into  deep  repose.  Thus  every  morning  becomes  an  evening. 
Thus  every  beauty  becomes  a  type  of  some  ultimate  and  more  beao- 
tifnl  productions.  Thus  life,  and  beauty,  and  youthfulness,  become 
age,  repose,  and  death !  Thus  every  substance  m  being,  no  matter 
bow  exaked,  is  of  necessity  the  lowest  symbol  of  some  stiU  faigbar 
fanoM.     That  which  bad  represented  one  of  the  most  beautiful  pro* 


Digitized  by  LnOOQ IC 


268  natukb's  divinb  eevelatiokb. 

cesses  in  all  Nature's  elaborations,  now  yie.os  u>  ^r  lonsumma- 
don ;  and  all  things  bear  externally  the  impress  of  retrogresaioo,  bnt 
internally  and  invisibly  signify  the  unfolding  of  interior  beaudes  to 
produce  a  more  exalted  state  of  physical  and  mental  organization. 

The  sublimadon  of  the  internal  pardcles  of  the  earth,  of  plants,  of 
animals,  of  water,  and  of  atmosphere,  had  become  so  general  that  an 
epoch  disdnguished  by  the  same  manifestadons  as  was  the  close  of 
the  previous  age,  must  occur.  At  this  moment  the  whole  earth  is 
clothed  in  the  evening  mantle  of  a  long-enduring  day.  And  the  fiery 
element  in  the  earth's  interior  became  agitated.  Thb  was  not  ef- 
fected, as  has  been  supposed,  by  water,  or  sulphur,  or  electricity ; 
but  by  the  insufficient  pressure  of  the  external  elements,  or  the  water 
and  atmosphere.  The  result  was  the  upheaval  of  many  more  por- 
dons  of  the  earth.  The  convulsion  was  not  so  general  nor  so  violent 
as  the  former ;  but  the  hills  that  had  been  formed  by  the  previous 
unduladons  of  the  great  Mass  became  much  elevated,  and  the  strata 
broken  and  contorted  in  various  places.  Many  beaudful  caves  and 
subterranean  passages  were  formed  in  the  interior  of  those  convoluted 
pordons.  This  explosion  was  rather  gende  in  comparison  to  the  for- 
mer catastrophic  occurrences,  and  was  felt  generally  south  of  the 
equator  and  at  the  poles. 

The  earth  diminished  instantly  in  bulk,  which  occurrence  was  ac- 
oompanied  by  the  projection  of  various  islands  that  are  mosdy  mani- 
fested in  the  south  seas.  Some  of  these  were  previously  sea-bottoms 
covered  with  immense  productions  of  animalcules.  Such  were  im- 
m^se  coral  reefs,  extending  from  twenty  to  sixty  miles,  and  being 
from  three  to  eight  miles  in  thickness.  These  vast  accumulations 
were  formed  by  animals  so  minute  that  two  hundred  of  them  could 
dwell  within  a  drop  of  water !  Thus  the  saying  of  the  key  is  veri- 
fied :  <<  That  the  parts  compose  the  Whole ;  and  that  the  Whole 
must  have  consisted  of  parts,  or  else  die  Whole  could  n